Skip to content
Start free
Get App

Quarterly Theory: The COMPLETE Course (10+ Hours)

Complete 10+ hour course on Quarterly Theory for traders, covering time cycles, market psychology, and advanced trading strategies.

Key Takeaways

  • Time is the most critical element in trading and must be divided into quarters for clarity.
  • Quarterly Theory eliminates uncertainty by providing clear time-based reference points for trade entries.
  • Combining QT (time) with ICT (price) concepts leads to higher trading precision and understanding.
  • Each quarter within different time cycles serves a unique purpose and can predict subsequent market moves.
  • Mastery of Quarterly Theory can significantly improve trading profitability and strategy effectiveness.

What the video covers

  • Comprehensive 10+ hour video covering Quarterly Theory from beginner to advanced levels.
  • Focuses on the importance of time in trading and how to divide time into quarters for better market cycle interpretation.
  • Explains the integration of Quarterly Theory (QT) with ICT price concepts for enhanced trading precision.
  • Detailed breakdown of yearly, monthly, weekly, daily, and session cycles divided into quarters.
  • Each quarter has a specific function and purpose, with if-then logic to anticipate market behavior.
  • Includes practical examples of market manipulation, liquidity sweeps, and sequential SMT patterns.
  • Emphasizes note-taking and provides timestamps for easy navigation through the extensive content.
  • Shares the creator’s personal trading success and how the theory has generated significant profits.
  • Introduces session cycles and quarter functions down to 90-minute intervals for precise entry timing.
  • Includes quizzes and practical tips to reinforce learning and application of Quarterly Theory.

Chapters

  1. 00:00 Introduction and Overview of Quarterly Theory
  2. 42:54 Market Manipulation and Candle Patterns
  3. 83:58 Sequential SMT and Market Reversals
  4. 160:15 Trading Quarters and Time Cycle Breakdown
  5. 236:08 Session Cycles and 90-Minute Quarters
  6. 278:48 Quarter Functions and If-Then Market Logic
  7. 330:00 Practical Trading Examples and Strategy Application
  8. 390:00 Advanced Concepts and Trading Psychology
  9. 463:28 Risk Management and Trade Execution
  10. 530:10 Summary, Quizzes, and Final Tips

Answers

Questions about this video

What is Quarterly Theory and why is it important for trading?

Quarterly Theory focuses on dividing time into quarters to better interpret market cycles, providing clear time-based reference points that eliminate uncertainty and improve trade timing.

How does Quarterly Theory integrate with ICT price concepts?

Quarterly Theory emphasizes the time element while ICT focuses on price; combining both provides enhanced precision and a deeper understanding of when and why specific market concepts work.

What are the main time cycles used in Quarterly Theory?

The main time cycles are yearly, monthly, weekly, daily, and session cycles, each divided into four quarters that correspond to specific time frames and trading sessions for optimal market analysis.

Full Transcript — Download SRT & Markdown

00:00
Speaker A
Here we go. In case you guys didn't see by the runtime of this video, yes, you are seeing that correct. Over 10 plus hours long, this is absolutely everything. This is the only video you will ever need to learn quarterly theory, whether that's from the complete beginning, whether that's looking to become more advanced and profitable.
00:13
Speaker A
theory, whether that's from the complete beginning, whether that's looking to become more advanced and profitable.
00:19
Speaker A
This is the video. All the concepts, all the models, the psychology used, prop firms used, India is used, everything all in one video. Save this video. I want you guys to be taking notes throughout the whole entire video.
00:30
Speaker A
video. If you make it to the end as well, I do have a surprise for you all.
00:35
Speaker A
If you make it to the end as well, I do have a surprise for you all.
00:44
Speaker A
Check those out in the description if you do want to check out specific parts of the video. With that being said, this video is years and years of knowledge compressed into 10 hours. And this is what has allowed me to become a
00:58
Speaker A
But with that being said, there's timestamps in the description down below if you do want to skip parts. There's, you know, the foundation, advanced concepts, models, psychology, etc., etc.
01:12
Speaker A
So, with that being said, let's go ahead, grab some popcorn, grab your notepad, and jump straight into this absolute best video I have ever made.
01:21
Speaker A
Check those out in the description if you do want to check out specific parts of the video. With that being said, this video is years and years of knowledge compressed into 10 hours. And this is what has allowed me to become a full-time trader, generate tens of thousands of dollars from this market, as well as also generating my students most likely over hundreds of thousands of dollars in payouts as well and millions of dollars in funded capital.
01:37
Speaker A
This video is the absolute framework behind my whole entire trading strategy. And without understanding this video, you will not understand the concepts and the models in which I teach. I of course need to give a huge shout out to Trader
01:49
Speaker A
So, with that being said, let's go ahead, grab some popcorn, grab your notepad, and jump straight into this absolute best video I have ever made.
02:04
Speaker A
theory, QT. QT focuses specifically on the time element of trading, the most important factor. Without time, we are trading blindly. Blending QT, which is time, with ICT, which is price, will lead to enhanced precision. So QT specifically focuses on that time
02:24
Speaker A
Let's get it, guys. Quarterly theory complete A to Z guide. Inside of this video, we're going to be covering absolutely everything A to Z, beginner to advanced quarterly theory.
02:39
Speaker A
don't work. Time must be divided into quarters for the best interpretation of market cycles. QT eliminates uncertainty by providing clear timebased reference points to guide your trade entries. So with QT, you're never going to be trading blindly. You're always going to
02:57
Speaker A
This video is the absolute framework behind my whole entire trading strategy. And without understanding this video, you will not understand the concepts and the models in which I teach. I, of course, need to give a huge shout out to Trader Day, the creator and founder of this theory. Without him, none of this would be possible. However, I have personally spent thousands of hours mastering and trading this theory as well. So, without wasting time, let's jump straight into it. So, introduction to quarterly theory, QT. QT focuses specifically on the time element of trading, the most important factor. Without time, we are trading blindly. Blending QT, which is time, with ICT, which is price, will lead to enhanced precision. So QT specifically focuses on that time element whereas ICT focuses more on the concepts, the price element of trading. So if you combine the both you will unlock a new lens on how you view the markets and you will understand why and when specific concepts work and they don't work. Time must be divided into quarters for the best interpretation of market cycles. QT eliminates uncertainty by providing clear time-based reference points to guide your trade entries. So with QT, you're never going to be trading blindly. You're always going to have a specific time in which you look for your entries, in which you look for liquidity sweeps. That is what makes QT so powerful. You're not just given a load of concepts. You're actually given the exact time and market conditions in which you should be trading them. Next, we have the time cycles. So this is dividing, splitting everything into quarters, into four. So the yearly cycle is comprised of four quarters, each quarter being three months. So from quarter 1 being January, February, March, Q2 being April, May, June. Q3 being July, August, September, Q4 being October, November, December. The monthly cycle is comprised of four quarters.
03:10
Speaker A
which you should be trading them. Next, we have the time cycles. So this is dividing splitting everything into quarters into four. So the yearly cycle is comprised of four quarters each quarter being three months. So from quarter 1 being January, February,
03:27
Speaker A
Each quarter being one week, the first full week of a new month is Q1. The following week, the second week is Q2.
03:42
Speaker A
Each quarter being one week, the first full week of a new month is Q1. The following week, the second week is Q2.
03:51
Speaker A
The third week is Q3. And the final week is Q4. If a new month starts, but the week begins within the previous month, we class this week as a time distortion week, and the week that follows the time distortion quarter then begins as Q1. You can also look at the time cycles, the quarters as candles. Each candle represents one quarter. One daily candle is one quarter of the weekly cycle. One weekly candle is a quarter of the monthly cycle and so on. The weekly cycle is comprised of four quarters. Each quarter is one day. Monday being Q1, Tuesday being Q2, Wednesday being Q3 and Thursday being Q4. Friday, of course, is not a quarter and it serves its own unique purpose. This purpose is more times than not to return back inside of the weekly range. The daily cycle is comprised of four quarters. Each quarter is 6 hours aligning with the four trading sessions of the day. So, we have the Asia session, which is Q1, beginning at 6:00 p.m. and ending at midnight. We have the London session, which is Q2, beginning at midnight and ending at 6:00 a.m. We have the New York A.M. session, which is Q3, beginning at 6:00 a.m., lasting until 12:00 p.m. And we have the New York PM session, which is Q4, starting at 12:00 p.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m. We then have the session cycles, which is comprised of four quarters. Each quarter is 90 minutes long. In order to find your session cycle, divide, split each daily cycle quarter into four. So, for example, the New York AM session divided into four will give us Q1 starting at 6:00 a.m.
04:06
Speaker A
distortion quarter then begins as Q1. You can also look at the time cycles. the quarters as candles. Each candle represents one quarter. One daily candle is one quarter of the weekly cycle. One weekly candle is a quarter of the
04:23
Speaker A
Until 7:30 a.m., Q2 starting at 7:30 a.m. until 9:00 a.m., and Q3 starting at 9:00 a.m. until 10:30 a.m. And finally, Q4 starting at 10:30 a.m. until 12:00 p.m. Next, we have the quarter functions. Each quarter serves a specific purpose. Using if-then logic, we can anticipate what the following quarter is most likely to do. So for example, if Q1 consolidates, then Q2 will most likely manipulate.
04:40
Speaker A
unique purpose. This purpose is more times than not to return back inside of the weekly range. The daily cycle is comprised of four quarters. Each quarter is 6 hours aligning with the four training sessions of the day. So, we
04:54
Speaker A
If Q2 manipulates, then Q3 will most likely distribute. If Q3 distributes, then Q4 will likely be a continuation or a reversal. So we have a quick quiz for you guys watching.
05:08
Speaker A
6:00 a.m., lasting until 12:00 p.m. And we have the New York PM session, which is Q4, starting at 12:00 p.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m. We then have the session cycles, which is comprised of four quarters. Each quarter is 90 minutes
05:23
Speaker A
If Q2 consolidates, what will Q3 most likely do? Make sure to drop the answer in the comments down below. And if you check the description, the first line will be the application, the waitlist to apply for my one-to-one mentorship. So,
05:36
Speaker A
until 7:30 a.m., Q2 starting at 7:30 a.m. until 9:00 a.m., and Q3 starting at 9:00 a.m. until 10:30 a.m. And finally, Q4 starting at 10:30 a.m. until 12:00 p.m. Next, we have the quarter functions. Each quarter serves a
05:54
Speaker A
if you guys would like to be taught by me one-to-one, make sure to apply to the waitlist. Back to the video. Next, we have the true opens. Specific opens within price which serve as time-based premium and discount. They can be used to gauge high probability stop hunts and Judas swings. True opens are the opening price of Q2 in every cycle.
06:09
Speaker A
If Q2 manipulates, then Q3 will most likely distribute. If Q3 distributes, then Q4 will likely be a continuation or a reversal. So we have a quick quiz for you guys watching.
06:25
Speaker A
High probability PDAs will overlap with true opens. So if you take a look at the example to the right, essentially if we're coming into a new cycle with a bullish bias, we want to see price dip down below the true open and take some liquidity to then begin moving towards our draw on liquidity. So this is then where we combine the quarters. Let's say for example Q1 accumulates. We can then anticipate Q2, the opening price to form that true open and then within Q2 to dip down below Q1's lows taking sell-side liquidity to then begin distributing within the following quarter towards our draw on liquidity. True opens are very, very important to factor into your trading. If we are below a true open, this means we are at a discount, more likely to have that reversal. And if we are above a true open, this means we are at a premium, more likely to have that reversal lower. Now, finally, we have the quarterly theory cheat sheet. So, within quarterly theory, we have two main cycle functions. However, they are not limited to only AMDX or X AMD, but these are the most prominent ones.
06:39
Speaker A
if you guys would like to be taught by me onetoone, make sure to apply to the weight list. Back to the video. Next, we have the true opens. Specific opens within price which serve as timebased premium and discount. They can be used
06:54
Speaker A
Prominent ones. So AMDX consists of Q1 being accumulation, Q2 being manipulation, Q3 being distribution and Q4 offering that reversal or continuation.
07:03
Speaker A
High probability PDAs will overlap with true opens. So if you take a look at the example to the right, essentially if we're coming into a new cycle with a bullish bias, we want to see price dip down below the true open and take some
07:18
Speaker A
X AMD consists of Q1 being a continuation or reversal. Q2 is accumulation, Q3 manipulation, and Q4 distribution. So if you take a look at the example to the right, you can see this is a clear-cut example of an AMDX cycle function. You can see that first quarter is offering consolidation, accumulating price within a tight range.
07:34
Speaker A
down below Q1's lows taking sellside liquidity to then begin distributing within the following quarter towards our draw on liquidity. True opens are very very important to factor into your trading. If we are below a true open, this means we are at a discount, more
07:51
Speaker A
Then the following quarter because we know that Q1 accumulated, we can anticipate will create that manipulation. You can
08:05
Speaker A
main cycle functions. However, they are not limited to only AMDX or X AMD, but these are the most prominent ones.
08:14
Speaker A
Prominent ones. So AMDX consists of Q1 being accumulation, Q2 being manipulation, Q3 being distribution and Q4 offering that reversal or continuation.
08:29
Speaker A
X AMD consists of Q1 being a continuation or reversal. Q2 is accumulation, Q3 manipulation, and Q4 distribution. So if you take a look at the example to the right, you can see this is a clearcut example of an AMDX
08:47
Speaker A
cycle function. You can see that first quarter is offering consolidation accumulating price within a tight range.
08:55
Speaker A
Then the following quarter because we know that Q1 accumulated, we can anticipate will create that manipulation. You can then see during Q2, price pushes above Q1's highs while also being above that true open, forming that smart money reversal. Price then
09:11
Speaker A
begins to break down, aggressively trading towards the downside, forming a gap that overlaps with the true open.
09:18
Speaker A
This is then when Q2 becomes tradable after the manipulation, the stop hunt has formed. You can then begin to look at entering any PDA that forms after that manipulation. Q3 the following quarter after manipulation has occurred we can anticipate Q3 to give us that
09:34
Speaker A
distribution towards our draw on liquidity. Same thing as after the manipulation has occurred any PDA that forms will most likely offer a very nice entry to get you in line with that order flow. Q4 the final quarter because we
09:49
Speaker A
know that Q3 distributed we can then anticipate Q4 to either continue lower within that direction or offer a reversal. If we're going to see a reversal occur, we need to see Q3 lows round below and then aggressive displacement to the upside breaking
10:04
Speaker A
above a swing high that's formed inside of Q3. And then once we see a PDA appear, you can then begin to look to enter inside of that PDA. However, if we was to form a continuation, price will break below Q3's lows and continue
10:19
Speaker A
aggressively displacing to the downside. Another thing to note as well is if key3 delivers to a high time frame key level being a previous low or a previous PDA then Q4 will more likely than not reverse within a manipulation quarter.
10:35
Speaker A
You can enter once the smart money reversal has occurred within a distribution quarter. You can of course enter once you have clearly identified that Q2 was manipulation. And during a continuation or reversal quarter as they often occur at the very start of a cycle
10:50
Speaker A
or at the very end, you'll more like than not get pretty lackluster price action. However, sometimes they can offer very very nice moves. And then within an accumulation quarter, it's better to just stay sidelined, let that quarter play out, and then wait for the
11:05
Speaker A
manipulation to occur within the following quarter. Yo, what is going on guys? Welcome to the guys, welcome to the very first episode of the quarterly theory boot camp episode one. I do plan on doing many many episodes. So, you
11:20
Speaker A
know, the more episodes you guys want to see, let me know in the comments down below what topics you would like me to cover inside of the boot camps. I've already got probably around about 15 video ideas. And essentially the goal of
11:32
Speaker A
this boot camp is to take you guys from zero to you know extremely extremely knowledgeable in quarterly theory. Um of course I was a student of day in his 2024 mentorship. I took thousands and thousands of notes. Let me just show you
11:47
Speaker A
guys real quick. As you guys can see day QT mentorship 2024. The word count at the bottom 30,000 words. Okay. And I'll you know quickly scroll through it just so you guys okay you can see that. Okay.
11:59
Speaker A
So I was a student of day so I do know what I'm talking about. I got the concepts firsthand and from day of course everything I am going to be speaking about for the most part was created by day trader day. So shout out
12:11
Speaker A
to him. And yeah with that being said guys uh let's just go ahead and jump straight into it. Not really going to be editing these type of videos. Just really raw. Just explaining everything how it should be. Showing you guys
12:22
Speaker A
examples on the charts and yeah showing you guys a few graphics pictures examples before we get into the charts.
12:29
Speaker A
So you know exactly what we are talking about. So first episode quarterly theory time cycles and quarters right everything based upon quarterly theory stems upon this right. So with this in mind what we do is essentially divide everything into quarters. So every
12:47
Speaker A
single piece of time every single candle can be divided into four. And this is what we do to get the best you know analysis of each quarter and of the higher time frame candle that we are trading. So for example a daily candle
13:02
Speaker A
can be divided into four and then we can view each of those quarters and each of those quarters has its own function.
13:09
Speaker A
Right? So here's a little screenshot here first. You know feel free to screenshot this. Take note of this.
13:16
Speaker A
Okay. The quarters have names. quarter 1, quarter 2, quarter 3, quarter 4, or Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, whatever you would like to call it. So, we have endless endless cycles, but I've just wrote down the the main ones you're going to be focusing
13:31
Speaker A
on. And even not even these ones here are the main ones. These are like super high time frame, but they're just good to know anyway, just so you guys can get the concept inside of your head. So, firstly, quadrrenial cycle. This is
13:42
Speaker A
viewed on the one month time frame. Keep in mind each cycle must be viewed on its correct specific time frame. Like you can't view for example the weekly cycle on like the five minute chart. It just doesn't work right. Each chart each
13:55
Speaker A
cycle each quarter should be viewed upon its correct time frame. So the quadrrenial cycle is essentially each year being one quarter. Okay? So the cycle is comprised of four years and each year is one singular quarter. The way that this works here, excuse me. The
14:14
Speaker A
way that this works here is every single election year. So, US election year. So, for example, we had 2024. Last year was when Trump got elected. That would be our quarter 2. So, that's the way that we find out which quarter we are trading
14:29
Speaker A
within for the quadrrenial cycle. So, because 2024 was the election year, that means the previous quarter, the last year was the start of the cycle. So Q1 was 2023, Q2 was 2024, Q3 was 2025, and Q4 I may have miss mis said one of
14:48
Speaker A
those, but Q4 is 2026, as you guys can see right there. Okay, so right now the current year that we're trading within is Q3 2025. Okay, now for the yearly cycle, this is essentially each cycle, the uh the name that it has in front of
15:05
Speaker A
it is the higher time frame candle. So the yearly cycle would be more or less like the yearly candle that we're trying to capture dividing into quarters. Okay.
15:14
Speaker A
And this is viewed on the weekly time frame. And this is you know divide the whole entire year. So 12 months by four.
15:22
Speaker A
So 3 months, 3 months, 3 months and 3 months. Okay. Quarter 1, quarter 2, quarter 3, quarter 4. So January to March. So January, January, February and March are all Q1.
15:34
Speaker A
As soon as we start April, we have April, May, June, all Q2. And then as soon as we start July, we have July, August, September, that's it. Um, as Q3 and then as soon as we start October, we
15:48
Speaker A
have October, November, December as Q4. Okay. So, currently for a little quiz for you guys, which quarter are we trading within for the yearly cycle?
15:58
Speaker A
Right now, guys, I give you one, two, three. The answer is Q3, but it's soon to be Q4 because we're a couple of days away from October. As soon as October starts the very first day, that means we
16:12
Speaker A
are trading within Q4, which is that final quarter of the year. And think in terms of higher time frame candle. What does a higher time frame or any candle do towards the end of the candle? It creates that wick, okay, which we'll be
16:25
Speaker A
diving into deeper very shortly. But just think what can what's Q4 mainly used for? Okay, creating that wick of the higher time frame candle, right?
16:34
Speaker A
Then we have the quarterly cycle. Now, this is actually a very strange one. I wouldn't even like, excuse me, I wouldn't even like sort of dive into it or like recommend you guys to check it out to be honest. Essentially, what it
16:47
Speaker A
is is the one between the yearly cycle and the monthly cycle. Um, and what it is is each yearly cycle quarter, so January all the way to March, divide that three months into four. It's very tricky. It's like gives you like 3.25
17:03
Speaker A
weeks each quarter. So, we'll briefly go over this one. Again, I wouldn't even recommend diving into this one. Doesn't really have too much use. Uh, but that's how you would get each quarter essentially. So, January, the first 3.25
17:15
Speaker A
weeks of January will be quarter 1. The second will be quarter two, so on and so forth. Okay, we'll sort of go past that one though. We're not really ever going to be using that one or needing it. That
17:26
Speaker A
one is though. View on the daily time frame. Again, that's kind of tricky. Some people say six hours, some people say daily. They didn't really mention it too well, so do what you want with that one. These now are the main ones I look
17:37
Speaker A
at and I look at these every single day. I don't really look at these for indices trading as well. You don't really need these. This is more for like forex um and other like markets like that. So monthly cycle very very important. This
17:50
Speaker A
is essentially like I said the higher time frame monthly candle viewed on the 4hour time frame and each week of the month you guys know week of the month you guys know you know each month is comprised of four weeks okay so the
18:04
Speaker A
first very first week of each month is Q1 quarter 1 second week is Q2 third week is Q3 fourth week is Q4 okay again think in terms of monthly candle what usually happens at the start of the monthly candle or any candle in general,
18:22
Speaker A
you know, we'll put in that wick. Quarter 2, quarter 3 will be the bulk of that candle body most of the time, not always. And we'll dive into that as well, knowing when it is going to be the
18:32
Speaker A
bulk of the candle and when it isn't. And then Q4 is the wick of that candle pulling back into the range ever so slightly. Okay, so yeah, very very important one to look at. Weekly cycle then is the weekly
18:45
Speaker A
candle view on the 1 hour time frame. Um, and again very simple, you know, Monday being Q1, Tuesday being Q2, Wednesday being Q3, Thursday being Q4.
18:57
Speaker A
Excuse me, guys. Bit of a cough. Um, so yeah, and then Friday, you're probably wondering why Friday isn't there. Obviously, you know, there's four days there already, so there's four quarters. There can't be a fifth one, cuz that would be fifths, not
19:10
Speaker A
quarters, right? So Friday actually holds its own function. And generally speaking, what that is is to pull back into the weekly range or towards the true week open, which again we will dive into later on. So yeah, with that in
19:26
Speaker A
mind, we can still treat Friday as if it is like a regular quarter, but these are the main days that we want to be focused on. And that's why you'll sometimes find that Friday isn't actually as high probability. Okay. Now, we have the
19:38
Speaker A
daily cycle. Again, super super important. This is probably probably my favorite one to be honest. Um, and yeah, viewed on the 15-minute time frame.
19:46
Speaker A
Again, it's essentially capturing that whole entire daily candle. So, if you can have an idea of what the daily candle is going to do, we can then use these quarters to really, really help us and find the best entries intraday. And
19:59
Speaker A
the same goes for all the other cycles. If you've got a good idea where the weekly candle's going to go, you're then viewing for one of these quarters to manipulate opposing that. So, if you're bullish on the weekly uh candle, you're
20:10
Speaker A
then looking for one of these quarters to manipulate and then the following to distribute. And that's how you can really gauge price action on that deeper deeper level. So, daily cycle is the day split into four each quarter being 6
20:26
Speaker A
hours long. So, Asia is that first quarter, quarter 1. So, from 6:00 p.m. until midnight is the whole entire of Asia range. This is for indices. cuz I know that Forex opens at 5, I think it is. So, you can do 5 till midnight will
20:40
Speaker A
be Asia session. And then London opens up at midnight until 6:00 a.m. Again, that second 6 hours of the day. New York A.M., then opens up at 6:00 a.m. until 12:00 p.m.
20:54
Speaker A
until the afternoon. And then the afternoon session P.M. opens up at 12:00 p.m. and then runs all the way until the day closes, which I think on indices it's around like 4:30 or something like that. Well, essentially from 12 till
21:07
Speaker A
6:00 p.m. is the whole entire of the PM session. Um, so yeah, let me get rid of this taskbar.
21:15
Speaker A
There we go. And then pull this back up again. I'm not really going to cut these videos, guys. It's just going to be super raw. So, if you see a few things, just ignore it. Okay. Um, and yeah, so
21:25
Speaker A
hopefully that does make sense for the daily cycle. Again, 6 hours each quarter viewed on the 15-inut time frame. Okay.
21:32
Speaker A
So, 90 minute cycles. This is now when we going to go a little bit deeper. And my Discord is doing this. I know exactly how to fix this. And that should now be fixed. I apologize. So now the 90-minut
21:43
Speaker A
cycle is going to go a little bit deeper. Um, but the way that this works, guys, if you haven't already clocked on, is each cycle that is above us, you divide one of those quarters into four to get the cycle below. Okay? So the
21:57
Speaker A
weekly cycle is comprised of four quarters, each day being one quarter. And the way that we get these four quarters of the daily cycle, the cycle below is dividing one of these quarters into four. Okay? So Monday Q1, if we
22:13
Speaker A
divide that quarter into four, we'll get obviously, you know, a whole entire day is 24 hours. Divide that into four, we'll get four 6-hour sessions, which is these sessions here. 6 hours, 6 hours, 6 hours, 6 hours. Okay? So we essentially
22:26
Speaker A
do the same thing for the daily cycle down to the 90-minute cycle. So Asia is Q1 of the daily cycle and it's 6 hours long. Divide that by four. What do you get? You get four 90minute quarters and
22:38
Speaker A
then we can you know give those names as well. So the first quarter is Q1. Second quarter is Q2. Third third quarter is Q3. Wow, this is getting tricky. Um fourth quarter is Q4. That's it. Okay.
22:51
Speaker A
So Asia session like I said begins at 18:06 p.m. and ends at midnight. Okay.
22:57
Speaker A
So divide from 6 p.m. till midnight into four. You'll get four 90-minute quarters. So 6 p.m. till 7:30 p.m. is Q1. 7:30 p.m. till 9:00 p.m. is Q2. 9:00 p.m. till 10:30 p.m. is Q3. 10:30 p.m.
23:11
Speaker A
till midnight is Q4. And the same like all of this is fractal, right? All of this is fractal. So if we're bullish on the daily candle, we're using the daily cycle each quarter to know what the upcoming quarter is likely to do to know
23:28
Speaker A
when the manipulation has occurred for the day, right? So if we're bullish on the daily candle, we may expect London Q2 to trade lower, manipulate lower, right, for the daily cycle. So that then means we can utilize London's
23:44
Speaker A
uh 90 minute cycle to actually potentially capture the manipulation of the day. So instead of trading that bullish daily candle higher, which I would recommend by the way, you can get into the manipulation moves which is opposing that daily candle. So if you
23:58
Speaker A
think for example the daily candle is going to go lower into maybe a daily fat first, you can still capture that move utilizing the 90minut cycles, right? So if Asia accumulated, maybe you'd be expecting London Q2 to manipulate. So
24:12
Speaker A
then you'd be looking at the London 90minut cycles feed on the 5minute time frame for then manipulation of Q2. So manipulation higher to then manipulate lower on the bigger picture on the bigger side of things and then you can
24:25
Speaker A
get into a short using the 90minut cycle. Um and then yeah that's how you would sort of utilize that. Right. Also, let me pull this up just for a slight moment just because my webcam is blocking it. As you guys can see, those
24:38
Speaker A
are the remaining quarters. I'm see those are the remaining quarters. I'm not going to read every single one of them out. Uh, but you guys know how it works. Now, if you want to feel free to screenshot that, you can go ahead and do
24:48
Speaker A
so, but yeah, those are the timings. So, screenshot that. There you go. Look through it. Again, while watching these boot camp episodes, I'd really recommend to have a notepad and a pen. Write down all the notes. Use not notion, whatever
25:02
Speaker A
you would like to do. Uh because this is going to be very very important. And you always want to look back upon your notes whenever you got any free time before you go to bed. And also feel free to
25:12
Speaker A
watch these videos as many times as you need to to understand the concepts. And don't move on to the next boot camp episode without understanding the current one. Okay. So the plan also is to upload sort of maybe one, two, if I
25:26
Speaker A
have time boot camp episodes per week. I don't want to rush every single one about every single day. One, two, three, four. I want you guys to really understand that information first before we move on to the next video. Okay? And
25:38
Speaker A
by the end of the year, if you watch all the boot camp episodes, you'll be able to start 2026 with a fresh new set of trading skills and you'll be ready to absolutely crush it within 2026.
25:50
Speaker A
Can't promise that, but I can tell you guys if you put in the work using these videos, you will definitely be at that level for sure because I did it. I am proof of that. Okay, so excuse me. So,
26:02
Speaker A
wow, that is a really annoying cough. So, now for the micro cycle, again, it's just dividing each 90-minute cycle quarter into four. So, you know, when I say this, I don't mean the whole Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 into four. No, I mean each
26:18
Speaker A
specific quarter into four. So, pick any 90-minute quarter. For example, Q1 here is 6 p.m. till 7:30 p.m. That specific time window 6:30, no, 6 till 7:30 p.m.
26:32
Speaker A
is 90 minutes. Then divide that into four and then you'll get the microcycle quarters of the Q1 of the 90-minut cycle. Yes, I know it sounds confusing, but we will jump into the chart soon, and it will all make a lot more sense.
26:45
Speaker A
So, this one, for example, would be 6 PM. Uh, the first quarter of the micro would start at 6 PM. It would end at 6, like 22 or 23. Um, this is technically supposed to be viewed on the 302 cuz you
26:59
Speaker A
can see the half minute, but you can still get away with viewing it on the 1 minute. It really doesn't make too much difference and it's a lot easier as well than the 30. It can be quite fast. Um,
27:08
Speaker A
so yeah, 6 till 6:23, let's say, and then from 6:23 it'll be another 22.5 minutes. So then it'll end at I'm not very good at math, but 23, 43, then it'll be like 46. So it go to like 646, then that will begin, and
27:25
Speaker A
then it'll go from 46, another 22.5 minutes, etc., etc. Um, and the final 22.5 minute quarters will get you to 7:30. Okay. Um, again, you don't need to be using this one. I like to use it for one minute entries cuz I enter in the
27:39
Speaker A
actual 1 minute or the 15-second chart because you can then get a nano cycle which is each microcycle quarter divided into four because understanding the fractility excuse me understanding the fractability of time you can go as you can literally
27:54
Speaker A
go as low as the 15 second right all you've got to do is know what one cycle quarter high is going to do like if I'm expecting the first 22.5 minute of the micro cycle Q1 one to be manipulation
28:07
Speaker A
lower for example I'm then I can then utilize the one cycle lower the nano to look for manipulation higher on the nano to then trade the distribution lower for this quarter here being you know if I'm expecting this quarter to trade lower
28:23
Speaker A
and I can get into that move utilizing the nano cycle same works here as well like let's just pick a random day like say we're expecting Tuesday Q2 to trade lower then looking for manipulation in one of these quarters higher to then
28:38
Speaker A
take price lower. Okay, that's what we're doing. That's how you can trade the manipulation of the higher time frame manipulation like basically. Um, now one more thing that I do want to show you guys here is a little
28:50
Speaker A
screenshot, a little cheat sheet that I put together for you guys uh for quarterly theory. Okay, so let me make sure you guys can see all that. There we go. All is all in frame. Perfect.
29:00
Speaker A
Now let's understand you know now we've found out what the time cycles are the quarters the namings behind all of them when they begin you know etc etc now we need to understand what each quarter is function is basically right so there's
29:16
Speaker A
four is it four continuation reversal five five different things a quarter can do right number one is a quarter can either accumulate it can manipulate it can distribute you bring this forward it can continuate or it can begin a
29:34
Speaker A
reversal. Okay. So five different things write those down. Understand those are the different phases of price. That is the only things that can happen within price. So now our job is to identify which which of those things has occurred
29:48
Speaker A
in one singular quarter the previous quarter to anticipate what the following the upcoming quarter is likely to do.
29:57
Speaker A
Right? So let's just imagine this is the weekly cycle which is viewed on the 1 hour time frame. Each of these quarters is one singular day of the weekly cycle. We know that Q1's Monday. We know that Q2
30:11
Speaker A
is Tuesday. We know Q3 is Wednesday. Q4 is Thursday. So AMDX means accumulation, manipulation, distribution. X here is either a continuation or a reversal.
30:25
Speaker A
Right? Now put brackets between, you know, beside each of these ones here. The manipulation can be tradable. Like I mentioned earlier, we can utilize the lower time frame cycles to actually trade the higher time frame manipulation. So that's why that one is
30:38
Speaker A
tradable. Distribution goes without saying. Obviously, we want to be trading distribution, right? Oops, almost knocked over my drink. Um, and then X continuation reversal is kind of like can be a little bit 50/50. Like if you know exactly with high confidence
30:54
Speaker A
what it's likely to do, then you can trade it. Okay? And I'll be telling you guys how to anticipate either of those as well very shortly. So back to what I was saying, let's go over the first sort
31:06
Speaker A
of uh example that can occur within price. By the way, price isn't just tied to these two only, but these are the main signatures that will occur within price over and over and over. So Q1 accumulated, okay, very tight range. It
31:20
Speaker A
didn't really break out of anything. It didn't really break out of any anything. Q2 then manipulated. You can trade this higher. If you're bearish on the weekly candle, you can trade the manipulation higher initially, the open high of the
31:33
Speaker A
weekly candle. Okay? So you can trade this and then you want to wait for a signature and price to show you that manipulation is over which we will get into later within the boot camp as well.
31:43
Speaker A
How to confirm manipulation and how to trade it. And then once manipulation has taken place the following day or the following quarter remember this is fractal. This could be the London session and you might be trading the distribution of the AM session. This
31:57
Speaker A
could be Tuesday and then you could be trading distribution on Wednesday. Right? It's all fractal. This could be a 90-minute quarter. Q2 minute manipulating, Q3 distributing. In this example, let's just say this is Wednesday distributing lower. Q4 is then
32:11
Speaker A
either a reversal or a continuation, right? And I did say I'd tell you guys when to know which of those to expect.
32:18
Speaker A
Okay, so here's a little tip. If Q3 or the start of Q4 hits a higher time frame key level, so what do I mean by this? a higher time frame gap, higher time frame liquidity, then we can expect Q4 to be the
32:34
Speaker A
reversal, right? However, if Q3 or Q4 doesn't hit a higher time frame key level, expect it to be a continuation towards that key level. Right?
32:46
Speaker A
Understand that. Write that down. Take note of that. Okay? In this case, you can see it took sell side liquidity. And let's just imagine there's like a huge gap here that we traded into as well.
32:57
Speaker A
That's why we offered a reversal. Also, do keep in mind sometimes if the key level has been hit, instead of getting a nice reversal within Q4, you may also get a accumulation phase. So, do keep that in mind as well. Not always the
33:11
Speaker A
best to be trading Q4 unless it's super super clean and obvious. Now, let's jump into the second example, which is X AMD.
33:20
Speaker A
So instead of Q1 being accumulation because it won't always be. Sometimes what you'll find is Q1 will continue from what the Q4 of the previous cycle.
33:30
Speaker A
Okay. So obviously we've got Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4. Once Q4 is over, that specific cycle has finished and then a new one begins.
33:40
Speaker A
So then we begin Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4. Okay? But let's imagine this cycle here. Q4 offered a reversal. Now imagine we're entering the new cycle. So let's say this is the daily cycle. This is one whole entire day. This is the PM
33:54
Speaker A
session. Boom. Price coming to a close for the day. Now we start the new cycle.
33:59
Speaker A
So the new following day and we're going to be trading the daily cycle. For example, now Q1, Asia may continue.
34:06
Speaker A
If it lets me draw, that'd be great. There we go. So now Asia may continue higher for Q1 of the following, you know, new daily cycle. Q1 goes higher which is the X continuation or reversal continues higher so continues the
34:20
Speaker A
reversal back higher then Q2 we can expect accumulation so if we don't see accumulation during Q1 expect Q2 to accumulate because Q1 formed a larger range it expanded higher continued higher so then Q2 likely chops up right so this is Q2 chopping up then we need
34:38
Speaker A
to still see some form of manipulation for this cycle so then let's say Q3 manipulates below Q2 lows right there and then we can expect Q4 to be the distribution back higher. Okay, so hopefully that does make sense, guys.
34:55
Speaker A
Um, and yeah, like I said, we're going to be jumping into some chart examples very, very shortly. But for now, I do really hope that all of that information has sunk in for you guys. Again, make sure to just go back and watch the video
35:07
Speaker A
again right now if you don't understand this initial information. Uh, excuse me. Um because what we're going to do now is jump into some chart examples and show you guys this happening not in real time but back testing basically. Right? So yeah, let's
35:21
Speaker A
jump into the charts. All righty. So we're on the charts now. I'm going to be showing you guys four different examples. One on the monthly cycle, one on the weekly cycle, one on the daily cycle, and one on the 90minut cycle.
35:32
Speaker A
Okay? And also you're probably wondering, you know, how can I view all of these quarters? Is there any indicators to use? The answer to that is yes. the free one, the one that most people use, the one that I used when I
35:43
Speaker A
first started is the one here by two degrees. So, if you search quarterly theory, uh it's that one there, date quarterly theory by two degrees. Go ahead, select that, add that to your chart, and then you can customize which
35:56
Speaker A
cycles you want it to show and all that type of stuff. Okay? And you can see it'll show the sort of rectangular box at the bottom. The gray one represents Q1, the red one represents Q2, green is Q3, blue is Q4. You can also change the
36:10
Speaker A
colors, you know, whatever you would like to do. Turn on historical cycles to see previous um quarters show up in the past for back testing and stuff like that. However, if you guys would like to take it one step further, myself, I have
36:25
Speaker A
my own private quarterly theory indicator, as you can see, the Oracle Insights QT toolkit. Uh that will be linked below in the description. You can grab a 3-day free trial. After that, it's a small monthly subscription fee, but if you want to take it to that next
36:38
Speaker A
level, if you want to, you know, have easier back testing sessions and be able to see everything a lot easier, then this would be a lot more um, you know, I would prefer this one a lot more. So, if
36:48
Speaker A
I remove the quarters, you can see here it shows like the quarters individually with the dividers and there's so much more the, you know, quarterly theory stuff inside of it. So, if you would like to try that, check that out in the
36:58
Speaker A
description. But if not, you know, we can still stick to the free one. That is completely okay. So yeah, let's go ahead and for the example of this video, we'll just use the free one cuz that's what most people are probably going to be
37:09
Speaker A
using. Okay, so here we are on the 4hour time frame. This doesn't matter what asset we're looking at because remember this works across all markets. It doesn't matter in this case though is ES. Um so yeah, we're on the 4 hour.
37:22
Speaker A
Which cycle is that viewed for guys? Monthly cycle that is correct. So we are on the monthly cycle right now on the 4hour time frame. So each of these boxes represent one week of the month. The first week, second week, third week, and
37:35
Speaker A
the final week of the month. Right? So in this case, what do we have going on here? What has Q1 done? Right? The way that I like to define a continuation is if it breaks out of the previous cycle
37:47
Speaker A
quarters range. So what do I mean by this? The previous quarter from Q1 is Q4 of the previous cycle. Did we break out above it or break out down below it? If the answer is yes, I like to class this
37:59
Speaker A
as a continuation quarter. Personally, if we fail to break the high and the low, if we fail to break the high and the low, I like to class it as an accumulation quarter. There are ways to actually know as well, which we'll dive
38:10
Speaker A
into deeper within the later boot camp videos, but for now, just use this uh sort of explanation here, right? So, Q1 was a continuation, so X. So, then what do we expect Q2 to be? Accumulation. So large range followed by a smaller
38:26
Speaker A
tighter range accumulating price building up buy side and sell side liquidity. Then Q3 coming into Q3 we can be looking for the high to get taken for that manipulation to take place if we're bearish or the lows to be taken for
38:40
Speaker A
bullish manipulation if we're bullish. Okay? And remember this is the monthly cycle. So the monthly uh candle so find that bias if you're bearish. Look for Q3 to manipulate the highest then trade lower. So Q3 manipulates Q2 highs. So
38:54
Speaker A
this is then classes manipulation quarter. So you can trade, you know, the longs up to the high and you can also get into a short after the manipulation has taken place. And I'll be teaching you guys as well also how to confirm
39:06
Speaker A
manipulation has already taken place. So that that way you can actually trade during the manipulation quarter, the move lower. Uh but for now we just need to understand you know how to actually identify the quarters for what they are
39:20
Speaker A
used for. So manipulation here. If you didn't grab an entry there, that's fine. Remember, because we have the distribution quarter coming up shortly.
39:27
Speaker A
Q4 in this case is D because this was M. So manipulation followed by distribution. And as you can see, that final week of the month did offer a nice open high, low, close for that bearish week. Okay, so very very simple, very
39:41
Speaker A
simple. Okay, so that's why it's very simple and straightforward. That's what I meant to say. Um, and yeah, there's a great example right there. This is one whole entire monthly candle divided into quarters to best view price action. And
39:53
Speaker A
this kind of little thing that I've got here isn't completely accurate. I think that's a lot little bit better. Um I just wanted to sort of show you guys it easier basically. But remove that each quarter, one week of the month. Right
40:04
Speaker A
now we have a weekly cycle example. So this is on the hourly time frame. U and yeah, this is one whole entire week divided into four. The blank quarter that you can see is for Friday. We can still treat it as if it is a quarter,
40:17
Speaker A
but it is slightly different. And I think I'll do a whole entire boot camp episode just for that. Uh, but yeah, as you can see, Q1, Monday, Q2, Tuesday, Q3, Wednesday, Q4, Thursday. In this example, we have a X AMD uh sort of
40:32
Speaker A
model going on here. So, Friday, as you can see, we ran out Friday's high right there on Monday. So, I class this as sort of like a continuation.
40:41
Speaker A
We didn't really as if like break out the range as such. But again, like I said, there is something deeper that can kind of confirm this. But in this example, we took out the high. So yeah, we can class it as a continuation
40:53
Speaker A
because it didn't stay inside of Friday's range. So then, as you can see, Tuesday did then accumulate. It took out Monday's low and high. Again, I like to class as accumulation because it didn't break out of one side of the range
41:04
Speaker A
specifically. It took out the high and the low. So it's still not getting anywhere. It's still inside of a range.
41:09
Speaker A
So then we'd be expecting Wednesday, Q3 to put in that manipulation and then we'd be expecting Q4 to give us that distribution, which you can see here for the most part it did. And then we got a small reversal back up into the range
41:22
Speaker A
because we had taken out a specific low, which is the whole entire low that we put in for the week. So between every single day of the week, we took out that specific low. Hence why we did pull back
41:33
Speaker A
slightly after. However, we did still get for the most part distribution, right? And then again it followed as well. You can see the following quarter gave that continuation lower. So Monday, no this was Friday, sorry, gave the continuation lower. So like I said, we
41:47
Speaker A
can still use Friday like a quarter. So if we got distribution within Thursday, we could then be looking for that continuation within Friday, which is what happened. So yeah, with that being said, X continuation, Q2 accumulation, Q3 manipulation, Q4 distribution. And
42:05
Speaker A
most of the time whenever you get a X AMD model is usually when you'll see like sort of the the middle of the candle putting in the high or low of the cycle pretty much right. So the high of
42:14
Speaker A
the week in this case was Wednesday. This is when you get like that midweek reversal basically. So the midweek you know ICT reversal weekly profile is that is when this will usually happen if Q1 expands higher for that continuation and
42:28
Speaker A
Q2 chops up. Then you see Wednesday higher low of the week. However, whenever we get sort of like a accumulation on Monday and during Q1 and then uh manipulation during Q2 is when you get that classic buy or sell candle
42:41
Speaker A
essentially, right? Because the manipulations occurring pretty early on within the candle. That wick's being put in and then Q3 is that bulk of the candle and potentially Q4 as well. But in this case, we sort of open up high,
42:54
Speaker A
you know, we put in a wick, then we accumulate, then we run the wick again to put an actual high of the week with clear manipulation during one of the quarters and then you'll get that reversal. So these type of candles here
43:05
Speaker A
typically will have like the larger wick to either side and the smaller bodies and then the buy, you know, the typical buy or sell candles is when the manipulation occurs earlier on and then you get a big more bulkier candle body
43:16
Speaker A
essentially. Um so yeah with that being said now let's jump into the next example the daily cycle. Okay now let's jump into the daily cycle example which is the 15minut time frame and this is capturing a whole entire daily candle
43:28
Speaker A
divided into four 6 hours each session. So as you can see here Q1 this to me I would class as accumulation because it didn't take out Q4's low or take out Q4's high. So you can see it traded with
43:40
Speaker A
inside of the range and it is clearly just a very tight range accumulation um sort of quarter as well. Anyway, right.
43:47
Speaker A
So, with that in mind, we're then coming into Q2 expecting manipulation to take place. If we're bullish on the day, we want to see on the lows. So, you can see here Q2 does indeed manipulate below Q1's lows before then Q3. Oh, no, sorry,
44:01
Speaker A
after then Q3 offering that distribution towards the upside. So, Q2 manipulated, Q1 accumulated, Q3 is now distributing price higher. And then as you can see Q4 is then sort of a continuation/reversal which can sometimes happen as well. The
44:19
Speaker A
time that you'd expect this to happen is remember what I mentioned earlier if the higher time frame objective key level has been hit. Then for the first half of the quarter you may get the continuation and then if it gets hit then you may see
44:31
Speaker A
a reversal take place in price. And remember you can divide each of these quarters again into four for the 90-minut cycle. So that's how you can actually capture this move here as well based upon the 90-minut cycle. Um so
44:43
Speaker A
yeah that is another sort yeah that is another sort of cycle shown right there.
44:49
Speaker A
This would be the AMDX cycle accumulation manipulation distribution and a continuation/reversal. Now for the final example let's jump into a 5minute chart and let me delete this background because that kind of blends in. And the one that we're
45:05
Speaker A
specifically looking at here is also the tool that I'm using is this one. It's called fib time zone tool. I think it is. Those are my settings. Um I don't use this at all. I'd prefer to use this
45:15
Speaker A
indicator on my indicator. I'm just doing this so you guys can clearly see the quarters um defined pretty much.
45:21
Speaker A
Right. So, you know, we can do it this way as well. It doesn't really matter.
45:25
Speaker A
Q1's range right there. You know, we can do this one as a gray box. Not that gray. We need to actually be able to see it. There we go. So as you can see another AMDX because we didn't take Q4's
45:38
Speaker A
low or high. So Q1 is class as accumulation right there. We can clearly see that within price as well. Q2 then manipulates below Q1's lows and then Q3 offers the distribution and Q4 is that continuation higher towards the higher
45:52
Speaker A
time frame liquidity, the key level in this case. So yeah, with that being said, that is pretty much four clearcut examples on the charts. Now it's your time to put in the work. Make sure you've taken notes of the video. Go back
46:04
Speaker A
and watch it all again if you have to. Then just because you've learned the information, now go apply it to the charts. Go back test this information that I told you guys. There is a lot more to it. It goes a lot more deeper,
46:14
Speaker A
but this is the basics. So, you need to get these down before we can move forward. Right. Yo, what's good guys?
46:20
Speaker A
Welcome back to the second episode. Back to the second episode of the quarterly theory boot camp. I do first of all want to say thank you guys so much for the support on the first episode. I'm glad that you guys did enjoy it. The feedback
46:32
Speaker A
was very positive. So yeah, now I'm really really looking forward to continuing the series and just banging out episode after episode after episode once or twice per week. So yeah, with that being said, buckle up, guys. Go grab something to eat. Make sure you've
46:46
Speaker A
got pen and paper nearby. Make sure you're taking notes and let's go ahead and jump straight into it. So second episode of the boot camp. I want to do everything in chronological order. I want you guys to know each concept one
46:58
Speaker A
by one by one and then we'll tie it all together towards the end. So, we learned about the um not the true opens. We're going to be doing that today. We learned about the time cycles and the quarters.
47:07
Speaker A
So, you guys now know when they are, what to look for in each quarter, and now today's episode is going to be about true opens, which essentially ties the quarters and the cycles all all together as one. Basically, it filters out the
47:20
Speaker A
low probability manipulation, the fake reversals, fake retracements, everything. Everything you guys know a quarter can do. The true opens can filter that out. Okay, so first of all, as you guys can see, we've got a little spreadsheet here on the chart telling
47:35
Speaker A
you guys the timings and the names of each of the true opens. So, as always, starting with the quadrrenial cycle, the 4year cycle, it's uh lasting four years long. Each quarter is one year long. And also essentially the true open is always
47:51
Speaker A
always for every single cycle the quarter two open. So we have Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4.
47:59
Speaker A
Ignore Q1. Well, don't ignore it. But the true open isn't in Q1. Wait for Q2 to open and that very first candle of Q2 that prints. Once that candle has closed or even when it opens, sorry, you can
48:10
Speaker A
just go ahead and mark out the open. So it's the open price of that first candle of Q2. Mark it out, draw out a line on your chart or you can use one of my indicators to do that for you. And that
48:21
Speaker A
is a true open. Okay, so all these examples that we're going to go through here, every single one of every single one of them is just Q2's open essentially. So quadrrenial, as you guys know, comprised of four years. First
48:34
Speaker A
year is Q1. Second year is Q2. That second year that comes along, mark out the very first candle of Q2. Mark out that open. Boom. That is your quadrrenial open. So the true quadrrenial open and that will be the first month of each
48:48
Speaker A
election year because remember that like I said in the previous video each election year is Q2 of the quadrrenial cycle and we view on the monthly time frame. So that first monthly candle that prints of the election year mark out the
49:01
Speaker A
open and that is your true quadrrenial open. Now for the yearly cycle view on the oneweek time frame and this is what's known as the true year open or the T yo and this is the first week of
49:11
Speaker A
April because as you guys know January, February, March that is Q1, April, May, June is Q2. So the first week of April marks out Q2, the quarter 2 of that yearly cycle. So mark out that weekly candle open. That is your true year
49:28
Speaker A
open. quarterly cycle. Again, there's no specific date or time for this because there's many quarterly cycles within each year. Uh but essentially, it is the second quarter cycle. That's the only way that I can tell you guys it because
49:41
Speaker A
there's not a set day that the true quarter uh true quarterly open is every single time. Um so yeah, just mark out the quarters, wait for Q2, mark out the open of Q2. Monthly cycle, however, is more mechanical. The true month opened
49:56
Speaker A
on the 4hour time frame, the TMO. This is the second full week of the month, Sunday 180. So what do I mean by second full week? So we have these things uh within quarterly theory known as distortion weeks, which is what we
50:09
Speaker A
actually just had this week. And what it is is the week will start within one month and then end within the following months. Right? So this week that we just had started in September. I think it was like the 29th and it's ending or it has
50:24
Speaker A
ended within October. Right? So that's what's known as a distortion week. So we ignore that week. That's like Q0, just a blank week essentially. And then the following week is our Q1. The week after is Q2. So this is why it has to be the
50:38
Speaker A
second full week of the month, which there isn't many distortion weeks. I think there's one like every 13 weeks or so. Um so essentially come into the month, wait for the first week to pass by. Once that second week opens up, it's
50:51
Speaker A
the Sunday 180 candle. So the very first 4hour candle of that week. Okay. Now, the weekly cycle viewed on the 1 hour time frame is known as the true week open, the TWWO. And this is at Monday 180. But don't get confused. This isn't
51:07
Speaker A
Monday's open. This is Tuesday's open. A lot of people get that confused because they see the Monday.
51:13
Speaker A
Remember, every single daily candle opens up technically within the previous day because that's when the Asia session is, right? So, Monday's candle opens up at Sunday 180 as you can see here for the the true month open. But for our
51:25
Speaker A
weekly cycle is Q1 is Monday. Q2 is Tuesday. So the Tuesday open which is essentially Monday 180 the Asia session of Tuesday. Uh mark out the open of that on the hourly. So the 180 candle Tuesday's open mark out the open and
51:41
Speaker A
that is your true week open. Now for the daily cycle viewed on the 15minut time frame is known as the true day open or the Tdayo. TDO sorry not Tday. Um, and this is just your classic midnight open,
51:56
Speaker A
the 12:00 a.m. uh candle on the 15-minute time frame. Mark out the open. That is your true day open. Midnight open. That's what ICT teaches as well.
52:04
Speaker A
However, he doesn't really teach any of the other ones. Basically, this is why they come from quarterly theory. Uh, but that one is obviously from ICT himself.
52:14
Speaker A
And then we go a little bit deeper here on the lower time frames. So, the 5minut time frame for the 90-minut cycle. These are what's known as the true session opens. And as you guys know, we have four sessions within a day. Asia
52:26
Speaker A
session, London, New York A.M., New York PM. So we've got four different true session opens for the day. Um, so Asia 1 is, this is for the 90-minute cycle. So we know that Asia opens up at 6:00 p.m.
52:39
Speaker A
So from 6:00 p.m. till 7:30 p.m. is Q1. And then 7:30 p.m. till 9:00 p.m. is Q2.
52:45
Speaker A
So 7:30, the very first candle, that very first 5m minute candle of Q2, which begins at 7:30, that is our Q2 open. So that's what's known as the Asia true session open. Same with London. The Q2 open is at 1:30 a.m. Mark out that 5
53:02
Speaker A
minute 1:30 a.m. candle from the open of the body, not the close, not the wick, the open. Mark the out, draw out line.
53:09
Speaker A
Mark the out, draw out line. That's your true session open for London. New York A.M. is 7:30 a.m. New York PM is 1:30 p.m. Um, and yeah, so then finally for the micro cycle, we can't obviously say a specific time was to have a massive
53:25
Speaker A
list of every single true micro session opened, which is viewed on the one minute time frame. True micro session open like I just said, the TMSO.
53:34
Speaker A
And again, the way I've just put this is second quarter of the cycle because like I said, if I was to list every single true micro session open in a day, there'll be loads. is like what like 30
53:43
Speaker A
40 true micro session opens within a day. U but yeah, I'm sure you guys can work that out. Like I said, make sure to apply one of the indicators to your chart. And then once you've got the indicator on your chart, it's very
53:54
Speaker A
simple. If you're using the free one with the red box, just very very first candle on the line of that red box, mark out the open. That's the true open for that cycle that you're viewing on the specific time frame. Um and then yeah,
54:06
Speaker A
very very simple. Um, so now you guys know the namings and the timings of each of the true opens and like as long as you've got an indicator on your chart that shows you the quarters, you don't even need to
54:18
Speaker A
like know the specific times or days of everyone. Essentially, all you do is just like I said, Q2, very first candle, mark out the open. Boom. That's your true open for that cycle. So now, let's go ahead and jump into a few more
54:30
Speaker A
examples here of when and how to actually use the true opens. So here we go. We have an example right here.
54:37
Speaker A
Right? As you guys can see, this may seem pretty familiar. Accumulation, manipulation, distribution. Right? So now let's imagine this price here. Each of these um sort of phases of price, let's imagine this is one quarter right here. Right? So let's imagine this is
54:55
Speaker A
Q1. Okay? Accumulation within Q1. Then we have manipulation here occurring within Q2, right? uh like normal like this is what we'd expect within a cycle right you know some form of accumulation then followed that followed that by manipulation and
55:12
Speaker A
I've done that wrong that's not the text so yeah that followed by then manipulation and then we'd expect some form of distribution after right and ignore the drawings I am not by any means a good drawer or trading view drawer I guess
55:26
Speaker A
you could say um but yeah I just kind of want to make this as simple as possible for you guys again these are all messy this is not obviously correct But I just want to sort of I want to see you guys
55:37
Speaker A
picture this basically right within quarters as well. We are going to jump into some chart examples after this of course but this specific example. So accumulation manipulation and then distribution right this is what we expect normally but when we bring the
55:52
Speaker A
true opens into the equation as you guys know the true open is that very first candle of Q1.
55:59
Speaker A
So it would be there essentially. So if we move this one up a little bit, as you can see that line there, that very first candle that is on the line of Q2, mark out the open of that. Then when we look
56:11
Speaker A
for our manipulation, we want to see price dropping below the true open if we are bullish and pushing above the true open if we are bearish. Right? That is the fundamental of a true open time based premium and discount below the
56:25
Speaker A
true open longs above the true open shorts. Right? Ob obviously we don't just immediately short when we're above it or immediately long when we're below it. But we can use the tropins to gauge when and why we should be taking a long
56:39
Speaker A
or a short. So with the combination of the quarters with the accumulation expected manipulation after we then form our true true open for whatever cycle this is daily cycle whatever it doesn't matter it's all fractal. Once that true
56:52
Speaker A
open's there if we're bullish we then want to see manipulation below the true open. So price dips below the true open takes out the previous quarter low which it doesn't have to for manipulation but for the most part it it usually will and
57:05
Speaker A
we'll dive into that within a future boot camp episode to know when and why it shouldn't. So it dips below the true open ideally take some form of liquidity. So in this case the previous quarter's low some sellside liquidity
57:18
Speaker A
then we'd expect price to begin pushing back towards the true open break above it to show that price has manipulated below it and now it's actually managing to get back above it with that closure solid closure above as you can see right
57:31
Speaker A
here then you'd expect price to begin that distribution phase and draw towards your higher time frame draw liquidity essentially. So yeah, hopefully that does make sense.
57:41
Speaker A
So wait for the true open to be established, wait for manipulation to occur above or below and then you can trade after that the distribution. Um and yeah and also if we have a reversal after this distribution quarter,
57:55
Speaker A
remember we're above the tropen. So if we form a reversal above the tropen, remember we want to be shorting above it ideally, then that is indeed valid as well. Another thing to note as well is as long as the manipulation has already
58:09
Speaker A
occurred below or above the tropen like it should do bullish one below that doesn't then mean that you can't buy above the tropen.
58:19
Speaker A
It just means that you must at least see manipulation occur below the tropen first then you can look to buy above the tropen after that. Right? So you don't always need to be below. So if you miss entry it's not the end of the world.
58:31
Speaker A
This is good. At least you've seen the manipulation below it and then you can still look for longs above here, you know, here maybe if you retest the true open here, here, here, all the way towards the draw liquidity. Okay, so
58:43
Speaker A
that's again something that a lot of people misunderstand and think that you have to buy below the true open if you're bullish. You just have to see manipulation below it. It won't always happen, but if it doesn't happen, then
58:54
Speaker A
you know that you're pretty pretty much dealing with quite low probable conditions essentially. Um so yeah hopefully that does make sense guys. Now what I'm going to introduce to you guys as well is another quality theory concept but it's still on the same topic
59:08
Speaker A
of true opens and this is stacked true opens right and here's a little diagram here. Essentially what this is is we have the current true open of the cycle that we're viewing. So imagine here Q2 Q3 price action right? Imagine this
59:24
Speaker A
being the micro cycle. So the one minute time frame, everything's normal. Q2, Q3, Q2, the beginning of Q2, that very first candle. Remember, mark out the open.
59:33
Speaker A
That is our true open for this specific cycle. In this case, the true micro session open, right? Draw that out. Then let's say we're bullish. We then want to see one cycle above the cycle that we're viewing. So the micro session, micro
59:49
Speaker A
cycle we're viewing here, we're viewing here. would then go one above which is the true no it would be the true session open but it would be the 90-minut cycle.
59:59
Speaker A
So microcycle one above is the 90-minute cycle, which is known as the true session open for the 90-minut cycle.
60:06
Speaker A
Then what you want to go ahead and do is mark out the true session open for the 90-minut cycle. And if you see the cycle that you was viewing, so in this case, the true micro session open, true open
60:18
Speaker A
being below the 90-minute one or one above whatever time frame you're viewing like this in the specific order as well, by the way. So the one you're viewing and then one one cycle higher must be above it. This is what's known as
60:31
Speaker A
bullish stacked opens. And once price dips below both of the stacked opens. So above below the 90-minut cycle and below the true micro session open one then you'll find a very high probable setup.
60:44
Speaker A
Very high probability for a reversal to take place. Okay. And then if we're looking for a bearish stacked open setup it would be something like this. So let me draw an example. So we've got one tropen there. Oops. If it lets me draw. And
61:00
Speaker A
then we got another tropen here. Right. So now flip this around essentially. So the lower time frame one must be above and the one cycle must be below. So imagine this is our true micro session open right there. We then go one cycle
61:15
Speaker A
above and mark out that true open. So the true session open. And if we're bearish, we want to see the lower time frame one. the cycle that we're viewing essentially be above the one cycle above. Okay? And then you'd want to see
61:29
Speaker A
something like this. Price come above something like that and then boom. Okay? So you want to see that manipulation as always take place above the current true open that you're viewing if you're bearish. But then we're incorporating one cycle above true open for the
61:45
Speaker A
stacked true opens. Okay. And once we have stacked opens, we can then begin hunting for a very high probable reversal setup from there. Okay. So yeah, again also you know utilizing the quarters what they should be doing accumulation manipulation
62:00
Speaker A
distribution continuation reversal but just incorporating the true opens in play and making sure that we see price run above it, manipulate above it if we're bearish or manipulate below it if we are bullish. Another thing to note as
62:12
Speaker A
well is we don't need stacked opens like at all. But if they're there then it makes it a lot higher probability. But you shouldn't rule out your setup just because there not stacked opens unless that is your model of course. Uh but if
62:26
Speaker A
there is stacked opens it will be much higher probability. Okay. But the main thing is that you want to see is it manipulates above or below the current cycles tropen that you are viewing. So yeah hopefully guys found this little
62:38
Speaker A
part here useful. Now, as always, let's go ahead and jump into a few chart examples of stacked opens and also just utilizing the true opens as they should be used. So, I'll see you guys on the charts. All right, guys. So, we are now
62:51
Speaker A
in the charts for a few examples. As you can see, in this case, we are looking at ES. We're on the 1 hour time frame, which is viewed for which cycle? The weekly cycle is the correct answer. So
63:03
Speaker A
yeah, as you can see, each of these quarters that are being marked out is from my own indicator, Oracle Insights QT toolkit link below in the description. As you can see, it is also marking out my true opens automatically
63:15
Speaker A
for me. So this is what I was saying earlier. As you can see, as long as you've got an indicator that plots out the quarters, you can see Q2, this very first candle that is on the line of Q2
63:26
Speaker A
is where you mark your true open. to genuinely literally just mark out the open of that candle, draw it out, use an indicator to mark it out for you. It doesn't really matter. And then remember, we're looking for price to
63:38
Speaker A
drop below the true open if we're looking for bullish manipulation and then trade above it, you know, whip above it for that bearish manipulation to then drop lower. So, in this case of the weekly chart, as you can see, we
63:52
Speaker A
have a X, we have a continuation of Q1. So you can see price trades outside of Q4's range or in this case Friday's range of the previous cycle. So last week's uh weekly cycle. So giving us that continuation for Monday. We then
64:07
Speaker A
get accumulation and as you can see the true open is established and price is chopping up around it. Right? So it's not you know it's wicking below it. It's wicking back above it. It's not clearly breaking above it just yet. So then
64:19
Speaker A
after we can see that Q2 was that accumulation day, we'd then be coming into the following day looking for that manipulation. Right? So Q2 doesn't really form any manipulation of significance. It kind of chops up and also Q1 kind of expanded to the upside.
64:34
Speaker A
So coming into Wednesday looking for that manipulation. If we're bullish on the week, remember the weekly cycle is tied to the weekly candle. So establish your weekly bias. then look for bullish weekly cycle manipulation in line with that below the true open. So in this
64:50
Speaker A
case as you can see price manipulates below Q2's low Tuesday's low. So Wednesday manipulation Q3 manipulation below the two week open and then to confirm that you can see price aggressively expands away displaces away from that manipulation strongly closing back above the two week
65:09
Speaker A
open. Okay. So then of course after this coming into Q4 Thursday looking for that distribution and now Friday either looking for a continuation or a reversal as we are just at alltime highs price has broken above the previous day high
65:23
Speaker A
as you can see right there. So we are in for that continuation day on today this Friday. So yeah here's a great example of how you would utilize the true opens for the weekly cycle. And this is obviously fractals. But the same concept
65:38
Speaker A
applies to every single cycle. Um, basically just adds that extra layer of confirmation. It is essentially just timebased premium discount. Okay. So let's say for example, let's remove the indicator and say for example the two week open was here, right? Let's say the
65:58
Speaker A
true open was here. Price didn't manipulate below the true open in this case. So then we wouldn't really count that as valid quote unquote manipulation, right? We usually always want to see the manipulation either above the true open if bearish or below
66:12
Speaker A
it if bullish and it usually will always happen. The only times that you won't really see price trade below or above the true opens for that manipulation is during super expansive candles. So if you're for example on the weekly candle
66:26
Speaker A
experiencing a super bullish candle price just opens up just rips higher basically you know true week opens there doesn't do anything. True week opens there doesn't do anything. It doesn't drop below it. just rips higher, higher, higher. So that's the only time when you
66:39
Speaker A
can sort of expect price not to drop below that drop. But in most cases, it will indeed drop below it. I mean, even what we can do here is on the indicator that we've got is we can turn on um turn
66:51
Speaker A
off the delete previous true opens and we can even go back and just check out, you know, price is super reactive from the true opens. there are very specific points in price uh that price responds to reacts from and then drops lower
67:03
Speaker A
because thinking about it logically uh how a candle opens right you know the first sort of period of that candle opening is more or less that accumulation and then the second you know second quarter of that candle is
67:14
Speaker A
when you're looking for that manipulation so that's why the true opens are where they are instead of just being the candle open because the candle open doesn't really just open and just instantly manipulate it'll usually take a little bit of time so that's sort of
67:27
Speaker A
like the concept said behind the true opens of it being Q2, right? I mean, as you can see last week's example, true week open established on Tuesday. Price trades above it, manipulates above it.
67:38
Speaker A
This was actually an SMT as well. You can't see on this chart here specifically uh because this was the one that created the failure swing. So manipulation above that two week open followed by aggressive displacement below it confirming the manipulation is
67:50
Speaker A
in for that weekly candle and then that was followed by distribution and a continuation lower again the week before continuation accumulation here in Q2 manipulation here during Q3 price trades below that two week open aggressively breaks above it and even retest it as
68:07
Speaker A
well so it is a very reactive level so once price is already manipulated you can still look for longs when price bounces uh back down below and retest it again right there as you can see. And yeah, just super super clear, man. Like
68:19
Speaker A
super clean. And that's just the past 3 weeks. That's not cherrypicking examples. It literally is always there.
68:25
Speaker A
Tropen, drop below, push higher. Tropen in this case. So this is more of like a tropen and then just expanding away from it aggressively, right? Uh so not as good of an example there but again here draw on Q2 drops below in Q2
68:39
Speaker A
aggressively closes above pushes higher even retest it because we already had the manipulation occur over here uh and then price can still retest it you know retrace bounce off it and then boom back higher again so super super
68:52
Speaker A
clean. Let me go ahead and show you guys one more example as well. This is on the 90-minut cycle and this is literally from today. So Friday's price action 3rd of October New York AM session right 90 minute cycle of the New York AM session.
69:06
Speaker A
What do we do? What is the New York AM session likely to do? Well, what did London do? Okay, cool. Now I know what AM's going to do, right? So then we're utilizing the 90-minute cycle of the AM
69:15
Speaker A
session and the true opens, the true session open of the AM to look for that bullish manipulation below it, get into that move and then trade it higher.
69:22
Speaker A
Right? In this case as well, this is a good example of stacked opens which can be shown again on my indicator link below in the description. True day, we have the true session below the true day open. So this is the specific order we
69:36
Speaker A
need to we need to see them for the bullish scenario, our bullish stacked opens. So the lower time frame one below the higher time frame one. So then you know what did Q1 do? Continuation or reversal whatever you would like to call
69:48
Speaker A
that below Q4's lows. It broke out below it. So therefore, Q2 the following quarter offered that tighter range, that accumulation phase. So then what we'll be expecting Q3 to do, drop below Q2's lows, as you can see it does right here,
70:01
Speaker A
manipulates below the lows, below those stacked opens. So we can be very, very confident a reversal is likely to occur.
70:08
Speaker A
And then you can see price aggressively breaks above both tropens, not just one, both. And then from there it kind of just leaves. It just pushes higher and higher and higher and higher. Q3 manipulation. And as you can see, Q3
70:20
Speaker A
minute played and also gave a move higher, which is something that we will be diving into within a further boot gap episode. But one thing to note is look how quickly the manipulation takes place within this quarter. That's why it has
70:32
Speaker A
enough time to actually begin the real move that distribution higher and then Q4 can, you know, either be a distribution or a potential retracement as well. So yeah, with that being said, that is two very clearcut examples of
70:44
Speaker A
how you would be utilizing the true opens. Hopefully you guys did find this boot camp episode useful. They are very, very powerful. Price can bounce away from them. It can manipulate below them, manipulate above them. It can filter out
70:56
Speaker A
fake manipulation if there's not a true open. And we, for example, form what you may think is bearish manipulation, but we haven't actually traded above the true open for that specific cycle. that can be viewed as fake manipulation and
71:09
Speaker A
actually be building up generating liquidity on the highs to eventually actually manipulate above the tropen take out those builtup highs before giving that move lower. So yeah, hopefully you guys did find this episode useful and yo what's going on guys? Hope
71:23
Speaker A
that you're all doing well. Welcome back to all doing well. Welcome back to episode three of the quarterly theory boot camp. This episode right right here could arguably be the most important video you've ever seen in your life. And
71:35
Speaker A
this concept, this one singular concept can single-handedly change your whole entire life. And I'm not even saying that. This concept is what turned me from unprofitable to profitable. So, this is definitely going to be a very, very important episode. So, make sure to
71:48
Speaker A
buckle up and get ready for this video. Basically, the topic of the video is going to be SMT and more specifically sequential SMT, which is SSMT and that is one of the most important quarterly theory concepts there is out there.
72:03
Speaker A
Okay, so without wasting any more time, let's just go ahead jump straight into it. Be showing you loads of examples on the charts and also giving you guys a full breakdown of how the concept works right here, right now. Okay, so firstly
72:16
Speaker A
to understand sequential SMT, you must have a basic understanding of SMT, right? SMT all it is first of all you must be looking at closely correlated assets, right? So what is a closely correlated asset? So for example, we
72:31
Speaker A
have these things called triads and it's like the three most closely correlated assets within that market group basically right so for indices you guys know what indices is we've got NQ ES and YM what we're going to be doing is
72:45
Speaker A
comparing all three of those assets together so if you can pull up each chart from each of those assets and then we're looking for a divergence to form between those specific assets right now what is a divergence so divergence
73:00
Speaker A
basically within price is when we have one asset let's say for ENQ over here you can see it trades higher right but before this move higher it actually fails to take this specific low here and then what we're doing when we see that
73:13
Speaker A
happen is we're looking at the other closely correlated assets so ES here for example before this move higher you can see actually takes out that specific low right there right and for this to be valid it must be the same specific low
73:26
Speaker A
so within ENQ you can you know mark out your lows mark out highs and if it fails to take out that specific high or low formed at the specific time. So, let's say this is 7 a.m. low, right? This is
73:36
Speaker A
the hourly time frame. This is yesterday's 7 a.m. low right there. Right? And then we're looking at ES mark out that same specific 7 a.m. low from yesterday. And you can see the ES actually runs below it. So, it creates a
73:48
Speaker A
lower low. Whereas ENQ fails to run below that same specific low and creates a higher low. So, one asset's creating a higher low, one asset's creating a lower low. That is then our SMT divergence within price. More markets that you can
74:01
Speaker A
view it on, I'll show you very shortly. But for example, the Forex triad consists of Euro USD, GUP USD, and then DXY. And you can look for the same specific thing within that triad as well. One thing to note though, within
74:16
Speaker A
the Forex triad, obviously DXY moves opposite to Euro and GU. So he's still looking for the same thing. But this for example on DXY would be you know DXY is low and then you'd mark out that same specific high on Euro or GU for example
74:29
Speaker A
because DXY is inversely correlated like negatively correlated. Okay. Uh but yeah the same specific concept applies for every single market that you're looking at as long as you're looking at those closely correlated assets. Mark out those obvious highs and lows on each of
74:44
Speaker A
the assets and look for the SMT divergence to form between those assets. Right? And basically what the SMT divergence signals is, it's usually it's pretty much gonna always be there before pretty much every single market move almost guaranteed before every
75:01
Speaker A
single like major reversal. Uh but I'm talking like even small retracements, you know, small reversals that last a few hours or so. There's usually always going to be some sort of SMT divergence there.
75:12
Speaker A
And what it does is it shows strength and weakness within that specific market, right? So if we have ES taking out a low and ENQ failing to take out the same specific low, obviously we know that these closely correlated assets
75:24
Speaker A
should be moving in sync 24/7. So whenever one creates that divergence that shows strength within this specific market and indicates a potential move higher, right? And then once that SMT divergence takes place, then you're anticipating the move higher. then
75:39
Speaker A
you're looking for your specific entry model which within later boot camp episodes I'll give you guys my exact entry model that I take right after this. Right? So that is essentially SMT divergence explained. Um I will show you
75:51
Speaker A
guys an example on the chart later on during the video as well. But now let's jump into what sequential SMT actually is. Right? So firstly, before I show you any sort of example of how it should look on the charts or how it should look
76:03
Speaker A
in general, let's just go over this table here like we always do for every single video because when looking for sequential SMT, there are very specific time frames that you must be viewing in order to look for that sequential SMT.
76:17
Speaker A
Okay? And I broke it down into simple form for you guys. Well, firstly, let's start here, right? So, this little table at the bottom that we've got, these are the main triads that you want to be looking at for trading, right? So, we
76:28
Speaker A
got the Forex triad. You know, I'm not going to read every single asset out, but you guys can see it. Industries tri commodities. Uh for commodities, you can also change out copper for platinum and just see whichever works best for you.
76:40
Speaker A
Oil triad, crypto, and interest rates. And there's many, many more. I'm sure there's a website that you can search up that gives you a list of all the, you know, closely correlated assets. And then you can literally create your own
76:50
Speaker A
triads with those assets basically. But I wouldn't go more than sort of three assets. You could even scale this down to just looking at two assets like for example only ENQ and ES. Um but it's completely up to you. You know you may
77:02
Speaker A
miss a few moves if you don't use YM. And uh if you are using more assets then you can maybe get a lot of false signals right because there's a lot of SMTs that form. Your job is just to filter out the
77:13
Speaker A
low probability ones which is what we're going to be going over here as well. Um yeah. What else was I going to say as well? Um, no, I can't remember. So, anyway, let's go ahead and jump into this table now. Okay, so specific time
77:26
Speaker A
frames that we must be viewing to the quadrrenial cycle. Um, the time frames here are all the same time frames that you've already been taught within the cycle in the quarter video. Um, so just stick with those. Okay. So quadrrenial 1
77:38
Speaker A
month time frame, yearly cycle 1 week time frame, quarterly cycle daily time frame, monthly cycle 4 hour, weekly 1 hour, daily 15, 90 minute, 5, micro 1 minute. Okay, essentially what a sequential SMT is is the SMT example that I just showed you guys.
77:56
Speaker A
It's SMT between two consecutive quarters. Okay, so you guys know we have the cycle which consists of four quarters. So within each cycle we can look for up to four sequential SMTs which by the way you don't want to see
78:10
Speaker A
that but we can because we can have but we can because we can have one between Q1 and Q2 Q2 and Q3 Q3 and Q4 is that fours I'm not sure but what you can also do is when a new cycle starts is we can
78:25
Speaker A
use the previous cycle so the Q4 of the previous cycle and Q1 of the new cycle right so let's say for example You know, we're looking at the daily cycle. Q4 is PM session. Then once that new day opens
78:38
Speaker A
up, we have the new daily cycle, the Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4. Q1 will be Asia. You can look for SMT between the PM of the previous day and Asia of the, you know, the new upcoming daily cycle day that
78:50
Speaker A
we're inside of. Okay, so that is it in short form. SMT divergence between two consecutive quarters. Drill that into your head as well. It has to be consecutive. So it can't be Q1 to Q3. It must be in a row. So Q1, Q2, Q2, Q3, Q3,
79:05
Speaker A
Q4, Q4 and Q1 and then you know it goes back to Q1, Q2 again. Okay? And also don't forget to filter in the true opens. So remember like what I taught you guys in the previous video um manipulation may must occur above and
79:19
Speaker A
below and that is what confirms our manipulation that sequential SMT. Okay. Now in order to make superm easy for you to understand what we can do is actually put it down into specific candles right because we know that each for example
79:34
Speaker A
daily cycle quarter is 6 hours long what you can do I think you need to have a specific trading view subscription so you don't need to use this I don't use this either this is just so you guys
79:44
Speaker A
could understand it a lot easier right so daily cycle 6 hours long each quarter so what we're doing is looking for the SMT between a 6-h hour period of time and the upcoming, you know, the current 6-h hour period of time, right? So, you
79:57
Speaker A
can even go to the 6-h hour time frame and that way it combines, you know, it pushes together that whole 6-h hour time period into one specific candle. So, there's going to be four 6-hour candles within a day. And to make it super
80:10
Speaker A
simple, sequential SMT, you can just look for a simple SMT divergence between two consecutive 6-hour candles. Okay?
80:17
Speaker A
Same with the weekly cycle, daily candles. So if you see one asset run out the previous days low and another closely correlated asset fail and you're looking on the daily time frame, you know that that is a weekly cycle
80:28
Speaker A
sequential SMT, right? And then you can go on and on. So monthly cycle is SMT between weekly candles. Quarterly cycle between 3.25 week candles. Obviously you're never going to use that, but that's just what a quarter is. 3.25
80:41
Speaker A
weeks for the quarterly cycle. Like I said, you don't even need to ever use that to be honest. Like I've just got it there just for educational purposes.
80:47
Speaker A
90-minut cycle, 90-minut time frame, 23 minute time frame for micro cycle. Yearly cycle is a 3-month time frame.
80:55
Speaker A
Quadrenal is just a yearly candle. So you, you know, we've got an old yearly candle print, new one opens up, one asset drops below that previous yearly candle low, one asset fails, boom, we know we've got a quadrrenial cycle,
81:06
Speaker A
sequential SMT. So that's how to sort of, you know, see it happen in real time and make it easier for you guys. But what I would recommend is just being on the specific time frames. So, you know, like the 15-minut time frame for the
81:18
Speaker A
daily cycle and as long as you've got that indicator or you already know in your head when the quarters are, you know, begin and end, then you can just literally mark it out on that specific time frame. Okay. Um, also a thing to
81:30
Speaker A
note is when looking for sequential SMT, you know, we're looking back at the previous quarter and what you want to do is a sequential SMT can only only occur with the extreme high and the extreme low of the previous quarter. Okay? So no
81:46
Speaker A
random low or high in in between. You must mark out the absolute high, the very very high of the previous quarter.
81:52
Speaker A
So let's say we start Q3. We're looking back upon Q2. We're marking out the extreme high, the extreme low. Boom.
81:59
Speaker A
Mark out with a line. Super simple. And then we're waiting for Q3 on that specific asset to either, you know, run the high or run the low. And then another thing to note as well is, like I said, we're looking at closely
82:10
Speaker A
correlated assets. So, we're looking at the whole entire triad. The low and the high doesn't have to have formed at the exact same time. So, like I mentioned here, the regular SMT divergence, it does. But now, the reason
82:24
Speaker A
why this one's a little bit different is because we're looking for the specific high and low within that specific time window. So, that specific quarter. Okay?
82:31
Speaker A
And it's not always going to be the same high and low put in at every single quarter for every single asset. So, for example, you know, like I said, we enter Q3. We mark out Q2's highest high and
82:41
Speaker A
lowest low. Let's say it's a daily cycle, right? We're in Q3 of the daily cycle, NY. Let's say Q2's highest high is at 2:30 a.m., which is during the London session. So, you mark out that high. And then, let's say, for example,
82:55
Speaker A
let's say that was NQ. Now, let's think that we're looking ES. the highest high of ES during the London session Q2 could be at for example 340 3:45 a.m. Right?
83:06
Speaker A
So we've got ENQ printing the high at 2:30 for example and we've got ES printing at 3:45 or whatever I just said. I don't know. But my point being is the highs and lows don't need to be put in at the exact same time. The only
83:19
Speaker A
thing that really matters is we mark out the highest high on all assets. wait for one to run above and wait for the other asset to fail to run above that its specific highest high of the previous quarter. Okay, so hopefully that makes
83:33
Speaker A
sense. I'm going to show you guys a quick example, just one that I created myself, you know, just draw myself here and then we'll jump into some chart examples. Okay, so sequential SMT example. As you can see, two quarters of
83:46
Speaker A
time, Q2, Q3, we're marking out the lowest low. Um, I don't know if I'm going to be able to do this. Okay, I can. There we go. So, that's No. Okay, I can't. I didn't think I would be able
83:58
Speaker A
to. Um, wait, can I hover above? There we go. So, this is the lowest low of Q2.
84:04
Speaker A
As you can see, draw out a straight line of there. Now, we enter Q3. We're waiting for price dip below Q2's low.
84:14
Speaker A
Then, what we do is be looking at the other closely correlated assets. Mark out that specific Q2 low on that specific asset. It doesn't need to be the exact same time on that asset. Then we're looking for the other asset or
84:25
Speaker A
assets to fail to run below Q2's low. Once we've seen this happen, we can, you know, identify we had the SMT divergence between the two specific quarters of time consecutively, Q2 and Q3, then we can begin anticipating a potential move
84:40
Speaker A
higher and look for our entry pattern. Okay, so hopefully that does make sense. Um, now let's just go ahead and jump into some chart examples and show you guys how this works in real time. I'll lally show you guys examples from time.
84:54
Speaker A
I'll literally show you guys examples from ly yesterday or this week because it's always there. It's always always there. One final thing to note as well, a good little tip is like I said earlier, we want to see ideally the
85:06
Speaker A
sequential if we're bullish occur below the trip open and bearish occur above the trip open. Right? So let's say we haven't had clear manipulation within the cycle that we're trading. We can then wait if we're bearish for example,
85:19
Speaker A
wait for price to run above the previous quarter high, put in a sequential SMT above the true open, then we can be like, okay, cool. This is our manipulation quarter now. So every single quarter that sequential SMT forms
85:31
Speaker A
most of the time is the manipulation quarter or reversal. Okay, so we'll dive into that deeper in the charts right now. But with that being said, um hopefully you guys did find this explanation useful. Now, let's dive into
85:44
Speaker A
the charts. All right, guys. So, we're now on the charts and we are indeed looking at the indices triad. So, as you can see, ANQ, ES, and YM. Now, you're probably wondering, what are all these lines marked out on my chart? This is my
85:58
Speaker A
Oracle Insights quarterly theory indicator doing all the work for me. Like I mentioned in previous videos, it does everything. marks out the trail opens, marks out the quarters, marks out the sequential SMT, the different modes you can have it mark out. You can also
86:11
Speaker A
have it just show you in the bottom right. Really up to you, right? But yeah, obviously, you know, you don't need to use that. Um, you can still just mark out literally like simply just mark out the lows or if you're pretty
86:22
Speaker A
experienced, you can just sort of visualize, you know, we know this lows here, we enter Q4, we, you know, we're looking for a sequential SMT to form and then trade higher, for example. But all the lines that you kind of see marked
86:32
Speaker A
are sequential SMTs. And just for a bit of context, look how powerful it is.
86:38
Speaker A
Like genuinely look how powerful it is. As you can see, it's pretty much always there before every single move. Every single move, you know, retracements, actual moves higher, reversals, retracement, retracement, reversal lower, reversal higher. Like it's just insane,
86:55
Speaker A
right? It's it can do so many things. It can confirm expansions. It can give you indication of reversals, retracements, continuation, everything. Okay, so I'm going to put this out here now as well.
87:07
Speaker A
Sequential SMT confirms everything. Okay, so no matter what cycle we're inside of, you know, AMDX, X AMD, if we see a sequential SMT form, that is most likely our manipulation for that specific quarter. And then, you know, as
87:22
Speaker A
we mentioned before, whenever we have a quarter for manipulation, it tends to be followed by distribution. And that's when we can be super confident that it's going to be followed by distribution is if the manipulation quarter forms sequential SMT. Okay. So right here what
87:38
Speaker A
we're looking at is of course the weekly cycle. So we've got Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, Q0 which is today, Friday. So Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday. And another thing to note as well is sequential SMT most of the time will put
87:53
Speaker A
in high and low of no matter what cycle you're looking at. So in this case, this is the weekly cycle. As you can see, the low the week, the lower the cycle was put in on Tuesday. Why? Weekly cycle
88:04
Speaker A
sequential SMT. The high of the week, the current high of the week, why was it put in bearish weekly cycle sequential SMT? Okay, so as you can see, ENQ that failure swing ES and ENQ ran out um Q3's
88:19
Speaker A
high. So Wednesday's high right at the very start, Thursday, and then that was our manipulation. Okay, so how do we actually use this? Utilize this so tea to trade each cycle. So as always coming into each cycle, you want to have that
88:32
Speaker A
bias, right? What is the cycle likely to do? As we know the cycles are tighter candles. So if you look at the weekly candle coming into this week, why could we have expected higher prices this week, right? Well, as you guys can see,
88:45
Speaker A
we're climbing. We're climbing climbing all the way to alltime highs. We don't really have any reason to retrace back lower. Like we really don't. like we don't have any sort of unfilled gaps. I mean, we've got this one, but it's very
88:55
Speaker A
far away. And also because this specific week here, last week, didn't form any sequential SMT, you can see no monthly cycle sequential SMT. It's very unlikely that we're just going to reverse because like I said, there's always almost
89:08
Speaker A
sequential SMT there before every single reversal. So, if last week didn't form any, why are we expecting price to go lower this week? We're not. We're really not. Okay. So coming into this week looking for those bullish, you know,
89:20
Speaker A
bullish biode longs weekly candles. So we know that's tied to the weekly cycle. If we go to the actual specific time frame, the hourly, right? What we're doing is we're waiting for you can wait for Monday to play out. Wait for the two
89:31
Speaker A
week open to be established, which is the open of Tuesday, and then look for literally look for that bullish weekly cycle sequential SMT to occur, which in this case, Monday's low took out there on Tuesday for NQ. And if we take a look
89:44
Speaker A
at YM, you can see that also ES took out Monday's low. Uh YM actually failed, right? So that failure swing right there. Um and yeah, also this is a good example. So this Monday's low was formed right there 10:00 a.m. for YM. Okay,
89:59
Speaker A
that's a low that we mark out for YM cuz that's the lowest low of its quarter.
90:03
Speaker A
And that specific 10 a.m. low is all the way up there. Frankie, right? You can see it got run out and just nothing happened, right? because price only cares about it specific low of this specific asset. So Monday's lowest low
90:15
Speaker A
uh which is on that line. You know the candle that's on the line belongs to this new quarter. So Q1 Sunday 180 this got run out there at 11:00 a.m. on Tuesday putting in that bullish weekly cycle sequential SMT indicating that
90:27
Speaker A
reversal is likely to happen. Pair that with the bullish bias that we had and boom. What do you what do you see right there? So Q2 manipulated. So like I said and that's confirmed by sequential SMT.
90:37
Speaker A
So therefore, Q3 distributes higher, right? So it targets that previous week high, I believe it was, and it wasn't the previous week high. It's just the current current high point in for this week, but you can see overall alltime
90:48
Speaker A
high. So still just expecting higher until we get an actual bearish clear sequential SMT to indicate a reversal.
90:55
Speaker A
So distribution, so that continuation, accumulation, whatever you want to call it, Q1, Q2 manipulated below the two week open, bullish weekly cycle, sequential ST to confirm the manipulation. Wednesday Q3 the following quarter distribution higher then Q4 as we know can either offer a continuation
91:12
Speaker A
higher or a reversal. So how can we also expect how can we use sequential SMT to expect a continuation? Well as I mentioned sequential SMT is our manipulation and it can indicate a reversal right so until we get that like
91:27
Speaker A
we're not going to get anything. We're most likely just not mostly just going to keep trading higher and higher and higher. Right? So in yesterday's case, Thursday, if all Thursday, if all assets would have ran above Wednesday's high, I
91:40
Speaker A
would have expected a continuation. But because we put in a bearish weekly cycle, it's only very small. As you can see, it's literally Q3's final candle, the day printed the high, and then Q4 Thursday opened up immediately, ran it
91:51
Speaker A
out, and you can see YM didn't run it out. And you can see YM's candle was a different time as well. Q3's high was at a different time. Still worked very nicely. Okay. So, yeah, if all assets would have run out Wednesday's high, we
92:03
Speaker A
could have expected a continuation. But because we got a bearish weekly cycle sequential SMT, I expected a move lower, right? And where could where could we have targeted here? Well, you can see we have discount of yesterday's range.
92:15
Speaker A
Well, it would have been Wednesday's range. Price returned back to that beautifully because remember this doesn't automatically mean we're going to get a full-blown reversal. Remember how I said you can use it for retracements as well. So re the logical
92:26
Speaker A
retracement to will be back to a discount to potentially then go back higher. And what do we form as well at a discount of yesterday's range? Another bullish weekly cycle sequential SMT.
92:36
Speaker A
Right? So now coming into today because yesterday technically manipulated it manipulate the highs and the lows. So now it's a little bit you know uncertain. That's what's happens when we get opposing sequential SMTs on the high and the low. It can be a little bit
92:50
Speaker A
tricky. But that's then when we apply, you know, the narrative, the logic, where does price really want to go on the higher time frame to me, you know, looking at the daily chart and whatnot, we could easily still just
93:03
Speaker A
continue pushing back to all time highs to be honest, right? Um, but then I can also see a reason why we'd go lower. And the reason why that is because you can see if we look at the 4hour time frame,
93:12
Speaker A
we actually have a bearish monthly cycle sequential SMT, right? So you can see last week's um quarter was taken out during this this week's quarter here.
93:21
Speaker A
You can see it was actually taken out pretty early on and then we did get some nice displacement and then we kind of just ran it out basically. Right. So to me we're still bullish like we're still more or less bullish.
93:32
Speaker A
Um because until we get nice clear displacement followed by the sequential SMT, we can't be sure it's actually going to give a huge reversal. But you can still see it did give a retracement retracement lower to go higher. The SMT
93:44
Speaker A
is still there. the sequential SMT is still there because YM hasn't taken its previous week high just yet. Um so we can still easily go lower. So it's a little bit uncertain right now. Um but yeah, you can see that's sort of how we
93:57
Speaker A
could definitely end up going lower um in today's price action. Um and yeah, obviously this is fractal. So daily cycle. If we go to the daily cycle, I mean you can literally see it playing out. This is today. This is a few hours
94:09
Speaker A
ago today's price action. I mean it's just insane, bro. bullish uh daily cycle Q1 Q2 move higher bearish daily cycle Q1 Q2 move lower like it genuinely is insane Q2 Q3 lower Q1 Q2 retracement to push price higher to form bearish
94:26
Speaker A
sequential SMT to get then get the real move right so this is why what I said there's a lot of SMTs forming but your job is to filter out the lower probability ones and you can do that by
94:37
Speaker A
zooming out to the higher time frames where is price going what is price likely to do then trust the ones that are in line with that bias and narrative that you've got. Okay. Um, so yeah, let's I guess let's go ahead and jump
94:49
Speaker A
into one more example here. You know, we'll just pick a random time frame. We'll go to the 90-minut cycle.
94:54
Speaker A
I mean, do I even need to show? I mean, it's just insane. It's just always there, bro. Always always there, right?
95:00
Speaker A
Um, let's just go back to uh a random cycle up here. So, was this yesterday's? Yeah, this is New York.
95:07
Speaker A
Yesterday, um, this is not really what you want to see as well, by the way. You can see we got 1 2 3 four backto-back sequential SMTs. A clean cycle will form one sequential SMT. Then the following quarter will distribute cuz that's what
95:19
Speaker A
we usually want to see. Manipulation distribution, right? Then we can look for a potential opposing sequential some T for the reversal. If we don't get sequential some T, expect a continuation lower. Um so if we do get many back to
95:31
Speaker A
back, that can be a sign of low probability conditions. Um, so yeah, if you can't tell where price wants to go in the higher time frame, just stay clear of that price action cuz it can lead to consolidation as well. So you
95:42
Speaker A
can see here bearish, bullish, bearish. You can see it kind of leads to price chopping up. But then eventually the real move does prevail and you can see we get that move lower, right? And that's because we had that higher time
95:54
Speaker A
frame sequential TB in the weekly cycle on Thursday, right? You guys remember I showed you it was all the way up there or something. I mean we even got a 90-minut cycle right there as well when we got the weekly cycle. So this is what
96:05
Speaker A
you can do. You can use multiple cycles of sequential SMT in combination. So you can use like a higher time frame one confirm that by a lower time frame one. Right? And what I mean by this is for example if you're going from a
96:16
Speaker A
weekly cycle sequential SMT is your higher time frame. You can then you use a daily cycle or a 90 minute cycle. I wouldn't go much more than two cycles lower. So I wouldn't go from a weekly straight to a micro. A weekly to a daily
96:29
Speaker A
is fine. A weekly to a 90 is fine. Okay, so keep that in mind as well. So same with the daily cycle. You can go from a daily to a 90 and then a daily to a micro and then obviously lower than that
96:39
Speaker A
is a nano. I wouldn't go from a daily to a nano though. Okay, so hopefully that makes sense. Um do we have anything else to speak about here? Um yeah, I mean that is essentially just it. So identify your bias for the cycle.
96:53
Speaker A
Look for that manipulation above or below the true open. have that manipulation confirmed by a sequential SMT. Okay? Yeah, it's not always going to be there, but for me, I I don't take a trade until I see at least one
97:04
Speaker A
sequential SMT. Okay? So, I find my bias, find my narrative, wait for a sequential SMT to confirm that. Okay?
97:11
Speaker A
So, come into the day, I'll be bullish at bearish, bullish. Okay, cool. Look for a bullish sequential SMT. Ideally, a daily cycle or a 90-minut cycle or, you know, obviously a weekly cycle. um you don't really just want to use like a
97:25
Speaker A
micro cycle to confirm your bullish daily bias. If you go back and back test, most of the time it will be a daily cycle or a 90-minut cycle putting in high or low of the day. Okay? And that's fractal. So weekly cycle putting
97:36
Speaker A
in, you know, the high and low of the week, monthly cycle putting in high and low of the month. It's usually always there. Okay? So make sure you do go ahead and back test yourself, back test it, sorry. Um and you'll find really,
97:47
Speaker A
really magical things. Um but yeah, I'm glad this video is now out there. Now we can definitely dive a lot deeper into the quarterly theory boot camp episodes.
97:55
Speaker A
I can explain a lot more because without this concept revealed um it's actually quite hard to you know when I'm explaining AMDX X AMD you know how do you confirm that manipulation and reversal now you know and the continuation as well and also
98:09
Speaker A
last thing to note off as well in this video is like I said sequential SMT is our manipulation or reversal. So not every single So not every single cycle is going to be X AMD or AMDX.
98:23
Speaker A
It could be you know price may continue higher then it may form a sequential SMT. So it could be XM and then distribution after that. So it could be XMD and then maybe A or something like that. Truly sequential SMT is what's
98:37
Speaker A
going to mark your highs and lows of the cycles. So whenever you see them put in align with your bias. You want to be looking for trades in line with that.
98:43
Speaker A
Okay. Yo, what is going on guys? Welcome back to the quarterly theory boot back to the quarterly theory boot camp episode 4. Today's topic is the truth changes the state of delivery also known as a TCISD. Now this is a concept that I
98:56
Speaker A
founded myself. It is based upon multiple other teachings from other people of course but the framework that I use for it is specifically made by me.
99:06
Speaker A
So it is of course based upon the change in the state of delivery a concept taught by ICT that is where it originated from. So that's where the idea comes from. But then I added my own twist using quarterly theory. And then
99:20
Speaker A
basically we look for the specific TCISD after something occurs. Um a quarterly theory concept occurs basically. So I'll break it down and what it's used for is to confirm sequential SMT. So first episode we learned about the time cycles
99:35
Speaker A
and quarters. Then I taught you guys about the true opens which you know those are used to filter low probability and high probability quarters and cycles. And then I taught you guys about sequential SMT which is then used to
99:48
Speaker A
filter and you know confirm high probability quarters as manipulation when to expect distribution etc etc. And now the true chain in the stage of delivery is a concept that we use to confirm sequential SMT. So sequential SMT confirms manipulation and then a
100:05
Speaker A
true change in the state of delivery confirms the sequential SMT. So yeah, this is how we actually use, you know, we use this to enter. This is an actual entry technique. So I'll be breaking it down for you guys. Um, and this is a
100:18
Speaker A
very very important video. Uh, because a lot of you guys only know the framework so far and don't actually know how to enter or trust a sequential SMT. And this video is going to show you exactly how to do that. So firstly, let me go
100:31
Speaker A
ahead and show you guys an example of a change in the state of delivery. So this is taught by ICT and here is essentially what it is. Okay, so pretend this is the markets. You know, we're looking at a
100:41
Speaker A
chart right now. This is what's called a well, first of all, liquidity has to be taken. Okay, so some form of liquidity has to be taken and then there's two different ways you can enter a trade.
100:52
Speaker A
You can either wait for a market structure shift, which is a closure, oops, that is the wrong thing. which is a closure above that most recent swing high before the liquidity was taken. So, as you can see, price displaces and
101:06
Speaker A
aggressively closes above the most recent swing high before liquidity was taken. And then what you want to go ahead and do is wait for price to come back in to that market structure shift, that leg higher, the displacement leg,
101:19
Speaker A
and then you look for your entry around here. Okay? Now, you can enter that way.
101:24
Speaker A
However, the risk-to-reward as you can see is going to be a lot lower. Um, as you can't see actually because it's not let me place it for some reason. Uh, but you guys get the point. You know, your
101:33
Speaker A
stop loss would be down here. Your entry would be here essentially. Okay. So then by this point you'd be at like a 1 to1 RR which nothing wrong with that. But for the best entries possible, the sniper entries you want to be using a
101:46
Speaker A
change in the state of delivery. Now what is a change in the state of delivery? So again, liquidity must get taken. Liquidity must always get taken before you take a trade. I mean, you guys should know that by now, right? So,
101:58
Speaker A
here is where our market structure shift would be over here, right? So, instead of us having to wait for price to close above that most recent swing high and getting that worse RR, you know, we can actually get in down here before the
102:10
Speaker A
market structure even even occurs basically, right? The way we're going to go ahead and do that is the candle or the series of candles that take liquidity, we're going to go ahead and wait for price to close above those
102:21
Speaker A
specific candles and most more specifically the body of those candles as well. Okay, so imagine this is a candle right here that's taking liquidity. We're then going to go ahead and wait for you know one or two candle
102:33
Speaker A
closures above that specific singular candle and then that is what's classified as our change in the state of delivery. So the series of down closed candles that take liquidity they get closed above and then once it's closed above that validates the chain in the
102:48
Speaker A
state of delivery and then you can literally go ahead and just enter um at the chain in the state of delivery. So you know once price uh retests it slightly the candle you can go ahead and enter there. Stop would then go on the
102:59
Speaker A
low of that most recent low that took liquidity and then you can go ahead and target much higher. So you'd be entering here stop loss down here. Oops. And then you can see the RR would just be so much
103:11
Speaker A
higher than this one here. Stop loss there, entry there. Okay, look, look how much smaller that entry is. Um, so yeah, obviously there are times and places when you should be using this and that's what we're going to dive into within
103:25
Speaker A
this video. And this is just a change in the state of delivery. The one that I'm teaching is a true chain in the state of delivery which is so much more powerful and is very mechanical as well in order
103:37
Speaker A
you know what to actually look for before taking that entry. So now you guys know what a chain in the state of delivery is. Let's go ahead and go over firstly the time frame alignment because you must be on specific cycles, specific
103:48
Speaker A
time frames to look for the TCISD, right? So as always all of the cycles are still the same. All of the time frames are still the same. So you know the monthly time frame for the quadrrenial, yearly for the weekly etc
104:01
Speaker A
etc. Okay. So now a true chain in the state of delivery can only occur if a sequential SMT occurs. Okay. So let's say we've got a quadrrenial cycle sequential SMT occurring. All right. So on the monthly time frame we can see sequential SMT
104:18
Speaker A
between two consecutive years because that is what a quadrrenial cycle SMT is. Once that sequential SMT takes place. So let's say we're in 2025, we run below 2024's low. We then have our sequential SMT if of course a closely correlated
104:34
Speaker A
asset hasn't run below its previous year low. Great that failure swing. Therefore the sequential SMT is there. Once that has formed, what we're going to be then looking for is on the same specific time frame as the sequential SMT as the cycle that
104:49
Speaker A
we're viewing. We're looking for our TCISD. So don't drop down one time frame uh lower, two time frames lower. don't go higher. Say on the same specific time frame the sequential SMT has taken place on then that's when we'll find our
105:02
Speaker A
TCISD. Now a TCISD is a candle closure above or below in a bearish scenario.
105:10
Speaker A
The very very first candle which created sequential SMT. Okay, so that may sound a little bit confusing. We'll go into some examples shortly, but let's just go over the time frame alignment first. But now you guys know what it actually is.
105:22
Speaker A
This is why we must be on the same specific time frame. So yearly cycle is a yearly cycle sequential from T which is on the weekly time frame and then that same specific time frame a oneweek TCIST frame a oneweek TCID
105:36
Speaker A
quarterly cycle is a daily TCISD. Monthly cycle is a 4hour TCISD. Weekly cycle is a 1 hour TCISD. Daily 15-minute TCISD 95 minute micro 1 minute. Okay. So essentially we're staying on the same cycle, the same time frame the whole
105:51
Speaker A
entire time and then we're looking for the TCSD on that same specific time frame. Okay. So let's say daily cycle sequential SMT. So London runs below Asia low for example, that's Q1 Q2 sequential SMT. Um and then that's
106:05
Speaker A
viewed on the 15-minute time frame. And then that very first 15-minute candle that ran below the previous quarter low.
106:11
Speaker A
We've got our eyes only on that candle, not the candle below that. If we print another candle, not the one above that specific candle, then we wait for price to close above it to validate it. So, let me show you guys an example right
106:23
Speaker A
here. This is just one final little mockup example and then we'll jump into some charts. And there's lots of lots of little tips as well in order to find higher probability ones, which ones to trust, when not to trust it, etc., which
106:35
Speaker A
I'll be telling you guys when we do jump onto the charts shortly. Okay, so here's one final example. Remember, a sequential SMT must take place. So, an SMT between two consecutive quarters. If you don't know what sequential SMT is,
106:48
Speaker A
go watch the is it the previous video? Yeah, the previous video, the boot camp episode number three. That is where I explain sequential SMT. So, SMT between two consecutive quarters. Just imagine the closely correlated asset hasn't ran below Q2's low. Um, so we got that
107:03
Speaker A
failure swing. Therefore, we do have a sequential SMT. So, that's step number one. Sequential SMT must occur. Let's say this is the fivem minute time frame.
107:11
Speaker A
So a 90 minute cycle we're staying on the fivem minute time frame the same you know very time frame that the sequential SMT took place on then to make it easier you can literally mark out a line of the
107:22
Speaker A
previous quarter low and look which candle ran below that low. So is it this candle here? No. Is it this one? No. Uh was it this one here? Uh this one right in the middle here. No. Was it this one
107:34
Speaker A
here? No. None of those. Which one ran below the low the first very time? This one here. Okay. This very candle here ran below the low. That was the very first candle that ran below it. Okay, so we don't care about any other candle.
107:49
Speaker A
And also the chain in the state of delivery example that I showed you at the start was remember the series of down close candles. This is what makes a TCISD so special because it's a lot more mechanical and you can get a lot better
108:00
Speaker A
entries. So sequential SMT candle that took the low previous quarter low create the sequential SMT this one. Then what we do to validate it because it doesn't just automatically become an entry point. We then need to see price close
108:12
Speaker A
above it in a bullish example. Okay. So we took the low. We wait for price to close above the open. So mark out the open of the candle that created sequential SMT. Wait for price to close above the open with a body. Right? So as
108:28
Speaker A
you can see this candle here closed above the open of this candle because it was a bearish candle. You can see you can mark out the open which at the top for a bearish candle. Price closes above it. Then what do we do? Well, now it's
108:40
Speaker A
valid. There's two things that we can do. Okay, if we form a gap slightly above the TCISD. So like here for example, you can enter from that gap or you can enter directly off the retest of the TCISD. Okay, so this candle you can
108:55
Speaker A
go literally go ahead and mark this this whole entire candle out if you would like to or you can just mark out the open. Whatever you would like to do.
109:02
Speaker A
Look when we tag back into it. Okay, tag back into it right there and this other candle here. One, two. Those are your entry points. Stop goes on the sequential SMT low, the invalidation. If you miss this first entry, you can look
109:16
Speaker A
for a second entry at the gap slightly above it. Okay, so a couple more things to note is when looking at a bullish TCSD, we of course must have a bullish sequential SMT take place and the candle that creates sequential SMT must close
109:35
Speaker A
bearish. Okay? Because we can't have it because basically bearish candles support price to go higher. Bullish candles support price to go lower. So this is why the candle that creates sequential SMT must close bearish. If it does call, mark out the open, wait for a
109:52
Speaker A
closure above, wait for the retest like in this example right here. But if the specific candle, which is very rare, by the way, because price runs lower, you know, it's running lower to take liquidity. So it's more likely to close
110:03
Speaker A
bearish. If it closes bullish for whatever reason, don't worry. What we do then is look to our left. So look at the most recent printed candles before the sequential SMT. So let's say this candle here closed bullish, right? Delete this.
110:18
Speaker A
Sorry. So this candle, let's say it closed bullish, but the sequential SMT is there. So now our TCSD becomes the most recent bearish candle to our left.
110:27
Speaker A
So let's say this is bullish, which is our most recent um bearish candle. Let's say this one here was bearish. Okay. So then this becomes our TCISD. So then what do we do again? Same as before. We wait for a closure above it which
110:42
Speaker A
happens here. Okay, this candle here closes above. Then what do we do? Wait for a retest of the TCISD. One, two candles tag into it. Stop again goes on the sequential SMT low and then you can enter off this gap as well if you miss
110:57
Speaker A
the first entry and then target some buy liquidity or wherever the higher time frame is heading towards. Right? So hopefully that makes sense. Let me give a quick rundown for a bearish example.
111:08
Speaker A
So a bearish sequential SMT, exact same principles. We must see a bullish candle that creates sequential SMT. Closure below it is our, you know, it forms our bearish TCSD candle. Or if the candle that creates bearish sequential SMT closes bearish, look to
111:25
Speaker A
our left, mark out the most recent bullish candle, the open of it, wait for price to close below that, and then boom, we have our TCISD valid, wait for a retest, stop on the sequential SMT high, and then run it down lower. Okay,
111:38
Speaker A
so that in turn is a very basic understanding of a TCISD, a true change in the state of delivery. It confirms sequential SMT. Sequential SMT confirms our quarter as manipulation reversal uh continuation everything and then the TTIST confirms
111:55
Speaker A
the sequential SMT then we can be confident at taking an entry after that. Right? So hopefully that hopefully that is useful for you guys. Hopefully it makes sense. If not, do not worry. We'll jump into a couple chart examples right
112:08
Speaker A
now. So I'll see you guys on the charts very shortly. All right guys, so we're now inside of the charts. We're looking at NQ and ES and we're going to be pulling up and ES and we're going to be
112:16
Speaker A
pulling up YM short as well because remember sequential SMT can be looked at through the whole entire triad. Um, so yeah, I'm going to be showing you guys examples from all assets and also not cherrypicking any specific examples.
112:29
Speaker A
We're going to scroll through the charts together and literally show you guys every single setup that you could have taken using the TCISD entry. Okay, so you're probably wondering first, how how do I have the TCISDs marked on the chart
112:41
Speaker A
for me? Well, not only do we have a quarterly theory indicator, but we've got a TCISD indicator as well, which will be linked below in the description down below. You can also pick up uh free 3-day trials for each of the indicators
112:54
Speaker A
if you want to test them out before making that monthly payment. It's not much anyway. Uh but yeah, link below in the description. As you can see here, my TCD indicator. You can set the filters and whatnot as well. For me, I just
113:06
Speaker A
leave everything on default because I know when to trust the TCID anyway. Okay. So, yeah. Firstly, we're on the 15-minute chart, which is for the daily cycle. Um, so we're going to be combining both my indicators here. You
113:18
Speaker A
don't need the indicators, but you can see it just makes my life so much easier. Just marks everything out for me. So, right here, you can see we've got a sequential SMT using YM. So, this is Q4 Q1. So, we go ahead and open up
113:30
Speaker A
YM. You will see that it created a failure swing on Q4's high. So, let's take a look. Uh, where is over here?
113:37
Speaker A
Okay, there we go. The Q force high was not run on YM. As you can see, we create that failure swing. And remember that's step number one. So step number one, sequential SMT takes place. Now what do we do? Remember the very first candle
113:51
Speaker A
that creates sequential SMT becomes our TCID candle. So we can mark out the previous quarter high. Which candle ran above the high first? Okay. So let's take a look at ES as well because it's it's any asset that runs above it,
114:05
Speaker A
right? So, if ES runs above it first, we use that candle on ENQ. If NQ runs above it, we can use the ENQ candle on ES as well. I'm going to be giving you guys a few little tips here as well. Uh because
114:15
Speaker A
there are some things to know, you know, it's not super straightforward um straight away. So, which candle ran above Q4's high? Well, it was this one here. Okay, 615. But remember, in a bearish sequential SMT example, the candle must be bullish. Our TCIC candle
114:30
Speaker A
has to be a bullish candle. So, remember what do we do? Well, we don't use that candle. So, we look to our left and use the most recent bullish candle. Okay, as you can see, go ahead, mark out the
114:40
Speaker A
open. Remember, mark out the open of that candle. Wait for price to close below it to validate it. As you can see here at 9:00 p.m., it validates the TCISD. And then, yes, you can enter within the following quarter, even if
114:52
Speaker A
the TCSD is confirmed within the previous quarter. So, in this case, sequential trust takes place during Q1.
114:58
Speaker A
TCISD takes place during Q1. We don't actually retest it during Q1. We retest it during Q2 and then we get a move lower because remember if we tie everything together, we've got not only the true open here of
115:11
Speaker A
Q2, we had manipulation during Q1, Q2 ran above the true open, so it still manipulated above the true open. And I mean, I'm guessing there's probably still some lower time frame sequential SMT up here as well. And then because Q1
115:24
Speaker A
manipulated, we're anticipating Q2 to distribute, okay, the following quarter to distribute. So, not only does it open up high, retraces back to the TTIC of the manipulation quarter, then it begins the distribution, and then the following quarter Q3, we get that continuation
115:39
Speaker A
lower as well, right? So, can you guys see now how we're tying everything together? Um, but yeah, that's something to note. So, you can use TTIC's from the previous quarter. You can even use them from like quite some while ago, like two
115:52
Speaker A
quarters, 3/4 ago. The only time that I recommend that though is if we get a lower time frame sequential SMT inside of it or if the higher time frame draw liquidity hasn't been met. So let's say for example we got a tag into the TCIST
116:06
Speaker A
and then a huge move lower. Let's say the high time frame draw was met down here and then if you see price coming back into the TCSD I wouldn't then be like okay we got a TTSD now I'm going to
116:16
Speaker A
enter. You can see that it does work because look I mean look at the rejection from that. That's just insane right? I mean, even here as well, this is like this is not proving my point whatsoever. This is just showing how
116:27
Speaker A
powerful it really is. I mean, that's just crazy. But remember, if it comes back into it, we can look for a lower time frame sequential SMT, which we get there. We get a TCIC entry again.
116:38
Speaker A
Another one here, TCIC entry there. So, this means the higher time frame draw obviously hasn't been met. So, we'd still retrace back into it. And now we can see it's been met. So, if we was to truly come back into it now, then we'd
116:50
Speaker A
be like, okay, yeah, we're not going to trust it anymore. you know, we're going to look for something else basically, right? Um, but yeah, that is how you would use it. Um, so let me go ahead and just show you guys now a few more
117:00
Speaker A
examples. So, let's like it works on any cycle, any time frame. Um, and the way that I like to use it is step number one, identify my daily bias. Step number two, wait for my specific trading time window, which is 9 to 10:30 a.m. Step
117:14
Speaker A
number three, look for a sequential SMT on any cycle from the daily to a 90 to a micro or a nano. Look for a TCISD on that specific time frame. Entry at the TCSD, stop on the low and then trade,
117:27
Speaker A
you know, take the trade uh anticipating where I'm expecting price to go basically. Okay, so let's go over a few more examples for now. So, I mean, it's always there, guys. is it has to be there before every single move. A
117:40
Speaker A
sequential SMT is always there and then a confirmation of that obviously a closure below the candle of sequential SMT candle and then boom the move starts right so I mean as you can see here Q1 Q2 with ES so ES failed to take out Q1's
117:53
Speaker A
lows as you can see right there created equal low so not the best best case scenario but if we do get that displacement then it is still okay and Q which candle created sequential T remember we don't care about any of
118:06
Speaker A
these candles we only care about this candle in this case it did goes bullish.
118:10
Speaker A
So, we use the most recent bearish candle to our left, which is right there. Closure above occurs at 1955.
118:18
Speaker A
Entry at the retest of the TCSD. Stop on the sequential SMT low and then run it up to your TP, wherever that may be.
118:25
Speaker A
Okay. Again, immediately after, why do we get the move lower? Sequential SMT again here. This is actually um is this a different type of sequential SMT, which you guys don't know yet? Maybe.
118:37
Speaker A
Actually, hold up. Let me see. Yes, it is. So, we'll not go over that example for now because we'll save that for a sequential SMT part two video. But just know there was a special type of sequential SMT there. The candle that
118:51
Speaker A
created it, TTISD. Remember, you can enter off that first gap below the TTISD. Below the TTISD, entry, entry, entry. Bit of a larger stop. You know, you don't always have to place on the invalidation, but it's best to do so. That way, you know, your trade
119:08
Speaker A
can still have that room to breathe and if it goes above the stop loss, then you know it's invalid anyway. Beautiful. I mean, just insane move lower, right? Um, and also what I said earlier about how I identify my bias for the day and only
119:20
Speaker A
look for sequential SMTs and TCIC's in line with that, you know, this is the reason why because if price is bullish, it's literally not going to respect any bearish PDAs. You know, obviously the TCIC isn't some special PDA that works
119:33
Speaker A
100% of the time. It's like anything else. Gaps are going to get inversed. All order blocks are going to fail.
119:38
Speaker A
Inversions are going to fail if you're not trading in line with the higher time frame, which we're going to be doing a boot camp episode on narrative and you know, reading price action soon. But we're just going over the basic concepts
119:49
Speaker A
first and then we'll tie them all together. So, you can see a bearish one here. I mean, it still gives a move lower. Like, this is still a move lower, right? Entry at the TCI, stop on the SMT
119:58
Speaker A
high. I mean, it still offers two RR, right? You could, if you really want to trade every single one of them and go for like a one to one RR, it' still probably be profitable. But remember, like anything else within trading, if
120:09
Speaker A
you trade it in line with the higher time frame order flow, it's going to be so much more effective. Again, bearish one here, it forms and then just immediately fails. But then the bullish one forms and then immediately works
120:20
Speaker A
right after, right? So, this is why it's super important. Now let me show you guys how you can actually spot an invalidation of a TCISD because once one forms isn't just you know there forever it can get invalidated. So like this one
120:34
Speaker A
that actually occurred a few days ago or yesterday should I say. So sequential SMT had taken place here then you can see it got invalidated and the sequential SMT disappeared. It's not there anymore. Right? And this is why
120:46
Speaker A
TCIC's are super important because if TCIC's get disrespected it often means the sequential SMT is going to fail. So, we did have a sequential SMT here, right? This candle created it at 9:35.
120:59
Speaker A
This candle closed bearish. So, where's our TCIC candle? The most recent bullish one to our left right here at 9:30.
121:05
Speaker A
Right? So, mark out the open of that candle. As you can see, price immediately closed below it. So, that can happen as well. If a sequential SMT takes place and for example in a bearish uh sequential SMT it closes
121:18
Speaker A
bearish it can immediately close below the bullish candle and just confirm it straight away. So sequential SMT and TCIST in the same candle which is what happened here. Price then retested it at 940 which again don't get me wrong it
121:31
Speaker A
still did give a small move lower like this was what just about one one RR something like that. Obviously, you know, not one that you would have taken, but as you can see, it gave a small move lower. But now
121:43
Speaker A
you're probably wondering, how do we know if a TCIC gets disrespected? Well, instead of marking out the open to confirm it with a closure below, price disrespecting the TCISD would be price closing above the closure of it. Okay?
121:56
Speaker A
So, think of the whole body as the TCID. Think of it as a gap. Price trades into the gap, right? Respecting it. If price goes above the TCIC candle, think of it as a gap, then this is price
122:08
Speaker A
disrespecting the TCISD. Okay? So, a closure above the closure or below the closure if bearish in a bearish uh bullish example, sorry. Um, is price disrespecting the TCSD. And often when that happens, it leads to the sequential SMT failing. Not always. It can get
122:24
Speaker A
disrespected and then reconfirmed and then you can take an entry. I wouldn't if price disrespects the TCSD more than two times, I would just leave that trade alone. If it confirms it, then disrespects it and then confirms it
122:36
Speaker A
again, fair enough. You know, two times isn't too bad. But if you see it get disrespected one last time, so three times, then just stay away, okay? Just stay away. Um, so as you can see, price closes above the closure of the TTSD
122:49
Speaker A
body right there and then just immediately disrespects the sequential T because think of it as a PD rate. want to see it get respected if you are in the correct alignment with um price basically okay like it should respect
123:01
Speaker A
the bearish PD rays the bearish TCIDC's if we are bearish you can see it failed a bullish one then formed and because this one failed this shows us that price obviously isn't bearish yet so then we can be continue looking for longs
123:13
Speaker A
essentially so TCID can also show strength and weakness now what do I mean by this let me find a good example here all right guys I know exactly what we can do let's just go ahead zoom all the
123:24
Speaker A
way out. Zoom all the way out and we'll stick it in replay mode over here.
123:29
Speaker A
Random spot. Okay, let me show you guys how you would look at the strength and weakness and TCIC's as they're forming.
123:35
Speaker A
Okay, so as you can see, we've actually got a sequential SMT right here between Q1 and Q2. So, as you can see, NQ ran below. Q1's low, and I'm guessing it was YM that failed. Yep, as you can see, YM
123:48
Speaker A
has not ran below. Q1's low right there. So which candle ran below the previous quarter low initially? 810 candle. So what we're going to then do is go ahead and mark out the open. Okay. So what I mean now uh you know when I mentioned
124:02
Speaker A
the strength and weakness is like I was mentioning earlier TCI are like PDAs. Okay. If it gets respected you want it to go higher. If you get disrespected you know it may continue going lower.
124:11
Speaker A
But you want to see them being respected if you're in the correct alignment with price. So excuse me. So in this case we have a bullish sequential class of T.
124:20
Speaker A
Obviously, we've, you know, not checked the higher time frame right now, but this is just a little example. So, what we'd want to see is obviously this sequential SMT hold. And in this case, we'd want to see the TCSD fall. So, a
124:30
Speaker A
closure above it to confirm this. And then we can be very very likely that we're going to like run these highs up here, okay? Or, you know, push towards some sort of buy side liquidity. So, our first step is sequential SMT. Then, we
124:42
Speaker A
wait for a closure above that candle that creates sequential SMT. But the way we measure strength is if it forms, then that's showing strength, right? If it's showing weakness, what price will do is actually wick above the body, the open
124:55
Speaker A
of the TCSD where we expect price to close above and it'll fail to close above it essentially. Okay, so it'll fail to create the TCSD, therefore showing us price isn't ready to turn around and will most likely continue
125:07
Speaker A
back lower. So let's put it in just one X actually. Let's see the candles form one by one basically. Okay, so we got one wick above, two weeks above. So already this isn't a good sign by the way. This isn't a good sign. Also a
125:19
Speaker A
thing to note is when you're looking at ENQ and YM if NQ or ES confirms its TCISD you can still enter. For example if ENQ hasn't yet and ES has you can enter on ENQ. If um NQ has confirmed it
125:32
Speaker A
and ES hasn't you can enter on ES. However if YM confirms a TCISD candle in which case the ISD candle in which case here it already has. I excuse me. I personally don't like to trust that because YM is like the it's still very
125:49
Speaker A
correlated but it's the least correlated out of the three and it can sometimes do its own thing. Right? So just a little tip there for you guys to keep in mind.
125:56
Speaker A
So already this is very bearish. I would you know if we don't get another if we don't get a closure above here and we wick above it one last time I would expect that we'd still continue going lower personally if we get one more wick
126:07
Speaker A
above. But if we close above now then I would want to see these highs up here get ran. Okay. So, as you can see, I'm seeing weakness within this asset at the moment. So, if I really don't see this,
126:18
Speaker A
you know, confirm pretty soon, then I'm probably not going to be looking to take my long position, you know. So, let's go ahead and see.
126:26
Speaker A
Okay, so we got another decent closure. Again, another wick above. This is really not good, but at least the candles aren't closing bearish. So, we you don't need to rule it out immediately. Just keep in mind that you
126:36
Speaker A
don't want to be entering until it is confirmed because this is still very much so bearish.
126:41
Speaker A
Okay, now it's been confirmed. Now we wick into it. As you can see right here, entry will be at the TCIC stock on the low and then we can just go ahead and target the buy side liquidity. Okay, so
126:52
Speaker A
as you can see, price was showing weakness this whole entire time. Now it's showing strength because the TCIC has been confirmed. So now let's go ahead and see if this would actually play out or if it's going to get
127:01
Speaker A
disrespected. Okay, as you can see, we actually formed a bearish 90minute sequential SMT now. So, not only was we showing weakness for a very long time, we just formed a bearish 90. The candle that created it was this one here, 9:00
127:15
Speaker A
a.m. So, this bearish candle here. Look to our left for the most recent bullish one. Is it this one? No. Is it this one?
127:20
Speaker A
No. Is it this one? Yes. Okay. So, let me move this out the way. So, this one here, you would go ahead and mark out the open of this one here. So, like this. Ignore the indicator. I think I've
127:32
Speaker A
got a filter on there. So, it will be this very specific candle. Price closes below it, 855. We're currently inside of it now. So if we dropped lower and disrespect this bullish TCSD with a closure below here, I would definitely
127:44
Speaker A
expect lower. Okay, so let's go ahead and see. Okay, nice, very nice candle. So now looking at this, you can see we've disrespected the bearish TCISD. So this bearish TCISD candle was here. Remember, we closed below it to confirm it. We
127:59
Speaker A
closed above the closure of it right there at 910. So this is showing super super strength within Enki right now. So I would really really expect price to trade towards these highs now. That would be the most ideal situation. Boom.
128:13
Speaker A
There we go. Okay, as you can see, very very nice. So can you guys sort of see how I was navigating price action using the TTIDS? You can literally just use them alone to see strength and weakness, right? So just keep in mind bearish one
128:25
Speaker A
formed, disrespected it. Is that bearish? No, very bullish. Uh bullish one was trying to form. it was failing to form which means price wasn't ready to go higher yet but then as soon as it was confirmed at 8:45 what did price do
128:39
Speaker A
retrace back into it and give us that move that we wanted okay so that's my very exact point don't want to be taking the trades if you can see price isn't respecting the TTC's or forming them once they are formed then you can be you
128:52
Speaker A
know okay very confident let me go ahead and take this trade now okay and as you can see even here just another bullish one formed last second close above and then off we go boom Okay, so super super
129:02
Speaker A
simple, no cherrypicked example. That is literally how I basically work around all the TCIDs every single day pretty much right that and then zoom out to the high time frame alignment. Am I in line with the high time frame? If yes, look
129:15
Speaker A
for the TCSDs to be respected or disrespected. If I'm bullish, look for the bearish ones to be disrespected. I'm bullish, look for the bullish ones to be respected. We don't want to be seeing all this wicking stuff over here. We
129:27
Speaker A
want to see a nice clean closure through it pretty much as fast as possible and then off price goes. Okay, so yeah, hopefully that was a useful example for you guys right there. So yeah, that's going to go ahead and wrap it up for
129:38
Speaker A
this video guys. Hopefully you did find it useful. The TCISD, one of my favorite favorite concepts, the one that I have founded as well. Been using it for quite some time now. A lot of people out there are already using it as well. Yo, what's
129:50
Speaker A
going on guys? Welcome back to the fifth episode of back to the fifth episode of the quarterly theory boot camp. Today's lecture is going to be a very special special one. We're going to be covering the concept the precision swing point,
130:01
Speaker A
also known as a PSP. Okay, so this is a very special concept. I'm sure you probably never heard of it before, or if you have, you probably don't have the most information on it. Well, this concept is very special. It actually
130:11
Speaker A
allows you to top and bottom tick most of the moves. It's usually always there before every single reversal and it's a very very highly efficient way to capture higher RR trades as opposed to some of the other concepts that we've
130:24
Speaker A
already covered. So without wasting any more time, let's go ahead and jump straight into it. So to actually understand what a precision swing point is, do you understand? You know, we've got the word swing point in the name of
130:36
Speaker A
the concept. So you need to understand what a swing point is. And here we've got a little example. Okay, essentially all it is is a three candle pattern where candle number two has either a lower wick in a bullish scenario or a
130:48
Speaker A
higher wick in a bearish scenario than the candle to the left of it and the candle to the right of it. Okay, so our swing point candle, we'll call that candle number two. The candle to the left is candle number one. The candle to
131:00
Speaker A
the right is candle number three. Okay, so as you can see, candle number two has a lower wick than the candle to the left of it, candle number one. and also a lower wick than the candle to the right
131:09
Speaker A
of it. Candle number three. Okay, so that is essentially all a swing point is. This is a bullish example and this here is a bearish example. Okay, super super simple. Um and now you understand what an actual swing point is. Let me
131:23
Speaker A
show you guys a diagram, an example of now a precision swing point. Super super simple. It's the exact same concept. We still need to see that swing point formation form. But if you look a little bit closer, excuse me, if you look a little bit
131:37
Speaker A
closer, first of all, you must be looking at closely correlated assets for this specific asset. So like, you know, like we always do to look for sequential SMTS, TCSDs, we must be must be looking at a triad at closely correlated assets.
131:51
Speaker A
Okay, so in this case, we're looking at ENQ and ES. They have both formed a swing point. Keep in mind the swing point must form at the exact same time.
132:00
Speaker A
So imagine this is the hourly time frame. Imagine this is 8:00, 9:00, 10:00. Okay, as you can see the 9:00 candle on both the assets form that swing point. But if we look a little bit deeper, notice how it closes bullish on
132:15
Speaker A
NQ and it closes bearish on ES. Okay, that is it. That is a precision swing point where we get closely correlated assets forming a swing point at the exact same time and the closely correlated assets have a different
132:28
Speaker A
closure amongst each other. Okay, so ENQ could have closed bearish ES could have closed bullish that would still be classified as a precision swing point a PSP. Okay, so super super simple that is what one is. Now, if we go ahead and
132:43
Speaker A
look to our right here, you can see we've got almost the same example again with ES creating that swing point. ENQ, however, this time didn't create a swing point. Okay? So, you can see here, candle number two on ENQ isn't a swing
132:56
Speaker A
point. The swing point here, well, we don't actually know because we don't know what candle number one, the candle to the left of this candle looks like.
133:03
Speaker A
But either way, you can see that candle number two here isn't a swing point. But if you look a little bit closer again within this three candle pattern, imagine this is the same time frame.
133:12
Speaker A
8:00 9:00 10:00 8:00 9:00 10:00 9:00 candle closes bearish on ES closes bullish on AQ. Right? Now, it does need to form at the exact same time, but it doesn't need to be a swing point on all the closely correlated assets, right?
133:26
Speaker A
So, as long as at least one of the assets print a swing point and another asset, you know, doesn't need to. But then what we're doing is we're looking at the closure still. So 9:00 closes bullish on ENQ. 9:00 here closes bearish
133:39
Speaker A
on ES. This would still be classified as a precision swing point because at least one asset has formed a swing point.
133:46
Speaker A
Right? So on this asset, it would be called a precision swing point, a PSP.
133:50
Speaker A
And the other name that we have for this type of candle is a precision candle or a PSC. Okay? Because it isn't a swing point. So we can't call it a precision swing point, but it's known as a
134:01
Speaker A
precision candle because it has that different closure. bullish as opposed to bearish amongst the closely correlated assets at the exact same time. Right?
134:10
Speaker A
So, we're not looking at random candles, you know, we're not looking at the 7:00 candle on AQ and then the 9:00 candle and ES, seeing if they close different.
134:17
Speaker A
No, it has to be the exact same candle on any time frame. So, we could be on the 4hour looking at the 6 a.m. candle on ENQ and ES as long as ENQ closes bullish or bearish and ES has a
134:28
Speaker A
different closure. So if NQ closes bullish, ES closes bearish for that 6:00 candle, that would be well a precision candle. But if one of the assets forms a swing point off that specific candle, then it' be called a precision swing
134:41
Speaker A
point on that asset and a precision candle on the asset that didn't form a swing point. So these are two scenarios that can occur. You can have one asset print a precision candle, one a PSP, or you can still have both assets forming a
134:52
Speaker A
swing point at the same time and they're both just called precision swing points. Okay, but the main thing is one asset must print a a swing point and then you must have that different closure amongst the closely correlated assets. You can
135:04
Speaker A
still trade based upon precision candles. So imagine ES didn't form a swing point here. Imagine it was like ENQ, but it still closed bearish. That would still be classified as a precision candle amongst the assets. It just wouldn't be a PSP. And in particular,
135:18
Speaker A
this video we're going to be diving into PSPs mainly because those are the ones that are going to yield those higher RR trades. Okay, so with that being said, now you guys actually know what to look for in terms of a PSP. Now, let me show
135:31
Speaker A
you guys what PSPs are mainly used for. Okay, so let me go ahead and move this image up slightly.
135:38
Speaker A
Unlock that. Push that higher. And then we can dive into our classic old trusty um little example sheet that we've always got on every single video. So you guys know the time frame alignment.
135:48
Speaker A
Okay, so pretty basic. you know, it's everything that you guys should be looking for that you know you should be looking for. Just pass it, you know, monthly cycle, 4hour time frame, monthly cycle, sequential SMT. And then the way
136:00
Speaker A
the PSP comes into play is on the same specific time frame the sequential SMT forms at, we're looking for a 4hour PSP um formation to form, right? So no matter what cycle we're looking at, you know, you guys know the time frames of
136:15
Speaker A
the cycles, we essentially must see a precision swing point of that exact same time frame for that specific time um cycle form after a sequential SMT. Okay, this is not the only way to trade precision swing points. Essentially this
136:30
Speaker A
way here, they are used to confirm the sequential SMT. So like we mentioned within the previous lecture about the true chain, the state of delivery, that's a way that we can confirm. That's a way that we can confirm a sequential
136:41
Speaker A
SMT. We can also use precision swing points to again form uh confirm sorry the sequential SMTs that are forming.
136:48
Speaker A
Right. So daily cycle sequential SMT viewed on the 15-minute time frame. After the sequential SMT has taken place, we want to see a 15-minute precision swing point formation form.
136:59
Speaker A
Okay. So I know you you know I'm sure you probably got a few questions. U so I'm going to clear up a few things here now. So if the candle that creates so sequential SMT closes as a PSP, that is
137:12
Speaker A
still fine. You can still look for an entry after that. Or if the candle that creates sequential SMT isn't a PSP, which you know, it won't always be and it's pretty rare to see it. Sometimes, you know, I'd say it's probably got like
137:22
Speaker A
a a 30% chance of forming, that's still fine. You can wait a few candles after the sequential SMT has taken place.
137:28
Speaker A
Maybe price are chopping up a little bit, then it forms that PSP, and then you can be thinking, okay, cool. We've got our sequential SMT. We've got our PSP. Now I'm going to be looking for my entry. You ideally don't want to see it
137:38
Speaker A
form too late after the sequential SMT is formed. So let's say we've got a weekly cycle sequential SMT, you know, let's say it forms, I don't know, 6:00 a.m., right? 6:00 a.m. You can look for it to form at the 6 a.m. candle, 7:00
137:52
Speaker A
a.m., 8:00 a.m., 9:00 a.m., 10:00 a.m. If it's like 4 or 5 hours after, so I'm saying like if it's between like 5 to seven candles after the sequential SMT has taken place, maybe be a little bit more cautious. You ideally want to see
138:04
Speaker A
it form pretty close after the sequential SMT has taken place because essentially what a PSP is is another form of a crack in correlation which is what we're looking for when trading the closely correlated assets. So a sequential SMT is a cracking
138:18
Speaker A
correlation. It shows us that price is most likely going to reverse. And then a precision swing point is another form of a cracking correlation which again indicates that price is likely to reverse. So if we combine the two
138:29
Speaker A
together we know that we're dealing with a pretty high probability setup. But there's many ways in which we can use PSPs. You can also use them just on their own without a sequential SMT. They can help give you bias. So, we'll be
138:40
Speaker A
diving into charts shortly explaining the different ways in which we can use them. Okay. But lastly, before we do that, here's just a little example of how a precision swing point setup may look after a sequential SMT forms. Okay.
138:52
Speaker A
So, as you can see, Q2, Q3, imagine this is two closely correlated assets. Obviously, NQE for example, right? So, as you can see, NQ runs out. Q2's highest high. Let's say it's I don't know the daily cycle. Let's say this is
139:06
Speaker A
London high. It runs out during the A.M. session. During Q3, as you can see, we run above it. Okay. And then imagine ES fails to run above Q2's high, London's high, and then we're looking for that precision swing point to form. As you
139:19
Speaker A
can see, this specific candle here closes bullish on ENQ, and this same specific candle closes bearish on ES.
139:26
Speaker A
Right. So, now we've got our sequential SMT. We've got our precision swing point. I don't even think it formed off the candle that created sequential SMT, I believe. Um, let me see if I can do this.
139:37
Speaker A
Yeah, look at that. As you can see, the specific candle that created sequential SMT would be actually this one here, which is kind of like a dogee candle.
139:45
Speaker A
And then the candle immediately after formed as a precision swing point. Then we got that move lower. Okay, so that's what I mean. We don't need to see it form off the exact same specific candle.
139:54
Speaker A
It can be a few candles after, but ideally not too many because if you wait too many, then usually the move has already kicked off like this for example, and then you're looking for a PSP down here and it's just not going to
140:03
Speaker A
give the high RR. Whereas in this case here, look at the RR that you could have gotten just based upon them just based upon that swing point. So now also I'm going to be jumping into the charts and
140:14
Speaker A
showing you guys how to actually get the higher R trades based off a PSP because there's multiple entries that you can take. As you can see the PSP candle, our candle number two. What you can do is actually directly enter off the open of
140:26
Speaker A
candle number three based upon how candle number two closes because you can see we've got that different closure amongst the assets. So bullish for ENQ, bearish for ES. So what we can do is enter candle three in anticipation that
140:38
Speaker A
the precision swing point is going to hold. That can be a little bit more risky. So you can wait for this candle to close candle number three. Then you know you've got the precision swing point formation. 1 2 three candles.
140:50
Speaker A
Enter off four. you know, stop can go on the PSP high if it's not too large of a stop loss and then you can ride the move lower that way. My personal favorite ways to enter off candle number three,
141:00
Speaker A
anticipating that the PSP candle will likely hold based upon how it closes. We've got that crack and correlation, bullish for ENQ, bearish for ES. Another thing to note in terms of that as well is if we're thinking logically, we've got a
141:14
Speaker A
bearish sequential SMT. We're expecting lower prices. We kind of want to see the assets printing bearish candles, right?
141:21
Speaker A
To show us that price wants to go lower. We want to see those nice bearish closures. So the asset that prints a bearish candle is likely more weaker. So less likely to run out the PSP high. So ideally that would be the asset that you
141:34
Speaker A
would be wanting to enter on. Okay. So entry at candle number three stop on the PSP high as it was a bearish closure anticipating this high not to get run.
141:43
Speaker A
And then you can see it's a lot weaker of an asset because it expanded a little bit more aggressively. You can see relatively the same, but like this candle here in the middle was a lot larger for ES for example. And then also
141:55
Speaker A
this one seems like it was a little bit larger. But we'll be diving into examples on the charts of this knowing when and when you know when and when you shouldn't be entering a PSP and you know which asset to take it on essentially.
142:05
Speaker A
But in this case you can see ENQ printed a bullish candle. So it was a little bit more likely to run the PSP high. doesn't mean it's going to. It just means ideally you want to enter on the asset
142:14
Speaker A
that prints a bearish candle because it's showing more weakness within that asset. And notice how this asset also formed the failure swing for the sequential SMT. Again, that's another form of weakness within this asset cuz it's failing to take out liquidity.
142:26
Speaker A
Okay, so hopefully that makes sense. That is essentially like a full lecture right there. I can end the video there and you guys will already have the information. But what we're going to do now is jump into a few chart examples
142:38
Speaker A
and uh show you, you know, how to use a PSP in its full power, basically. Okay, so yeah, I'll see you guys in the charts very shortly. All right, guys. So, we are now inside of the charts and we're
142:48
Speaker A
going to be going over a few examples. I'll also put it in replay mode a few times and show you guys sort of the thought process behind entering a precision swing point as it's forming in real time essentially. Okay, but first
142:59
Speaker A
of all, I just want to show you another quick example of, you know, of one formula essentially. So, as you can see, this was literally a trade during this week, Q4, Q1 on the 15-minute time frame. So, this will be a daily cycle
143:11
Speaker A
sequential T between the PM and the Asia session. As you can see, NQ creates that failure swing. So, it's already a lot stronger of an asset compared to the asset that takes liquid compared to the asset that takes liquidity. It's the
143:23
Speaker A
weaker asset, so more likely to expand higher. And then not only that, if we look at the candle that created sequential SMT, in this case, it was indeed a precision swing point. As you can see, ENQ closes bullish. YM closes
143:36
Speaker A
bearish. Now, you're probably wondering what the dots are marked on my chart. Again, it's my quarterly theory tool to toolkit indicator. It does everything for me. So, we've got the precision swing point feature, and we also got many, many filters, filter by true open,
143:48
Speaker A
sequential, SMT, etc., etc. So, feel free to grab that link in the description down below. And yeah, we'll make back testing and spotting PSPs a lot easier for you. But anyway, as you can see, bullish closure on ENQ, bearish
144:00
Speaker A
for YM, both a swing point on both the assets. Again, it doesn't matter if it was or not. You know, ES could have uh YM, sorry, could have literally not even been a swing point. So, that will be a
144:11
Speaker A
precision candle for YM, but then a precision swing point for NQ. Okay, so as you can see, it created that value swing. So, it's already a stronger asset. And then it also closed bullish as that precision swing point as well.
144:22
Speaker A
So again, the entry that I like to take when these kind of filters align where you're trading the failure swing asset and the asset also closes either bullish in a bullish scenario or bearish in a bearish scenario being the stronger
144:34
Speaker A
candle closure. I like to just enter immediately off the candle 3 open. In this case, it wasn't particularly clean because it had no wick. But let's say it just wick lower a little bit, then you could have grabbed a crazy entry there.
144:44
Speaker A
But in this case, even an entry there, as you can see, ran it up to 2 R and you know, even a little bit higher if you would have liked to have done. And then you can see why did we drop lower? Well,
144:55
Speaker A
let's go ahead and take a look, shall we? So, we got another sequential SMT.
144:58
Speaker A
Why I'm creating that value swing ENQ creating the turtle soup? As we can see, let's go ahead and mark this out. And in this case, you can see a precision swing point form there and one there. So, this
145:09
Speaker A
is what I mentioned. It doesn't need to form off the candle that creates sequential SMT. In this case, it formed a few candles after. As long as it hasn't really like expanded or given like a large move lower, then it's
145:19
Speaker A
completely fine to enter. In this case, we even formed a gap. So, this is something else to note as well.
145:24
Speaker A
Precision swing points that form inside of gaps are very, very high probability as well and can help confirm that gap as well for you to trade. So, yeah, as you can see, bullish closure there for NQ, bearish for YM. And you can see YM
145:37
Speaker A
wasn't a bearish swing point. NQ was, right? So again that this would be called a precision candle and this will be called a precision swing point.
145:45
Speaker A
Right? So again you know you can enter off this candle open stop on the PSP high or in this case even if you wanted the SSMT high would be even better if you can afford to do that cuz that would
145:55
Speaker A
be like the true invalidation of the trade. Um cuz we can run out PSP highs and lows sometimes. Um you know they're not always going to be you know super clean RR and never get run out like that
146:05
Speaker A
will happen. But if we can apply the filters to make it lower probability to actually get run out then that's great you know. So sequential some TPS PSP nice closure in line with where you're expecting price to go. So in this case
146:17
Speaker A
we actually you know create the turtle soup the stop run and also close bullish but we didn't run the high out. So again it won't always happen again. In this case here though a bearish candle closure there for ENQ and it was also a
146:29
Speaker A
bearish one for Y which means if the indicator is marking out it must be there with ES. So, let's go ahead and pull up ES.
146:37
Speaker A
And it should be a bullish closure for ES. And look at that. There you guys.
146:39
Speaker A
There you guys go. Uh, so swing point there on ES and also on ENQ. Only ever so slightly, but you can see cuz it's got a dot above it. It has to be a swing point. We've got um an indicator that
146:50
Speaker A
marks out the the precision candles as well inside of here. Sorry. Um, as you can see, where's it at? Precision candles. You can have them marked out as well, but in this case, like I said, we'll go over PSPs particularly. So nice
147:03
Speaker A
bearish candle closure uh entry here of candle number three as it opens up stop on that PSP high and just insane R as you guys can see. So yeah, you're basically looking for candle two to close and then candle three to trade
147:14
Speaker A
back up into candle 2's wick or body slightly and anticipate that candle to that PSP or precision candle at the time high not to get run and have it hold as a a swing point essentially. But again, if you don't feel comfortable doing
147:27
Speaker A
that, wait for this candle to close and enter candle number candle number four. Stop on the PSP high again. Still nice RR as you can see. So, candle one, candle two, the PSP, candle three. Boom, the formation's there. We know it's a
147:39
Speaker A
precision swing point. Now, entry of candle four, stop on the PSP high. And as you can see, very, very nice. But the thing is, sometimes if you don't enter off candle number three, then the candle four entry can be quite a lot lower
147:50
Speaker A
down. So, if you want to take the risk, you can enter candle number three if you're truly confident the price is, you know, actually going to begin dropping lower. Okay. So, now let's go ahead and jump into a replay mode feature. Um,
148:02
Speaker A
example of one basically playing out like a sequential some T plus PSP setup. Okay. So, yeah, let's go ahead and do that now. So, what we're actually going to do is we'll just zoom out really really far and then we'll stick it in
148:13
Speaker A
replay mode and lally go over an example as it's forming essentially. Uh but yeah, just to point out like precision swing points don't have to be after a sequential SMT. They can form at any point and they generally do just put in
148:24
Speaker A
the highs and lows of of many many cycles and days and you know sessions etc. You want to kind of look for them to form at specific points though. So so rejecting from a true open inside of a
148:34
Speaker A
fair value gap or the ICT PDAS order blocks breakers inversion gaps because we know that swing points are always there before every single reversal. So if we then filter out the regular swing points with a precision swing point,
148:46
Speaker A
it's going to add the element of the crack and correlation and just make it so much higher probability essentially.
148:51
Speaker A
Okay, I mean look, as you can see here, the indicator bullish one puts in the low, bearish one gives a small retracement. Bearish one puts in like the reversal again like loads of bullish ones along the way up. Again, it's that
149:02
Speaker A
same thing as sequential TNTc. If you're in line with the order flow, most of the ones that form in line with that direction are going to hold and give really nice moves higher. Basically, yeah, as you guys can see in this
149:12
Speaker A
example, we do indeed have a daily cycle, sequential S&P. So, ENQ failed to run below Q2's lows, which in this case on the 15 is a daily cycle. ES did run below the lows, so it's ran out London's
149:24
Speaker A
lows during the AM session. So, now we're looking for our precision swing point to form. Okay, so um this candle here that created it was actually a precision candle. As you can see, it's not a swing point on ENQ or on ES. Let's
149:38
Speaker A
see if it is on YM though. Uh, no, not on YM either. So, this is actually a great example of a precision candle which you know I said we'll only mainly focus on PSPs but we can go with
149:49
Speaker A
precision candles again. Same sort of concept, right? Precision candle forms. You ideally want to trade the one that prints the bullish candle in a bullish scenario. So, not only did uh ENQ create the failure swing already a stronger
150:00
Speaker A
asset, but it also created a bullish candle but it also created a bullish candle as the precision candle. So you can enter off this candle, stop on that precision candle low, anticipating it not to get run essentially. But you can
150:12
Speaker A
see the asset that printed the bearish candle as a precision candle actually did get run out. So we created a nice total sweep on the precision candle uh low and then we got a nice bullish closure, right? So keep that in mind. Um
150:23
Speaker A
I think what I'm going to do is do a part two for precision swing points because it's actually another uh sort of concept inside of them which makes it very very high probability to enter from and to look for reactions away from to
150:34
Speaker A
sort of confirm it's going to hold. But we'll save that for a second video, a part two. Uh but for now, let's continue with this. Okay, so let's put it in 1x speed actually and just watch these candles as they play out. See if we can
150:46
Speaker A
capture a PSP as it plays out. Um so this candle here was a bearish closure for ENQ. If there's no dot, it shouldn't be a PSP on YM either. Oh no. Okay, there we go. Perfect. Perfect. So we got
150:58
Speaker A
a nice example here. As you can see, swing point formed there at 10:30 for ENQ and it wasn't a swing point there for YM. So YM is a precision candle. ENQ is a precision swing point. We closed bearish on ENQ. We closed bullish on YM.
151:11
Speaker A
Remember, that's the most important thing, the different closures at the exact same time. If this was bearish closure for NQ and bearish for YM, it it would just wouldn't be anything. It' just be a regular bullish swing point
151:22
Speaker A
and a regular just bullish candle. But because we have that different closure and now we've got that added cracking correlation in uh you know added with the sequential SMT to make this a pretty high probability setup. So again, entry
151:34
Speaker A
off candle number three, you know, when it opens up low, stop on that PSP high uh low, sorry, in this case for the bullish scenario and run it up for that nice high RR. Okay, again, if you was a
151:44
Speaker A
little bit scared, you can literally enter off candle number four. Let's say it opens up here, stop on the low and target the highs, for example. So let's see how this next candle opens up. Yep, there you go. Tags you in. So you could
151:56
Speaker A
have got that entry or you could have entered off here for the higher R. And then let's see, you know, sort of what happens here if we keep letting it play out. See if it runs to those highs. We
152:05
Speaker A
got an SMT on the highs, but as you can see, eventually did end up running out that high. So again, how we formed a bearish sequential SMT with a bearish precision swing point. So now we could potentially get a move lower. But look
152:17
Speaker A
how powerful that is, guys. Um, so yeah, super super nice. Also, one last thing that enter my head before we end off the video there is do you know the candles that close like dogee candles where they close where they open essentially? Let
152:29
Speaker A
me try to find one. Yeah, I think this is one here. See this candle here?
152:33
Speaker A
Right. So, this candle here technically isn't bullish or bearish. It closes where it opens. So, you know, no matter what, you can technically class that as a precision candle or PSP. If you know, if we close bearish, for example, or
152:46
Speaker A
bullish on a different asset, we close bearish on YM, we close where we open here on ENQ. So, you can class as like a PSP, look for an entry from there. But for me personally, I don't like to
152:55
Speaker A
really see those type of candles. I like to at least see a nice clear bullish closure and then a bearish on the opposing asset essentially. Okay, but you can class those as PSPs if you would like to do so. Just thought I'd put that
153:05
Speaker A
out there as well before we end off the video there. But yo, what's going on guys? Welcome back to the sixth episode.
153:11
Speaker A
Come back to the sixth episode of the quarterly theory boot camp. Inside of today's lecture, we're going to be covering the concept SMT fill. A very simple but very, very powerful concept.
153:21
Speaker A
It essentially tells you when and why a fair value gap should hold um and when it shouldn't basically. Okay, so yeah, without wasting any more time, let's just jump straight into it. Firstly, I'll show you guys an example of
153:32
Speaker A
actually what it is. Then we'll jump into the time frame alignment, jump into a few examples, and then we'll hop onto the charts. Okay, so for SMT fill, essentially what you have to be doing is comparing closely correlated assets just
153:46
Speaker A
like you do for all of the concepts that I teach basically. Um, and this one is no different pretty much. So, SMT fill must be looking at closely correlated assets. So, let's say NQ and YM, DXY, Euro, GU, you know, all of the triads,
154:00
Speaker A
everything that we went over within lecture number one about um the assets and the triads. Okay, so now we're looking at the closely correlated assets. What we must see, so step number one for an SMT fill, we must see a gap
154:14
Speaker A
form at the very exact same time across. It doesn't need to be all the assets, but at least two assets, right? So, at least two of the assets have to have printed a fair value gap at the exact
154:24
Speaker A
same time. So, let's say we're looking at the five minute time frame. Let's say we've got a fair value gap on ENQ and ES at I don't know 10 minutes past 10.
154:31
Speaker A
Okay, we must see that gap form at the very exact same time. Then, that is step number one. Step number two is then when we're looking for our different variants of SMTU fill. So, now the gap has formed. We're looking for the SMT SMT
154:45
Speaker A
fil form itself. And here is where the variants come into play. So, as you can see, variant number one, one asset trades back into its gap, whereas the other asset fails to trade back into its gap at all. Okay, so this is the most
154:58
Speaker A
simple one. This is the most obvious one to see with your own eyes. Just super simple. You can see, pretend this is ENQ. Pretend this is ES. ENQ trades into its gap. ES fails to trade completely back into its gap at all. Right? So,
155:11
Speaker A
that one is super simple. And essentially what this concept does is it shows strength or weakness within the asset or the market that you are looking at because as you can see here we can see the ENQ is the weaker asset because
155:22
Speaker A
it's actually falling back lower back into price back into its gap. Whereas the asset here on the right is a little bit stronger. It's failing to return back to its gap. Hence why you know it may expand a little bit more to the
155:34
Speaker A
upside. Right? So we can measure use it to measure strength and weakness. And it is basically just another form of a cracking correlation which is pretty much all the concepts I've taught you guys so far is what they are basically
155:45
Speaker A
right so it's a way to show us um a cracking correlation within that specific marketplace and a cracking correlation is an indication that price is most likely going to reverse or you know begin some sort of significant or
155:57
Speaker A
decent move at least. Okay. So that's variant number one. That one is super super simple to understand. Now we can go a little bit deeper. Variant number two is where one asset trades below 50% of its gap and the other asset fails to
156:10
Speaker A
trade below 50% of its gap. Right? So again pretend this is ENQ. You can mark out the 50% level of the gap. ENQ trades below 50%. It doesn't fill it completely but it does wait below the 50% mark.
156:22
Speaker A
Whereas ES it trades back within its gap but it doesn't trade below the 50% mark.
156:27
Speaker A
Right? So again that is another form of SMT fill. Then the final variant, variant number three, is where one asset fills the gap completely and the other asset fails to fill the gap completely.
156:39
Speaker A
So again, pretend the same Q trades below its gap. It doesn't need to have traded below it, but as long as it's filled it completely to the brim, like literally wick the final the final part of the gap to fill it completely. The
156:51
Speaker A
other asset again, it can trade anywhere within the gap. It can fail to trade below 50. It can go below 50 just as long as it doesn't fill the gap completely. That is our final variant of SMT fill. Okay, so like I said at the
157:04
Speaker A
start guys, very very simple and easy to understand concept. But when you apply this with different entry models and higher time frame analysis, it is actually very very powerful. Right? So now you guys know what SMT fill is. You
157:18
Speaker A
know what to be looking for. You can be done with the video right there. But what we're going to do is jump into the proper time frame alignment for how to properly utilize um SMT fill. and then we'll jump into some examples as well of
157:29
Speaker A
how you can use it for entry models, higher time frame bias, and all of that good stuff. Okay, so let's scroll down here and actually take a look at our Let me make it so you guys can see
157:39
Speaker A
completely. There we go. Now, let's take a look at our time frame alignments. Okay, so there's two different things in which you can utilize SMT fill for.
157:48
Speaker A
There's a few good things, but these are like the two main things to be honest.
157:51
Speaker A
So number one is you want to see a sequential SMT take place followed then immediately by an SMT fill. That would be your sort of entry model. Or what you can see is SMT fill on the higher time
158:02
Speaker A
frame. So a higher time frame gap followed then by a lower time frame SMT.
158:06
Speaker A
Okay. And even for this bottom one you can create this into an entry model. So you can look for for example a 4hour SMT fill and then a daily cycle SMT inside of the gap. Right? And the thing is, you
158:18
Speaker A
don't even need to have an SMT inside the gap for it to hold. The SMT fill alone can just be enough. So you could literally have a super simple ICT entry model and base it just pretty much upon
158:30
Speaker A
a SMT fill essentially. So like I don't know, a 1 hour SMT fill and then drop down to a 5m minute and just find a super simple 5minute entry model, an inversion gap, a break, anything like that. Okay, so that's how simple but
158:42
Speaker A
powerful it can be. But let's first go over the top one. Okay. So, SSMT followed by an SMT fill. What do I mean by this? So, obviously firstly, we must see a sequential SMT take place. So, in this case, let's say we've got a
158:56
Speaker A
quadrrenial cycle SMT, right? This is of course viewed on the one month time frame. All the time frames are the same, you know, for the cycles that you guys already know of. Um, so one month time frame we're on. We've got our
159:08
Speaker A
quadrrenial cycle SMT take place. Then what we want to see is a one month fair value gap form and then essentially be looking for the SMT fill inside of that gap pretty much. Okay, super super super simple. That is essentially all we'd be
159:23
Speaker A
doing. Again, it works for all cycles. 90-minut cycle, we got 5m minute time frame. So we need to see a 90-minut cycle SMT followed by the formation of a 5m minute gap followed by a 5m minute SMT fill and boom, that can be an entry
159:37
Speaker A
model all by itself. Right? You can stay on the same same time frame. Look for the sequential SMT. Look for the formation of the gap. Look for the SMT fill. Enter the SMT fill. Stop on you know the SMT low or below the gap for
159:50
Speaker A
example and then take your entry. So that's what I mean by SMT followed by SMT fill. You want to be looking for the SMT fill on that same want to be looking for the SMT fill on that same exact time
160:00
Speaker A
frame the sequential SMT takes place on. Ideally as well a lot of tip to keep in mind is the first presented fair value gap that forms after any cycle sequential SMT is usually the higher probability gap and that's the one that
160:15
Speaker A
you ideally want to see the SMT fill off. Um because think about it logically right if a sequential SMT takes place that indicates a reversal. So then if a gap forms after the sequential SMT we want to see that PDA respected if the
160:30
Speaker A
sequential SMT is very likely to hold. Okay, does that make sense? So essentially sequential SMT is like our smart money reversal and then to actually know the smart money reversal is going to hold. We want to then see
160:42
Speaker A
the PD race formed after be respected. So ideally you will enter off that first presenter gap look for that SMT fill inside of it and then take your entry from there basically because if that gap entry fails then you know that the
160:55
Speaker A
sequential SMT is probably going to fail and then you know that you're probably you know maybe not on the right side of the market for that specific day. Um, so yeah, that's sequential SMT followed by SMT fill.
161:06
Speaker A
Now, SMT fill followed by lower time frame SMT, which is probably one of my favorite sort of things to see within the market. So, you know, this isn't my specific entry model. I enter specifically off a sequential SMT plus a
161:18
Speaker A
TCISD. And if you guys want to know my whole entire entry model, I am actually hosting a free live master class on the 6th of November. So, if you guys do want to see that, make sure to sign up. First
161:28
Speaker A
link in the description. It's in a few days. So, I want to see all you guys there completely for free. Nothing to sell. I will see you guys there. Uh, but yeah, as I was saying, my entry model is
161:38
Speaker A
a TTID entry model. Um, but what this is here is this sometimes will just occur like coincide with my model anyway because there usually will be a higher time frame SMT fill and then a lower time frame SMT followed by it and then a
161:53
Speaker A
lower time frame TCSD and then entry. Right? It's just that sometimes there won't always be that SMT fill for my specific model, but if you incorporate the SMT fill, it will make it a little bit more high probability. So, yeah,
162:05
Speaker A
super simple SMT fill on any of these specific time frames. So, if we got a 4hour gap, we'd want to see a 4hour SMT fill and then drop down to the 15minut.
162:15
Speaker A
a proper time frame alignment and then you'd want to look for that 15 minute that daily cycle SMT to take place inside of the 4hour gap along with the 4hour SMT fill again you know let's go with another example a daily gap for
162:27
Speaker A
example we want to look for a daily SMT fill so that's the first thing first thing that we want to see that SMT fill and then we want to see drop down to the specific cycle time frame so daily gap
162:39
Speaker A
down to the 1 hour the 1 hour is used for the weekly cycle so then we'd be looking for SMT between days of the week and then we pair that with the fact that we know they've got a daily gap SMT fill
162:49
Speaker A
and that setup will just be very very high probability. So that's kind of knowing when and why a gap should hold if it forms SMT fill doesn't need to form the sequential SMT for it to uh hold the gap. The main thing is that SMT
163:03
Speaker A
fill but this is how we can utilize SMT fill with an entry model essentially using the lower time frame SMT. Okay, so let's jump into one small example that we've got right here down below and then we'll jump straight into the charts.
163:16
Speaker A
Right, so as you can see here, this is the higher time frame SMT fill followed by lower time frame SMT entry model. As you can see, 4hour gap here. We've got variant number three of the SMT fill. So
163:30
Speaker A
the left asset, let's say it's ENQ, fills it gap completely and the right asset, let's say ES, fails to fill the gap completely. So, we can see this visually with our eyes on the 4 hour time frame. So, we know we've got a
163:42
Speaker A
4hour SMT fill, but we don't ideally want to enter off the 4 hour time frame unless that is your, you know, entry time frame. But what we can do is scale to a lower time frame, a 15-minut for
163:51
Speaker A
example with the proper time frame alignment, 4 hour down to the 15. Look for, you know, a daily cycle SMT because we're on the 15-minut time frame. Once that takes place, you can then look for any entry model after that. So, I like
164:03
Speaker A
to use a TCISD, which was taught a few lectures back. So, if you haven't already, go watch that. Um, because essentially SMT fill, then we look for a sequential SMT, and then we look for a TCSD to confirm the sequential SMT. And
164:18
Speaker A
this is realistically like one of the most high probability setups you will ever see basically because you get a higher time frame respecting the gaps with a cracking correlation in the form of an SMT fill.
164:29
Speaker A
Then you get a lower time frame cracking correlation in the form of a sequential SMT. And then you're getting a TTISD confirming everything like combining everything together letting you know okay price is most likely ready to turn around here because we're displacing. We
164:42
Speaker A
confirm the sequential SMT this gap will now most likely hold and then we can go higher from there. So yeah as you can see super super simple. Also keep in mind you know as soon as this wick's put
164:53
Speaker A
in you don't need to enter directly at you know to bottom take the move like you don't need to enter as soon as you see SMT fill. You can still enter a little bit higher up. I mean, you know,
165:01
Speaker A
you can even enter off this candle if you really wanted to. You can wait for this candle to close and then enter off this one, but that's probably a question some of you guys are probably going to be asking. U you don't need to enter
165:10
Speaker A
immediately, right? And you don't also need to wait for this candle to close to confirm the SMT fill. You can drop to a lower time frame and see if the lower time frame is telling you that price will most likely turn around from this
165:21
Speaker A
gap. You know, you may get stopped out. It may continue running lower. It may cancel out the SMT fill. So you really can if you wanted to wait for the candle to close but you don't have to right
165:31
Speaker A
like if this is happening on the lower time frame this is already super bullish like you don't need to wait for the closure you can enter somewhere up here you know inside of this wick somewhere around there you know um so yeah with
165:42
Speaker A
that being said that's one example the proper time frame alignment how to use it for the higher time frame bias which is this case here you know you can use a higher time frame SMT fills to gauge where price is likely to go and then you
165:53
Speaker A
can utilize that by using a lower time frame entry Or for example, we can do the SMT followed by SMT fill, which you know, we got SMT right here. Then we've got our first gap forming here. And then
166:07
Speaker A
literally just pretend that we've got an SMT filled there. Pretend this is ENQ. It trades below the gap completely.
166:12
Speaker A
Let's imagine ES only trades, I don't know, into the gap slightly. That would be an example right there of a SMT followed by SMT fill. Okay, so super super simple to understand. Now, let's jump into the charts and show a few
166:26
Speaker A
examples of both the higher time frame followed by the lower time frame and then also sequential SMT followed by SMT fill. So, yeah, I'll see you guys in the charts very shortly. All right, guys.
166:36
Speaker A
So, we're now inside of the charts and I'm going to be showing you guys the charts and I'm going to be showing you guys some examples. Firstly, we'll go over a few examples of SMT followed by SMT fill. Uh because what I've actually
166:48
Speaker A
got here is within my quarterly theory toolkit indicator. As you guys know, it's very very customizable. Link in the description down below. You can test it out completely for free. Uh we've got an option to mark out the first fair value
167:00
Speaker A
gap formed after SMT. Okay, so essentially all these green and red candles are on the chart is a bearish gap, the first one that forms after a bearish SMT and the green ones are the first one that forms after a bullish
167:12
Speaker A
SMT. Okay, so yeah, as you can see, it will make it very very easy to spot this in real time and also on back testing as well. So firstly, as you can see, we formed a sequential SMT down here on the
167:23
Speaker A
lows because uh YM did not run out. Q2's uh Q1's low, sorry, was very close. It was, you know, essentially equal lows.
167:31
Speaker A
But even when we look at ES, you can see ES did create a decent size failure swing right there. Whereas when we take a look at ENQ, as you can see, ENQ ran out the low of Q1. And then where's our
167:43
Speaker A
first gap that formed? It was indeed here. So then what you can do, you can go ahead and mark out that gap. Remember the main thing is it must form at least two assets. ES has it. ENQ has it right
167:52
Speaker A
there at the exact same time. And in this case, so does YM as well. Three assets is fine. It doesn't really matter. Just as long as it's at least two, you know, because we need to see compare it between the assets. So this
168:03
Speaker A
gap, it looks like nothing traded into it. But if we zoom in slightly, you can see that ENQ did barely just wick into it, whereas ES did not. And also YM clearly did not as well. So that was,
168:15
Speaker A
you know, an SMT fill there. Right there. That was the variant number one. One asset trades back into its gap. One asset fails. So you can literally you can wait for that candle to close and enter off this one or you can enter as
168:26
Speaker A
the SMT fills occurring if you want to place your stop on the invalidation point. Doesn't really matter. As you can see it would have given excuse me a nice little threeR right there. And you know probably even further actually no not
168:39
Speaker A
further because this was literally Friday's price action. So this is how you guys know I'm not cherrypicking any examples. We're literally just scrolling through previous week's data right here as well. Bearish daily uh bearish 90-minute. We are on the 5minut. So
168:53
Speaker A
these are all 90-minute cycle SMTs. As you can see, Q3 Q4 YM ran out key um Q3's high right there. NQ and ES both failed. Q3's high is all the way up there. First gap that formed. Boom.
169:07
Speaker A
Highlights of red. Mark out that gap as you can see. Let's see if any asset actually traded back into the gap. So there was no gap there on ES. Was there a gap there on YM? Doesn't look like it.
169:18
Speaker A
No. So obviously the indicator only marks out the first presented gap. But then it's your job to check if there is can be any SMT fill in this case. No.
169:26
Speaker A
It's only a gap for ENQ. So let's keep scrolling. Here we go. We got a bullish one here. This is actually a different type of sequential that took place as well. Let's see if we have a gap. Only a
169:39
Speaker A
gap on ENQ only. Yeah, no gap on YM either. So, we won't go over that one.
169:44
Speaker A
Uh, what about right here? We did we did get an um a gap there form on both ESNQ and YM, but as you can see, no asset traded back within that gap right there.
169:54
Speaker A
So, let's keep scrolling. Uh, bullish one there, but the SMT got cancelled out. We have scroll down here.
170:07
Speaker A
Okay, so we got a bearish one here. This is again a different type of sequential SMT. This is a hidden one which we will go over very soon actually. Um so there's the gap there on NQ. Do we have
170:18
Speaker A
the gap there on ES? ES is indeed there. Boom. And then on YM YM has a gap as well. Boom. As you can see, so this is Q4 Q1. As you can see, the SMT didn't actually take place through the wicks.
170:34
Speaker A
um because this is actually different type of SMT fill no sequential SMT sorry which we will go over in a later boot camp episode but just know that this is valid is a sequential SMT this is what's called a hidden one essentially SMT
170:46
Speaker A
between the bodies between two consecutive quarters same concept you can apply if you guys already know what hidden is you can apply SMT fill entry to that a first presented gap that forms right there as you can see ENQ does fill
170:59
Speaker A
the gap completely whereas ES doesn't quite fill it completely And then also YM I believe also you can do this as well middle line. So then you can sort of clearly see if it goes above 50 or not. YM doesn't go above 50. So we kind
171:12
Speaker A
of got all three variants. Um no it's two variants there completely fill and then one below 50. If you see this again you know it doesn't really matter but I guess it just extra cracks in correlation. Um stop can go on the high
171:25
Speaker A
of the SMT and then you can enter the SMT fill for a very very nice RR right there as you can see. Okay. Um, so yeah, let's keep going. Let's do one more example.
171:37
Speaker A
Um, as you can see here, we got a Q1, Q2 SMT, sequential SMT, I believe.
171:43
Speaker A
Yep, this is a hidden one as well. Um, we did get an SMT fill there, I do believe. Uh, maybe not, actually. No.
171:51
Speaker A
Oh, maybe not there. Um, let's see what else we got. If there's no lines there, that means the SMT got cancelled. So, I don't really want to show the ones where the SMT got canceled out because yeah, obviously the gap the
172:04
Speaker A
gap wouldn't be valid for the SMT filled entry. Okay, we got one here. This is actually a crazy one because um ENQ was like all the way down here. So, you wouldn't really have entered off this one after seeing, you know, YM fill this
172:17
Speaker A
gap up here. So, YM filled that top first% gap. Obviously, NQ did not, but after seeing Y and fill it there at uh 1235.
172:27
Speaker A
I mean, you could have entered there, you know, stop on the high, but it would have been the R just would have not been really it. You can see it would have played out for a really nice RR
172:36
Speaker A
actually. Uh but that would have been more of like a higher time frame trade.
172:39
Speaker A
Like if price is so far away from its initial gap when you've got one other asset given the SMT fill, you can just sort of skip it. Um because, you know, the RR just really wasn't there. Um, so
172:50
Speaker A
yeah, so essentially that is going to wrap it up there for the segment of sequential SMT followed by SMT fill. As you can see, we didn't cherrypick anything. We literally scrolling through. Um, you can see some clean examples, you can see some not so clean
173:03
Speaker A
examples. Um, but yeah, if you apply it with, of course, like the correct daily bias, specific times in the day, it can be very, very powerful entry model. I mean, we can literally go to the Audi as well and there'll be loads of clean ones
173:15
Speaker A
here like on the weekly cycle. Um let's see. See from this week here. I mean look.
173:25
Speaker A
Yeah, you can see we had one over there that first percented gap. Uh we literally got one at the end of the day here as well. We got an SMT fill right there. So who knows maybe open price
173:35
Speaker A
just shoots up straight away. I am still bearish. I don't think it will because remember you still need to apply market narrative and logic as well. Don't just blindly take every single one of them.
173:43
Speaker A
But yeah, hopefully you guys did find that useful. Now, let's jump into a few examples where we're going to go from a higher time frame SMT fill to base our sort of entry model around that. Um, and then, yeah, see what price is going to
173:55
Speaker A
do if it's going to form that lower time frame SMT inside of the higher time frame gap. So, let's start with I don't know, let's go for an hourly gap. Okay.
174:03
Speaker A
And then we'll stick it in replay mode. We'll go all the way back down here.
174:09
Speaker A
Cool. So then we can kind of see in real time it playing out the higher time frame SMT fill and we can see the entry model that occurs inside of the gap. So as you can see we got a few hourly gaps
174:21
Speaker A
below us here. So let's let it play out a little bit until we actually come into one of the gaps and see if we can base an idea up on that. So no SMT fill yet.
174:31
Speaker A
No, no, no. Okay, there we go. I think we may have got something. Is that a gap there? It's a very very small gap, but it is a gap. So it doesn't matter the size of the gap as long as there is one
174:42
Speaker A
there then you can always look for the SMT fill as long as it's there on at least two closely correlated assets. Um so yeah as you can see there we have a further gap. It's there on ENQ as well
174:54
Speaker A
and is also there on ES. As you can see ENQ and ES did not trade back within its gap and this happened the trade back in happened at 3:00 a.m. So this hourly candle here and as you can see it did
175:05
Speaker A
expand very largely to the upside. So hourly down to the five minute. So we go to the five minute here and we traded back in at 3:00 a.m. So let's see if we had a 90-minute cycle. SMT take place.
175:18
Speaker A
Um it does look like it. Yes. So Q2 Q3. As you can see, YM ran out Q2's lows. Um did we run them out? Actually, we may have run them out on um the SNQ as well.
175:29
Speaker A
To be fair, we did, but we've got a different type of SMT which is between the bodies. this hidden sequential SMT which as you guys you know we haven't gone over it yet. We probably will do that in a very upcoming soon lecture. Uh
175:41
Speaker A
but that is just know that is a type of sequential SMT and I mean ever since we wked in there at 3:00 a.m. anyway any entry would have worked would have worked here right I mean we've got inversions over here
175:52
Speaker A
we've got gaps forming that price is supporting to go higher as you can see there's our first presented gap as well after this hidden sequential SMT and then did we get an SMT fill inside of there as well? No, we did not
176:03
Speaker A
unfortunately. But that would have been clean. That would have been higher time frame SM uh higher time frame SMT fill, lower time frame SMT, and then a lower time frame SMT fill as well. But in this case as well in the example that I
176:16
Speaker A
showed at the very start, you saw I use a lower time frame TCSD. So higher time frame SMT fill took place, lower time frame SMT, which is the 90-minut cycle, hourly down to the 5m minute. And then which candle created the SMT? Well, it
176:28
Speaker A
would have been this one here. Uh no, it would have been this one here. Sorry.
176:32
Speaker A
Um, so this would be our TCSD. And as you can see, the indicator does actually mark it out for you as well. If we turn that on and let that load, as you can see, it's there for ES and it's over
176:42
Speaker A
here for ENQ would be this one here. Uh, no, sorry, this one here at 305. So then you can go ahead. Um, it gets confirmed there at 310, wicks back in immediately after, stop on the low, and then you can
176:55
Speaker A
see very, very clean trade there. Um, so yeah, let's do another replay feature here, guys. Let's do let's do a 15-minute gap. Let's do a 15-minute gap.
177:05
Speaker A
We'll stick it in replay. Boom. Okay. So, let's see what we've got here. And remember, like your entry model can be anything different. As long as you've got the higher time frame SMT fill support and the trade idea, then
177:17
Speaker A
that's the main thing, you know. So, let's see if we've already got one here.
177:20
Speaker A
I think we may have one in play already. Yeah. Okay, we do. So, you can see ES fills this gap completely.
177:29
Speaker A
um the same specific gap on ENQ didn't even get traded below 50%. But even if it did, it wouldn't have mattered because let's say it came here. Would this Oops, my bad. Let's see if it just say if it came here, right? Would that
177:43
Speaker A
still be an SMT fill, guys? Yes, it would because ES fills it completely. ENQ does not. So, that is a form of SMT fill as you guys know. Also, you're probably wondering as well, what if the gap closes below um the gap for example.
177:56
Speaker A
Also, as you can see here on ES, we closed below the gap. You don't really want to see this, but if it does happen, it's not the end of the world, just as long as it's only like one asset. If you
178:05
Speaker A
see like two assets do it, then I'd be a lot more careful. But as long as, you know, you seeing the asset that's failing to trade into the gap completely, like fill the gap completely, as long as this is still
178:14
Speaker A
showing strength to the upside, then that is still fine. So, yeah, we had our SMT fill. This formed at 11:00 a.m. So now we go from the 15 to the 1 minute to look for a 1 minute entry model from
178:25
Speaker A
11:00 a.m. Um, so it was the 11:00 a.m. candle. So it would be here. And as you can see, look what we thought, guys. This is literally perfection right here. We got a microcycle sequential SMT between Q2 and Q3. Literally the very first candle
178:42
Speaker A
there of Q3 and Q runs below. Q2's low. So does ES as well. And I mean, look at the entry model, guys. Like look at that TTID confirmed there at 11:16 wicks back in stop on the low. I think I'm No, I
178:55
Speaker A
didn't take this trade but I think I remember watching this one play out actually. When was this? 20th October.
179:00
Speaker A
Yeah, I do remember this trade. Yeah, this was very very clean. Um and yeah, literally if you didn't want to take the TTSD entry model, you could have, you know, even waited for like a one minute inversion right there to the upside. Um
179:13
Speaker A
I mean we've even got our first percented gap here as well, guys. very small gap, but remember as long as it's a gap, you can still look for that SMT fill. And look how cleanly that's being respected. Like that's actually a joke.
179:25
Speaker A
Um, you can see, did we fill it completely on Yes, we did. So, we didn't quite get an SMT fill there. That's unfortunate. But again, first% gap, TCISD, one minute inversion. There's so many entry models that you can use. And
179:39
Speaker A
this is all based upon it stems upon that 15-minute SMT fill. So, this is why always check the higher time frame. see if there's an ongoing SMT fill and then see if you can base your entry model upon that, you know. Um, and I mean, and
179:51
Speaker A
let this play out for a little bit, see if it would go much higher or anything like that. There you go. Look at that.
179:57
Speaker A
Look at that. So, literally from this one minute entry model, from the 15 to the 1 minute, you could have gotten three point gotten 3.5 R easily right there, you know. So, super super clean. Um, super super powerful and yeah, super simple as well.
180:13
Speaker A
That's the main thing, you know, any literally anyone could trade this model. My personal one is my personal favorite is the higher time frame SMT fill and then lower time frame entry model like what we've been going over just now. Um,
180:23
Speaker A
so yeah, super powerful for me. Sequential SMT, I like to enter the TTSD. So I don't really like an SMT fill there, but you can use that as like a continuation entry. You know, if you miss that TTSD,
180:35
Speaker A
you can look for that SMT fill after basically. So can be very, very helpful.
180:40
Speaker A
But my favorite higher time frame SMT fill, lower time frame entry model, you know, cuz we know that price likes to respect gaps and essentially SMT fill shows us when price is most likely going to respect the gap. And then once you
180:51
Speaker A
know that, it's super simple. You can just drop to the lower time frame and take the entry in. Yo, what's going on guys? Welcome back to the seventh episode. I'm back to the seventh episode of the quarterly theory boot camp. Today
181:01
Speaker A
we got a very special episode. We're going to be covering actually probably the the most requested topic that you guys want to see from me and that is daily bias. And that is what we're going to be going over today. So, buckle up,
181:12
Speaker A
get ready for this episode. It's going to be a good one. Very, very informative. As always, I'll show you guys a few examples here and then we'll dive into the chart charts and show you guys it working in real time. So, yeah,
181:22
Speaker A
without wasting more time, let's go ahead and jump straight into it. There's essentially two simple techniques that I like to use for my daily bias and for that higher time frame narrative. And essentially, all that is is candle
181:32
Speaker A
closures and sequential SMT. more so when you're looking at the daily bias because keep in mind this is fractal.
181:39
Speaker A
What I'm going to be teaching you is fractal now. So if your higher time frame is for example a 4 hour candle or a one hour candle, you can just replicate this but on the lower time frame, right? But this is more or less
181:49
Speaker A
for daily bias, you know what to anticipate that following daily candle is going to do um using these techniques here. So like I said, two simple techniques. Number one, as you can probably see here, is candle closures, right? So candle closures, the way a
182:03
Speaker A
candle closes is very very important. Each candle closes tells us a story on what the following the upcoming candle is likely to do, right? And that is our goal as traders to trade that upcoming candle, right? We're looking back at
182:15
Speaker A
previous price action. How did this candle close? How can that give us information on what the upcoming candle is going to do? Okay, so the first one is candle closures and let me break down each of the sort of different ones that
182:27
Speaker A
we can get. Right? So there's a continuation one, reversal one, and a consolidation candle. So essentially, how to anticipate the following candle is using the continuation one is if a candle closes above the previous candle's high or low, and that's the
182:43
Speaker A
wick, by the way, not the body, not close, the body, above the wick, right?
182:47
Speaker A
If that happens, we can at least anticipate the following candle to trade to that previous day high or the previous day low and more or less we can get that bias for the day and anticipate to be bullish or bearish. So close above
183:01
Speaker A
equals higher prices. As you can see, we've got one daily candle. This daily candle closes above the previous daily candle's high. The wick of it mark it out. Closure above. Right. So now we're expecting this following candle to be a
183:13
Speaker A
continuation candle, a bullish candle to the upside. our first initial target is that previous candle high because then once that's taken, we could be dealing with a reversal. Or if the lower time frame doesn't show us that we're going
183:25
Speaker A
to get reversal, then we can still keep expecting a continuation. Okay? So, look back on the previous candle. Did it close above the previous candle's high or low? If it did, boom. You know what you're looking for coming into that new
183:37
Speaker A
trading day. Now, we've got a reversal candle signature. Okay? So I like to call these candle signatures.
183:43
Speaker A
Continuation candle signature, reversal candle signature, consolidation candle signature. So the reversal one consists of a wick below and then close back above and we can anticipate higher prices for a bullish scenario. Okay? So what does this mean? As you can see, we
183:58
Speaker A
wick below the previous day's low, but we don't close below the wick of it, right? Cuz remember, if we was to close below it, we'd expect a continuation day lower. Like here, we close above, continuation higher. We wick below, we
184:11
Speaker A
take it out, we take liquidity, but then fail to displace and close below the previous candle's low, right? And then boom. What what does that tell us coming into the upcoming candle? Well, if this candle reversed, what do we usually
184:23
Speaker A
expect after a reversal manipulation? You can see this as we expect distribution, right? So that can give us the bias on this upcoming day here based upon the reversal candle signature here.
184:34
Speaker A
Okay, now those are the two main ones that you want to keep in mind. Now we've got a consolidation candle signature and this is when we fail to take the previous days high or low. And once that happens,
184:46
Speaker A
usually the upcoming the following candle, the third one is pretty volatile. What it will do more times than not is take both sides of the range. So it'll take the consolidation ranges high and then the low or the low
184:58
Speaker A
and then the high, it doesn't matter. Or it will either be very very expansive to one side. Right? So in this case, it could have easily just expanded aggressively to the upside and gave a very large range candle. Okay, so those
185:11
Speaker A
essentially are the three candle signatures. Continuation, reversal, consolidation. Feel free to take a screenshot of those. I'll make sure it's all in picture. Screenshot that. Take note of it. Very, very important. And again, like I said, it doesn't need to
185:24
Speaker A
be for daily candles. This can be the 4hour time frame. This can be the 2:00 candle. This can be the 6:00 candle. And then boom, you've got bias for the 10:00 candle. Right? But I like to use this
185:33
Speaker A
for 4hour candles and also daily candles as well. You know what to expect coming into the new trading day. However, these candle closures alone, they can be enough. Like you can call it a day there and just use the candle closures. And
185:46
Speaker A
I'd say with like a 70% chance is going to work out using just these signatures here. Literally go back in your charts and have a look. Like we'll be doing that shortly and show you guys how powerful it really is. Oops. However, if
185:58
Speaker A
we now incorporate the quarterly theory sequential SMT with these candle closures, then we get a very very powerful um indication of what the bias is likely to be for that upcoming candle. Okay, so as you guys know, sequential SMT, if you don't know what
186:14
Speaker A
it is, go back and check out that boot camp episode. But more or less for daily candles, we want to see either a monthly cycle sequential SMT or a weekly cycle.
186:22
Speaker A
weekly cycle is the best because we know that weekly cycle it's SMT between two consecutive daily candles right so imagine this now right we form a weekly cycle sequential SMT this is Q2 Q3 so we form it on Wednesday right sure you can
186:37
Speaker A
go ahead and take a long on Wednesday after seeing this cool that's fine but what this will also do as well is tell you when the following candle's most likely going to be distribution right so we know that we expect distribution
186:48
Speaker A
after a manipulation quarter however if we don't get the manipul ation quarter which is the daily candle close in the specific candle closures signatures that we went over then it's more likely than not going to fail right it's going to
187:02
Speaker A
may give a move but it's most likely not going to give that distribution that you could be expecting right so weekly cycle SMT takes place on Wednesday we can take long on Wednesday but also we can get the buyers for Thursday based on how
187:15
Speaker A
Wednesday closes right imagine this being Wednesday we manipulate Tuesday's low we have a weekly cycle sequential SMT and then because we get that reversal candle signature the bullish scenario we take the low and failed to close below the low then we can
187:29
Speaker A
anticipate this following candle which in this case will be Thursday to distribute to the upside because we can see we've combined sequential SMT which we know Q3 manipulated in terms of the weekly cycle. So we expect Q4 distribution and not only that but we've
187:43
Speaker A
got the daily C not only that but we've got the daily candle signatures closing aligning with our bias expecting that distribution within the following quarter or following day. Okay. So that is essentially it in super simple form of how I use candle closures with
187:58
Speaker A
sequential SMT. If you've got a for example for example say we don't have a sequential SMT on these lows here. It's more harder to trust this as a reversal candle signature and expect higher. And also vice versa, if we have a weekly
188:13
Speaker A
cycle sequential SMT, but we get like a continuation candle closure to the downside, it's hard to trust this bullish SMT will hold. So ideally, we want to see them both aligning um together. Okay, but if I really had to
188:24
Speaker A
choose one, I would say the way a candle closes is more important than sequential SMT. Like say there was no sequential SMT here, right?
188:33
Speaker A
like we can still expect distribution within this day here. Um what you could be expecting as well is potentially this low to get ran one last time and then sequential some te to form um because like I said it is better if we do have
188:44
Speaker A
them two combined together. But either way you know you can pick one and just use that only or you can combine the two and then get a very very powerful interpretation of what the daily bias is likely to be. Right? So we got one more
188:57
Speaker A
example here of how we can sort of trade you know a weekly profile right using candle closures and sequential activity right so imagine this is all daily candles right so looking at the closures alone you can see Tuesday gives a
189:10
Speaker A
bullish reversal candle signature to the upside so we'd expect Wednesday to distribute higher and then Wednesday also closes above Tuesday's high which indicates what Thursday is a continuation higher same again with Thursday closes above Wednesday's high indicates Friday is a continuation
189:25
Speaker A
higher And as you can see, that played out perfectly. But if we go a little bit deeper, drop down to the hourly time frame, you'd be able to see we actually formed a weekly cycle sequential SMT between Monday and Tuesday. And then we
189:37
Speaker A
had that bullish reversal candle signature aligning with it. So very, very high chance of Wednesday being that distribution. Easy, easy longs coming into Wednesday, you know, super simple.
189:47
Speaker A
and then accumulation, manipulation, distribution, continuation because we got the continuation candle signature as well. And also in terms of quarterly theory, AMDX distribution on Wednesday, continuation on Thursday, we wouldn't be expecting a reversal on Thursday. Why?
190:04
Speaker A
Because you can see Wednesday closed above Tuesday's high. So, we'd expect a continuation. Then Friday could have easily been a reversal. But why wasn't it? Because if we look at Thursday's close, it closed above Wednesday's high.
190:16
Speaker A
So it indicates a continuation higher. Okay. So remember wick below closure back above previous candle. So what this means as well is close above um close inside of this previous candle's range anywhere. Okay? So it doesn't just need
190:30
Speaker A
to be the body um or the wicks or anything like that as long as we wick below take out you know the previous candle's low or high and then the body of this candle closes back inside of this candle's range. Okay? So it can't
190:42
Speaker A
close below the wick. If it closes below the wig, then that's a continuation indication to the downside. Okay, so yeah, hopefully this all does make sense, guys. But what we can go ahead and go ahead and do now actually is jump
190:54
Speaker A
into the charts, open up the daily chart for indices, and literally go through every single daily candle closure that we've had now for a few weeks, and just show you how powerful this stuff really is. Um, so yeah, let's go ahead and jump
191:06
Speaker A
straight into the charts right now. All righty, guys. So, we are now inside of the charts. We're looking at ENQ on the daily time frame, of course. And what we're going to do, we'll just scroll through some price action. Um, just
191:16
Speaker A
first of all, looking specifically only at the candle closures and then what we'll do is we'll pull up three charts and then see if we can add any sequential SMT onto the candle closures to see if it would, you know, make it
191:27
Speaker A
higher probability. What maybe if a candle closure signature fails, maybe it wasn't support by sequential SMT. So, yeah, let's go ahead and dive into it and see how these things work. Okay, so this is literally the past week's price
191:39
Speaker A
action. So this whole run higher could have been predicted through candle closures. Close above higher prices. Um as you can Oops, that is the wrong thing. Close above higher prices. Close that down. There we go. Close above higher prices.
191:56
Speaker A
Um yeah, we got the higher prices. And then what happens? Reversal candle signature. As you can see, we do indeed get that bearish day. does take the high and the low because you know this isn't going to be 100% like I said more or
192:07
Speaker A
less like 70 80% of the chance of the time this works. Sorry. Um and then you can see here we get the consolidation candle. Um well not really consolidation cuz consolidation is where you stay inside of the range and you don't take
192:20
Speaker A
the high or low. In this case we took the high and the low. So this can be seen as a bearish reversal candle signature and also a bullish one because we take the low, we take the high, we
192:29
Speaker A
close back inside, right? So it could be a little bit tricky, but what we can what we can actually do is see if that swing point is um see if it's supported by any sequential SMT. So the swing
192:41
Speaker A
point was there on Thursday. So did we get any sequential SMT on the highs or the lows? So the lows of Wednesday got run out on all assets, but Wednesday's high got ran on NQ.
192:52
Speaker A
Did Wednesday's high get ran on YM? No. Okay. So we got the bullish and bearish reversal candle signature, but we have a bearish weekly cycle sequential SMT to support lower prices. So that's how we can filter out which swing points to
193:06
Speaker A
trust, which continuation candles to trust, which reversal candle signatures to trust. Okay, so we expect lower prices coming into this day. As you can see, we didn't take out the previous day's high or the low. So we got a
193:18
Speaker A
consolidation day, an inside day. Um, and then so we'd expect this following candle to be pretty aggressive. take the high and the low or expand to one side aggressively. But in this rare case, we got two backto-back inside candles,
193:30
Speaker A
which is very very uncommon, but not impossible as you can see. But then because we had two back to back, we know that we'd expect the following day to be super super expansive. And look what happened. Tuesday was the largest range
193:43
Speaker A
of the week because it was followed by two accumulation days, two inside days followed by an insane expansion day.
193:50
Speaker A
Okay. And then what did um Tuesday do, sorry, close below Monday's low. So we'd expect uh Wednesday to deliver to the downside. Remember our first initial target if we get that continuation candle almost guaranteed that previous um candle low. So it's a bearish
194:07
Speaker A
continuation signature come to that following day almost guaranteed expect that previous day low to get taken.
194:12
Speaker A
Okay, as you can see, um once it gets taken, then monitor the lower time frame to see if we're going to continue lower or if we could potentially reverse higher, right? So, did we form a weekly cycle here? Did we get a daily? Did we
194:23
Speaker A
get a 90? If we did, they're all reasons to if we did, they're all reasons to potentially pull back up. Okay, but if we don't have any of that, expect lower and lower and lower. So, this candle gave a bullish reversal candle signature
194:37
Speaker A
to the upside and you can see didn't end up working because like I said, not 100%. But let's see if this had a weekly cycle SMT on the lows to support higher prices or not. Okay, so this was
194:49
Speaker A
Tuesday's low being run out on Wednesday by ENQ. Um, Tuesday's low didn't actually get run out there on YM as you can see. Um, and then Tuesday's low for ES did get run out. So, we had a bullish
195:02
Speaker A
reversal kind of signature and a bullish weekly cycle. But this one was one of those unfortunate ones where it did just fail, right? You know, like I said, not 100% but very, very high percentage. But then, as you can see, we get this candle
195:17
Speaker A
ran below previous day low, failed to close below it. And then if we check out as well on ES again, ran below the low, failed to close below it. So, what does this candle show us? This is a bullish
195:28
Speaker A
reversal candle signature to the upside. However, you want to see more or less like a larger wick form in this case. It is technically mechanically a bullish reversal candle signature to the upside, but very small wick and also it wasn't
195:41
Speaker A
supported by a weekly cycle SMT. Okay, hence why it didn't hold as a swing point and then we got a continuation lower. Okay, now we got another swing point form here. Bullish reversal candle signature um closure for what this is
195:56
Speaker A
Friday. So coming into Monday, what could we expect? potential higher prices, right? However, we don't have a weekly cycle SMT on this low or a monthly cycle. So, I wouldn't expect this swing point to be like the low
196:07
Speaker A
here. I'd still expect price to continue lower and lower and lower. But, this doesn't mean that we can't at least get a retrace. And looking at this, like I said, bullish reversal candle signature.
196:16
Speaker A
We can almost guaranteed expect that previous day high to get taken. So, what I would think is more or less something like this. Okay, take that previous candle high, complete the bullish reversal candle signature, potentially form a bearish reversal candle signature
196:29
Speaker A
for Monday or Tuesday, and then keep dropping lower because we don't have a cracking correlation to support this swing point to hold for a full-blown reversal higher. In my opinion, it could happen, but that's just my thoughts.
196:41
Speaker A
Okay, so what we're going to go ahead and do now is literally just scroll through some price action just looking purely at the candle closures. Okay, so as you can see, huge expansions higher. It's just more or less always
196:53
Speaker A
there. Closure above higher prices. We got reversal one there. Didn't quite work. Um inside candle here expands, close above the high, then we get higher prices, close above higher prices.
197:07
Speaker A
We got the previous daily high taken, then reversal candle signature. Then, you know, we'd expect lower here targeting at least that previous daily low because it's a reversal candle signature. The previous daily low got taken. How did we close? Bullish
197:20
Speaker A
reversal candle signature. So, we'd expect this day here to continue to the upside. Let's delete these drawings.
197:25
Speaker A
Then, how did this candle close? Continuation. Higher prices. Continuation. Higher prices. Uh continuation this day. Um inside candle.
197:35
Speaker A
So, what do we expect? Expansion to the downside. How did it close? Continuation lower. As you can see, this candle here as well. Um, sorry, this one closed below and then this one gave us that bearish day and then that bearish day
197:48
Speaker A
gave us at least a previous day low. That's the main initial target. Something on the lower time frame must have happened here to allow for this daily candle closure to close as a reversal. And then we'd expect higher
197:58
Speaker A
this day here as you can see inside candle. So the following day expands aggressively to the upside candle. This case is where we get the scenario of period day low taken. Then go for the high. So both sides of the range taken. How do we
198:12
Speaker A
close above higher? Okay, you guys get the point. Um, you literally can go back in your charts and just see this. It's literally almost always there, right? It like you're going to get one of the candle signatures. So, if you just trade
198:23
Speaker A
online with that, like I said, 70 80% chance in my opinion of this, you know, actually working. Combine that with sequential SMT, you are good to go.
198:31
Speaker A
Okay, so yeah, hopefully this video did make sense. Now you guys can come into each trading day with a solid daily bias and then you can pair that with the concepts that I've already taught you.
198:41
Speaker A
build your own model or you can wait for some future boot camp episodes where we're going to be diving into some models. Um, and daily bias is a very important piece of the pie. If you don't know what that is, you know the daily
198:51
Speaker A
bias, then more or less the concepts and the model is going to fail you. But if you trade in line with the daily bias, then you should be good to go. Okay, remember previous candle high or low is
199:00
Speaker A
that main initial target. Then look if you're going to continue or reverse on the lower time frame.
199:13
Speaker A
ECISD, the true change in the state of delivery concept, allowed me to trade for just one singular hour the whole entire week, allowing me to catch three trades. And every single trade that I took this week was a winning trade. So,
199:26
Speaker A
three trades, three wins. How did I do it? How can you guys use the TCS concept? We're going to be going over some gems and kind of breaking down how it works. and then we'll jump into the charts and give you guys a rundown on
199:38
Speaker A
the exact trades that I took using my exact framework for the TCISD. So, the foundation of the TCISD is the timing element. Okay? Understanding that less is in fact more within trading. The longer that you're on the charts, the
199:51
Speaker A
more likely you are to, you know, overtrade, take a bad setup, whatever it may be. Most traders think that more screen time equals more money. So they sit on the charts all day long, overtrade because of it. Like I said,
200:03
Speaker A
take mediocre setups, um, you know, force trades. They might take a win and then take another trade just out of pure boredom and give their profits back. But the truth is, your edge lives in one singular 90-minute window per day,
200:16
Speaker A
right? If you can master the timing, then less genuinely becomes more. As you guys can see again, three trades, one hour spent total across all three trades. Not one hour for each trade, that's one hour across the whole entire
200:30
Speaker A
week. And that totaled me over $4,250. It was actually a little bit more. Allowed me to pass 150k account to get 50k in more funed capital. Allowed me to request one payout as well. And also, I'm now one trade away or one win away
200:47
Speaker A
from requesting a second payout across a different account that I've got. Okay, so these were the three trades that I took this week. Just screenshots. We're going to dive into the charts in detail shortly. But nice simple win right
200:58
Speaker A
there. Nice simple win right there. And a nice simple win right there. Okay. And these results that you guys are seeing right here weren't only made by myself, but also many many of my students inside of my Discord. Absolutely crush it this
201:11
Speaker A
week. And on a quick note, just before we do continue, the quarterly theory 8 guide by myself. 80 pages of pure content absolutely free is now linked down below in the description. Over 2,000 traders have claimed it already.
201:25
Speaker A
So if you guys do want access to that, click on the top link in the description and you will get free access to everything. The concepts I use, the models, how I trade proper psychology, everything. Okay. So now let's move on
201:36
Speaker A
to the next page which is it's either there or it's not. That's the beauty of the TCIC concept. The concept itself is mechanical. There's no opinion. There's no second guessing. The shift either prints or it doesn't. No analysis
201:50
Speaker A
paralysis. You check one thing. Did it print? Yes or no. Okay. So, the TCISD essentially is the very first candle that creates a sequential SMT. So, step number one, sequential SMT must form.
202:05
Speaker A
Step number two, which was the very first candle that created the sequential SMT. Once you've identified that, mark out the open of that candle. Then simply wait for price to close below that open that you have marked and then your TCSD
202:20
Speaker A
is valid. So like in this example right here, sequential SMT, the candle that created it was this big bulky one here.
202:27
Speaker A
Bear in mind, it doesn't need to be bulky. Mark out the open of that candle.
202:31
Speaker A
Price closes below it here. Retest the TCIC candle itself right there. That is then when you look for that short and then you take the short down towards the draw liquidity. Okay, super simple.
202:44
Speaker A
There's no second guessing the TCISD is there or it's not. If it's not there, you don't take the trade. So, here's an example here of no TCISD. We have the sequential SMT, but do we ever close below the candle that created the TCISD?
202:57
Speaker A
Well, which candle created it? It's this line here that I have dotted across. This is the previous quarter high. This is the new quarter. This big again big bulky candle took out the previous quarter high. But did we ever close
203:09
Speaker A
below the open of that specific candle? So this is a bearish TCI not yet confirmed. No, we did not. Therefore, would you have taken a short? No. And was that a good idea? Yes, because price did not reverse because we never printed
203:23
Speaker A
the shift, the TCIC concept that indicates that shift back lower. Okay, simple as that, guys. Now, the final piece that you were missing is the TCIC.
203:33
Speaker A
And I can promise this to you guys right now. If you at least trade quarterly theory, I can guarantee it almost is.
203:39
Speaker A
Even if you don't trade quarterly theory, I have students of mine that incorporate the TCIC entry technique that trade, you know, order flow or trade like basic ICT because it's just so powerful. And especially people that do trade quarterly theory, I get
203:53
Speaker A
countless messages every single week, people saying the TC has changed everything for me. It's the final piece I was missing. And it truly is. You know, it helped my trading massively as well. And you know, there's obviously a
204:06
Speaker A
reason for that. It's just such a mechanical like a sequential SMT forms but like when do you enter you know do you enter the PSP this time here? Do you wait for a swing point to form? Do you
204:14
Speaker A
enter off an inversion? Do you enter off a gap? Like all those are viable. Either pick one or just go with the TCS. Now the sequential SMT shows you guys a divergence and the TCIST confirms the divergence. It confirms that price is
204:27
Speaker A
now ready to shift back lower. Right? We know that sequential SMT marks our highs and lows of the cycles. But how do we confirm that? That is through the TCSD.
204:36
Speaker A
Right? And then if you stack these two concepts together, you stop guessing where and stop knowing when. And again, that's what a lot of traders struggle with. They'll know the concepts, but they don't know when to apply them. They
204:48
Speaker A
don't know when they'll work. They don't know when they'll fail. They have no idea like why it failed. And that is the exact moment that most traders never had. The aha moment, okay? You know, that moment that all traders eventually
204:58
Speaker A
get within their trading when they've been trading for so long, they find something that finally clicks. And for most traders the trade quality theory at least the TCIC is exactly that. Okay.
205:09
Speaker A
Now let's jump into the final slide before we dive into the charts. Okay. And the final slide is not every asset has to confirm. Right. And essentially what this means is if for example ENQ confirms its TCISD that's enough for you to for example
205:25
Speaker A
enter a long on ES as well. Okay. ES doesn't have to have confirmed it TCISD if ENQ already has and vice versa. If ES confirms it TCISD and ENQ hasn't yet, you can still take that long position on
205:40
Speaker A
ENQ. Okay. Now, the one story that you do need to be looking out for is if only YM confirms it TCISD, just wait. Okay.
205:47
Speaker A
So, say for example, YM confirms a bullish TCISD. ENQ hasn't yet. I wouldn't then jump into a long on Q because most of the time YM can do its own thing. Okay? You know, it's a little bit weaker compared to the
206:03
Speaker A
a little bit weaker compared to the NQE correlation. And you can apply the same logic as well across the triads. So, gold, silver, copper. Copper would be the YM. So, you'd want to wait for gold or silver to at least come firm. If you
206:15
Speaker A
train the Forex triad, it'd be same with Euro uh Euro USD, GPUSD, and DXY. GBPUSD is like the wire. So wait for Euro or DXY to confirm, then you're good to go.
206:27
Speaker A
Okay, so essentially let at least ENQ or ES or the two most correlated assets from the triad confirm first. And by the way, it doesn't need to be both them confirmed. Remember, it can just be one.
206:38
Speaker A
So as long as NQ confirms, that's enough to take a long on ES and YM. Or if ES confirms, you can take a long on ENQ or YM. Okay, now that one rule filters out the weak TCISDs, right? You're waiting
206:51
Speaker A
for the stronger, more correlated assets from the triad to confirm the TCISD for the rest of the triad essentially. Okay.
206:58
Speaker A
Now, best case scenario is, you know, all assets confirm at the same time. However, I've taken many trades on ENQ with no TCSD because I can see the ES has confirmed it and I'm now confident that ENQ will follow suit with that
207:11
Speaker A
essentially. Okay, so with that being said, there's a few little gems for you guys at How to Trade the TTSD. Now, let's dive into the three winning trades that we took this week that totaled me over $4,250 in profit alone. All right, so this is
207:24
Speaker A
the first trade that we took on the week. Monday, we just skipped because, you know, there's nothing clean on Monday. Tuesday is when we took our first trade. Okay, now I begin trading at 9:00 a.m. And my window is 90 minutes
207:36
Speaker A
long. Like I told you guys, stick to one singular 90minute window. for me 9 to 10:30. But that doesn't mean I'm on the charts from 9:00 a.m. all the way up until 10:30. That means I need to find a
207:48
Speaker A
setup of mine, if it even occurs, within that window. The second I've taken the setup, whether it's a win or a loss, pretty much I just hop straight off.
207:56
Speaker A
Okay, so in this scenario for this week, I took two of my trades before the 9:30 open. Hence why is literally like a 15-minute trading day. Okay, so 9:00 a.m. right opens up here and I'm going to put it in replay mode for you guys,
208:10
Speaker A
walk you through my exact step-by-step process. I'm not really going to go over like the higher time frame, top down analysis, etc. I can see that Tuesday I took a long. So obviously I've came up with some sort of bullish bias and now
208:23
Speaker A
I'm going to stick with that and look to take a long. Okay, you can watch my other YouTube videos that you know break down the narrative, the drawn liquidity, etc. Um, if you do need help with that, but this is the entry technique, the
208:33
Speaker A
TCISD itself. Okay, so let's let this play out. Obviously, first things first, we need a sequential SMT. Okay, so let's see if one forms. Boom. Sequential SMT forms right here between Q4 and Q1.
208:46
Speaker A
Right now, which candle first ran out? Q4's low. It was NQ, right? YM has not taken Q4's low. Neither has ES. ENQ did.
208:56
Speaker A
Now, ENQ took it off this bullish candle here. Now, again, this is something you guys need to know about the TCISD. In a bullish scenario, the candle that creates the sequential SMT ideally has to close bearish. Okay? And
209:09
Speaker A
then in a bearish scenario, ideally closes bullish. Now, if it doesn't, and in this case, it didn't, this candle created the sequential SMT, but it closed bullish. So, in this exact scenario, we use the most recent bearish candle to our left and we mark out the
209:24
Speaker A
open of that and use that one. Okay? So, in this scenario, it is this candle here. Now price immediately created the sequential somet and closed above that candle high straight away then we did close back down below it right so I
209:38
Speaker A
hadn't taken the trade by then but if we play this in 1x now my thought process here forgetting what I even took on Tuesday is if I now see price close back above here again then I will to take a
209:50
Speaker A
long okay so let's see if we can do that bear in mind if we don't close back above it right um and the sequential some fails then this is no longer value because the TCI is no longer there if
210:02
Speaker A
there's no sequential SMT to support it. Right? As you guys can see, we just about failed to take it right there. So, you know, we wouldn't still wouldn't be in just yet. Wait for that next candle potentially. Still no entry, right? Like
210:15
Speaker A
this is the thought process. This is what I'm thinking the whole time. Still no entry. Still no entry. Still no entry. Still waiting. Boom. We close above it. Okay. So, now this TCISD is valid for an entry. Okay. So, we can
210:30
Speaker A
mark out the body of this one here and simply all we do is wait for price to come back into the TTISD, retest it, and then look to take a long, right? So, let's see. Boom. Price comes into it.
210:42
Speaker A
Now, I remember exactly what I did here. Usually, I will wait for price to retest the TCISD and then enter there. In this scenario, I was very, very confident that we would literally just trade away from the TCISD
210:53
Speaker A
immediately. So I just entered a little bit position here and then added more if it was to get back above it. Okay, essentially my entry was around about here, stopped on the invalidation low and we targeted just a simple fixed 2
211:07
Speaker A
RR. I think the entry was a little bit better to be fair um down here cuz I remember this one hit the 2 R and then it didn't go too far above it and then it did reverse back lower I believe.
211:17
Speaker A
Okay, so stop always on the invalidation for example things like this. Okay, I know that we got edged, but then price did end up coming back up. Not looking great. Not looking great. And then boom, as you can see, it does recover nicely.
211:32
Speaker A
And that is our TP hit right there. Okay. And all we need is 2 RR, guys. And you can simply get 2 RR from a TCI most of the time if you do trade it in line with that um, you know, higher time
211:43
Speaker A
frame narrative. Okay. And that's it. Super simple. Done before the 9:30 open. Literally 23 minutes into the day and we're done. That's it. Okay, payout secured. We're hopping off, right?
211:56
Speaker A
Simple as that, guys. Okay, now let's jump into the next trade, which was actually on Wednesday. And then I think we took one on Friday as well. Okay, so let's jump into Wednesday's trade right now. Now, here we are on Wednesday's
212:08
Speaker A
price action. As you can see, 9:00 a.m. sharp, nice and sharp, ready at 9:00 a.m. to begin trading. Okay, we hop on the charts, we go live for the Discord.
212:15
Speaker A
So, if you guys do want to trade live with me, check that out in the description down below. You can test it out completely for free as well, and I'll see you guys inside of there. Okay, 9:00 a.m. This is a little bit different
212:25
Speaker A
of an entry. It wasn't the TCISD specifically. It was actually an inversion TCISD. Okay, but everything that we spoke on in today's video applies exactly the same for the inversion TCISD as well. Okay, now this one was actually a short and all that
212:38
Speaker A
happened was bullish sequential SMT down here on the lows, which candle created it. This one here on ENQ mark on Q mark out the open. As soon as price closes above it, that is a bullish TTISD.
212:53
Speaker A
Okay, boom. Marked out by the indicator, which you guys can grab in the description down below, too. Now, if we're bearish, which I was here, because we're delivering away from a 15-minute gap, we wait for price to close now
213:04
Speaker A
below the close of the TCIC candle. Okay, so let's let let that play out. As you guys can see, now it's closed below.
213:12
Speaker A
So all we simply do is wait for a small retest of the T uh inversion TCISD.
213:16
Speaker A
Boom. Entry stop on the swing high before the inversion TCISD took place. And target what? Simple 2 RR. And if we just let that play out, you guys will see nice quick and easy TP again.
213:32
Speaker A
Completely smash right before 9:30 open. And this was literally 11 minutes into the day. So, we're at a total of 34 35 minutes just between these two winning trades that we had on Tuesday and Wednesday. Now, 30 minutes in two
213:48
Speaker A
days, guys. Friday was actually one that took a little bit longer. We took that one out after the open, hence why it's actually an hour of trade on the week, but it could have been just 30 minutes how we've just taken those two trades,
213:59
Speaker A
right? But with that being said, let's now jump into the final trade, which was taken on Friday. All right, so we're now on the final trade of the week, which was, like I said, taken on Friday. Here we have a
214:10
Speaker A
bearish sequential SMT. Which candle first created the sequential SMT? It's this one here. Okay, 927. What do we do?
214:19
Speaker A
Mark out the open of this candle. Soon as price closes above it, that indicates what? This can be our reference point where we can enter short from. So, we can also mark out the body just like that. Wait for price to pull back into
214:30
Speaker A
it and take a short. If we're bearish, that's all we have to do. This is what I mean, guys. This is the final missing puzzle piece for you guys. This is how you enter a trade based on sequential
214:40
Speaker A
SMT. Sequential SMT, we're now inside the TTSD. Now, was quite volatile on this day. I could have just entered immediately here after seeing this rejection. Stop up there. 196. A little bit too much for me. So, what do I do?
214:52
Speaker A
The candle that rejected away from the TCIDC, that now becomes my stop loss placement. And it ends with the following candle when it opens up high and then run it lower. Okay. So, wait for this candle to open. short when it
215:04
Speaker A
pulls up. Stop on the recent swing high that rejected from the TCIC. And in this case, we actually target the bottom of this gap around about 3 to five. It was actually a 3.8R. I remember doing this one on live again and this one again hit
215:17
Speaker A
in like a few minutes like boom, done. Okay, is that easy enough for you guys right there? I mean, come on guys, everyone.
215:28
Speaker A
Like literally a toddler could take a trade like this. It's so so so simple.
215:32
Speaker A
Do not over complicate your trading please. Okay, but with that Yo, what is going on guys? Welcome back to a new video. Today we have to a new video.
215:40
Speaker A
Today we have a very special, highly highly requested video from you guys and that is going to be breaking down covering from A to Z the inverse TCISD the ITC concept. A concept founded by myself which originates from another
215:55
Speaker A
concept that I found myself the TCISD the true change in the state of delivery. Right. So, what we're going to be doing is breaking down how it actually works. Showing you guys how I requested many, many payouts. Not only
216:07
Speaker A
myself as well, but many of my students and also a lot of you guys as well that have consumed my content on my YouTube already, have passed many funded accounts, got many payouts, and have found great success already with the
216:18
Speaker A
regular TCS. So, now the inversion one just takes it to that next level. It's a slightly more advanced entry technique, but when used correctly is very, very powerful and can also frame the narrative and also the bias for you. And
216:31
Speaker A
I like to say that the inversion TCISD is the way that you master continuation trades. So, with that being said, let's go ahead and jump straight into it. I've compiled a nice little slideshow for you guys and then we're going to jump into
216:42
Speaker A
the charts and break down some examples in real time. So, let's jump into it.
216:47
Speaker A
So, firstly, the elements behind the ITC. Okay, literally two simple steps. I know that you can see three here, but one's just for the bearish version and one's for the bullish version. Okay, so step number one, super simple. A regular
217:01
Speaker A
TTISD must form. Okay, that's it. Right now, if we're looking for a bearish ITSD, so a bearish inversion TTISD, the close of a bullish TCISD candle must be closed below. Okay. And then for a bullish ITCSD, the close of a bearish
217:20
Speaker A
TCISD candle must be closed above. So that may sound a little bit confusing at the moment, but not to worry. We're about to jump into some chart examples and show you guys how it actually works.
217:31
Speaker A
And when you see it visually, it will be a lot more, you know, easier to understand. Okay, so step number one for the bearish inversion TCISD, as you guys know, a regular bullish TCSD must fall.
217:43
Speaker A
Okay. So, in a bullish SMT scenario, in this case here, bullish SSMT, the candle that creates the sequential SMT must close bearish. In this case, as you can see, it does, right? If it doesn't, then use the most recent bearish candle prior
217:58
Speaker A
to the sequential SMT. So, that's just a regular TCSD. Okay? Then, what we do is mark the open of the TCSD candle and wait for a closure above it. Okay? So, this candle created the sequential SMT.
218:10
Speaker A
In this case, it closed bearish. Mark out the open, wait for a close above.
218:15
Speaker A
Boom. That is a regular bullish TCSD. Okay, now you're probably wondering, how do we get the inversion, the bearish inversion TCSD from this? Super simple.
218:25
Speaker A
Okay, all we need to do now is look at this. Okay, the close of a bullish regular TCSD candle must be closed below. Okay, so the close of it must be closed below. Okay, so the open is closed above for a regular TCISD. And
218:41
Speaker A
then once that's formed, the close of the TTIC candle must then be closed below. So here's a very clear visual example from before. Sequential SMT bullish mark at the open of the candle that created the sequential SMT close
218:55
Speaker A
above right here confirms the bullish TCISD, right? And then the close below the close. So this TCISD candle got closed below right here. Okay. And that's it. That is a bearish inversion TCISD.
219:09
Speaker A
You can then enter immediately after the close below or wait for a retest of the ITCSD. So you can enter as soon as this candle closes or you can wait for price to pull back into the inversion TCISD,
219:21
Speaker A
which by the way is the whole body of that TCISC candle. So we can come all the way back up here. As long as we don't close back above the open of the TCISD, then the inversion TCISD is still
219:31
Speaker A
valid and you can look for an entry inside of it. Now stop loss placement.
219:36
Speaker A
The best one is to have it on the recent swing high before the inversion TCSD took place in a bearish scenario or have it on the recent swing low before the bullish inversion TTISD took place.
219:47
Speaker A
Right? Those are going to be your best stop loss placements. You can, you know, play around with it and figure out what works best for you. Maybe have a larger one, maybe have a smaller one, but the invalidation one would be more or less
219:56
Speaker A
on the high because think about it logically. If the TTIC has been inversed, we shouldn't then come back above it. Okay? So that's the reasoning behind having it on that recent swing high before the ITC took place. Okay, so
220:08
Speaker A
super super simple guys, but don't worry if you're still feeling a little bit confused. We're going to go over a few more examples and then we'll jump into the charts. It is very very simple but very very powerful when used correctly
220:19
Speaker A
in line with narrative bias which we're going to break down in just a moment as well. Okay, so now the step one for a bullish ITC, a bullish inversion TCSD.
220:30
Speaker A
Firstly, a regular bearish TTSD must form. Okay? So, think about it this way. If you're looking for a bullish inversion TCSD, then you must have a bearish regular TCSD form. If you're looking for a bearish inversion TCSD, then you must have a regular bullish
220:45
Speaker A
TCSD form. Okay, that's it. Super simple. So, in this case, we're looking for a bullish one, right? So we're then we're then waiting for a bearish one to form a bearish regular TCSD which as you can see took SMT candle that created it
220:59
Speaker A
closes bullish mark out the open wait for a close below boom bearish TCSD. Simple as that. Okay so in a bearish SMT scenario as you can see right there the candle that creates the sequential SMT must close bullish right there. If it
221:13
Speaker A
closes bearish use the most recent bullish candle prior to the SMT. In this case we don't need to do that. Then mark at the open of the TCSD candle. Open.
221:23
Speaker A
Wait for a closer blow. Closer blow. Okay, that's a regular bearish TCISD which must form before we can get a bullish inversion TCSD. So think is the same as any other PD rate, right? An inversion gap, right? What do you need
221:36
Speaker A
to see before you get a bullish inversion gap? There has to be a bearish gap that gets closed above. Same concept with the TCISD, but instead of using gaps, we're using TCISDs. All right. So, bearish TCIDC formed. And then for the
221:50
Speaker A
bullish scenario, the bullish inversion, all we're doing is waiting for a close of a bearish TCISD candle above. Okay?
221:57
Speaker A
We're waiting for price to close above the close of that bearish TCISD candle. So, mark out the open, close your below, activates the bearish TCSD, and then mark out the close and then as soon as we close above it, that activates the
222:11
Speaker A
bullish inversion TCSD. Okay? So a candle must close above the TCSD candle's close right there. You can then enter immediately after the close above.
222:20
Speaker A
So you can enter after this candle closes, stop on the recent swing low, or you can wait for price to drop back into the inversion. You can wait for price to drop back into the inversion TCSD which happens right there again. Stop on that
222:31
Speaker A
swing low and then look to take it up higher. Right? So hopefully you guys did find that useful and you know it is making sense. But now what we're going to do is jump into some examples. We've got one more slide here which shows you
222:43
Speaker A
a full-on example and then we'll go into some real charts. Right? So here is an ITC example. This is in a bullish scenario. So we're still going to be applying everything that I've taught on my YouTube so far. So like narrative,
222:57
Speaker A
daily bias, um you know direction, draws on liquidity, etc. That's the most important thing. Where's price drawing to? So higher time frame let's say in this case our narrative is bullish our draw liquidity is bullish our daily bias
223:10
Speaker A
is bullish how are we then going to take a bullish inversion TCISD entry simple all we're going to do as long as the draw is still there intact and as soon as we see a bearish sequential S&T formed confirm via a bearish TTISD all
223:26
Speaker A
we're doing is just waiting we're waiting we're waiting for price to close above and invalidate the bearish TTISD cuz that's all it is is invalidation of a TCSD which creates the inversion one.
223:37
Speaker A
So price closes above the close of the TCSD right there. Soon as we see that happen, enter immediately stop on the low or wait for price to drop back into the inversion TCSD. Stop on the low target the draw liquidity above. Okay?
223:51
Speaker A
Because think about this logically, right? Narrative is bullish, draw liquidity is bullish. Every single sequential SMT that doesn't align with that narrative, that bias that we've got. So every single one that isn't bullish should just act as a
224:02
Speaker A
retracement. So, we're waiting for price to retrace and then we're waiting for price to show us that the retracement is over by forming the bullish ITISD and then we're entering inside of it, placing our stop on the low because we
224:13
Speaker A
then don't expect price to drop back down below the TTISD because this retrace has already happened. The short-term manipulation is over price to close back above it indicating higher prices. And also, you know, something else as well that may make things click
224:28
Speaker A
for you guys is think about this logically. What does a bearish sequential SMT indicate? What does a bearish TTIC indicate? A bearish reversal. Okay. So, you know, if if we're actually going to be bearish and drop lower, what what should they do?
224:44
Speaker A
Those concepts, the SMT and the TTSC should hold and allow price to trade into it and then reject lower from it.
224:50
Speaker A
Okay. So, yeah, cool. If that's happening, amazing. You know, we are bearish. But if that fails, what does that tell you about price? it tells you that price isn't actually ready to turn around yet, indicating that price is
225:02
Speaker A
more likely just going to target whatever liquidity you've got resting above you. Okay? So, if this fails, right, and the bullish ITC forms, that means that price isn't ready to turn around yet. So, that means it's more likely to hunt some more liquidity on
225:16
Speaker A
the highs, then maybe we could reverse after that. Okay? So, this is why it's so powerful and this is the best scenario that I like to use it in myself personally is when we're very close to a higher time frame draw and then we form
225:27
Speaker A
a um opposing sequential SMT then we get that ITC after I'm like okay well there's no reason why we can't run to the draw now so I'm going just take this okay simple as that super super simple and I also now incorporate this into my
225:41
Speaker A
90-minute TCIC model so you know the time time window the bias narrative that I taught you guys one sequential SMT and then I can either take a regular TCIST entry or an inversion TCIST entry.
225:53
Speaker A
Okay, so recommend for you guys to sort of test this out, you know, see how you like it. But so far the feedback has been amazing from my mentorship students and they've, you know, already been getting payouts and funded accounts
226:04
Speaker A
using the specific concept here. So there's no reason why you guys can't as well. And if you guys do want to apply to be mentored by me, link below in the description. But with that being said, now let's jump into some actual chart
226:15
Speaker A
examples in real time and just show you guys really how powerful it is. Okay, so let's jump into it. All right, guys. So, we're now inside of the charts. In this example, we're going to be taking a look
226:24
Speaker A
at ENQ. I'm not going to be showing any like hindsight sort of like trades, inversion TCDs, or anything like that.
226:30
Speaker A
I've got my own TCISTD indicator. Um, and we're actually going to be adding the inversion TCISD function to that very soon as well. So, if you do want access to that, pick it up in the description down below. But what I'm
226:40
Speaker A
going to do is just literally scroll through price and just show you and you know get you guys to sort of understand how we could be utilizing the inversion TCISD. Okay. So every single TCSD that we see here is just a regular one.
226:53
Speaker A
Right? So if we see a bearish TCISD and then a closure above it, that means it becomes a bullish inversion TCSD. Okay?
226:59
Speaker A
So in this example here, right, we've got firstly we've got four TTIC's, right? We've got a bullish one, right?
227:06
Speaker A
So price closes above it confirms it right there at uh 45 minutes past midnight. Okay. So what you can do is mark out the TCISD candle itself. Right?
227:16
Speaker A
As soon as price closes below it right there at 115, what happens? Price drops lower takes liquidity then reverses after forming another sequential. Okay.
227:26
Speaker A
So this is what I mean guys, right? You know if the TCIC doesn't hold because it should hold if we are truly in this case bullish, right? A bullish TCIC should hold if we're going higher. So if it
227:36
Speaker A
gets inversed, becomes a bearish inversion TCSD, that often means that it's going to hunt some liquidity below first um and then it may reverse or it may just continue lower and lower and lower and you could be wrong about the
227:47
Speaker A
bias in general. Okay, so here's another example right here, right? Bearish TCIC price drops below at 2 a.m. to confirm it and then as you can see, you know, trades back into the TCSD candle. We get no sort of rejection lower from it at
228:02
Speaker A
all. And as soon as price closes above it, which happens right there at 2:25 a.m., price goes higher. And what does it do? Hunts more liquidity, forms a bearish sequential SMT on the highs, then it begins to move lower. Okay? Then
228:16
Speaker A
we got our bearish TCISD, then we get that move lower. Then we got the move lower, formed a bullish TCISD, and then we push higher. Okay? So, what you're going to actually notice is more or less the TCISDs, the regular ones are going
228:28
Speaker A
to be there at the reversal point. Right? So, as you can see on the lows, bullish TCISD higher. Then what you're more likely to see is this is why I said this is how to master continuations because the inversion TCISDs are going
228:42
Speaker A
to form and if it doesn't align with your bias, right? So, the regular TCSD is going to form and if it doesn't align with your bias, it will most likely become an inversion TCSD which you can then use to enter that does align with
228:54
Speaker A
your bias. So say you're bullish on the day, you form a bullish sequential SMT bullish regular TTSD. That's the first entry. Okay. Then if price is trading higher and higher and higher, but your draw is still even higher, you can
229:07
Speaker A
either just enter off another you can either just enter off another regular bullish TCSD or a bullish inversion TCSD. So what you want to do is wait on a bearish regular one to form, right? As you can see, it forms right there. price
229:19
Speaker A
closes below it at 6:15 and then as soon as we close above it right there at 645 what does price do?
229:26
Speaker A
Pushes higher. Okay, so here's a good you know few examples down here and this is literally from today. This is from literally today's price action during London session. Right. So what we can do is we can scroll to our left and just
229:38
Speaker A
take a look at some more examples. So like I said the regular TCICs are more or less for catching those very tops, those reversals as you can see. Boom.
229:45
Speaker A
Okay, again, bullish one here for catching the original reversal to the upside. Bearish one, right, allows price to drop lower. Okay, and then as you can see, as soon as price closes above that TTIC over here, which happens at uh 205,
230:01
Speaker A
sorry, price then retests back inside of it. Okay, it never reconfirms a bearish one, right? So, the, you know, the bullish inversion TCSD is still valid here. You then go ahead and take your entry inside of the retest. Like I said,
230:13
Speaker A
best stop loss is on the swing low in a bullish scenario before the inversion TCSD takes place. As you can see, it gives a very very nice entry. Again, let's keep going. Right, what we've actually got is both a bullish um
230:25
Speaker A
inversion TCSD and a bullish regular TCSD overlapping. So, whenever you see this happen, this becomes very very high probability because what this is doing is in this case it's invalidating a bearish TCISD and validating a a bullish DCISD simultaneously. Right? So it's in
230:42
Speaker A
invalidating any sort of idea that price is going to go lower and it's validating the idea that price is going to go higher. So when they overlap this then becomes a very very high probability um area for an entry. As you can see price
230:54
Speaker A
trades into it and rejects from it multiple multiple times before giving a very very nice move higher. Okay. So let's l let's literally keep going here.
231:04
Speaker A
Um as you can see in this case you could have used the inversion TCSDs for catching the reversals. So, you know, there's not always going to be TCSD every single reversal. In this case, bullish inversion uh bearish inversion
231:14
Speaker A
TCSD, right? So, first one there and then we get literally another one here, right? And then literally another one here. So, three in a row. If you manage to, you know, miss the first one, you could have entered up any of these here.
231:27
Speaker A
Stop on the swing high, stop on the swing high, stop on the swing high.
231:31
Speaker A
Boom. Okay, super simple. Let's literally jump to a 4hour time frame. And this is how you know obviously the higher time frame ones you can use to sort of um confirm and also disrespect the narrative and bias that you could be
231:44
Speaker A
thinking about right so for me personally right this whole entire week here I was bullish right I'm bullish on the week we formed a bearish hidden monthly cycle bearish TCISD so all I was waiting for is price to close above the TCISD and
231:59
Speaker A
then I would have looked for longs okay but as you can see you know on the candle that you know confirm the bullish TCI the bullish inversion TTSD, sorry.
232:07
Speaker A
Um, oops, we switched to ES. Yeah, on the candle that confirmed it, we actually took out the draw liquidity anyway. Um, so you know, the draw had been hit anyway. But let's say for example, we confirm the bullish
232:17
Speaker A
inversion TTISD and this uh draw was still intact. Then that could have been a super easy long straight to that high.
232:23
Speaker A
Okay. So, yeah, as you can see, it's been happening the past couple weeks as well, right? You know, both of these weeks here back to back, I was uh bullish. So, all I waited for was the TTSD to get inversed. As you can see,
232:35
Speaker A
price closes above it. If I can draw it out. Price closes above it right there at 10:00 a.m. Wicks back into it. Few days later, higher. Okay. Same again here. Bearish GTISD closure above occurs there at 10:00 a.m. Multiple wicks back
232:50
Speaker A
in. Even this, you know, this week, literally yesterday, we're back in beautiful rejection. So, you can use these levels as well to look for lower time frame entries from to trade higher from. Okay. Um, and yeah, as you can
233:01
Speaker A
see, bearish one gives birth to the actual real reversal and then the bearish inversion TCSD forms and allows you to capture this move. So, it drops down below it there 10:00 a.m. Then we get a nice move lower, run back above
233:14
Speaker A
it, drop that down below it again, and then again move lower. Okay, so now what I'm going to show you guys is one final example. Um, the best way that I like to use it. So, let's say these highs were
233:24
Speaker A
our draw, these two equal highs here. Okay. And let's say we, you know, was bullish towards this high and we're looking for longs inside this candle. So what you can do once price gets very close to the drawn liquidity which is up
233:36
Speaker A
there, right? You can then look for the inversion TCSD to form and if it forms that means not only the bearish TCID is failing, it gets invalidated indicating that price is probably going to run towards that draw. Okay. So actually in
233:50
Speaker A
this example we only got bullish TCICs and as you can see they work amazingly well. Um, so if you combine these with the inversion ones, like you you literally are rarely going to fail. Um, so yeah, what I wanted to show was a
234:02
Speaker A
bearish inversion TCD here, but we didn't quite get one. But you can see as soon as the draw got hit, bearish TCID entry, then bearish inversion TCS second entry. Um, this one, you know, would have failed. Then this one would have
234:13
Speaker A
gave another entry. So yeah. So, but what I want to do is actually show you guys an example where we are very close to a draw and then we can use the inversion TCSD. So, I don't know. Let's
234:24
Speaker A
say our draw was these lows. Okay, these 4hour lows was, you know, looking to short of this 10 p.m. candle drop to 1 minute. See if we had any examples.
234:34
Speaker A
Yeah. Okay. So, here we go. So, as you guys can see, we formed a uh bullish right right there. As soon as we close below it, which occurs there at 850, trade back in, drop lower towards that 4hour low. Okay, another entry up
234:51
Speaker A
here as well. Right, bullish TCSD. Soon as we close below it, right there at 8:47, we also get a bearish one overlapping. Remember what I said, both happening simultaneously. Very, very high probability entry. Stop loss would go on the highs, right? You know, the
235:06
Speaker A
swing high um before the inversion TC and then you can run it down to that 4hour low. So, this is a bit of an extreme example. I was more or less thinking like, you know, whenever we get a bearish inversion to UTSD around about
235:20
Speaker A
here when it's so close to the draw. But if you're super confident, then you can take trades like this. Okay, so yeah, with that being said, hopefully you guys did find this video useful. Um, now the inversion TCIC concept is out there.
235:32
Speaker A
Make sure you know you guys can feel free to tag me on any social medias of the trades you've taken using this concept. Um, and also if you have any questions on the concept itself, let me know in the comments down below. Yo,
235:42
Speaker A
what's going on guys? Welcome back to a new video. In today's to a new video, in today's video, we're going to be covering a quarterly theory concept known as the divider range or the DFR. I haven't actually seen anyone speak about
235:54
Speaker A
this concept. So, you know, this may be new to you guys. So, if it is or maybe you're not too familiar with it, then this video is going to be great to help you understand the concept of the
236:03
Speaker A
defining range and what it is best used for, how you can catch trades with it, and how you can use it in confluence with potentially the model that you're already trading now. Okay. So without wasting time, let's just go ahead and
236:14
Speaker A
jump straight into it. Got a small little slideshow here and then we'll go into the charts for some examples. Okay, so defining range DFR, what is it? How does it work? Right. So the defining range, all you have to do is essentially
236:27
Speaker A
split Q1 of any cycle into thirds. Okay, so you can be trading any cycle, the weekly cycle, the daily cycle, the 90-minut cycle, the micro, monthly, any cycle. Okay. And then what you're doing is you're looking at Q1 only of that
236:44
Speaker A
cycle. And then as you can see here, what we do is we ignore the first third of Q1. So we essentially divide Q1 into three. Okay? So if it's the daily cycle Q1, which is Asia range, it's 6 hours
236:57
Speaker A
long for each quarter. So Q1 is 6 hours long. Divide that by three, you get 2 hours. 2 hours, 2 hours. Okay? Um if for example you divide you know the 90-minute quarter Q1 into three you get 30 minutes 30 minutes 30 minutes. Okay
237:12
Speaker A
and all we're doing is we're ignoring that first third. So if you're looking at the daily cycle defining range which is Asia range Q1 divide it into three we get um 2 hours 2 hours 2 hours. So we
237:24
Speaker A
ignore the first two hours. Um so Asia actually starts at 6 p.m. ends at midnight. So we look only from 8:00 p.m.
237:31
Speaker A
till midnight. Okay. And then once we've got that 800 PM till midnight, those final two/3s, we mark the highest high and the lowest low of the final two/ thirds. Okay, so this right here is actually an example of Asia range here.
237:45
Speaker A
Okay, Q1, as you can see, one whole entire quarter, Q1 only, right? There we ignore the first third, right? So this is the first two hours over here and then we mark the highest high to the lowest low or the lowest low to the
237:57
Speaker A
highest high doesn't really matter of the final two/3s. Okay, so we ignore the first two hours and then the final four hours mark out the very very high, not any other high, the very very high and the very very low. And then that is
238:10
Speaker A
essentially our defining range. Okay, so how can we now use this to help us with our trading? Well, we'll go into that now. Okay, so what you want to do once you found out your defining range is you
238:20
Speaker A
want to anchor a standard deviation to that defining range. Okay, so now these are the settings I like to use for my standard deviations. So, feel free to screenshot this, you know, pause the video, copy them to your charts. Um,
238:32
Speaker A
pretty simple, pretty basic, you know, from zero all the way up to 2.5. Um, we've got some negatives as well, like -2.5 to 2.5, um, essentially. Okay. Um, here's, you know, the bottom settings.
238:44
Speaker A
And this is what the standard deviation should look like once it has been created. Okay. So, once you've done that, you then want to anchor the standard deviation from that highest high to the lowest low or the lowest low
238:56
Speaker A
to the highest high. Okay. Now what do we do with these specific levels that we get from the standard deviation? Well, firstly, let's look into the manipulation levels, right? So, the best manipulation takes place between 0 to 0.5. Generally speaking, anywhere
239:11
Speaker A
between 0 to 1.5 is okay also. And if a cracking correlation aligns with the manipulation level, it makes the manipulation higher probability. Okay.
239:21
Speaker A
So, as you can see here is an example, the one that we, you know, shown in the previous slide. This is the Asia range that we have marked out. We ignore the first third. We mark out our highest
239:31
Speaker A
high to the lowest low. We pull that standard deviation and as you can see we have our manipulation take place between zero to negative0.5. Okay, remember anywhere from 0 to - 1.5 is generally okay as well. Uh but the best one will
239:47
Speaker A
occur um sort of between that uh 0 to negative 0.5 right and your manipulation you kind of want to see a cracking correlation occur to be confident that that is your manipulation. Right. So um and also as well to make it higher
240:02
Speaker A
probability if that manipulation level aligns with liquidity which it generally will you know that Asia low essentially um if price takes out liquidity then forms a cracking correlation between that 0 to negative0.5 level that is when the trade is going to be perfect. Okay.
240:18
Speaker A
So a cracking correlation can be anything such as a sequential SMT a PSP an SMT fill um and it can be on the higher time frame as well. Okay. So you can mark the defining range for the 15
240:29
Speaker A
minute which is the daily cycle. But if we for example get you know a 1 hour SMT fill here between that zero to negative 0.5 of the defining range on the 15 then that is still completely okay. For me
240:39
Speaker A
personally if I was going to use the defining range I would look for a sequential SMT between this specific level here. Okay. Uh but generally speaking all the other cracks and correlations are okay as well. Okay. So now once the manipulation has taken
240:53
Speaker A
place, how can we then use the standard deviation levels to project our targets and where can we expect the distribution to go? Okay, super super simple. We have our distribution level. Okay, so once the manipulation has formed, you can
241:06
Speaker A
then target the distribution level. Price often expands to the 2 to 2.5 level. Even higher probability if the 2 to 2.5 level aligns with liquidity.
241:16
Speaker A
Okay, so like we mentioned earlier, if that manipulation level aligns with liquidity, price takes out a form of liquidity, then that's great. Okay, that's even better. Uh and same with the distribution level. If price can take out liquidity, even better. So say for
241:29
Speaker A
example, you know, we've got previous session highs up here, previous days highs for example, and it aligns with that standard deviation level, then that's perfect. Okay, so as you can see here, this is the same example from before. Manipulation takes place between
241:43
Speaker A
0 to0.5. And once that manipulation has taken place, price then expands all the way between that 2 to 2.5 level. Okay? And remember it can come a little bit below it, you know, it can go a little bit
241:54
Speaker A
above. It doesn't really matter. These are just the general high probability levels, areas that you can see price trade to um through obviously previous back testing and uh many results from the past. Okay, so that is essentially what the defining range is. Remember you
242:09
Speaker A
can use this on any cycle. So you can you know project your manipulation and you can project your distribution for that specific cycle. So once Q1 is opened this is why people say Asia uh Monday they define the range. Okay. So
242:22
Speaker A
Monday sets the stage for the week because you can use Monday's range to project these levels here and then you can look for cracks and correlations that align with them and the manipulation level um you know towards the distribution level
242:35
Speaker A
um you know towards the distribution level and then you can look to take those trades and be confident where price is going to go and where it's going to manipulate. Okay, remember this isn't going to work 100% of the time. it
242:45
Speaker A
can just be used as a confluence with your model that you've already got or to help you set those targets if you are struggling with that as well. Um, so yeah, with that being said, that's the slideshow over. So, let's jump into the
242:56
Speaker A
chart now and we'll dive into an example. All right, guys. So, we're now on the charts. We're on the 5m minute time frame, which is for the 90-minut cycle. So, what we're going to do is just go over a few examples, mark out a
243:07
Speaker A
Q1, find a range, and just sort of see how things play out. Okay, so first example that I found here scrolling for a little bit is this one here. Okay, so you can see we have a 90-minute cycle
243:17
Speaker A
SMT between Q1 and Q2. But if we just apply that defining range to that Q1 range, then it would make the setup a little bit higher probability. Okay, so we have obviously five minute. This is a 90-minut cycle quarter, so it lasts for
243:31
Speaker A
90 minutes, right? So we ignore the first 30 minutes. So if this quarter starts at 6 p.m., we mark our range from 6:30 p.m. until when does it end? 7:30 p.m. Okay, so let's go ahead and find out. So that's 6:25.
243:45
Speaker A
6:30 is right there. Okay, so mark the high, then mark the low of the quarter, which is right there. And then we're looking for price to, if bullish, manipulate between 0 to - 1.5, ideally between 0 and0.5, which in this case it does. It then
244:00
Speaker A
forms that manipulation, that cracking correlation, as you can see, marked out by my indicator. Indicators will be linked below in the description by the way. Um, I also have the indicator that marks out the defined range for you. So,
244:12
Speaker A
don't forget to check that out. That's in the quarterly theory toolkit one. Okay, so SSMT right there, as you guys can see with YM, uh, between 0 to 0.5 and then where do we distribute to 2 to 2.5 and we want to be looking for those
244:25
Speaker A
liquidity levels to line up with, you know, the defining range levels. As you can see, a very nice obvious high there aligning with this gap that hasn't been filled completely as well. Um and also if you zoom out to you know the 15 or
244:37
Speaker A
the 1 hour if it's a nice unfilled gap for example that can make it even higher probability. Okay which I'm sure there was something there to be honest. Uh but yeah as you can see it delivers very nicely. Um divine range 0 to 0.5 90minut
244:49
Speaker A
cycle SMT deliver to 2 to 2.5. Okay notice how the manipulation quarter Q2 doesn't automatically deliver to 2 to 2.5 as well. So you can actually use this to capture the distribution which happens the following quarter after which is usually what happens right so
245:05
Speaker A
you know one quarter manipulates Q2 manipulates the following quarter distributes to the target and that's when it does indeed then get hit that 2 to 2.5 level we actually hit the liquidity u within Q4 so Q4 continuation after Q3 distributed again how to trade
245:20
Speaker A
the invalidation of a sequential of a sequential SMT now we all know sequential SMT marks our manipulation our tops, our bottoms, our highs, lows gives great trades, right? But sequential SMT won't always hold. How do we know that it won't hold? And how can
245:38
Speaker A
we get into a trade after that sequential SMT gets invalidated? Those questions right there I'm going to be answering inside of this video with chart examples, showing you guys exactly how you can trade the continuation. So, with that being said, let's go ahead and
245:51
Speaker A
jump straight into it. So firstly, what actually is an invalidated sequential SMT? When an existing sequential SMT fails, that's it. Okay, in short, that's all it is. So obviously now for a little bit of context, sequential SMT is
246:06
Speaker A
obviously a divergence between two to three closely correlated assets, right? Say that we're watching three assets, ENQ, ES, and YM, the indices triad, right? ENQ and ES both run above their previous quarter high, but YM fails to do so. That failure swing is what
246:25
Speaker A
creates your sequential SMT, the divergence that indicates the reversal. Right? But if YM then runs above its previous quarter high as well, all three assets have then taken their highs. The divergence is gone and the sequential SMT is invalidated. Right? So I assume
246:42
Speaker A
you guys all know you know what an invalidated sequential SMT is. It's essentially a sequential SMT that was there and then gets canceled out by the asset that created the failure swing running above its high. So, there's no
246:53
Speaker A
longer a failure swing there. All assets have taken out the high. Sorry to interrupt, guys, but next week I'm dropping the biggest quarterly theory resource that is out there on the internet. 80 pages of pure quarterly theory information, every single
247:03
Speaker A
concept, all the models I trade, the psychology, how I trade prop firms, risk management, how I use my indicators, how I journal, absolutely everything for completely free. This is $1,000 plus worth of value that I could easily charge everyone for, but I'm going to
247:14
Speaker A
give it away completely for free. So, if you click the link in the description, it will take you to the Oracle Insights website in which you can pick up the free guide if you're watching this in around about a week time after this
247:21
Speaker A
video uploaded. But if you're watching right now, apply to the weight list down below and you will receive an email with the PDF included completely for free as soon as it releases sometime next week.
247:29
Speaker A
So, let's get back to the video. So, we've got a little example here on the right. As you can see, let's imagine this asset here is ENQ. It has run above its previous quarter high. Just imagine this is the previous quarter high here.
247:40
Speaker A
Then, let's say this is ES. So, we're looking at two assets here. ES failed to run above its previous quarter high. So it left behind a failure swing. Right?
247:49
Speaker A
But then as you can see ES the asset that originally created the failure swing has now ran above that previous quarter high. Okay? So between those two assets there is no longer a failure swing. Therefore we no longer have any
248:03
Speaker A
sequential SMT. Now ideally this must occur within the same quarter. So let's say we have a sequential SMT between Q2 and Q3. We have ES being in the failure swing during Q3. If then at some point during Q3, ES cancels out the failure
248:17
Speaker A
swing. So it runs above that Q2 high just like ENQ did, that means we no longer have sequential SMT between both of those assets. So now you guys know actually what an invalidated sequential SMT is. Let's now jump into the second
248:31
Speaker A
part, which is a failed reversal is a continuation. Now before that goes over all of your guys' heads, let me go ahead and quickly explain that. Okay. So, sequential SMT for me personally and for many other people represents
248:45
Speaker A
manipulation, right? So, whenever we see a sequential SMT within price, that to me is manipulation, right? So, say I'm bearish on the day and we see a bearish daily cycle sequential SMT form, that is my personal manipulation for the day.
248:59
Speaker A
Okay? So, when a sequential SMT then fails, the manipulation has failed too, right? and failed manipulation indicates a continuation. So, like I just said, let's say we're bearish on the day. We have a bearish daily cycle sequential SMT. That to me is, oh, that's
249:15
Speaker A
manipulation. That could be my high of the day, right? But then if that sequential SMT goes ahead and fails, so let's say again, ENK ran above London highs. ES failed to run above London highs, then at some point ES then takes
249:30
Speaker A
out London highs. we then don't have a sequential SMT between those two assets, right? And this shows me that okay, I'm probably wrong on the day. Maybe we are bullish, right? And this shows us that the drawn liquidity is in fact higher
249:45
Speaker A
when a bearish SMT fails and lower when a bullish SMT fails. So like within this example right here, we have a bearish sequential SMT here. Right? Again, imagine this asset here is ENQ. It ran above its previous quarter high. ES
250:01
Speaker A
failed to run above its previous quarter high. So we could have looked at this and thought, "Oh, okay. We could be bearish now." But then later on down the line, ES runs above that previous quarter high. Therefore, what? Bearish
250:13
Speaker A
sequential SMT fails means the draw liquidity is most likely higher. And as you can see, both assets then continue to run to that higher time frame draw above. So now, why does a sequential SMT fail and how to actually see it coming?
250:27
Speaker A
Right? There's four main rules that I stand by. Right? Number one is it's against the narrative. So if the sequential SMT isn't pointing the same way as the higher time frame draw, it's fighting price and 90% of the time it
250:41
Speaker A
will lose. Right? So if you have a bullish daily bias and then you see a bearish sequential SMT form intraday, 90% of the time that will fail if your narrative is correct. The price actually wants to go higher. Right? Rule number
250:55
Speaker A
two is no true chain in the state of delivery. So no TCISD. The sequential SMT showed up but it was never confirmed and no confirmation equals no trade.
251:05
Speaker A
Right? So we had that sequential SMT. However, the TCSD candle was never confirmed. Therefore for me that sequential SMT wasn't confirmed either and it will likely fail until confirmed.
251:17
Speaker A
Now if it does get confirmed, this is then when we can utilize the inverse true chain in the state of delivery and ITC and a failed TCI often leads to the sequential SMT failing, right? Because if a sequential SMT is confirmed via a
251:32
Speaker A
TCISD, that should theoretically hold if we're correcting our bias. But then if we're incorrecting our bias, that TCISD may get inversed. So it could get closed above, for example, and that will likely lead to the sequential SMT failing. And
251:47
Speaker A
then the fourth and final rule is the move off is weak. So the highest probability sequential S&Ts will move away with the displacement and fast.
251:56
Speaker A
Okay, if price just consolidates and doesn't show clear displacement, there's nothing behind it. So against the narrative, you know, try and trade in line with the narrative when you can.
252:08
Speaker A
Wait for a TCID to confirm this. Wait, wait for a TCID to confirm the sequentials from T. If it's not confirmed, it will likely fail. And if it does get confirmed, then we inverse the TCISD. Again, that sequential SMT
252:22
Speaker A
will likely fail. And then last but not least, wait for clear displacement. Wait for price to show you, oh, we have a sequential some T. I am now displacing in line with your draw. Okay. So, like within this example here, we have three
252:35
Speaker A
of the characteristics of the rules here. So, first of all, bearish, sequential, some T. Don't want to be trading that. if our draw if our narrative is saying higher. Number two, no displacement. So after the sequential SMT formed, there was no displacement.
252:50
Speaker A
Price just continued to consolidate. And number three, we had our TTIC candle because it's the first candle that creates the sequential SMT, but it never got closed below. It never got confirmed. So three things there pointing to higher prices pointing to
253:05
Speaker A
that sequential SMT failing. And then let's say this TCIC did get confirmed. If price was to then close back above it, what would that mean? An inverse TTSD indicate what higher prices to our bullish narrative drawn liquidity. Okay.
253:19
Speaker A
And now the entry. So now we know what a failed sequential SMT is. What they can be used for continuations. How to identify one will likely form. But now the age old question is how do we then enter after we can see a sequential SMT
253:33
Speaker A
has failed. Super super simple. My number one like the best way I like to do it is using an ITCISD entry which is obviously an inversion TCISD. So an ITCSD is just a failed TCISD right and when a TCISD fails the sequential SMT
253:48
Speaker A
will usually fail with it. So it becomes your reference point. Take the entry on the retest of the ITC. So take a look at this example here real quick. Bearish sequential SMT. The candle that created it is this huge candle here. Price then
254:02
Speaker A
initially closed below it. So it did confirm this bearish TCISD. But if your narrative was higher, you wouldn't have taken this bearish sequential subt. Why?
254:10
Speaker A
Because that would be pattern trading. You would wait for this TCSD to get closed above, which happens here. So we close above the open of that TCSD candle. Then our reference point is the inversion TCSD candle. So you can go
254:22
Speaker A
ahead and mark out the body when price retests back inside of it like right here. You can go ahead and take your entry stop loss ideally on the swing low before the inversion TCISD took place.
254:33
Speaker A
and then you can ride it up towards your bullish draw on liquidity. So that's my favorite way to enter after a failed sequential SMT riding that continuation higher. Now the second way that you can enter is simply by using a lower time
254:45
Speaker A
frame sequential SMT entry. Okay, so a lower time frame sequential SMT in line with the higher time frame sequential SMT failure. Same direction as the continuation just a lower time frame take your entry off that right. So bearish sequential SMT narrative was
255:02
Speaker A
higher. Therefore, this sequential SMT failed. And all we do the second we break above that previous quarter high and all assets have taken it. Therefore, there's no longer any sequential SMT.
255:12
Speaker A
You can wait for a lower time frame sequential SMT to form. So let's say here this was a 90-minute bearish. This then failed off this candle because this asset here ran above its previous quarter high. And just imagine the rest
255:24
Speaker A
of the trade had also ran above its high. Therefore, no sequential SMT. Then you wait for a small pullback after that. Then you can drop to a lower time frame. Look for that lower time frame sequential some T. So in this scenario,
255:35
Speaker A
it could have been a microcycle. And then you can go ahead and take your entry after that lower time frame TCSD inversion order block whatever you like to enter from after that lower time frame sequential T has taken place. And
255:48
Speaker A
as you can see price then delivers all the way up towards that higher time frame draw on liquidity. And that essentially is it guys. Like it's nothing complicated at all. We know sequential some T- marks are highs and
255:59
Speaker A
lows of the quarters, the cycles, high of the day, low of the day. So if they fail, we are likely wrong. If we see a bearish 90-minute form and we think, oh, that's the high of the session, but then
256:08
Speaker A
it fails, that indicates that, okay, we're wrong. Let's just accept it. Let's deal with it. We have no sequential subt, for example, that move lower. So therefore, we can wait for an entry technique to ride the move, continue the
256:21
Speaker A
move higher towards the higher time frame draw liquidity. And with that being said, hello guys. Hope that you're all doing well. Welcome back to a new welcome back to a new video. Inside of today's video, I'm going to be showing
256:31
Speaker A
you all how how to spot real verse fake sequential SMT SMT. I already have a video about sequential SMT on my channel. So, if you want to understand the concept itself, I'd recommend to go and check that out. But
256:45
Speaker A
I'm sure a lot of you guys know what the concept is, but I'm sure you also struggle with knowing when and why to use it and knowing which sequential SMT to trust. And that is exactly what we're going to be covering inside of this
256:58
Speaker A
video. So, let's go ahead and jump straight into it. So, the first part is understanding the logic behind sequential SMT. Sequential SMT isn't a confirmation tool. It's an indication.
257:11
Speaker A
So whenever you see a sequential SMT form, it doesn't mean it's automatic buy or sell signal. It means that you can begin preparing for a potential position. The higher time frame narrative/draw on liquidity always comes first. So whenever you open up a chart,
257:28
Speaker A
you shouldn't be thinking, oh, we have this sequential SMT. I'm going to be taking a long. No, you should be looking where is price drawing to and what can I do to get myself in line with that move.
257:39
Speaker A
That is then when you begin to look for that sequential SMT in line with the drawn liquidity. Sequential SMT then shows us when price is ready to begin the move to the drawn liquidity. So as you can see right here, let's say for
257:52
Speaker A
example, we have a higher time frame drawn liquidity being the highs. We're then looking for sequential SMT in a bullish scenario and we're going to completely ignore every single bearish SMT that forms until the higher time frame draw has been hit.
258:09
Speaker A
Next, we're understanding the characteristics of a real sequential SMT. So, a real sequential SMT will form in line with the higher time frame narrative, in line with the higher time frame drawn liquidity, has a TCISD, a true change in state of delivery, and
258:26
Speaker A
clear displacement. And the last thing to note is it's even better if you see a sequential SMT form during a red folded news event. It isn't necessary, but it makes the sequential SMT higher probability. So, in this diagram, as you
258:39
Speaker A
can see, the first thing that we have to be looking at is the higher time frame draw. In this example, higher prices, we then form a bullish sequential SMT. We then form our TCISD. The candle that forms sequential SMT closure above that
258:54
Speaker A
specific candle, confirms this candle here as our TTISD. price then retests the TTISD and it also has a displacement leg with the formation of a fair value gap. You can then go ahead and take your entry there targeting the higher time
259:09
Speaker A
frame drawn liquidity in line with the higher time frame narrative. So now you understand the characteristics of a real sequential SMT. Let's go ahead and take a look at a fake sequential SMT. So these are the ones that you want to be
259:22
Speaker A
ignoring and these are the things that you can be doing to look out for the fake sequential SMTS. So a fake sequential SMT will be opposing the higher time frame narrative opposing the higher time frame draw liquidity has no
259:36
Speaker A
TCISD and lacks displacement. Also another thing to note is if sequential SMT forms at a completely random time of the day for example during Asia session or nowhere near a news event or the 9:30 open yes they can still play out but
259:52
Speaker A
it's preferred to see sequential SMTS form around those key times. So, your 9:30 open, your 8:30 news event, your 10:00 news event, the 2 p.m. news event, just somewhat around that or during those times will make the sequential SMT
260:07
Speaker A
a lot higher probability. So, as you can see here, this is almost identical to the last scenario where we had our high time frame draw being higher, but in this case, we didn't form a bullish sequential SMT between these two
260:20
Speaker A
quarters, but we did form a bearish sequential SMT between the two quarters. So, as you can see, we formed the bearish sequential SMT. People then would have really been looking to short and just instantly hopping into a short,
260:33
Speaker A
but as you can see, we didn't actually confirm or form a TCISD. We had no real displacement. We didn't inverse any large gaps and also the whole entire sequential SMT completely oppose the higher time frame narrative and the drawn liquidity. So, whenever
260:50
Speaker A
you see a sequential SMT form that isn't in line with the higher time frame draw, it will often act as a retracement. So, it'll retrace into a gap. Price then will likely form a lower time frame bullish cracking correlation and then it
261:03
Speaker A
will begin the move to the higher time frame draw on liquidity targeting the initial sequential SMT highs, which is then when we get the magneto effect. So, now you understand the characteristics of a real versus a fake sequential SMT.
261:16
Speaker A
Let's go ahead and take a look at when you should and shouldn't be using sequential SMT. So once the higher time frame draw on liquidity is met, that's when you can then look for a reversal or retracement sequential SMT, but only
261:31
Speaker A
after it's been met. So like the example that I just showed you guys just a moment ago, the short, the higher time frame draw hadn't actually been met. So that wasn't a valid short. But let's say after the higher time frame draw had
261:44
Speaker A
been met, like in this example right here, you can then look for a potential bearish sequential SMT to allow for a retrace into an unmititigated gap or for a potential reversal to occur. And remember, we must use the
262:00
Speaker A
characteristics of a real sequential SMT to actually confirm that it will hold. So here we have the characteristics of a real sequential SMT. We've taken higher time frame draw liquidity. We've formed a bearish sequential SMT. Also, this must occur above the true open for the
262:17
Speaker A
specific cycle. We then form our TCISD candle right here. Closing below it, confirming it. So, this here is our TCISC candle, the one that creates sequential SMT, the very first candle.
262:30
Speaker A
This candle here then closes below it. We also get an inversion gap happening simultaneously. Price then also trades back into the TTISD before beginning the large run lower. So if price is heading towards a higher time frame draw
262:46
Speaker A
liquidity but leaves behind a lot of unmititigated gaps, you can take trades against a higher time frame draw towards the gaps. But just know they are going to be a lot lower probability setups. So let's say for example price opens up
263:02
Speaker A
expands heavily to the upside but we know that price is heading for buy side liquidity. If we form the characteristics of a real sequential ST just ignoring the fact of the higher time frame draw of the higher time frame
263:16
Speaker A
draw you can sometimes take that short towards the unmititigated gaps because price won't automatically just expand all the way towards the draw liquidity.
263:25
Speaker A
It will retrace before that happens. So if you're extremely extremely sure the price is going to give a retracement then and then only you can look for that short that isn't in line with the higher time frame draw. But just know it will
263:40
Speaker A
be a lot lower probability and you might as well just wait for the retracement to occur and then look for that real move in line with the long narrative. And hello guys, hope that you're all doing well. Within today's video, we're going
263:53
Speaker A
to be Within today's video, we're going to be taking a look at a quarterly theory concept founded by Trade Trainer Day. The concept we're taking a look at today is hidden sequential SMT, HSSMT.
264:05
Speaker A
This is a concept that I'm sure you've never heard of before, and until you've watched this video, you will never be able to spot this within price. So, without wasting any more time, let's jump straight into it. So, first of all,
264:17
Speaker A
you need to understand that this is a quarterly theory divergence. So we must be comparing closely correlated assets, the triads which are listed above and also when looking for this concept, we must see it occur between two consecutive quarters. There are of
264:32
Speaker A
course many many more triads and many more cycles. But if you would like to know more information about that, check out my sequential SMT video which is already on my channel. So now that we understand that we need to be looking at
264:43
Speaker A
closely correlated assets and also between two consecutive quarters, we can now dive into the concept itself.
264:50
Speaker A
So first of all, if we take a look at this example of two assets right here, you can see to the naked eye, we can't spot any divergence, right? No asset ran below that previous swing load to the
265:02
Speaker A
left. However, if we just remove the wicks out of the equation, you can see that we do in fact have a divergence right there.
265:10
Speaker A
So that essentially is all that hidden sequential SMT is. It's just a divergence between two consecutive quarters using only the bodies. So when looking for a bullish divergence, we must pay attention to the lowest closure of the previous quarter. And when
265:26
Speaker A
looking for a bearish divergence, we must pay attention to the highest closure of the previous quarter. So there are two variants to this concept and we'll dive into the first variant now, which is the one that I had just
265:37
Speaker A
shown you where you can see that no asset runs below the previous quarter's lowest wick.
265:43
Speaker A
However, if we just look at those closures only, you can see that the asset to the right actually did close below Q1's lowest closure during Q2, and the asset to the left failed to close below Q1's lowest closure. After this
265:58
Speaker A
occurs, you can then begin to look for your entry model. In this case, we just use a simple change in the state of delivery, a candle closure above the candle that caused the hidden sequential SMT. And then you can see that price
266:10
Speaker A
began to quickly run away and target the opposing liquidity. And there is actually one more variant to this concept which is variant number two. And as you can see both assets run below Q1's lowest wick. However, yet again if
266:25
Speaker A
we pay attention specifically to those closures, you can see the asset to the right closed below Q1's lowest closure and the asset to the left failed to close below Q1's lowest closure. And then of course you can see we waited for
266:40
Speaker A
a simple change in the state of delivery before price began to run away and target that opposing liquidity. So this concept can be pretty tricky to spot especially if it's new to you. So what I would recommend doing is just removing
266:52
Speaker A
the wicks from your chart and just back test a few examples just so you can train your eye to see these things. And what I like to do as well is if I can see there's no visible sequential SMT.
267:03
Speaker A
For example, I can see both assets have wicked above or below the previous quarter or both assets failed to wick below or above the previous quarter.
267:12
Speaker A
That's when I then begin to look at the closures and pay attention to see if we have a divergence between those closures. So, now that you know exactly what hidden sequential SMT is, let's go over a few chart examples and show you
267:25
Speaker A
how you can actually enter a trade after seeing the concept occur within price. As you can see here, we're comparing two assets from the forex triad. We're taking a look at GBPUSD and also EuroUSD. We are on the 5minut time
267:39
Speaker A
frame, which means we're viewing the 90-minute cycles. And what we can go ahead and do is mark out our high from the previous quarter with the wicks. And we can also go ahead and mark out the highest closure of the previous quarter.
267:51
Speaker A
So that way we can clearly see if price runs above the high forming a regular sequential SMT or if it runs above and closes above the highest closure from Q2 forming a hidden sequential SMT. So this is what you can do when you're first
268:06
Speaker A
starting out just to train your eye to see these things. And as you can see we did indeed get price run above the high of Q2 on both assets. So this is then when we're scanning for that hidden sequential SMT.
268:19
Speaker A
And as you can see, we did indeed get a closure above off this candle and also a clear one off this candle here. Okay. So then all we need to do is mark out the candle that first formed that hidden
268:29
Speaker A
sequential SMT. In this case, this up close candle here. And then what we're doing is we're waiting for a closure back down below it to confirm the change in the state of delivery, which you can see we got within this candle here. We
268:41
Speaker A
can then enter anywhere within this candle. So let's say around here stops on that turtle soup high and we can target opposing liquidity right there or you could have left a runner down to these lows. So let's see how this would
268:53
Speaker A
go ahead and play out. And as you can see we hit both targets very very quickly. Now in this example here we comparing two assets from the indices triad. We're taking a look at ES and also NQ. You can see that we are on
269:09
Speaker A
the hourly time frame which is for the weekly cycle. So this means we must see the sequential SMT or hidden sequential SMT between two consecutive days. So in this case, we've got Thursday already played out and now we're looking to
269:22
Speaker A
trade on Friday. So we're looking for that hidden or regular sequential SMT with Thursday's low or high. So what we can do is go ahead and mark out Thursday's lowest low with the wick. And we can either wait for price to run
269:35
Speaker A
below that, forming a sequential SMT, or we can go ahead and mark out the lowest closure of Thursday on both assets. And keep in mind, the low or the lowest closure doesn't need to form at the exact same time on both assets. The only
269:48
Speaker A
thing that matters is we're looking at the lowest closure or the highest closure, no matter what asset we're looking at. Okay? So, in this case, they did form at the exact same time. So, what we need to do now is wait for
269:59
Speaker A
Friday to either close below or wick below. And there you go. As you can see, we got that closure below on ES, but we didn't get the wick below.
270:08
Speaker A
And then if we take a look at ENQ, you can see we did not get the wick or the closure below. Okay, so now we've got a divergence between the bodies, as you can see right there. So, all we need to
270:19
Speaker A
do from here is wait for a candle closure above the candle that formed the divergence that formed the manipulation.
270:25
Speaker A
In this case, it was this one here. You can see the candle there, 7 a.m. for ES.
270:30
Speaker A
So we can go ahead and use that same candle for ENQ. We wait for a closure above it and then we wait for price to tap back into the order block. And as you can see price had done that. See
270:40
Speaker A
price had done that very nicely. Stops on the low and we can go ahead and target opposing liquidity and as you can see TP smashed again very very quickly. So definitely go and experiment on the charts for yourself.
270:56
Speaker A
Go take a look at the reversals. go and have a look. If you can't see that SMT or sequential SMT, pay attention to the bodies. And more times than not, it will be there. If you can't see a divergence
271:07
Speaker A
between the wicks. Yo, what's going on, guys? Welcome back to a new video. Inside of today's video, a new video.
271:12
Speaker A
Inside of today's video, we're going to be covering the concept true opens, but more specifically, stack true opens.
271:18
Speaker A
Okay, so we're going to do a brief overview of what true opens are and then I'll be diving into stack true opens and showing you how powerful they are and how you can incorporate them within your trading to find those much much higher
271:30
Speaker A
probability setups, higher probability manipulation, all that good stuff. Okay? And also it's very simple to understand and very easy to apply to your trading and see results from as well. Okay. So true opens, what is a true open, right?
271:44
Speaker A
So, a true open is essentially the opening price of Q2 of every single cycle. Okay? So, here's a few examples that I've got here for you guys. So, the true open is viewed on the hourly time frame and it's Monday 180. But don't get
271:59
Speaker A
confused. That isn't Monday's open. That's actually Tuesday's candles open, which Tuesday is Q2 of the weekly cycle.
272:06
Speaker A
Okay? True day open is viewed on the 15minute and that's just your classic midnight open. the ICT teachers. A lot of people use that one. And then the true session open is viewed on the five minute. And of course, we have a
272:18
Speaker A
different true session open for each of the sessions of the day. So, Asia is 7:30 p.m. London is 1:30 a.m., New York A.M. is 7:30 a.m. and New York PM is 1:30 p.m. Okay. So, now what do we look
272:33
Speaker A
for within these true opens? Okay, so as you can see, to the left, we look for bullish manipulation below a true open.
272:40
Speaker A
And to the right, we look for bearish manipulation above a true open. Right? Essentially, our true opens can be a sort of timebased premium and discount where you want to be looking for longs below a true open and you want to be
272:52
Speaker A
looking for shorts above a true open. Okay? Now, this isn't always true. You can of course long above a true open.
272:58
Speaker A
But generally speaking, you want to at least see a form of manipulation occur below a true open if bullish and above a true open if bearish. Once that manipulation has then taken place, then you can look for trades above it and
273:11
Speaker A
below it for example. Okay, now let's jump into what stack true opens are. So this is how stack true opens work, right? We need to see one true open on any cycle. Okay, so say we're looking at the 90-minut cycle, we'll be looking at
273:24
Speaker A
the true session open. If we're looking at the daily cycle, be looking at the true day open, weekly cycle, true week open, etc., etc. Okay, so it works the same on any cycle. But now what we also need to incorporate is one cycle higher
273:37
Speaker A
true open. So if we're looking at the true session open, we're also taking into account the true day open. If we're looking at the true day open, we're also now looking taking into account the true week open. Okay? So one direct cycle
273:50
Speaker A
above, we're adding that true open into our analysis. Okay? So now they do need to be in a specific order. So, for example, when you're bearish, you know, this one here and then this one here, which is what we're going to dive into
274:02
Speaker A
now, okay? But essentially, stack tropens is just two tropens um which can help give you the bias again look for manipulation, um timebased premium discount, but a lot higher probability because we're incorporating not just one but two cycles together to see if price
274:20
Speaker A
is really at an extreme discount or an extreme premium. Okay, so the bullish scenario, keep in mind the stacked opens have to be in this exact order when you're looking at them. Okay, so you can't have, you know, the higher time
274:34
Speaker A
frame below the lower time frame and say, "Oh, I'm looking for bullish stacked opens." That doesn't work, right? For a bullish scenario, you must have the lower time frame true open below and the higher time frame to open
274:45
Speaker A
above. Okay? So, this can be the daily cycle, this can be the weekly cycle, this can be the 90-minut cycle, this can be the daily cycle. Okay? true day, true session below, for example. Okay. Now, what do we do once we see this occur
274:59
Speaker A
within price? Well, as you can see, we have the true day open and the true week open. So, the true days opened up below the true week. So, now once we see price manipulate, drop below that true day
275:09
Speaker A
open, we can then really really anticipate that we're going to see a very nice move occur to the upside after this because prices below both of those true opens indicating an extreme discount. Okay. So one true open price
275:23
Speaker A
drops below it. Sure that's a timebased discount for example. But if price drops below two true opens that's an extreme extreme timebased discount. Okay.
275:32
Speaker A
Because price is below um the cycles open on not one but two time frames.
275:37
Speaker A
Okay. And remember it must be in the specific order. The lower time frame below the higher time frame. And what you're looking for in order for you know to confirm the manipulation is over is ideally a cracking correlation below
275:49
Speaker A
those stacked opens. Okay. So it can be a sequential SMT, a PSP, an SMT fail, all of those concepts right there. Okay.
275:56
Speaker A
So now, how does a bearish scenario look? Well, it's literally the same but just flipped over. Okay, so instead of the lower time frame being below the higher time frame, in this case, the lower time frame is above the higher
276:08
Speaker A
time frame one. Okay, so let me do another visual example for you guys. So imagine this being the 90-minut cycle, true session open, and then the daily cycle, true session uh true day open comes below it. Okay, 90 true day or we
276:21
Speaker A
can have true day, true week. Okay, any it can be any cycle. I'm just giving you guys some examples. Okay, so in this scenario, we have the true session above the true day. So we have that lower time
276:32
Speaker A
frame one above the higher time frame one. Okay, and then same same thing as before. All we look for is manipulation above price at an extreme premium. So anything above these two tropins is likely to form a reversal to the
276:45
Speaker A
downside. So we look for our cracking correlation. Could be, you know, a sequential SMT. This could be a PSP.
276:50
Speaker A
Could be an SMT fill on the higher time frame to the left. Can be any of those.
276:53
Speaker A
Okay. Once that manipulation has taken place, you can then look to trade um in line with those true opens and take it to the downside. Remember, once price drops below the true opens, the stack opens, you can still look for shorts
277:04
Speaker A
even below it. It's just as long as the manipulation has taken place above them, then you are good to go. Okay. So that is essentially um tropens and stack tropens in a short very short video right there. So hopefully you guys did
277:17
Speaker A
find this useful. Uh what we're going to do now as well is jump into the chart.
277:20
Speaker A
I'll show you guys one or two examples of the stack tropens in play and how you can utilize them. Okay, so let's jump over to the charts right now. All right, guys. So we're on the charts now. We're
277:29
Speaker A
on the fivem minute time frame for ENQ, which means we're looking at the 90-minut cycle. So if we're looking for the bearish scenario, we need to see the true session open above the true day open. And for the bullish scenario, we
277:39
Speaker A
need to see the true session open below the true day open. Okay, as you can see, true session above the true day open right there. And then once price comes above it, above it right there, um SMT um occurs. This one would not be this
277:51
Speaker A
true session open though because this one opened at 4:00 a.m. The true session open for this one here uh would be QT's open QT's open right there, which actually is marked by the indicator as you can just about barely see. true session, right?
278:08
Speaker A
So prices above the true session and the true day in that specific order session above the day one day uh 90-minute cycle SMT back to back sell off. Okay. And then even again when we open up the new
278:20
Speaker A
true session open for New York AM no SMT here but I can actually remember this day and there is a PSP right on that very high over there. Okay. So here's our indicator mock everything out for you. Link will be uh uh below in the
278:32
Speaker A
description. Very very great indicator. 500 PSP sell off right there. Okay. Um let's, you know, look for a couple more examples over here. True session. So price got a 90-minute cycle below the true session open right there. Um and
278:45
Speaker A
this is for the uh PM, right? PM session is a true session. Uh price drops below it. 90-minut cycle SMT back to back again as well there. Um and let's check if we're below um the true day open as
278:57
Speaker A
well. But remember, the true day must be above the true session for bullish scenario. In this case, it is. The true day open is all the way around here somewhere. As you can see, marked out by the indicator, a little bit lower. So,
279:08
Speaker A
prices very far below the trade open, below the true session open for the PM session, 90-minut cycle SMT. If you want as well, you can mark out the TTSD, which is right there. And then you would go ahead and, you know, enter off the
279:20
Speaker A
retest of the TTSD, stop on the SMT low. And as you can see, very, very nice trade right there. Okay, so here's a few examples, guys. Literally scrolling through the chart as well, not picking out any specific examples, just showing
279:31
Speaker A
you guys how powerful it really is. Hello, guys. Welcome back to a new video. Inside of today's video video, inside of today's video, I'm going to be explaining what a true order block, a tob is. It is an order block that rest
279:44
Speaker A
inside of a precision swing point, a PSP. By the end of this video, you will know exactly when, why, how you should be entering PSPs and which PSPs to trust using the true order block concept. So, without wasting any more time, let's go
279:59
Speaker A
ahead and jump straight into it. So firstly, what is a true order block? So before a true order block, a to exist, a PSP candle, candle number two, must close. So if you guys don't know what PSP is, check out the video here. Once
280:15
Speaker A
you know what a PSP is, you will then know it's a three candle pattern.
280:19
Speaker A
However, our goal here is to trade candle number three in anticipation of the swing point to hold. So in order to do that, that is why we use the true order block, which I'll explain in just a moment. So after the PSP candle that
280:32
Speaker A
swing point candle candle number two has closed that is then when you can drop down one time frame to look for the to o. So within a bullish PSP it's the final down close candle the final bearish candle within a bearish PSP it's
280:46
Speaker A
the final up close candle the final bullish candle. So let's take a look to this example on the right. So first thing is first PSP candle must close. So candle number two this candle here must close. Then we drop down one immediate
280:59
Speaker A
time frame lower to this time frame here. So we have a 15-minute precision swing point form. Then drop down to the 5minut time frame and within and only within this PSP candle. Not this one.
281:11
Speaker A
Not the number three that will open up soon. This one only mark out the final down close candle. If it's a bullish swing point, which it is here. Okay. So mark out that final bearish candle. You then want to wait for price to close
281:24
Speaker A
above that bearish candle to validate the to o. This can happen within candle two or sometimes it may happen within candle number three. And then once you have marked out your to this is then when we can look for entries inside of
281:37
Speaker A
it which we'll jump into right now. So how to actually enter from a tor. So there's two different types of entries.
281:45
Speaker A
A candle 3 entry which is that precision swing point formation actually forming. So once candle three opens, you want to watch for it to trade back into the to take your entry from there. And then a candle four entry is if during candle
282:01
Speaker A
number three it doesn't return back to the to o and the draw liquidity still remains intact, we can then look for an entry during candle number four if it does retest the to. So here's an example of how it should look. So 15-minut time
282:15
Speaker A
frame swing point forms. This of course must be bearish on one closely correlated asset to make it a PSP. Once this candle here closes, our goal is to enter within this candle here anticipating the swing point to form and
282:29
Speaker A
hold and push higher. So once this candle closes, as it's a bullish swing point, mark out the final bearish candle. So in this example, it would be this one here because candle 1 2 3 all rest inside of that 15-minute candle. a
282:44
Speaker A
five-minute candle, second five-minute candle, third five-minute candle. Okay, so this is all candle number two right here. So, mark out the open of that bearish candle. Wait for price to close above to validate the to. This in this
282:58
Speaker A
case, it happened during candle number two and then candle number three opens up low into the to which is here. This is during candle number three, a fiveminute candle, five-minute candle, five-minute candle. So, open low on the 15-minute candle. the first five minute
283:13
Speaker A
trades into that to o take your entry there, stop on the PSP low and then you can trade it higher in anticipation of this bullish swing point to form and hold and push higher. So now let me show
283:26
Speaker A
you an exact example on the charts of how this should look. So this is how a high probability TOB setup should look.
283:33
Speaker A
So price firstly must hit either a higher time frame key level or form a sequential SMT. Next thing will be a PSP forming. So in this case, the 15-minute time frame, this would be our PSP here.
283:46
Speaker A
If it of course closed bearish on a different asset, in this example, let's just say it did. So now this is our PSP candle. The high time frame key level has been hit or a sequential SMT has formed right here. Then we want to drop
283:59
Speaker A
down one immediate time frame lower. So from the 15-minut to the 5m minute, you then want to go ahead and mark out that bearish candle as it's a bullish swing point. So that final bearish candle. In this case, we have one 15-minute candle.
284:11
Speaker A
Inside of it lies one, two, three 5-minute candles. And now, the final three candles is where we look for our entry, which is that 15-minute candle.
284:20
Speaker A
So, we're looking for an open low into the TOB, which in this case is here. So, price opens up low initially on the 5minut, and the 15-minute candle opened up low, trading into that TOB. You then want to look for your entry inside of
284:34
Speaker A
the TOB placing your stop on the PSP low which would be this low here or this low here on the 5minute. You of course also want to make sure you do have a higher time frame drawn liquidity in which you
284:45
Speaker A
can target and expect the PSP to trade away from after getting that true order block entry inside of the PSP candle. So now guys, let's go ahead and jump actually into the charts as requested by a lot of you guys to show you guys this
284:59
Speaker A
concept working in real time. All right, so now onto our second example. This time we are again looking at the indices triad, but we are on the 4hour time frame just so I can show you guys how the different time frames work. Pretty
285:11
Speaker A
simple, you know, always just one time frame below the PSP candle. Um, and also I haven't cherrypicked any specific example. I'm just doing this right in front of you guys right now. So we can do it here. Okay, so 4hour PSP at 6:00
285:23
Speaker A
a.m. on the 10th of July. So we want to drop to the hourly and this is the 10th of July at 6:00 a.m. So from 6 till 9:00 a.m. we're going to mark out that final bullish 1hour candle. The 10th of July.
285:37
Speaker A
10th of July over here. No quotes, nothing like that. Just so you guys can see this is exactly how you do it. So there we go. Like I said, this was a bearish PSP. So we're going to use
285:47
Speaker A
a final up close candle. As you guys can see, it is indeed this one. Price closes below it right there at 9:00 a.m. and then price trades back into it at 2 pm.
285:57
Speaker A
So, this candle closes at 10 a.m. And then we have the 10 a.m. 4hour candle, which is candle 3 of the PSP. And then we have 2 p.m., which is candle number four, which is the, you know, the start
286:07
Speaker A
of the 2 p.m. 4hour candle. Price trades into it right there. Again, forming a 1 hour PSP inside of the 1 hour true order block. So, you could have even refined this to a 15-minute entry again right there. So, yeah, you want to go ahead
286:20
Speaker A
and take your entry at the true order block, placing at the true order block, placing your stop on the PSB high, which is the quote unquote invalidation for true order blocks, and you can ride it all the way down to the lows. It's easy
286:32
Speaker A
as that concept is the exact concept that turned me from unprofitable to profitable and now allows me to pull pull multiple four figure payouts from the markets many times per month. Here's a little payout that I literally requested on Friday
286:54
Speaker A
from one singular trade. And the very concept that we're going to be talking about today that allowed me to do something like this is high probability quarterly theory kill zones. So let's go ahead and jump straight into it. What
287:06
Speaker A
actually is a kill zone? A kill zone is a specific time window where price action is generally the most volatile and offers the clean setups. These aren't random. They are the moments when smart money is the most active. Now
287:20
Speaker A
these are the four classic ICT kill zones. So, Asian range 8:00 p.m. till midnight. London is 2:00 a.m. till 5:00 a.m. New York A.M. is 8:00 a.m. till 11:00 a.m. And New York PM is 1:00 p.m.
287:35
Speaker A
till 400 p.m. And those times are all in East Standard Time. Now, looking at those, you can kind of see it's quite a broad range of time, you know, like 4 hours, 3 hours each session. It doesn't really kind of boil down the exact time
287:47
Speaker A
that you want to be executing within. And also, the problem isn't that traders don't know kill zones exist. It's that they treat every kill zone the same.
287:56
Speaker A
Same attention, same screen time, same expectations. In reality, not every session is created equal. Some are built to trap, some are built to distribute, some are built to reverse. And quarterly theory tells you which one you are in
288:11
Speaker A
before price even moves. And now you guys have a general description of a kill zone. Let's jump into the main topic of the video which is how to find and what is a quarterly theory kill zone. So a time window where two or more
288:26
Speaker A
quarters align across time frames creating a high probability window for price to deliver a clean move. So this essentially means you must have at least two cycles that you are trading have overlapping quarters. Okay. So as we know time is fractal. This could be Q2
288:45
Speaker A
of Q2, right? And that could be of any cycle. So in this example here, Tuesday, which is Q2 of the weekly cycle, and then we can have a London session, which is Q2 of the daily cycle. Okay? So that
288:56
Speaker A
is London on Tuesday, Q2 of Q2. So that whole specific London session is what's known as the quarterly theory kill zone.
289:04
Speaker A
Okay? It could also mean London session, which is on the daily cycle, which is Q2 again. And then we could have the 90-minute cycle quarter inside of London being Q2. So that way we'd only focus down, focus in on that specific
289:19
Speaker A
90-minute Q2 quarter rather than, okay, it's London session on the daily cycle. It's Q2. Let's trade Q1 of the 90-minute cycle. Q2, Q3 and Q4. Why would you want to be on the charts for 6 hours? Why not
289:32
Speaker A
sort of specify and, you know, go down to that high probability 90-minute window which has those two overlapping quarters. So, London session, Q2, and then Q2 of the London session on the 90-minute cycle. And why do you guys
289:46
Speaker A
think my specific time window and the model that I teach you guys on here is from 9 to 10:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. What is that? That's well 9 to 10:30 sits inside of New York. Session on the daily cycle, which is what Q3.
290:02
Speaker A
And then 9 to 10:30 is what? It's a 90-minute window. So, a 90-minute quarter inside of the AM session, which is Q3. And that specific 90-minute quarter is also Q3. So, it's Q3 of Q3.
290:16
Speaker A
So, essentially, every single day that I'm trading, I'm trading within two overlapping Q3 quarters. So, automatically, my setups are going to be much higher probability than trading, for example, the A.M. session during Q1.
290:29
Speaker A
Okay, Q2 and Q1. You know, that's not overlapping quarters. Therefore, it's not a quarterly theory kill zone, right?
290:35
Speaker A
And the same quarter appearing simultaneously equals higher confluence. So if you do have that Q2 of Q2 or Q3 of Q3, Q4 of Q4. Okay. So like we have here in the bottom right, we have the weekly cycle. So we're trading on Tuesday
290:51
Speaker A
automatically. If you know it's Tuesday, just trade the daily cycle on London session, which is Q2 of Q2. Okay? And you could even go even deeper. So you could go Q2 in the weekly cycle, Q2 in the daily cycle and then Q2 of the
291:05
Speaker A
90-minute cycle inside of London session. And that brings us straight into our next sort of topic which is high probability quarterly theory kill zones. And this is when we stack the same quarter across three cycles and that is your specific high probability
291:21
Speaker A
quarterly theory kill zone. Okay. So the rule here is you need at least two to three overlapping quarters to call it a quarterly theory kill zone. The more alignment the higher the probability. So if we have more than two more than three
291:35
Speaker A
more than four it could be the monthly the weekly the daily the 90 the micro stack as many as possible and this will give you the highest probability time window. So your you know lower time frame could be entering the micro cycle
291:47
Speaker A
and that may be I don't know let's say you want to enter on Q3 of the micro cycle within uh the AM session right within 9 to 10:30. So you could have for example say I took a trade on Wednesday Q3 New York
292:01
Speaker A
AM session Q3 9 to 10:30 inside the AM session Q3 the 90-minut cycle and then the micro cycle on top of that which is uh 9:46 I believe till 10:08 or 10:07.
292:16
Speaker A
So if we waited till you know 9:46 and executed from 9:46 till 10:08 on a Wednesday inside the AM session inside of the Q3 of the 90-minut cycle inside of Q3 of the micro cycle that specific 22.5 minute quarter which is on the
292:31
Speaker A
micro cycle will be your very very extremely high probability quarterly theory kill zone. Okay. Now, if you guys know a little bit more about quarterly theory, you will know that Q2 generally manipulates. Q3 generally distributes and Q4 generally reverses. Okay? So, we
292:50
Speaker A
can have specific kill zones for specific functions. So, Q2 of Q2 of Q2 can be your manipulation kill zone, right? You can have Q3 of Q3 of Q3, which can be your distribution kill zone. And that's why I specifically
293:05
Speaker A
trade the AM session 9 to 1030 because it generally is a nice distribution move. Okay? Like you can trade the manipulation, you can trade the reversal, but I like seeing the manipulation take place prior, waiting for my quarterly theory kill zone and
293:18
Speaker A
then looking just to ride that move, ride that expansion, just get in, boom, expand lower or higher, whatever it may be. Okay? And then you have your reversal kill zone, which is Q4 of Q4 of Q4. And it can be for example Thursday
293:32
Speaker A
and it can be for example Thursday then the PM session and then Q4 the 90-minute cycle all overlapping. Then you could go deeper. It could be Q4 the micro cycle.
293:40
Speaker A
You could go even higher. It could be Q4 of the monthly cycle, the yearly cycle, the quarterly cycle, right? You know the more quarters you've got overlapping, the higher the probability the setup is going to be. Okay. Now, now we know what
293:53
Speaker A
they actually are. You know how to spot a quality kill zone. We enter the kill zone. Now what do we do? You know, this is where a lot of traders will just freeze up and you know, they'll know the
294:02
Speaker A
time window, but they don't know how to execute. Okay? And this is where the quarterly theory kill zone entry confirmation comes into play, right? So being inside a kill zone doesn't mean you just trade. You don't just place a
294:14
Speaker A
trade cuz you're inside of a kill zone. Okay? It means if something clean presents itself, it has a much higher chance of playing out. Okay? So this is the general checklist I like to follow here on the left side of the screen. the
294:27
Speaker A
entry confirmation checklist. Okay, at least two to three quarters aligned across time frames. Sequential SMT is present inside of that quarter. So, if for example, you're trading 9 to 10:30 a.m. like I do, I want to see a
294:42
Speaker A
sequential SMT take place inside of Q3 of the 90-minut cycle. So, it would be between Q2 and Q3. Okay, we have that sequential SMT inside the current quarter. Then we wait for a TCIC to print on that you know cycle on the
294:57
Speaker A
lower time frame one. So say we trade in 90 to 1030 it will be the daily cycle and the 90 minute cycle. Okay you can just wait on that 90minut cycle sequential SMT then a TCIC on that lower
295:08
Speaker A
time frame compared to waiting for the daily cycle one because we may not even have a sequential SMT there. If we do wait for it on there okay then we take the actual entry itself within the kill zone window not before and not after.
295:21
Speaker A
So, I will only place a trade the second 9:00 a.m. hits. The second we go past 10:30, I will not look to place a trade.
295:28
Speaker A
If I'm already inside of a trade within that window, fine. I can hold it because I've already entered inside of the kill zone window. Okay? So, an example of this would be Wednesday Q3 alignment.
295:38
Speaker A
So, uh weekly cycle Q3 being Wednesday, New York AM session, which is the daily cycle Q3, 90 minute cycle, which is Q3, right? And then we'd see, so that's three Q3s overlapping weekly, daily, and 90. Then we'd look for a 90-minute cycle
295:53
Speaker A
sequential SMT between Q2 to occur inside of Q3. And then a 5m minute TCSD because it's a 90-minute cycle. And we have right there three Q3s for one very clean setup. Okay. Now, the edge isn't the session. The edge is knowing which
296:10
Speaker A
session on which day at which time all saying the same thing. So, you know how we go through the daily to the 4 hour to the hourly and we want to see all of those aligning for the highest
296:21
Speaker A
probability setup. That's aligning price, but we're aligning time right here. Now, if you combine the two together, you will very rarely lose.
296:30
Speaker A
Okay? And that's what a quarterly theory kill zone is. Aligning all those specific times all at once. Okay? So, there's a little example on the right.
296:40
Speaker A
Wednesday, Q3, we've got sequential SMT between Tuesday and Wednesday. Then going even deeper, we have a 90-minute cycle sequential SMT between Q2 and Q3, then a fivem minute TCSD, and then a beautiful entry. Okay, so to clear one
296:57
Speaker A
thing up as well, they don't need to be consecutive um you know, quarters overlapping. So it doesn't have to be a daily cycle Q3 and then a 90-minut cycle Q3. It could be, for example, a weekly cycle Q3, which is
297:10
Speaker A
Wednesday, and then a 90-minute cycle Q3. Okay? So, it doesn't need to be, you know, daily cycle then one immediately lower. It could be a daily cycle Q3, then a microcycle Q3. Okay? As long as you have at least two quarters
297:21
Speaker A
overlapping, you know, using the entirety of the cycles, ideally from like the weekly and lower if you're taking intraday trades and then, you know, yearly and sort of below that if you're taking, you know, more swing trades like trading the weekly range,
297:34
Speaker A
for example. Okay? But with that being said, now you guys know the high probability time windows in which you should be trading. You can base a specific kill zone that you execute within every single day. For me, 9 to
297:47
Speaker A
10:30, it's always Q3 of Q3. Or if you want to be a little bit more flexible with it, you can wait for specific days to take specific trades at different times. So if you're trading Tuesday, you can look to enter within Q2 or the
298:01
Speaker A
90-minut cycle, the daily cycle. If it's Thursday, which is Q4, you can look to enter within Q4, the 90-minute cycle, or Q4, the daily cycle, for example. Okay?
298:09
Speaker A
So, you can be pretty versatile with it, but try and at least wait for two quarters to overlap, three for the highest probability, and then anything more than that just is insane, insane precision. Okay, so with that being
298:20
Speaker A
said, yo, what's going on guys? Welcome back to a new video inside to a new video. Inside of today's video, we're going to be covering the quarterly theory concept, timebased premium discount. So, a lot of people don't actually know about this. Uh, and you
298:32
Speaker A
know, when I teach them about it and whatnot, they're like, "Okay, I haven't actually heard of this before." Uh, but it is pretty cool. Okay, so it's kind of like a very mechanical way to find your premium discount, incorporating that
298:42
Speaker A
time element. Okay, so instead of being confused, which range do I use, which time frames do I mark this high, do I mark this low? It's very mechanical. Um, and all it is, very simple, we're just going to dive straight into it, is we're
298:54
Speaker A
looking at the previous higher time frame quarter, depending on what cycle we're trading. Okay? So, if we're trading, for example, I don't know, let's say we're trading the daily cycle on a Wednesday, we're looking back upon the previous higher
299:09
Speaker A
time frame quarter. So, the daily cycle on Wednesday, what's our higher time frame to the daily cycle would be the weekly cycle. Just one cycle above.
299:15
Speaker A
Okay? So, from the daily to the weekly cycle and then what did I say? previous quarter. So from the daily to the weekly and the previous quarter if we're trading on Wednesday the previous quarter will be Tuesday. Okay. So that
299:27
Speaker A
is it. That is it. It's weekly cycle Q2. Okay. So you trade on the daily cycle on you know Wednesday. Um sort of just doing your own thing. Then you move up one time frame, one cycle higher. So
299:38
Speaker A
from the 15 to the hourly and you mark out that previous quarter. So if it's Wednesday, the previous quarter would be Q2 because Wednesday is Q3. Okay? And that is it. It may sound complicated but we're going to go over some examples. So
299:48
Speaker A
do not worry. Um and here is a few, you know, of the uh the ranges that you can use, right? So if you trade in the micro cycle, you're marking out the previous 90-minut cycle quarter. If you trade in
300:00
Speaker A
the 90-minut cycle, you're marking out the previous daily cycle quarter. If you trade in the daily cycle, you're marking out the previous weekly cycle quarter.
300:08
Speaker A
And if you are trading the weekly cycle, you're marking out the previous monthly cycle quarter. Now, you can go even lower this. You can go to the nanocycle, you can go to the yearly, quadrrenial, whatever you want. But this is just
300:17
Speaker A
essentially the concept behind it. Okay. So if you were trading the weekly cycle um then all we do is essentially mark the previous monthly cycle quarters range which essentially is the previous week's range. And when you trade in the
300:29
Speaker A
daily cycle um you mark you know the previous weekly cycle quarter which is say essentially the previous daily candles range. Okay. Uh when you go to the 90-minute and the micro cycle then it's just you know not the previous day
300:39
Speaker A
or previous week. It's just literally the previous 90-minute quarter the previous micro quarter all that type of stuff. Okay. So here is an example that I have marked out here right so here's Q1 right because right imagine you take
300:53
Speaker A
this trade here on the five minute utilizing the 90-minut cycle you see you know bearish 90-minut cycle SMT a TCSD call I want to take short right how do you then check if you can take a short in terms of timebased premium discount
301:07
Speaker A
so let's say this is during London session of the 90-minut cycle okay so London session 90-minut cycle what is our previous higher time frame quarter.
301:18
Speaker A
Well, we're going to go from the 90-minute cycle up to the daily cycle. And if we trade in London, what's our previous quarter to London? It would be Q1, the Asia session. Okay, so this is the 15. This is where the short took
301:29
Speaker A
place around about here. Okay, on the five minute, you can see right there, the SMT there, right? That I got marked out literally exact exactly right there.
301:36
Speaker A
Price was at a premium. Uh, but how do we mark it? Okay, so this is London, right? on the 90-minute cycle if you was on the five minute right there. So you would go to the 15 and the previous
301:45
Speaker A
quarter to London is Asia. So this is Asia session Q1 right there. And what do you do? You literally just mark the high, the extreme high and the extreme low. And that is your premium and discount. Okay. Now we're going to go
301:57
Speaker A
into some examples as to how to utilize premium discount if you don't understand, you know, which level they're at and uh whatnot. Uh so let's just jump into that. Right. So premium once you have your range marked, premium
302:10
Speaker A
is anything above the 50% level, the middle line. Okay? So you've got your range marked from the high to the low or the low to the high doesn't really matter, right? And anything above this line here, that 50% to towards the
302:20
Speaker A
upside, right? Anything above there that I've got marked in red is classed as a premium. So this is a timebased premium.
302:27
Speaker A
This means price is a lot more likely to offer sells as price goes from a premium into a discount. And also obviously if price is at a premium, you know, pricing is more expensive. Price is likely to pull back, offer a retrace, allow people
302:39
Speaker A
to get in for that cheaper price essentially. Okay. Um and that's all a premium is. And then the discount's the complete opposite. Okay. So premium is the top part, discount's the bottom part. Once you have your range marked,
302:49
Speaker A
discount is anything below the 50% level, the middle line. So anything below this middle line is classed as a discount, right? And as you can see, price, you know, originally wasn't a discount. Uh if you remember from the
302:59
Speaker A
previous slide and then it came back into a premium. Okay, that first slide that we shown. Um so we caught you know the shorts once price was in a premium price dropped from a premium back into a discount. Remember it goes from a
303:10
Speaker A
discount to a premium premium to a discount. Right? So once it comes back to a discount it then offered longs and traded higher. Okay. So you can see how you could have utilized both the longs and the shorts from that first example
303:20
Speaker A
that we showed on the first slide. Um so that is how it works essentially. Okay.
303:24
Speaker A
Now what is an extreme premium and discount? All right. So it's the same concept that timebased premium and discount concept. Uh you know previous higher time frame quarter mark it out low to high and got your premium and
303:36
Speaker A
discount. Right. Now extreme premium is once price trades not only into a premium of that range that you have marked out but above it. Okay. And an extreme discount is once price trades not only into a discount of that range
303:50
Speaker A
that you've got marked but below it. Okay. So anything above premium is an extreme premium. Anything below discount is an extreme discount. Okay. And here's an example again utilized in the 90-minute cycle, right? So this is Q3 of
304:03
Speaker A
the daily. This is the 15. So this must mean this was on the 90-minut cycle during the AM session, right? So what's our previous higher time frame quarter?
304:11
Speaker A
Well, if we trade in the 90 minute on the AM session, we go from the 90 to the daily. And if we're in the AM session, we're looking back at London's range.
304:18
Speaker A
Okay? So we're marking out London's range right there from the low to the high. Right? We've got our premium discount. price doesn't only come into a premium, right? It comes above it. It then forms a 90-minute cycle sequential
304:30
Speaker A
SMT and then it offers shorts back to a discount and below it. Okay? So once price hits these premium and discount levels, what you want to be looking for is those cracks and correlations to confirm price is ready to trade away
304:43
Speaker A
from that level. So from a premium to a discount, you're looking for a crack and correlation to occur within a premium and then you can look to take that short. Okay. So ideally as well if you're trading the 90-minut cycle if you
304:54
Speaker A
execute on the five minute you want to see a fivem minute cracking correlation in cor um in correlation to the previous higher time frame quarter. Okay so in terms of the 90-minut cycle is an extreme premium in terms of the previous
305:07
Speaker A
sessions range. So you want to ideally see the crack and correlation occur the crack and correlation occur on that time frame that five minute compared to the 15 or anything lower. Okay, so that is essentially how you can structure it,
305:21
Speaker A
right? So if you execute on the one minute, just always look at the previous 90-minute quart to see where you're at.
305:26
Speaker A
Are you looking for shorts? Are you looking for longs? Of course, price won't always go into a discount before giving longs. Price won't always go into a premium before giving shorts. It can just be a confluence. Um, and it can be
305:37
Speaker A
a part of rules um of your model as well because usually once price is at a premium, the shorts that are going to occur are going to be a lot higher probability um compared to shorts that take place, you know, all the way down
305:48
Speaker A
here, for example, because you're going to be catching the highs and you're going to be catching the lows, right?
305:51
Speaker A
So, what we're going to do now is we'll jump into the charts. We'll go over an example of how this works actually in real time on the charts just so you guys can understand it that little bit better. Okay? All right, guys. So, we're
306:01
Speaker A
now inside of the charts. on the five minute and we're going to be taking a look at ENQ going over a few different examples and different time frames and whatnot. Okay, so if you want to back test this, you want to ideally look for
306:10
Speaker A
sequential SMTs that are marked out and then you can look to see if they occurred within that timebased premium discount or extreme premium discount.
306:17
Speaker A
Okay, so here you can see literally just a few days ago as me recording this video um I think it was yesterday. Yeah, yesterday we formed a 90-minute actually technically it would be part of today's price action. This is Asia session. So
306:29
Speaker A
this is the Asia session 90-minut cycle 90-minut cycle 90-minut cycle SMTs uh and then a beautiful short entry right and we can clearly see this is above London's high so we know that this occurred at an extreme uh premium lot
306:42
Speaker A
not London's high sorry uh PM's high so this was let's mark it out right so SMT marked out there just so we can keep an example during Asia so we're going to the 15 one time frame higher and marking
306:55
Speaker A
out Asia's range okay um not Asia's range I keep saying uh PM's R uh range, sorry. Okay. Um in this case, it's very small because it is obviously or it was sorry a bank holiday. So, let's turn this down to the premium and discount
307:08
Speaker A
one that I like to use. These are my settings, by the way, guys, for premium discount. Um and as you can see, anything above 50 premium. Anything above at that premium level is an extreme premium. Uh 90-minute cycle SMT
307:20
Speaker A
occurs there. Also, a daily cycle, even better. And then clean shorts. Okay, so that was a very clean example right there. Now, let's just, you know, find a few more. Let's look for that SMT first.
307:30
Speaker A
So, here we go. We have a daily cycle SMT. When did this, what day did this take place on? On Monday. So, we're going to go one cycle higher, one time frame higher, and it's going to be Friday's range that we're marking out.
307:40
Speaker A
Okay. So, daily cycle on Monday. So, we're going to go to the hourly for the weekly cycle and mark out the previous quarter, which is Friday. Um, and as you guys can see, high to low right there.
307:52
Speaker A
And we are very, very far below at an extreme discount. Again, another example of an extreme discount daily cycle from T and then a move higher. Okay, so very very clean stuff there. Yo, what's good guys? Welcome back to a new video inside
308:05
Speaker A
of to a new video. Inside of today's video, we're going to be covering one of the most key concepts within trading in general, not just quarterly theory, but in general, and that is draw on liquidity or doll. Okay, essentially the
308:17
Speaker A
draw on liquidity is one of the most important trading concepts. Without it, you are essentially trading blind.
308:23
Speaker A
Without knowing the doll, every concept and model out there will fail. A draw on liquidity is an area the price wants to draw towards and there are many ways to identify them. Okay, so there's a quick little brief overview as you can see to
308:36
Speaker A
the example on the left. It's essentially points in the market that price wants to draw towards. Okay, so if you're, you know, looking for shorts here, but price wants to take this high, your bearish concept, your bearish model
308:49
Speaker A
is going to fail. Okay, so what we're going to be doing is covering the different ways in which you can find the draw on liquidity, the most effective ways and how to know, you know, if the draw liquidity is actually real and if
309:00
Speaker A
it's going to hold and what not. Okay, so let's just jump straight into it. So the first draw on liquidity is previous X highs and lows, which can be previous quarter high or low or previous candle high or low. Okay, as we all know, a
309:13
Speaker A
quarter is and can be a candle. For example, if you're trading the weekly cycle in terms of quarterly theory, the previous quarter high is essentially the previous candle high, the previous days high. Okay? So, as you guys can see on
309:27
Speaker A
the example to the left, uh previous days highs um and previous day lows act as great draws on liquidity for that intraday, that daily bias. If you're coming into the day bullish, you want to be trying to target that previous day
309:39
Speaker A
high, for example. Okay. Same thing with trading the quarters. Intraday can be on the 90-minut cycle, micro cycle. If you're bullish for that specific cycle, you want to be targeting the previous quarter highs. And if you're bearish, you want to be targeting the previous
309:52
Speaker A
quarter lows. Okay? So, if you look back upon all the previous candles/quarters, they all have something in common. They almost always take the previous candle high or quarter high or low. Okay? So, literally go back in your charts, look
310:06
Speaker A
at the daily candles. What does almost every single daily candle do? and not even daily but every single candle in general. Even on the 15, the five, the 1 minute, it almost always either takes the high or the low of the previous
310:19
Speaker A
candle. So that can be one of your most prominent, your most strong draws on liquidity. Once you've established that bias, that is your main draw for that current candle that you are trading.
310:29
Speaker A
Okay. Now, our next draw on liquidity that we have is unmititigated gaps. So an unmititigated gap is essentially a fair value gap that has not yet been traded into. Okay. As we know price likes to reject away from gaps but
310:43
Speaker A
before it can even reject away from one it must first trade into that gap right so as you guys know you know fair value gaps gaps are great for holding price you can look for trades inside of them
310:53
Speaker A
but before price even gets inside of them it has to draw into it right so not only can you take trades away from gaps you can also take trades into gaps right so if you see you know two or three or
311:04
Speaker A
even one huge gap left behind in price you can often anticipate price to pull back into that gap Right. So price will usually seek a fair value gap after liquidity has been taken and think in terms of external range liquidity taken
311:19
Speaker A
right and then back to internal range. So once we take those previous days highs that previous quarter high, previous quarter low then we can look for that move back into internal range liquidity which is essentially fair value gaps. Okay. So, as you guys can
311:32
Speaker A
see in this example right here, price left behind a pretty decent size fair value gap here while offering a reversal candle signature as well. Um, so indicating lower prices and then you could have looked for a short into that
311:45
Speaker A
gap right there. Okay, so open high once price was all the way up here, you look for a short in towards this gap over there. Okay, and like I said, it often works great when there's many gaps left
311:55
Speaker A
behind when price is super overextended. you know, at that point it makes sense for price to retrace, rebalance those gaps. Right? So, that's on mitigated gaps. Next, we have a low resistance liquidity. Now, this is one of my
312:07
Speaker A
favorite types of liquidity. Low resistance liquidity is multiple failure swings in a row. So, instead of seeing price take liquidity, it actually fails to do so and as a result of this builds up even more liquidity. Right? So once a
312:20
Speaker A
low resistance liquidity has been built up, it then acts as a great draw and price often slices through it very cleanly. Okay. So visual representation of low resistance liquidity is multiple failure swings in a row. So it's like
312:34
Speaker A
trend line liquidity. Okay. Imagine pulling a trend line just like diagonal of loads of liquidity left behind or down you know for the highs. As you can see one failure swing two three four u five six seven right there. So, six uh
312:50
Speaker A
seven failure swings all in a row. And then, as you can see, the delivery to those low resistance liquidity lows is very clean. Price just slices through them cleanly. No hesitation. Just straight through all of them almost, you
313:02
Speaker A
know, within four or five candles or so. Okay. So, that is what low resistance liquidity is. It's essentially just points in the market where there's a lot a lot of liquidity built up um and price often delivers straight through it very
313:14
Speaker A
nicely. Okay. And now our final final type of liquidity is equal highs and lows. Okay, so I'm sure a lot of you guys know what these are, but essentially equal highs and lows are two liquidity points that align with each
313:26
Speaker A
other perfectly or almost perfectly. They act as a great magnet for price. It's essentially the market leaving behind multiple points of liquidity, therefore making it high probability draw for price. So like low resistance liquidity, it's essentially the market
313:41
Speaker A
failing to take liquidity in the first place. Therefore building up more, therefore that area where it's built up the liquidity becomes a very strong draw for price. So as you can see in this example, we have liquidity here. Right?
313:53
Speaker A
Then price was drawing towards it. It just failed creating almost perfectly um equal highs. Bear in mind equal highs don't need to be the exact same level to the tick. It can be a little bit lower down below as long as it's like pretty
314:06
Speaker A
clear like that, you know, equal highs, right? Um, so as you can see, equal highs left behind, price retraces lower and then delivers very cleanly towards those equal highs. Okay, so whenever you see equal highs and lows on your chart,
314:18
Speaker A
they often do act as a very nice draw on liquidity. So yeah, with that being said, that is going to wrap up this video. Just nice, short, to the point um liquidity explained in under seven minutes right there for you guys. um the
314:31
Speaker A
four different types of liquidity points I like to use. And yeah, once you pair this with the candle closures and the correction and correlations and then you identify the draw liquidity with a clean model, you're going to be, you know,
314:42
Speaker A
good to go and you're going to be navigating these markets very, very well. Hello guys, welcome to the how to find your daily bias. The how to find your daily bias video incorporating quarterly theory and candle closures. I
314:54
Speaker A
can guarantee that by the end of this video you will all know how to find your daily bias with ease every single day.
315:01
Speaker A
And also of course knowing your daily bias is very very important part of trading because most of you guys are probably intraday traders and if you are trading intraday all of your setups all of your sequential SMTS will fail if
315:14
Speaker A
you're not trading in line with where the daily candle is going to go. So without wasting any more time let's go ahead and just jump straight into it. So the first thing is first candle closures. This is one of the most
315:27
Speaker A
important ways if not the most important way of framing that daily bias. The way a candle closes tells us it gives us insight on what that next candle is likely to do. So go ahead, take a screenshot of this and really study how
315:41
Speaker A
these candles actually give you insight on what the next candle is likely to do.
315:45
Speaker A
So for the continuation day, we're wanting to see the previous daily candle close above or below that day's previous daily candle. So as you can see in the example to the left, we have three days.
315:57
Speaker A
Day number two closes above day number one above the wick. Okay? So when I say closes, I don't mean the body, I mean the wick. Okay? And then you can see day number three delivers to the upside.
316:08
Speaker A
Okay? For the reversal candle, we want to see price wick below or above the previous daily candle. So, candle number two wicking below candle number one. And then following that, we need to see candle number two closing back inside of
316:22
Speaker A
candle number one's range. Okay? So, as you can see, the down close candle, we wick below it and then we close back above that candle's wick. Okay? So, remember this is all about the wicks, not the bodies. Okay? So you can see
316:34
Speaker A
closure back above the wick and then the following day delivers to the upside. Okay. So that's when we know our reversal has been initiated because there is always going to be a swing point before every single reversal.
316:46
Speaker A
Okay. Now for consolidation all we need to see here is a candle a daily candle fail to take out the previous days high or low. Okay. Both of those. We don't want to see the high or low taken. And
316:58
Speaker A
then once we see this happen, usually day number three, the following day will be a pretty aggressive candle. Either taking out both sides of the range, the previous day high and previous day low, or you'll just see one aggressive move
317:12
Speaker A
to either side. So just absolutely running through the high or absolutely running through the low. Okay? So look below for the continuation, close above or below equals higher prices or if you're bearish, lower prices. For the reversal, wick below, closure back above
317:27
Speaker A
the previous candle's wick equals higher prices. And for consolidation, failure to take previous candle high or low, indicating that we are rangebound. Okay, so really study these candles, understand how it gives us insight into the following candle. Now to be taking a
317:44
Speaker A
look at sequential SMT, SSMT, if you haven't already, go ahead and check out my video on my channel about that if you don't know what it is. But essentially all it is is SMT between two consecutive days in terms of the weekly cycle. Okay,
317:58
Speaker A
so this is how it should look. We want to see the quarter that we're trading inside of run below the previous quarter low in a bullish scenario or run above the previous quarter high in a bearish scenario. So as you can see this here is
318:10
Speaker A
a bullish scenario. Q3 runs below Q2's low and then we get some nice displacement. We got our TCSD to the upside. And now once this SSMT has taken place, we know that we can expect distribution because SSMT is our
318:26
Speaker A
manipulation or sign of reversal. But remember what we learned about candle closures. We must see a nice candle closure that aligns with the SS SMT.
318:36
Speaker A
Okay, so bullish SSMT. If we don't get the reversal signature candle closure, which remember is a wick below and a closure back above, if we don't get that, it's very very hard to trust the bullish SSMT. Okay. So whenever we see
318:49
Speaker A
bullish SMT or bearish, we need to take a look at the daily candle the following day, see how it closes and see if we can expect candle number three the following quarter to distribute. Okay, so this is why distribution comes after
319:03
Speaker A
manipulation because we have the candle closure and the SSMT supporting it. Okay, next we're going to be taking a look at monthly cycle SSMT which is of course SMT between two consecutive weeks. Okay, so whenever you see a large
319:19
Speaker A
amount of candles ram below like on the example to the left and then we close back above, make sure to drop down to the 4hour chart and see if we have any monthly cycle SSMT. Okay, so I like to
319:30
Speaker A
do is look at the 4 hour, see if we have any monthly cycle SSMT occurring within the week that I'm trading. If we do, let's say, for example, it occurs on Monday. I'm then going to wait for Monday to close and see if we get the
319:43
Speaker A
candle closure for the reversal signature. In this case, we do. You can see in the example to the left, the daily chart, the large up close candle, wicks below the previous week's low while closing back above that candle's
319:57
Speaker A
wick back into the range. Okay. So, when we see this happen, we can anticipate the following day and even more days to be bullish because remember this is SMT between two consecutive weeks. So it should be a lot more longerlasting.
320:12
Speaker A
Okay. Next we have combining candle closures with sequential SMT. So like I've been mentioning in the video, we must see the candle close in our direction to support whichever SSMT we have forming. Okay. So always look at that weekly cycle on that 1 hour time
320:30
Speaker A
frame. Whenever we see a weekly cycle SSMT take place. Of course, we can trade on the same day that it takes place on after it's been confirmed as always, but it also gives insight on what the next day is likely to do. Okay, so if we get
320:46
Speaker A
the reversal signature candle closure, which is the wick below, closure back above, what can we expect the following day to do? Deliver to the upside. Okay, so weekly cycle SMT, wait for the day to end. Look at the candle closure. As long
321:00
Speaker A
as we didn't close below the previous candle's low and we actually wick below but then closed back above into that previous candle's range, then we can expect day number three, the following quarter to trade to the upside. So you
321:12
Speaker A
guys can see how quarterly theory incorporates actual singular candles and how it can give you insight on what the next candle is likely to do. Okay. Now, last but not least, let's go over an example of a weekly profile
321:27
Speaker A
incorporating SSMT plus candle closures. Okay, so as we know, if we're coming into a week, we must have a weekly bias.
321:35
Speaker A
We can have a weekly bias. We can do the exact same as taught in this daily bias video because price is fractal. Okay, so whatever happens on the daily chart will happen on the one minute chart. It will
321:46
Speaker A
happen on the weekly chart. Okay, so do your analysis. What is the week likely to do? Okay, if we're bullish, what do we expect the first half of the week to do? Manipulate to the downside. And then how do we confirm this? Well, we confirm
321:58
Speaker A
it by looking for a weekly cycle of sequential SMT. Wait for that day to close, the one that formed the SSMT. If we close back above, what can we expect?
322:08
Speaker A
Higher prices. Okay, so Monday opens up low, trades to the downside, we then have Tuesday open up, take out Monday's low. Tuesday then closes back inside of Monday's range after wicking below Monday's low while also putting in that
322:24
Speaker A
weekly cycle SSMT. Okay, so SSMT and daily candle closures go hand in hand. If we don't have both of them supporting each other, then we can't trust it.
322:33
Speaker A
Okay, we find it very hard to trust if the daily candle closure doesn't align with what the weekly cycle SSMT is telling us. Okay, so our reversal signature has begun on Tuesday. We can then of course expect Wednesday to
322:46
Speaker A
deliver to the upside. And then what do we expect on Wednesday? Well, if it closes above Tuesday's high, the wick, which you can see it does in this example, then what can we expect Thursday to do? Bullish again. If
322:58
Speaker A
Thursday closes above Wednesday's high, what can we expect Friday to do? Again, bullish. Okay, so closure above equals higher prices. Wick below plus closure above equals higher price. Okay. And then we know for consolidation, which is a lot more rare. It's very rare that
323:15
Speaker A
you'll find a candle fail to take out the previous candle's high or low. Maybe it'll happen once every one in 10 candles. But when we expect that, we know that we're dealing with consolidation. And we can expect the
323:26
Speaker A
following day to be a pretty aggressive move. Either taking out both sides of the range or just pushing towards one side. Okay. Combining sequential SMT with candle closures has with candle closures has allowed me to get three or
323:40
Speaker A
four I don't even know payouts in the past couple weeks now I'm literally losing track. So these two concepts paired together are extremely extremely powerful and inside of today's video I'm going to be showing you guys exactly how
323:52
Speaker A
you can combine them to reach the maximum precision in your trading. So let's go ahead and jump straight into it. So the two confirmations behind my A+ setup. Okay, candle closures, sequential SMT. That's it. Right now, candle closures confirm sequential SMT
324:11
Speaker A
and sequential SMT confirms candle closures. Now, don't go anywhere just yet. I know that may be confusing, but we are going to be diving deep into both of those and explaining exactly why and how. Okay. When you combine these two
324:25
Speaker A
concepts, you unlock a new level of precision. And in today's video, we'll show you exactly how to do so. Okay, so firstly, let's jump into the candle closures, right? So, we have bearish candle closures and bullish candle closures. Now, keep in mind a bearish
324:42
Speaker A
candle like a bearish candle closure doesn't mean the candle close is bearish. Well, it does, but when we're looking at these specific types of closures, it doesn't mean mean it in that regard. Okay? So, for example, a bearish candle closure. If we look into
324:56
Speaker A
the left, we have a bearish continuation candle closure and a bearish reversal candle closure. Right now, the continuation one, I'll hover my mouse around it. As you can see, closes below the previous candles low, the wick, like the lowest wick, not the body, not you
325:14
Speaker A
know, halfway of the body, nowhere else, below the wick of the previous candle. And this this candle here, we must close below it. So the closure of this candle must be below the wick. Okay. Now a bearish reversal candle signature is
325:30
Speaker A
where we trade above the previous candle's high. So at some point during this candle we were above the high of that previous candle. However, we failed to close above it. So we wicked above it and the closure of this candle closed
325:45
Speaker A
back inside of that previous candle's range. Didn't close above the wick of it. Right? If it did, that would have been a bullish continuation, but it didn't. Okay, this is a bearish reversal candle signature. So, wick above, failure to close above, and we close
326:01
Speaker A
back down below equals bearish reversal candle signature. Now, this candle wick below and also close below. So, we actually accomplished like we managed to close below the previous candle's lowest wick. This is a bearish continuation candle signature. Okay. Now, exact same
326:18
Speaker A
for the bullish scenario, but just opposite directions. So, a bullish continuation candle signature is when we have a candle body close above the highest wick. So, literally above the wick on the high of the previous candle.
326:33
Speaker A
So, this is the wick. We have a body closure of this candle above this wick.
326:37
Speaker A
Okay, bullish continuation candle signature. Now, same for the reversal. We wick below the previous candle's low, but we failed to close below it. Okay, wick below this. So, at some point during this candle, we were below the, you know, the wick of this candle, but
326:54
Speaker A
we failed to close below it. We pulled back up and closed back inside of this candle's range here. Okay. So, if we would have closed below of this candle, below this wick, that would have been what? A bearish continuation candle
327:07
Speaker A
signature. Now the reason why this is a bullish scenario because yes if we would have closed below it it would have been a bearish continuation candle signature but we failed to close below it.
327:18
Speaker A
Therefore you know we failed to get the bearish candle signature therefore it's what it's bullish it's a bullish reversal. So bullish reversal bearish reversal bearish continuation bullish continuation. Okay super simple.
327:32
Speaker A
Screenshot this if you need to do so and just study these candle closures here.
327:36
Speaker A
Okay, they may look, you know, they may look familiar. I'm not claiming that I made these candle closures myself. I've seen many people speak about them on the internet out there. Um, but these are super powerful. This is just your, you
327:46
Speaker A
know, classic swing point, right? But these candle closures alone don't mean anything, right? Like once we see this, it doesn't mean we just short. This is then when the sequential SMT comes into play. Okay? Now, what is sequential SMT?
328:01
Speaker A
Many of you guys watching probably already know what it is. And if you do, just skip forward a couple of minutes.
328:05
Speaker A
If not sequential SMT is SMT between at least two closely correlated assets. So for example ENQ and ES. You can use three. So you can use N ENQ, ES and YM and look for SMT between those three.
328:19
Speaker A
But it must happen between at least two. And what must happen? Essentially an SMT between two consecutive quarters and using the highest high or lowest low of the previous quarter. So within quarterly theory we have four quarters.
328:35
Speaker A
Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4. Okay, on the daily cycle, Asia is Q1, London is Q2, New York AM is Q3, New York PM is Q4. So what do we need to see? Two closely correlated assets. It can be NQ and ES
328:51
Speaker A
two consecutive quarters. So it could be Q1 and Q2, Asia and London. And the highest high or lowest low. So the highest high of Asia may get run above on AQ. Whereas ES fails to run above the highest high of Asia, which is literally
329:06
Speaker A
exactly what happens in this scenario. In this case, ENQ fails to run above Q1's high, the highest high. So, you mark out the highest high. Did we go above it at all during Q2? No. However, ES mark out the highest high of Q1. Did
329:20
Speaker A
we go above it during Q2? Yes, we did. Now, this is obviously fractal. Q1 could mean Monday. Q2 could mean Tuesday. This could be a weekly cycle, Monday, Tuesday. This could be a daily cycle.
329:31
Speaker A
Asia, London, could be a 90, could be a micro, it could be anything. Monthly cycle. Obviously, we know that quarterly theory is fractal. And we can find our quarters on any time frame, any cycle.
329:40
Speaker A
Okay. So, now that you guys know all of the candle closures, you know what sequential SMT is. Now, let's dive into how we can combine the two together.
329:50
Speaker A
Okay. So, combining candle closures plus sequential SMT number one. This is part one. The second page will be part two.
329:57
Speaker A
Okay? Because like I said, candle closures confirm sequential SMT and sequential SMT confirms candle closures.
330:04
Speaker A
In this specific page here, I'm going to be showing you how candle closures confirm sequential SMT. Okay, so sequential SMT, then we must see the correct candle closure to confirm it.
330:16
Speaker A
Okay, month sequential SMT, then we must see a weekly candle closure. So what this means is let's say for example we have a be let's say for example we have a bearish monthly cycle sequential SMT like in this picture down here you can't see the
330:34
Speaker A
second asset but just imagine that this asset failed to run above the high of that quarter and you know another closely correlated asset ran above its high so that is a bearish monthly cycle sequential SMT now the quarter where
330:47
Speaker A
sequential SMT takes place we must see that higher time frame candle closed correctly. Okay, now stay with me. Obviously, when looking at the monthly cycle, it's essentially weeks.
331:00
Speaker A
It's weeks of the month. So, Q1 is week 1. Q2 is week 2. Q3 week 3. Q4 week four. Okay. Same with the weekly cycle.
331:08
Speaker A
Q1 is Monday, which is a daily candle. Q2 is Tuesday, which is a daily candle.
331:12
Speaker A
So, essentially a monthly cycle sequential SMT, its higher time frame candle is a weekly candle, right?
331:19
Speaker A
Because each month cycle quarter is one week, right? So imagine this is a sequential SMT between Q1 of the monthly cycle and Q2. So this is one weekly candle. This is another weekly candle.
331:30
Speaker A
All sequential SMT is is SMT between those higher time frame candles. Right? So imagine now we have a sequential SMT, Q1, Q2, right? This is Q1's candle. This is Q2's candle. So we run above Q1's high. We have the sequential SMT and
331:47
Speaker A
then obviously you can enter within that quarter. That quarter to me is a manipulation quarter, right? Obviously we can trade the following quarter as distribution. But how do we trade that distribution? How do we know it's going to be distribution? Simple. Using the
332:01
Speaker A
candle closures right here. Okay. So yes, you can get into a short during this candle, but then you can also be confident to take a distribution short the following candle because look at this candle. What is this? a bearish
332:14
Speaker A
reversal candle signature. What is this? A bearish monthly cycle sequential SMT. So, do you see how the sequential SMT is now confirming that this is a high probability bearish reversal candle signature? Okay. And this is obviously fractal. So, a weekly cycle sequential
332:31
Speaker A
SMT. Imagine this is Monday. Imagine this is Tuesday. We must then see a bearish reversal candle signature closer closure close on Tuesday and then we can trade Wednesday for that distribution to the downside. Keep in mind the uh you
332:44
Speaker A
know the asset that doesn't actually uh quite create a bearish reversal candle signature here that you can still trade that one as distribution to the downside. Okay. Daily cycle sequential SMT. So this is SMT between Asia and London for example. This is Asia's
332:57
Speaker A
candle. This is London. Which candle do we use? The 6 hour. So 6 hours. 6 hours.
333:02
Speaker A
Why? Because each daily cycle quarter is 6 hours long. Okay. So it's higher time frame candle for that quarter is 6-hour candles. four six-hour candles during the day. So, this can be Asia, London, you know, this is six six-hour candle
333:16
Speaker A
runs above the previous six-hour candle high. We have a sequential SMT between the two six-hour candles, which is what a daily cycle sequential SMT, then we can confidently trade the following six-hour candle as distribution to the downside. So, this could be London
333:30
Speaker A
manipulating above Asia highs confirmed by a bearish reversal candle signature confirmed by a bearish daily cycle sequential SMT. Super high probability shorts coming into the A.M. pressure.
333:40
Speaker A
Okay, same 90-minute cycle, sequential SMT, 90-minute candle closure. Now, once we can see these candle closures, because we can see that sequential SMT has now confirmed the candle closure.
333:52
Speaker A
Then, how do we now confirm this candle closure using sequential SMT? And that brings us into part two. Now, combining candle closures plus sequential SMT part two. This is then when sequential SMT confirms our candle closure. So, we've
334:07
Speaker A
established a candle closure. We know it's a bearish reversal candle signature. We know it's a bullish continuation candle signature. Whatever it may be in this scenario, as you can see, we have a bearish reversal candle signature, which in the last example was
334:22
Speaker A
confirmed by a sequential T. So now we're looking for distribution on this candle here. Candle number three. This is our classic swing point. And this is when swing points work. Okay, this is when CRT works. You know, whatever you
334:34
Speaker A
guys trade, this is then and only when when it works. And we're looking at this candle here to be confirmed by a lower time frame sequential SMT. Okay. So, weekly candle closure, we look for a weekly or daily cycle sequential SMT of
334:49
Speaker A
this following candle. Okay. Daily candle closure, we're looking for a daily or 90-minut cycle sequential SMT of this following candle here. Okay.
334:58
Speaker A
6-hour candle closure. We're looking for a 90 minute or microcycle sequentialism T. The reason why there's two sequentialism T's, the first one is best case scenario. The second one is like a backup, okay? Because we're not always going to get a nice clean, for example,
335:13
Speaker A
daily cycle sequential or some tea to confirm, you know, a high or low of the day. Ideally, we do that's best case, but you know, most of the time it will be like a 90 minutes. So, if there's no
335:23
Speaker A
daily, look for a 90-minut. Okay. So, for example, weekly candle closure is indicating bearish based on this bearish reversal. Obviously, we're looking to trade this following candle, candle number three here. We're looking for a weekly cycle or daily cycle sequential
335:37
Speaker A
somet obviously weekly cycle ideally you know is our high of the week but it won't always be. So we can look for then a daily cycle and this can be for example a bearish daily candle closure.
335:48
Speaker A
So let's say we got Wednesday. This is a bearish reversal candle signature indicating what lower prices. We're trading Thursday. The Thursday candle has what? Opened up high. We're looking for shorts already. We know our bias based on the candle closure. And then
336:02
Speaker A
we're looking to confirm our shorts off this candle by what? Well, a daily cycle, best case scenario, or 90-minut cycle sequential SMT. Okay, then obviously, you know, you can use entry technique, whether it be a TTISD, inversion, whatever it is to get
336:17
Speaker A
yourself into that trade. So, here's a little example right here. This can be fractal. So, let's just imagine this is a daily candle closure. So, like we just said, this is Wednesday. We got a bearish reversal candle signature. We're
336:26
Speaker A
looking to trade Thursday. Then during Thursday we form this beautiful daily cycle sequential SMT I don't know between London and New York A.M. then we have our entry technique TCSD. Then we can take our entry at the TCSD stop on
336:40
Speaker A
the sequential SMT high and look how this candle flips. So we've confirmed our bias for this day based on the previous day's daily candle closure.
336:51
Speaker A
Then we confirmed our current daily candle that it is going to trade in line with this candle closure through what?
336:58
Speaker A
Sequential SMT. So this whole sequence here is a real two-stage sequential SMT. Okay, that's what it's always ever been.
337:09
Speaker A
Higher higher time frame sequential SMT, right? Then lower time frame sequential SMT on that following day to confirm your distribution candle to where the downside based off what the bearish reversal candle signature plus the sequential SMT that occurred between
337:28
Speaker A
these two days to confirm this as real manipulation. Okay, now I know this video might be a lot for some of you guys. Watch it back as many times as you need to do. So that is completely fine. But once you do get
337:42
Speaker A
your head around this, it makes reading price action so much easier. It's like one of those things you can't really teach. Like you can watch this video lots and lots of times and you will begin to understand it. But it's just
337:53
Speaker A
one of those things that like when you see it like you when you know, you know, you know. So watch it back as many times as possible. Any questions or anything like that, drop them in the comments. I
338:01
Speaker A
will try my best to get back to every single one of them. to a new video. Inside of today's video, we're going to be covering my 90minute PCID model, also known as the freedom model. The model that has allowed me to
338:20
Speaker A
get many, many payouts and also pass many, many funded accounts, but not only myself, it has also allowed lots and lots of traders to become profitable and request huge, huge payouts. So, that is amazing to see. So, I feel like it would
338:34
Speaker A
have been a little bit rude not to sort of cover it again and go in depth within the model just that little bit more.
338:39
Speaker A
Show you guys a few examples on the charts as well of it playing out in real time and also getting a little bit more in detail telling you guys when you should be taking the model when you shouldn't and all that sort of stuff.
338:51
Speaker A
Okay, so without you know without wasting any more time, let's go ahead and jump straight into it. So the first page elements behind the model. So there's four simple steps behind this model. Number one is you must have a
339:04
Speaker A
clear bias/draw on liquidity. And this means you must know where price is heading before it actually gets there.
339:11
Speaker A
Right? You must know which high or low price is trading towards. And you you know you want to know the narrative why price is trading towards there. Once you've got all that figured out, which by the way, we're going to get into
339:23
Speaker A
detail of every single one of these steps as well in just a moment. Just think of this part here as like your checklist first. Okay. Step number two is once you know where price is heading, then you're going to be looking for a
339:33
Speaker A
sequential SMT, a SS SMT, which is a cracking correlation between closely correlated assets indicating a shift in direction. So step number one, we know where price wants to go. Step number two is that indication that price is ready
339:48
Speaker A
to start trading towards the high for example. Step number three is then our true change in the state of delivery, our TCISD, which is a confirmation tool of our sequential SMT. And all it is is a candle closure above or below the
340:02
Speaker A
candle that created the SMT. Okay. Step number one, know where price is going. Step number two, wait for that indication of the shift in direction towards our draw liquidity. Step number three, use the TCSD to then confirm the
340:16
Speaker A
sequential SMT is likely to hold. Step number four is the final one, the timing element. All trades must be taken within the window 9 to 10:30 Eastern Standard Time. Right, you can trade this model any time of the day. You can even find
340:32
Speaker A
your own specific 90-minute windows. That's completely fine. However, the one that I personally trade, the one that I have got most of my data with is between 9 to 10:30. However, it does work 247.
340:44
Speaker A
Okay? And what I recommend to my students as well that can't trade the 90 to 1030 window is they pick another window um a 90-minute window. So a 90-minute quarter either Q2 Q3 of London session, Q2, Q3 or Q4 of the A.M.
340:59
Speaker A
session or Q2 Q3 of the New York PM session. So pick one specific 90-minute window that works with your schedule and then stick to that day in and day out.
341:09
Speaker A
Before that time uh window starts, you don't look at the charts, you don't take a trade. A minute after that window is over, you close down the charts. You get on with your day. Okay, simple as that.
341:18
Speaker A
This is then going to eliminate any potential overtrading. Um, also the model itself is only going to be able to form a few times within that window. So, you're not actually going to be able to overtrade and take dumb trades because
341:30
Speaker A
until the model's there, you're not going to take anything. Okay? But before we do go ahead and get started, I just want to mention something to you guys I've never done before. As you guys may know, I do run a
341:41
Speaker A
one-to-one mentorship. the quarterly mastery circle. And as it is coming up to Black Friday, we're going to be giving away one spot completely for free. By the way, we charge thousands for this mentorship. And one lucky winner can win this completely for free,
341:55
Speaker A
but it's only for people that are really locked in that actually want to transform their trading. We've taught many traders from nonprofitable to over $500,000 in funding in just two months.
342:07
Speaker A
So, if you guys like the sound of that and want to be a part of it, I'll leave a link below in the description. top link in the description. Go ahead, click on that and just fill out a small form.
342:15
Speaker A
It won't ask you for any, you know, credit card details, anything like that. Just a form and then you will be applied and you will be known, you know, notified if you are the winner of the free onetoone mentorship slot. Okay, but
342:27
Speaker A
anyway, now let's jump back into the video. Now, we've got our checklist. Let's go ahead and break down each individual part of the checklist one by one so you guys know exactly what you are looking for. Okay, so step number
342:39
Speaker A
one is that bias. Um, right. So the way that I find bias is very very simple.
342:45
Speaker A
There's four simple tricks that I use, right? And you don't need to use all four. This is just more or less if you want to be super super advanced. You could literally stick to number one, which is daily candle closures, and just
342:55
Speaker A
call it a day. But obviously this is for people that want to increase that win rate, want to get that higher level of precision. So step number one is daily candle closures. So if you haven't already, check out my daily bias YouTube
343:06
Speaker A
video. There's one in the boot camp and there's one just elsewhere on my YouTube as well. If you just search daily bias, go ahead, watch that video. It will essentially show you visual rep representations of how each daily candle
343:18
Speaker A
closure should look in order to know if we're going to get reversal, a continuation, um if we're consolidating, all that sort of stuff. Essentially, is if price closes above the previous candle's high, the wick, then we can expect a
343:30
Speaker A
continuation the following day. If it wicks above the previous day's high but fails to close above it, then we can expect a reversal. So I just sort of apply those but then we add the crash and correlations as well. Right. So
343:42
Speaker A
number two is monthly cycle or weekly cycle SMT which as you guys know if a weekly cycle occurs for example between Monday and Tuesday that can then give us the bias for Wednesday potentially even Thursday and potentially even Friday as
343:54
Speaker A
well. Okay think in terms of distribution continuation and then a potential discontinuation higher again within the final quarter. Okay.
344:03
Speaker A
Step number three, we've got daily time frame PSPs SMT fill. So again, just go to the daily time frame. Have we printed a PSP? Have we got an SMT fill? These are all cracks and correlations that can allow us to know when price is going to
344:16
Speaker A
shift direction or if we're going to get an expansion, for example. Okay, number four, the final one, the most simple one, is are we respecting or disrespecting a raise specifically on the daily time frame? So, do we have a
344:28
Speaker A
bullish daily gap? Are we trading inside of it and then rejecting higher from it?
344:32
Speaker A
If we are, that is a very simple way to know that we are still bullish. But if price closes below that gap, disrespects it, then we can be thinking, okay, we're probably going to have a shift in direction here. The daily time frame may
344:43
Speaker A
shift to bearish now. Okay, so again, note these all down. Just keep mental note of them. It takes 2 seconds to open up your chart. Go to the daily time frame and just look for these four simple things. Okay? So do that. Keep
344:55
Speaker A
that in mind and you'll be good to go. And you'll be good to go. Number two is draw liquidity. Now the four draws on liquidity that I use is previous X highs and lows. So X means previous day high
345:08
Speaker A
or low, previous session high or low, previous 90-minute high or low, previous week high or low, previous month high or low. Okay, all sequential or previous week month year day session 90-minute window, micro session. Okay, you guys get the point. Those are
345:24
Speaker A
obviously usually very great targets. Number two is unmititigated gaps. So what this means is a gap that has formed within price and that that we haven't traded back into yet. Okay. So essentially just a wide open gap. Price
345:35
Speaker A
has not traded back into it yet because we know that usually price does trade towards the gaps. It rebalances the range and then trades higher from there.
345:44
Speaker A
So we can take the trade away from the gap but we can also take a trade towards the gap in anticipation that it will get filled. Okay. Number three is premium discount a raise and liquidity. So, literally pull a fib from the high to
345:57
Speaker A
the low of like the dealing range and if we're in a premium, mark out your discounted liquidity, discounted fairway gaps, order blocks. The way that I like to find premium discount is previous higher time frame quarters range. So, if
346:10
Speaker A
we're trading the daily cycle on a Wednesday, for example, literally go to the hourly time frame and mark out Tuesday's range, low to high, and then boom, that is our premium discount for the entirety of Wednesday when looking
346:22
Speaker A
at the daily cycle. And you can mark out those liquidity pools in a premium, the fair value gaps, all that good stuff.
346:27
Speaker A
Okay? Because we know that price likes to go from a discount to a premium, premium back to a discount. Right?
346:33
Speaker A
Number four is previous candle high or low. So the same with like the previous X highs and lows, previous quarter high and low. Those usually do align with the previous candle high. For example, previous um day high or low is again,
346:46
Speaker A
you know, if you're trading Wednesday, then that is Tuesday's high or low, for example. Um, but yeah, like this is a video that I'm going to go more into depth with as well, like the previous candle's highs and lows, because
346:56
Speaker A
understanding the anatomy of a candlestick is very important and it's something that I use within my my trading like a very very large amount.
347:05
Speaker A
Is if you go to a chart, there's always something that you'll find in common, and that is the previous candle high or low usually always gets traded to. So, if you're trading, for example, an hourly candle at 9:00 a.m., for example,
347:17
Speaker A
and it hasn't taken 8 a.m.'s high or low, you know, if you can identify which one it's going to go for first, you can look for the entry model in line with that.
347:27
Speaker A
And like I said, there's a very high chance that it will take that previous candle's high. So, it's almost a guaranteed like not really like a guaranteed TP, but a guaranteed um trade that could occur within price, right? If you've got like
347:39
Speaker A
an 80% chance of knowing the 8 a.m. high is going to get ran during that 9:00 a.m. candle and you look for this 90-minute TCIT model in line with that and just take TP at 8 a.m. high and
347:49
Speaker A
potentially even runner, then you're going to be ahead of 99% of people just with that knowledge in mind, right? Um, so yeah, those are the draws on liquidity. Having a clear draw on liquidity is key. First identify where
348:01
Speaker A
price is headed. Then that's when you can focus on your entry, which is what we're going to jump into now. Firstly, you know, once we've identified where price is going, now we're looking for the entry model, which is a simple
348:13
Speaker A
sequential SMT within 9 to 10 uh 9 to 10:30 window. And it can be a daily cycle, a 90-minut cycle, or a micro cycle. Doesn't have to be all of them.
348:23
Speaker A
It doesn't have to be two of them. It can only be one. It can literally be a micro cycle, that's it. Or it can be a daily cycle, and that's it. The reason is, excuse me, the reason is why it can
348:34
Speaker A
be any is because once we've identified that draw liquidity, we don't need to wait for two, three stages of sequential SMT to form to get into the move towards a draw, right? Like you only need one as long as you can clearly identify that
348:48
Speaker A
price has traded lower, formed some sort of sequential SMT. So, you know, price is here, right? It just drops a little bit lower. Maybe at 9:30, for example, it's formed a microcycle. Maybe the daily cycle low is like all the way down
349:00
Speaker A
here. So, it logically doesn't make sense for price to go from here all the way down there. This is then when we're looking for the micro cycle here, for example, right? And I don't know, let's say there's a 15-minute gap to our left
349:10
Speaker A
as well, even higher probability. It takes it and then boom, our draw liquidity is all the way up there and it just trace straight to it. Okay? So, just think like does it make sense to go all the way for the daily cycle low or
349:22
Speaker A
does it make sense just for a microcycle to form? Usually if the draw's very very close nearby, it doesn't need to manipulate that far. Just a small little wick lower micro cycle or a 90 and then boom, off we go. Okay. Also, a thing to
349:35
Speaker A
keep in mind is if we're waiting for a micro cycle to form and all assets run below the previous microcycle quarter low, right? Then we know that we can't get a microcycle sequential SMT. So then we work our way down. Okay, cool. We
349:48
Speaker A
can't get a micro. So now we're waiting for 90. Oh, all assets traded below the 90-minute low. Now we know that we're looking for daily, right? So you can do that like process of elimination as well to help you know which sequential SMT is
350:00
Speaker A
going to form, which one's going to hold, all that good stuff. Okay? So it can be one or multiple once the draw liquidity is clear. Only one is needed.
350:07
Speaker A
Bullish sequential SMT takes place below the true open as always. Bearish sequential SMT takes place above the true open as always. Okay, super super simple. If you don't know what sequential SMT is, go ahead and check out my SMT video on my YouTube channel.
350:22
Speaker A
It's literally the very first video that I ever posted. Scroll all the way to the bottom. Go ahead and take a look at that one. Okay, so now one sequential T. What comes after that? A true change in the
350:33
Speaker A
state of delivery, a TCISD. So now what a TCSD is, what a TCISD is, for example, a bullish TCSD is a candle closure above the candle that created a bullish sequential SMT and that candle must be bearish. So, here's a visual
350:49
Speaker A
representation of a bullish sequential SMT, right? Which candle first ever created the sequential SMT? It wasn't this one. It wasn't this one. It wasn't any of these.
351:00
Speaker A
It was this very specific candle here that we've marked out the open of. If you draw a straight line, boom. That very candle created the sequential T first. So then in every single case, that candle itself is our TC candle. But
351:16
Speaker A
the catch is in a bullish sequential SMT, this candle has to close bearish, right? If it does that, cool. Mark out the open, wait for a close above, and then you're good to go. However, if let's say, for example, this candle that
351:29
Speaker A
created a bullish sequential SMT closes bullish itself, then we look to our left within price. So, we're looking left one, two, you know, or left here, right?
351:39
Speaker A
Then you just mark out the most recent bearish candle. Recent bearish candle. Okay, the open of it. So if this one closed bullish and this one closed bearish, mark out this candle's open, wait for a close above, boom, we have
351:51
Speaker A
our TCSD confirmed. And now we have everything that we need. And then in in the case of a bearish TCSD, a candle closure below the candle that created a bearish sequential SMT. And that candle itself must be a bullish candle. So
352:06
Speaker A
literally, it's just the opposite, right? So bullish sequential SMT, the candle that created it has to be bearish. If it isn't, look to your left.
352:13
Speaker A
Look to the most recent candles. Mark out the most recent bearish one. In a bearish case, the candle that creates sequential SMT has to be bullish. If it doesn't close bullish, look to your left, mark out the most recent bullish
352:23
Speaker A
one. Always mark out the open of the TCIT candle and then wait for price to close below it. Okay, so here the TCID candle, we know it's there, but one, two, it wasn't confirmed off these two following candles. It was finally
352:38
Speaker A
confirmed off this one. And then your entry is essentially just back inside a retest of the TCID candle. So this one candle mark it all out. Price wicks in once, twice, and then off it goes. You can see a gap overlaps with it as well.
352:51
Speaker A
That isn't 100% necessary. That just increases the probability of this setup here specifically holding. Okay, so now you guys know everything that you're looking for. Let's go ahead and jump into a few examples right here. So, oh actually, no, never mind. We've missing
353:07
Speaker A
literally the most important part. Well, essentially kind of the most important part. Um, if you do want to increase the win rate of the model, like I said, you can trade at any time of the day, even during Asia, but the time element is
353:18
Speaker A
what makes this very, very high probability. So, 9 to 10:30 a.m. in Eastern Standard Time, which is New York A.M. time. Wait, New York. Just New York time, sorry. Uh, but it is within the New York A.M. session. That's why I said
353:30
Speaker A
that. So, the reason why I chose this timing is obviously it is a 90-minute quarter. It is Q3, but it lands perfectly within Q3 of the daily cycle.
353:41
Speaker A
So, it's Q3 daily cycle, Q3 90-minut cycle. As you can see, Q3 within Q3. And what do we know about Q3? Q3 is generally one of our highest probability quarters. It will often offer like the main bulk of the candle. It'll often
353:56
Speaker A
offer the distribution. If it doesn't, it will usually give some clear manipulation and then begin distributing right after. Okay. So within this time window, not only that, we have many volatility opportunities, specific trading indices uh for the open, but for
354:11
Speaker A
the rest is completely fine with forex and you know, commodities, all that stuff. Actually, the 10 a.m. open isn't there on those. But either way, it is still a very high probability quarter, but more more more or less better if you
354:24
Speaker A
are trading indices. So we've got that 9:30 open, 9:45 news, 10:00 a.m. 4hour candle open, and also potential 10 a.m.
354:31
Speaker A
news. Okay, so we've got the chance of potentially four volatility windows just within that small small tiny 90-minute window itself. Okay, and even if we don't get four, there's guaranteed one at least every single day because 9:30 is always going to open, right? So
354:47
Speaker A
there's guaranteed one volatility injection every single day as opposed to trading a random 90-minute quarter within Asia. There's no guaranteed volatility injection. In fact, I don't think there's ever any volatility getting injected at that time. Right? So this is why I chose this specific
355:02
Speaker A
window. um not only because it's key of Q3 which is the bulk of the candle most of the time but we've got many volatility options uh opportunities sorry and also these volatility windows specifically if you see those specific
355:16
Speaker A
timings create for example a sequential some T and then a TCSD model those are very usually high probability like 9:30 may open up and clearly manipulate some lows creating a nice 90minute TCS model or 945 may manipulate and create a nice
355:30
Speaker A
90-minute model right so it's form combined with those timings to make it even higher probability. Okay. And if we form the model prior to those timings being released, the 9:30 open, then you can expect the open, for example, the
355:44
Speaker A
9:30 open to distribute, right? So, if you form the setup prior, you can take it stop on the SMT low and then literally ride that 9:30 distribution higher. Okay, so with that being said, that is now covered everything within
355:56
Speaker A
the actual model itself. So, let's jump into a few examples we've got down here.
356:01
Speaker A
Okay, so this is example number one. This is a daily chart, right? So purely looking at daily candle closures. This is what I mean. You can just use daily candle closures alone. In this case, this did close as a PSP as well. But
356:15
Speaker A
what type of candle closure is this? So it wicks below the previous day's low, but it fails to close above it and fail uh closes back inside of this candle's range. Okay, so it wicks below here, but it doesn't close below here. It fails to
356:27
Speaker A
close below here. This is an indication of a reversal. So this is a bullish reversal candle signature. So we can come into this day here expecting higher prices. Okay, think of this day as our manipulation and then we're using the
356:40
Speaker A
cracks to sort of confirm that as well. So in this case it closed as a PSP. So we've got a crack, we've got a bullish obviously indication of a reversal and then we're expecting distribution within this day here. Right? So all we're doing
356:51
Speaker A
is just if we know we're bullish or very high chance we're bullish, we're waiting for this candle to open up low, put in a high and then close. Right? So on that low essentially if possible when it's putting in that wick or as long as it
357:02
Speaker A
hasn't printed like a large expansion body already then we're looking for the 90-minute TCIT model specifically in line with our bias. We're not going to go against it. We're going to trade only in line with our bias. Right? So then
357:14
Speaker A
you can see look at the timings at the bottom. Um I apologize. Hopefully I can remove this blue line. There you go. You guys can see the timings at the bottom there. Um, obviously we don't start until 9:00 a.m., but what happens at
357:26
Speaker A
around about 9:18? We can see that price drops below Q4 of the micro cycles quarters low around 9:18. Then we get our TCISD form slightly before 9:30 and looks like it formed around around about 9:28. So then you know you mark out the TCIC
357:44
Speaker A
candle. Price retest the TCIC at 928. It looks like once again at 930, but your stop loss ideally goes on this sequential SMT low. Right? So here's our TCD mark out. Price closes above it right there. But again, we enter off the
357:58
Speaker A
retest. So we wouldn't have entered here. You can if you want. The RL wouldn't have been as you know as good.
358:03
Speaker A
But then once the TCSD then the marked out is getting retested wicked. We went below the body of it. But as long as we don't close below it, then it's still valid. So then you would take your entry
358:13
Speaker A
here. Stop would go on this sequential SMT low. And then as you can see, 930 like I was just mentioning just a moment ago, TCT model price 930= 930 distributes to equals 930 distributes to the upside. Okay. And again below you
358:28
Speaker A
know the true micro session open all that good stuff. Right? Now let's jump into a second example. Here is a daily chart right here. Here's our continuation candle signature. So this day here closes above the previous day's high. So what does this indicate? A
358:42
Speaker A
continuation within this third this following day right here. Again we'd expect an open low high close. And this is what I was meaning like the previous candle high is almost a guaranteed place for price to trade to once you've
358:55
Speaker A
establish your candle closure. Right? So if you got the continuation one to the upside, this high is almost guaranteed.
359:01
Speaker A
For example, in the previous example, the reversal one, the candle that created that reversal, that candle high, candle number two high is almost just like a guaranteed price for place for price to trade towards, sorry, right?
359:13
Speaker A
So, if that hasn't been taken and you're still trading that 9 to 10:30 window, then you're just golden, you know, is is very very high probability. So, either way, here is our time window at the bottom. As you can see, 9 to not all the
359:28
Speaker A
way to 10:30 cuz this again is just a microcycle. the one minute chart. These are my favorite. Usually they'll usually there will be like a daily cycle and a 90 like one of those and then a micro.
359:38
Speaker A
So you usually have around two, but honestly just one micro alone is completely fine. Okay. Um so as you can see one minute chart in this case it was between Q1 and Q2. This actually is is confusing for a lot of people. Can you
359:52
Speaker A
see this is a sequential SMT, right? But this asset specifically here created a failure swing, right? This is a failure swing. sequential SMT. So that means if we're marking out our TCSD from here, let me see exactly where it's marked
360:06
Speaker A
from. Yeah, it's marked from this candle here. But you can see this candle itself didn't run below the previous quarter low. All that means is this candle on the asset that did run below the low.
360:16
Speaker A
That is our TC candle. So say for say for ES for example, this specific candle, imagine wicking all the way down there runs out the low. So on ES if that candle closes bearish, that would be our TTD candle. Okay. But also we can
360:29
Speaker A
replicate that within the asset that failed to run below the low. So ENQ for example failed to run the low. But this is why you got to be looking at multiple charts so you know the specific time of
360:39
Speaker A
the TCD candle on ES. Once you found it out, it looks like on here is around about like 9:26. Mark out the very exact same candle, the open of it on ENQ, the one that created the failure swing. Wait
360:50
Speaker A
for price to close above, which it did here around about 9:27 it seems like.
360:55
Speaker A
And then we wouldn't take an entry here or here. We would take it off the retest. We retest the TTSD right there.
361:01
Speaker A
Boom. Stop goes on. In this case, the failure swing sequential SMT low. As you can see, it doesn't get run out. We take the entry at the TTSD. Stop on the low and then boom. Just let that run. Okay.
361:13
Speaker A
So, how are you guys feeling at the moment? Are you guys sort of, you know, getting getting the gist of this model now? Seeing how powerful it really really is? Hopefully, you guys are. But that is going to do it for today.
361:24
Speaker A
Remember we do, you know, we are giving away a one-to-one mentorship slot which cost thousands completely for free for our Black Friday celebration. Remember link below in the description. So if you guys do want to learn this model more in
361:36
Speaker A
depth and trade alongside me using this model every single day, this is going to be your opportunity. But yeah, with that, hello guys. Hope that you're all doing well. Today we have been well.
361:46
Speaker A
Today we have a very special video. I'm going to be giving you guys my own exact act entry model stepby-step process that I follow day in and day out. So, this is what I like to call the 90minute TCD
361:58
Speaker A
model or the freedom model as it only requires you to be on the charts for a maximum of 90 minutes per day. This model incorporates quarterly theory and my very own concept, the TCISD, the true change in the state of delivery. This
362:12
Speaker A
video will be great for people who are struggling to find an entry model or don't have any faith in their own current entry model and can also be great framework for people to build upon that already have functioning working
362:24
Speaker A
entry models. So without wasting any more time, let's go ahead and jump straight into it. So the three components of the model is only three simple steps. So step number one, we require a sequential SMT, an SS SMT,
362:38
Speaker A
which is an SMT at the extreme high or low between two consecutive quarters. Step two, we use a true change in the state of delivery, a TCISD, which is a candle closure above or below the candle that created sequential SMT. Step number
362:54
Speaker A
three is our specific time window, that 90minute window in which we look for our setup. 9 to 10:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. This is the specific time window in which we hunt for the model. So now, let's go ahead and break down each of
363:09
Speaker A
those steps and give examples of every single one of them so you know exactly how to piece them together. So step number one, sequential SMT, SSMT. We require at least a daily cycle, a 90-minut cycle, or a microcycle SMT to
363:25
Speaker A
form within the time window 9 to 10:30 a.m. We can have more than one. We can maybe have a daily cycle and then a micro cycle. We can maybe have a 90-minute and then a microcycle. It doesn't really matter. If we have two or
363:38
Speaker A
three, that's fine, but we require only one. You can choose the specific one if you'd like to make it more mechanical.
363:45
Speaker A
The 90-minute cycle being my favorite. As you'll find, we get a lot of 90-minute cycle SMTs within that specific time window in which we trade.
363:54
Speaker A
Last thing to touch on for SSMT inside of this time window is if we're bullish, we look for SSMT below the true open.
364:01
Speaker A
And if we are bearish, we look for SST above the true open. So if we see a 90-minut cycle SMT form and it's a bullish one, we then need to check and make sure that that SMT occurred below
364:15
Speaker A
the specific true open to that cycle. So the 90-minut cycle, we would need to be below the true session open, which in this case is 7:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. We need to be above the true micro session open if bearish and below the
364:31
Speaker A
true micro session open if bullish. And then finally if we see a daily cycle SMT form we must be above the true day open if we are bearish and below the true day open if we are bullish. Now anticipating
364:44
Speaker A
manipulation and distribution. So coming into our time window we must see what price has done prior to the time window to anticipate what is likely to occur within the time window in which we trade. So always pay attention to what
364:58
Speaker A
occurs before 9:30 to anticipate what 9:30 is likely to do. So this is mainly catered towards indices that 9:30 open volatility. However, even if you are trading something like forex, you can still pay attention to what occurs before our time window 9 to 10:30. For
365:16
Speaker A
example, if we have 8:30 news. So if we have manipulation prior to 9:30 open, we can anticipate the 9:30 open to distribute. If we have no manipulation prior to 9:30 open, we can expect 9:30 open to manipulate. If 9:30 manipulates,
365:34
Speaker A
then 10:00 expansion. If 9:30 distributes, then 10:00 a.m. retracement or potential reversal. So, always keep these if then sequences in mind. Make sure to take a screenshot, take a note of this because this is going to be a
365:50
Speaker A
very key component of how we can actually anticipate which sequential SMT to look for. So next we have our true chain in the state of delivery, our TCISD, which is a candle closure above or below the candle that created SSMT.
366:05
Speaker A
So if we see a daily cycle SMT form within our time window, we're looking for a 15-minute TCID. If we see a 90-minut cycle SSMT occur, we're looking for a 5m minute TCISD. And if we see a micro cycle SSMT occur, we're looking
366:21
Speaker A
for a 1 minute TCISD. So now if you look at the example to the right, we've added a little bit more lipstick from the example in the original SSMT slide. So this is just imagine, you know, it being a 90-minute
366:35
Speaker A
cycle SMT. price drops below the true session open. We run out Q2's lows. We form that SMT and now we're looking for that specific candle that created the sequential SMT. So, you go ahead mark out the open of that candle. And in a
366:51
Speaker A
bullish scenario, the TCISD candle, the one that creates sequential SMT, must close bearish. So if it doesn't close bearish, we're looking to our left before the SMT occurs and we're using the most recent bearish candle before the SMT occurred. Okay? So the only
367:09
Speaker A
scenario we use that logic is if the candle that creates sequential SMT in a bullish example closes bullish. Most of the time it will close bearish and if it does, great. Go ahead, mark out the open of that bearish candle. Wait for a
367:23
Speaker A
candle closure above it. Then this is when our sequential SMT is validated and our TCISD becomes valid to look for an entry inside of. So now you guys are probably wondering how do we actually enter off the TCISD candle? Well, let me
367:39
Speaker A
go ahead and show you guys right here. So the entry will be on the retest of the TCISD candle or the first fair value gap presented close to the TCISD.
367:50
Speaker A
So sequential SMT takes place. Look at the red dotted line. That very first candle that ran below the previous quarter low is our TCISD candle.
367:59
Speaker A
Remember, it must close bearish. If it doesn't, look to your left and use the most recent bearish candle. So, go ahead, mark out the open of that candle, wait for price to close above it, which you can see it does. We then form a gap
368:12
Speaker A
right above it as well. So what you can do for your entry is either enter inside of that gap because if the gap forms sometimes it may not return completely back to the TCISD or if there's no gap
368:24
Speaker A
there or sometimes even if there is a gap it may still return back to the TCISD but as soon as price wicks into that TCISD wicks into that TCISD candle itself this is then when you are looking for your entry the best stop-loss
368:38
Speaker A
placement in this type of scenario would be on the SSMT low because that is the invalidation of our trade. So now you guys are probably wondering what time frames do we need to be using and all that type of stuff. So you can choose a
368:50
Speaker A
specific time frame in which you enter. For me, I enter on the 1 minute. It could be the 5 minute. It could be the 15-minute for you guys. It doesn't really matter. The way that you would actually enter, let's say this, for
369:01
Speaker A
example, is a daily cycle SMT and a 15-minute TTISD. Because I enter on the 1 minute, I wait for price to of course, you know, come into the gap, come into the TTISD and retest it. Then I drop to
369:13
Speaker A
the one minute time frame and look for my entry model. Basically refining it from the 15 to the one minute. So whether that be a one minute inversion, you know, a one minute swing point forming, a one minute fair value gap
369:24
Speaker A
forming in line with where I'm expecting price to trade away from, just any bullish signature on the 1 minute that shows that price is probably going to trade away from the 15-minut TTISD.
369:36
Speaker A
And the stop loss placement would still be the same if you can afford it. Of course, you know, if the stop loss is too large to place it on the 15-minute low, the one that created sequential SMT, that is fine. You can still refine
369:47
Speaker A
it, but just keep in mind that if you do get stopped out, it doesn't exactly invalidate the trade idea. So, for me, I would always go for that larger stop-loss, reduce the size of the RR of the trade, just so I know that my trade
370:00
Speaker A
is a lot more safer and it has that room to breathe. And if it gets stopped out, then that means my idea was invalid. So let's say you guys enter on the 5minut time frame. If you form a 90-minut SMT,
370:11
Speaker A
you can enter just essentially off the 5minute TTISD retest. Or if it's a 15-minute again, you can drop to the 5m minute. Just wait for like a nice 5minute bullish closure away from the TCISD. Then you can go ahead and be
370:23
Speaker A
confident and enter within that trade. Another thing to note as well is I wouldn't always recommend placing limits at TCISDs. I always like to wait for at least a small rejection away from them.
370:34
Speaker A
Whether that be a small wick forming or a swing candle forming inside of the TTISD, just something to show me that it is most likely going to hold. Doesn't need to be a lot. Just a small rejection wick is fine because if you don't wait
370:46
Speaker A
for that rejection, price could easily just run completely through it and just hit your stop loss instantly. So hopefully that clears a lot of things up for you guys that are still understanding and learning about the TCISD sequential SMT TCISD entry at the
371:02
Speaker A
retest of the TCISD. And this all must occur within the specific time window 9 to 10:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. So this is the specific time window in which we hunt for the model. Not a minute after, not a minute before. Soon
371:18
Speaker A
as the clock strikes 9, we hunt for our entry. As soon as it gets past 10:30, we stop looking for our entry. Now, you guys are probably wondering, why did I choose the specific 9 to 10:30 a.m.
371:29
Speaker A
window? The reason being is because that coincides with Q3 of the daily cycle, which of course is the A.M. session, and then also Q3 of the 90-minut cycle within that A.M. session. So, essentially, we have Q3 of Q3 both
371:45
Speaker A
overlapping. And if you guys didn't know, whenever we have overlapping quarters, that is usually when you get the most explosive price action. And we all know what Q3 is mainly used for, which is that distribution because it is
371:57
Speaker A
the middle of the candle. But generally speaking, that specific time window does print high and lower the day most of the times if we do get that reversal. So this specific time window mentioned does work best within indices, but it is
372:10
Speaker A
still great for all other markets. you will always be able to find something to do within this time window. We have the 9:30 open volatility, sometimes 10:00 news, the new 10:00 a.m. 4hour candle open, and most importantly, the entirety
372:25
Speaker A
of the 9:00 a.m. candle, which like I just said, generally is the largest range candle of each day. If you take a look at the example to the right, that is our specific 9 to 10:30 a.m. window viewed on the 5-minut time frame. As you
372:39
Speaker A
can see, the 925 candle manipulates. You can't see it in that example exactly, but it does manipulate above Q2's high.
372:47
Speaker A
So, that is our manipulation prior to 9:30. Then you can see 9:30 distributes to the downside. And because 9:30 distributes, remember what I said earlier, if 9:30 distributes, 10:00 will likely be a retracement or a reversal.
373:02
Speaker A
And then you can see right there, 10:00 does offer that retracement. And you can't see it in the rest of the image, but we do then begin continuing to the downside. So, now that you guys know exactly how this model works, let's go
373:15
Speaker A
ahead and jump into an example on the charts of exactly how you would use it.
373:19
Speaker A
All right, guys. We're inside of the charts. Now, we are of course looking at the indices triad, YM, NQ, and ES.
373:25
Speaker A
Remember, our first step is sequential SMT. So, you must be looking at those closely correlated assets. And just to be completely transparent with you guys, what we're going to go ahead and do is flick to a random day of the calendar,
373:37
Speaker A
we'll do 7th of August, 2025, Thursday. Um, because I don't want to go too far back, just so we can view on the minute time frame if needs be. And I'm going to walk you through my step-by-step process. Right. So, coming into our
373:49
Speaker A
trading window, 9:00. Obviously, we're not trading the entirety of the keys. We have the daily cycle because that is 6 hours. But we are of course looking at the daily cycle to see if we have any sequential SMT take place right because
374:02
Speaker A
that can be our you know place where we look for our entry. In this case we have no daily cycle SMT all assets did trade above London's high as you can see Q2 highs traded above this candle in the
374:14
Speaker A
middle does belong to Q3 just in case you guys didn't know. Now next best thing would be that 90minut cycle SMT which is the most common as well within this time window. So, let's go ahead and take a look. As you can see, nothing
374:27
Speaker A
there either on the 90-minute cycles. All of Q2 highs traded above on all assets right there. So, yeah, we have no 90-minut, no daily cycle. So, what then is our last resort? It would be that micro cycle. Okay, so let's go ahead and
374:42
Speaker A
check the 1 minute if we can even go back this far. Let's take a look.
374:46
Speaker A
Hopefully, it allows us to do so. Okay, cool. There we go. The dividers are not quite marking out too well. So, what we'll do is hop into replay here and see if it now marks out the dividers for us.
374:56
Speaker A
By the way, the indicators that you can see on the charts are both of my custom indicators will be linked below in the description. The one that marks out my TCIDs and also the one that marks out the dividers for me as well. So, here we
375:07
Speaker A
go. As you guys can see, Q2 and Q3, we do indeed have that micro do indeed have that microcycle SMT. Okay, as you can see right there, NQ running above Q2's high. And then of course ES failing to
375:23
Speaker A
push above Q2's high right there. Okay. So now what is our final step of the process? Well, which candle initially ran above Q2's high on ENQ the very first candle. And in the bearish uh scenario, remember we require a bullish
375:39
Speaker A
candle. In this case, the one that ran out the previous quarter high, they closed bullish. So we use this exact candle. Go ahead and mark out the open of the body. As you can see, my indicator has marked that out for me.
375:50
Speaker A
And then what do we do? Closure below to confirm the TCIC candle. And then we look for an entry back inside of this candle right here. So you can go ahead and mark it out as well. I do just like
376:02
Speaker A
to use a body. You can use a w. It's completely up to you. But look how nicely we respect the body of this TCISD candle. Your entry then of course is inside of the TCISD. Remember what I said, wait for a signature showing you
376:17
Speaker A
that prices trading away from it. So this big bearish candle would have been nice. Then you could have entered off that third candle that opened up high back into it. Stops go on the SMT high because if we push above here, this
376:29
Speaker A
essentially would invalidate the idea of our trade and then you can go ahead and target rested sellside liquidity or you can target a set RR which I target three RR every single time personally right there. Okay, so did you see how simple
376:43
Speaker A
that was guys? Very simple repeatable entry model. This of course, you know, if you trade it in line with the higher time frame drawn liquidity, you know, with the bias and whatnot, it is going to be so much more effective, which is
376:56
Speaker A
pretty much what I do. You know, like the model isn't completely completely mechanical unless you make it mechanical because we're not looking for a specific sequential SMT. We're looking for at least one sequential SMT which shows a crack and correlation that price wants
377:10
Speaker A
to turn around. So, if you then pair that with very high quality of, you know, reading price action, which is what you guys should be focusing on as well, you know, getting better at reading price action. If you just pair
377:22
Speaker A
this simple repeatable entry model with that, you're going to be unstoppable. To be honest, you're going to be unstoppable. As long as you know where price is going, you require at least one sequential SMT, a TCIST for an entry,
377:32
Speaker A
and then you can go ahead and take that entry, and you can just be done for the day. you know, one to two trades within this 90-minute window and that is you done for the day. So, yeah, that is
377:42
Speaker A
going to wrap up this video here, guys. I hope that you did enjoy it. Now that my entry model is out there for all of you guys to use, make sure you guys are tagging me on social medias and, you
377:51
Speaker A
know, showing me your success with it. I've already seen so many of you guys crushing it that are inside of my Discord as premium members and mentorship students. But now, all of you guys can use it. So, make good use of
378:02
Speaker A
it. Make sure to, of course, back test it as well. And don't forget, you can add your own twist onto the model as well. The main specific function though is at least one sequential SMT and then the TCISD, which don't get me wrong does
378:15
Speaker A
work throughout the whole entire day. But this specific 90-minute window, it makes it very very high probability.
378:21
Speaker A
Hello guys. Within today's video, I'm going to be giving you all I'm going to be giving you all a very simple and straightforward to follow quarterly theory model. This model only incorporates three concepts and when used correctly can yield insane
378:35
Speaker A
accuracy. So without further ado, let's jump straight into it. So the first concept which is the base of every single setup is sequential SMT, also known as SS SMT. Now I do already have a video posted about this on my channel.
378:48
Speaker A
So if you don't already know what it is, I'd recommend to go check that out and then come back here. But for a quick breakdown, a sequential SMT is an SMT divergence between two consecutive quarters. So let's imagine the example
379:00
Speaker A
that we're looking at below is two different closely correlated assets. One asset runs below Q1's lowest low and another closely correlated asset fails to run below Q1's low. So one assets creating a turtle soup, one asset is creating a failure swing. We must see at
379:15
Speaker A
least one sequential SMT and one is all we need for this model. However, the more the better. And then from there, the second concept we're going to be using is precision swing points, also known as PSPs. Again, I already have a
379:29
Speaker A
video posted on my channel about these, so I'd recommend to go check that out and then come back here. But for a quick rundown, a PSP is a swing point with a divergence in the swing candles closure.
379:39
Speaker A
So, one asset must close bullish and one asset must close bearish. So, again, imagine the two examples down below are two closely correlated assets. One asset creates a swing point with a bearish candle closure for that swing candle.
379:52
Speaker A
And another asset is creating a swing point at the same time, but closing bullish for that swing candle. So, this is going to be the base of our setup. At least one sequential SMT followed by a PSP. Now, the PSP doesn't need to form
380:06
Speaker A
on the candle that creates a sequential SMT. However, you do want to see it form pretty close after the sequential SMT has occurred. And the final concept we're going to be using is true order blocks. So essentially all you need is a
380:19
Speaker A
precision swing point. And then within that precision swing point candle, that candle number two, you're going to drop down one time frame lower. And within a bearish PSP, you're going to look for the final up close candle. And within a
380:31
Speaker A
bullish PSP, you're going to look for the final down close candle. So let's imagine here we're looking at a 4hour precision swing point. So that candle number two, we're going to drop down one time frame lower, which will be the
380:43
Speaker A
hourly time frame. And then as this is a bearish position swing point we're looking at, we're going to mark out that final up close candle within candle number two. So as you can see, we've got it marked out on the right. You then
380:55
Speaker A
want to see a candle closure below it to validate it. The true order block can also be validated within candle number two, or you can look for it to be validated within candle number three. So now we know how to use those three
381:07
Speaker A
concepts. All you're going to do is just combine them together. So step number one, look for that sequential SMT. Step number two, look for that precision swing point must form on the time frame that the sequential SMT has formed. And
381:20
Speaker A
then you're going to drop down one time frame lower to look for your true order block with inside of that PSP. So let's take a look at a chart example right here. As you can see to the left, this
381:30
Speaker A
is the 15-minute time frame. So therefore, we're looking for a daily cycle sequential SMT. And as you can see, Q3 created a failure swing on Q2's high.
381:42
Speaker A
And then we formed a 15-minute PSP shortly after. And then from there, we dropped down to the 5minut time frame.
381:48
Speaker A
We look for that final uplose candle within the bearish PSP. As you can see on the right, we marked it out. And then all you need to do from there is wait for a candle to close below it to validate it. And then you
382:00
Speaker A
wait for price to trade back into that true order block. Now price can trade back into the true order block on the third candle of the PSP formation or it could even trade back into it within the fourth or fifth candle. And the best
382:12
Speaker A
stop loss placement here would be on that PSP high or you can wait for price to trade into that true order block and then wait for price to trade away from it placing your stop on that swing high
382:21
Speaker A
that formed inside of the true order block. Now a few things to note. You can even drop down one time frame lower to look for a more precise entry once price has traded into that true order block.
382:32
Speaker A
So 15-minut sequential SMT, 15-minute PSP, 5m minute true order block, and then a 1 minute entry once price enters that 5minut true order block. And also if we see a PDA form slightly below the true order block or with inside of it,
382:48
Speaker A
then this increases the probability of that order block. And one final thing to note is if you drop down even one time frame lower. So in this example the 5minut true order block down to the 1 minute you will more times than not see
383:01
Speaker A
an inversion fair value gap or a fair value gap resting with inside of that 5minut true order block which makes a trade setup even higher probability. And that is it guys. Literally a three simplest step quarterly theory model
383:14
Speaker A
which you guys can use and of course go back into the charts test it out for yourself. Refine it. See what works. see what doesn't work as well. But trust me when I say this, when used correctly, this model is insanely insanely
383:27
Speaker A
powerful. And this should go without saying, but if you look for this specific setup in line with the higher time frame order flow, it rarely rarely fails. Hey guys, welcome back to a new video. In today's video video, in
383:39
Speaker A
today's video, we are going to be going over another quarterly theory model. This this specific one is called the two-stage SSMT model. I'm going to be going over the exact framework you must follow as well as an entry model which
383:52
Speaker A
you guys can use. So without wasting any more time, let's go ahead and jump straight into it. So first things first, I'm going to pop up a screenshot real quick just of the main quarterly theory quarters and also the main triads. There
384:06
Speaker A
are of course higher and lower time frame cycles and more triads that you can be using, but if you would like to know more about that, I'd recommend to go check out my SS SMT video, which has already been posted on my channel. This
384:20
Speaker A
model is for people that know what SSMT is and would like to create a model around it. So now you guys know what SSMT is. All we need is a high time frame SSMT followed by a low time frame
384:32
Speaker A
SMT. Okay, so your low time frame can be one immediate time frame lower than what the high time frame SSMT is or it can be two time frames lower. Okay, so what do I mean by this? So within this example,
384:45
Speaker A
you can see that our high time frame will be the hourly chart, which is of course the weekly cycle. Okay, so we must see an SMT occur between two consecutive days of the week. Once we've then seen that, we now have our weekly
384:59
Speaker A
cycle SS SMT. And now we can drop down one time frame lower, which would be our midtime frame essentially because our low time frame would be two time frames lower. And you can use it with the mid time frame or the lower time frame.
385:12
Speaker A
Okay? So mid time frame, one immediate time frame lower from the hourly would be the 15minut, which of course that means we'd be viewing the daily cycle.
385:21
Speaker A
Okay? and look for that daily cycle SMT to occur slightly after or at the exact same time that the higher time frame SSMT is forming. Okay, so that's it guys, just two SSMTs, one on the higher time frame, drop down one time frame
385:37
Speaker A
lower, and then you must see it on that time frame as well. Okay, so hourly weekly cycle SMT, drop down to the 15 minute and then a daily cycle SMT. Okay.
385:47
Speaker A
And now I'm sure that you guys are probably wondering when you should be looking for that second stage. Well, as long as the first stage stays intact, like the SS SMT is still there, you can look for it on the same day or you can
386:00
Speaker A
also look for it on the following day. Okay? Because as you guys know, once we have that high time frame SSMT, we can almost guaranteed expect the following day to give us that distribution, which is then when we can look for our second
386:12
Speaker A
stage in that following day. Okay? But we can also look for it on the same day that the weekly cycle SMT occurs because you guys know that we can still get moves occur within that manipulation quarter. Okay.
386:24
Speaker A
So now let's jump into the second example which would be our high time frame SSMT followed by a low time frame SSMT. Okay. So like mentioned before find your high time frame. It can be anything. In this example specifically
386:38
Speaker A
we are using the hourly. So once that weekly cycle SSMT has played out once it has occurred, we're now then dropping down one time frame lower and that's when you're looking for the SMT there.
386:50
Speaker A
And if you can't find it there, then you can drop down one time frame lower than that. Okay, so now we're going from the hourly, skipping the 15minut because nothing is there on the 15minut and dropping down to a five minute. Okay.
387:04
Speaker A
So, of course, once we're looking at the 5minut time frame, this means we are viewing the 90-minut cycle. So, now we just need to look for a 90-minut cycle SSMT in line with our weekly cycle SSMT.
387:16
Speaker A
So, like mentioned earlier on the example to the left, we have that weekly cycle. The asset to the far left runs below Monday's low, creating that turtle soup. The asset slightly to the right fails to run below Monday's low,
387:29
Speaker A
creating that failure swing. And now we're looking for that 90minute bullish SSMT to occur. Okay, it doesn't matter what quarters it occurs in. Like in this example, you can see it occurs in Q2 and Q3. It doesn't need to be that. It can
387:44
Speaker A
be Q3, Q4. It can be Q1 and Q2. It can even be Q4 and Q1. Okay, but but that is essentially it guys. That's all we need.
387:53
Speaker A
We just need a higher time frame SSMT, which is our stage one. And then we need either immediate time frame lower SMT or skip two time frames lower and look for an SSMT to occur there. Right? So that's
388:07
Speaker A
it. We have our one stage being the high time frame and then our second stage being either the midtime frame or the low time frame. So now that you guys know how to identify the high time frame and the low time frame SMT, let's now
388:20
Speaker A
jump in to an entry model which we can use after that has occurred. Okay, you guys can use any entry model that you would like. However, this one here is my personal favorite and that is on the second stage SMT that occurs. I like to
388:34
Speaker A
look for my chain in the state of delivery to occur and I like to call it a true chain in the state of delivery because it isn't your usual regular chain in the state of delivery which everybody speaks about. It's slightly
388:47
Speaker A
different. So a true chain in the state of delivery is a candle closure above or below the first candle that forms SSMT.
388:56
Speaker A
Must be a downlosed candle for a bullish change in the state of delivery and an uplose candle for a bearish change in the state of delivery. If the candle that creates a bullish SMT is a bullish candle, use the most recent downlo
389:10
Speaker A
candle as your change in the state of delivery candle. If the candle that creates a bearish SSMT is a bearish candle, you can then use the most recent up close candle as you're changing the state of delivery candle.
389:24
Speaker A
So, like you can see in the example to the right, let's imagine that we already have our high time frame SSMT in play.
389:31
Speaker A
This is now our second stage that we're looking for. And as you can see, it occurs right there between Q3 and Q4. So that first candle, the very first one that runs below Q3's low becomes our change in the state of delivery candle.
389:45
Speaker A
So now all we're doing is waiting for a candle closure above that specific candle to validate our change in the state of delivery. That now becomes our order block. And then we wait for price to trade back within that down close
389:57
Speaker A
candle. Look for our entry inside of there. Placing our stop on the SS SMT low or below the chain and state of delivery candle low. And then from there you can just target opposing liquidity.
390:09
Speaker A
So now that you guys know exactly how to find your two stages of SMT, exactly how to enter the trade after finding that, let's jump into one final example of how it would play out within the charts. So
390:21
Speaker A
our stage one in this example would be the 15-minute which would be the daily minute which would be the daily cycle bearish SSMT. You can then drop down one time frame lower which would be the 5 minute and in this case that is what we
390:35
Speaker A
have done. We have found that 90-minute cycle SMT that occurs pretty close after the daily cycle. We then identified our chain in the state of delivery candle.
390:45
Speaker A
That is the candle that formed the SSMT. Reason being is because if you look at another closely correlated asset, the one that actually ran above Q3's high, that specific candle that we've got marked out was the candle that created
390:58
Speaker A
the turtle soup on the other closely correlated asset. So that also becomes our chain in the state of delivery candle within the asset that creates the failure swing. So now all we're doing is waiting for a candle closure below that
391:11
Speaker A
which we do indeed get right there and then price trade back within the order block before then giving that huge move lower. So again entry at the order block stop on that failure swing high targeting opposing liquidity. And that
391:25
Speaker A
is everything guys all you need to create a simple model is two stages of SSMT followed by a low time frame chain in the state of delivery. stop on the SMT high or low and target opposing liquidity. Very simple and easy to
391:40
Speaker A
follow model which is of course fractal. So you can be catching one to five trades per week using this on the lower time frames or if you would like to use it on the higher time frame, you can of
391:50
Speaker A
course go for around one to three trades per month. It all depends on your trading style. You can of course use it for swing trades, scalp trades, intraday trades. So with that being said, we are going to wrap up the video there. I hope
392:04
Speaker A
that you guys did find it useful and I hope that you guys have success using this model right here. Hello guys, welcome back to a new video. In today's back to a new video. In today's video, we're going to be going through a
392:15
Speaker A
two-step quarterly theory model. Super simple to follow and we'll also be showing chart examples of this exact model playing out. But before we begin, you guys need to understand that every single concept and also this whole entire model revolves around comparing
392:32
Speaker A
closely correlated assets to each other. So these are known as triads. I've got a list of the main triads that you want to be looking at on the screen here. Feel free to take a screenshot of this. And
392:43
Speaker A
also keep in mind there are many many more triads that you can be comparing to each other. However, these are just the main ones. So the first step of the model is sequential SMT. S SMT. This is always going to be the base of pretty
392:57
Speaker A
much every single quarterly theory model. The sequential SMT is there to give you that directional bias. It's there to tell you when the markets want to reverse.
393:06
Speaker A
And essentially all it is is an SMT divergence between two consecutive quarters. So one asset creates a turtle soup, the other asset creates a failure swing. I do have a video about sequential SMT on my channel, so feel
393:21
Speaker A
free to check that out. But the next concept we're going to be looking at is SMT fill. So SMT fill is a fair value app that forms at the same time. One asset returns back to its gap, the other
393:32
Speaker A
asset fails to return back to its gap. So this is another form of a cracking correlation. And like sequential SMT, this shows us when the strength or weakness within the markets and we can utilize this to know when the markets
393:46
Speaker A
are ready to expand. I do also have a long form video about SMT fill on my channel, so feel free to check that out if you haven't already. However, just those two concepts is all we're going to be using. That is literally it.
393:58
Speaker A
Sequential SMT plus SMT fill. So, what we need to do now is blend those together. And we need to see a sequential SMT form. Then that first fair value that forms after the sequential SMT is where we're looking
394:10
Speaker A
for our SMT fill entry. So, essentially the base of our setup is sequential SMT.
394:16
Speaker A
The more we have, the better. For example, we can have a high time frame sequential SMT followed by a low time frame sequential SMT. And then we need to wait for that first fair eye gap that forms after the sequential SMT we are
394:29
Speaker A
viewing. And keep in mind, it needs to be there on at least two closely correlated assets. And then we're looking for that SMT fill. As you can see in the example down below, the asset to the left created the total soup for
394:42
Speaker A
the sequential SMT and then failed to return back to its fair value up. The asset to the right created the failure swing for the sequential SMT and then it did return back to its fair value. And then if we combine that with the higher
394:55
Speaker A
time frame order flow, the higher time frame draw liquidity, we have a super simple two-step entry model. Let's jump into a few chart examples of this playing out in real time. Within this example, we're going to be comparing NQ
395:08
Speaker A
to YM, and we're looking at the hourly time frame, which is the weekly cycle.
395:12
Speaker A
So, this means we need to see sequential SMT between two consecutive days of the week. And as you can see, the quarters are being marked out for me by my very own quarterly theory indicator, which will be linked below in the description.
395:27
Speaker A
So, as you can see, YM during Q2, Tuesday, run belows Monday's low. And then if we take a look at ENQ during Tuesday, you can see it failed to run below Monday's low. So YM is giving us that turtle soup. ENQ is giving us that
395:41
Speaker A
failure swing. And all we need to do now is wait for that first fair value to form after this sequential SMT. And there we go. You can see a fair value forms on both the assets. And this also
395:53
Speaker A
formed very close after the sequential SMT. So this is great because it's showing that we're getting displacement very quickly after the sequential SMT has occurred and we're also getting that fair value gap formation. So now let's see if one asset returns back to the gap
396:08
Speaker A
and another fails. And there we go. That 10 a.m. candle on YM returned back to its gap and the 10 a.m. candle for ENQ failed to return back to its gap. And all you can do from here is you can scale down to a lower
396:22
Speaker A
time frame and wait for price to reject out of the gap. look for a lower time frame entry model or you can enter on the same time frame after the candle closes away from that fair value gap. So
396:33
Speaker A
you can enter after this candle closes placing your stop on the swing low inside of the fair value gap and you can target a 2R or whatever you would like to. In this case we'll target a 2 RR and
396:45
Speaker A
we'll see if this plays out. a little bit choppy. And there we go. As you can see, took a while to get there, but it did still play out with very minimal draw down as well. Within this next example, we're
397:13
Speaker A
going to be comparing ENQ to ES on the 15minute time frame, which is the daily cycle. So this means we need to see sequential SMT between two consecutive daily quarters. In this example, Q4 and Q1, which is the PM session and Asia
397:29
Speaker A
session. So as you can see, ENQ has already given us that turtle soup running below Q4's lows and then ES is giving us that failure swing, failing to run below Q4's lows. So if we let this play out now, we're waiting for that
397:44
Speaker A
first fail to form. So you can see here we did get a very small one on ES. But remember it needs to form on both the assets. So if one asset forms one here and the other asset isn't forming the
397:57
Speaker A
gap then you need to continue to wait for both the assets to form the gap.
398:04
Speaker A
No fair value up yet. And there we go. We've got a fair value up on both the assets. So, if we mark that one out, and all we're doing now is waiting for one asset to return back to
398:21
Speaker A
the gap and another asset to fail. There we go. We have our SMT fill. This is not the regular SMT fill. This is another variant of SMT fill, which I do speak about within the SMT fill video.
398:37
Speaker A
This is a variant where one asset fills the gap completely and the other asset fails to fill the gap completely. So this is still an SMT fill. It's a cracking correlation. And what we can do now is again like I said, we can wait
398:51
Speaker A
for price to reject out of the gap. Enter as soon as that candle closes bullish, placing our stop on the swing low inside of the gap. On the swing low inside of the gap, and we can target some liquidity to the left. And let's
399:04
Speaker A
see how this would play out. And there you go for a 1:8 risk-to-reward ratio. And this is all in the space of under 3 hours. And price runs straight to 1 to8 RR targeting the liquidity to the left. Very clean trade.
399:27
Speaker A
All from one sequential SMT, one SMT fill entry after the candle closure out of the fair value gap. Stop on the low inside of the fair value gap. Targeting sellside liquidity. Yo, what's good guys? Welcome back to a new video. Today
399:41
Speaker A
we have to a new video. Today we have a highly highly requested video and that is going to be covering covering a swing trade model that incorporates quarterly theory and also a concept of my own.
399:52
Speaker A
I've had the request request to create this swing trade model for a while now for the people that can't be on the charts for as long or for the people that prefer executing on the one executing on the 1 hour, the 4 hour and
400:02
Speaker A
above. Okay. So this model is very simple and it will allow you to and it will allow you to capture the weekly and the monthly range. So essentially capturing the weekly open high open high low close or open low high close
400:14
Speaker A
depending on if you're bearish or bullish. The same thing for the monthly candle. Okay. Now you have the ability to execute on the one or the 4hour time frame. And all it requires is two simple concepts. No fluff. Okay. Okay. So I'm
400:27
Speaker A
sure some of you guys may have seen my 90-minute TCIST model out there on my channel. this model as this model essentially requires the two same concepts but it's just utilizing different time frames and different cycles to capture those high to capture
400:39
Speaker A
those higher time frame moves right so let's just jump straight into it so the first concept that we need this is what we have to see see before even thinking about taking a trade and that is sequential SMT also known as SSMT the
400:52
Speaker A
first the first thing that must occur for you to begin hunting for this model is a sequential SMT SMT this must this must occur either on the 1 hour weekly cycle for the weekly range or the 4hour the monthly cycle for capturing for
401:05
Speaker A
capturing the monthly cycle range. Weekly cycle SMT is an SMT between two consecutive days of the week the days of the week. One asset of the triad takes the previous day high or the previous day low whereas the other asset or
401:18
Speaker A
assets fail fails to take the previous day high or previous day low. So for example, we're trading on Tuesday NQ drops Q drops below Monday's low and let's say ES fails to drop below Monday's low. That would be a weekly
401:30
Speaker A
cycle sequential sequential SMT and that's the first thing that we require for this model. Now a monthly cycle SMT is an SMT is an SMT between two consecutive weeks of the month. One asset or multiple assets of the triad
401:44
Speaker A
takes the previous week high takes the previous week high or the previous week low and the other asset or assets fail to take the previous week high or previous week low. Okay, so super simple. ENQ runs above previous week
401:54
Speaker A
high. ES fails to run above previous week high. that is a monthly cycle back or sequential SMT and this is the first thing that we do require for this model.
402:02
Speaker A
Okay. So, choose whether you want to execute on the hour or execute on the hourly or the 4 hour or maybe just whatever you see. You know, if you see a weekly cycle, you can take that trade and then once it and then once this SMT
402:13
Speaker A
has taken place, you are then looking for a TCISD, which is a true change in the state of delivery. Change in the state of delivery. A concept created by myself. And all it is a true change in the state of delivery takes place only
402:25
Speaker A
after a sequential SMT has occurred within a bullish scenario. It is a candle closure above the candle that created sequented sequential SMT. So like in this example here, this candle created sequential SMT and then within a bearish scenario it scenario it is a
402:39
Speaker A
candle closure below the candle that created sequential SMT. Okay, the TCSD must take place on the same place on the same time frame the SSMT occurred on. So if you have a weekly cycle 1 hour sequential SMT, what do you then have to
402:53
Speaker A
see? A 1 hour TCISD. Okay. And those are the two simple concept. That's that's all you need. Now remember, if you want to trade this more effectively, I would recommend for you to find your draw.
403:04
Speaker A
Find your draws on liquidity on the higher time frame. Find that narrative. Find where the weekly or the monthly candle is likely to draw towards which you can do so by watching my previous videos, my liquidity video or the
403:14
Speaker A
narrative video. I've got many of those on my channel. So check the channel. So check those out and then apply the swing trading model in line with those. Okay.
403:22
Speaker A
Now you're probably wondering how do you actually enter the tra trade? And that is bringing me to the final part which is the entry. Once the TCISD has taken place, you have two two opportunities to enter at the retest of the TCISD. So
403:34
Speaker A
once the TCID has taken place, you can see price opens back trades back into the TCISD candle itself, the body. So you can take an entry there or or at the first presented fair value gap after the TCID. So where's our first gap? Right
403:48
Speaker A
here. Price wicks in price wicks into it. This can also be an SMT fill as well. So you can take that from there and the best stop loss placement will be below or above the SSMT. Okay. So if you
403:59
Speaker A
enter long based off a weekly cycle SSMT a 1 hour 1 hour TCSD enter the retest stop goes on the SSMT low and then you can then target a simple a simple twoR or the previous week's high or low or
404:13
Speaker A
previous month's high or low. Or if you can find the draw find the draw liquidity more effectively and you know the price is likely to head even higher than the previous week high you can hold for that little bit longer for that
404:23
Speaker A
little bit longer. Okay but keep in mind when you are trading the weekly and the monthly range just remember what day of the week it is and what what week of the month it is. Right? So if you enter a
404:32
Speaker A
trade on Monday for example and you're holding all the way up until Thursday Thursday and it puts in that weekly high do you anticipate price to pull back on Friday? Okay. So, just remember where you're at in terms of the week terms of
404:42
Speaker A
the weekly range and when price is likely to pull back. So, you can take out your position and potentially higher the week and then you and then you can be satisfied with what you made on the week or you can just go ahead and target
404:53
Speaker A
a simple two RR and be satisfied with be satisfied with that. Okay. So, yeah.
404:58
Speaker A
Hopefully you guys did find this video useful. Like I said, it literally requires a sequential SMT TCI. Yo, what's going on guys? Welcome back to a new video. We've got a banger banger video today. What we're going to be
405:08
Speaker A
doing is we're going to be back testing my 90minute TCISD model, the Freedom model. If you haven't already seen it on my YouTube, go ahead and check it out. I know that a lot of you guys do trade it.
405:17
Speaker A
A lot of people have been asking me for back testing results and whatnot. So, what we're going to do is go ahead and back test some trades right now live in front of you guys. So, first of all,
405:26
Speaker A
before we get started, we need the essentials, right? So, what we've got is we've got the music, the lowfi work music, so we can really lock in for this back testing session. And we've got a bottle of water as well to keep us
405:39
Speaker A
hydrated. Would probably be better if it was like an energy drink to keep me awake. I have only just woken up, but it's completely fine anyway. We'll get, you know, we'll get into it will be completely fine, I'm sure. Um, so yeah,
405:50
Speaker A
what we're going to be doing is obviously you guys know the 90-minute TC model is essentially a sequential SMT plus a true chain in the state of delivery, a TCISD within the 9 to 10:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time window. It
406:04
Speaker A
can be any sequential SMT. However, for the purpose of this video for the purpose of easier back test of results.
406:11
Speaker A
We're just going to be utilizing the 90-minut cycle which is on the 5minute time frame and we're going to be doing it on indices. Okay. And now you guys are probably wondering what you know what website, what application we're
406:22
Speaker A
going to be using to journal the trades and look for the results. Well, let me go ahead and show you guys. Look what we've got here. Okay, look how clean this is. Oracle X. This is an all-in-one AI trading journal created by myself.
406:35
Speaker A
This is my my journal. So, if you guys do want to go ahead and check it out, there will be a link to it in the description. The cheapest priced AI journal out there on the market and also
406:45
Speaker A
is completely free if you guys want to test it out for up to 10 trades. Okay, so essentially, you can, you know, journal your trade inside of here, get all the stats, and then we can utilize the AI feature, ask it questions to
406:57
Speaker A
reflect upon your trading and whatnot. So yeah, that's what we're going to be doing here. Okay, so first of all, we need to create our checklist. So our our strategy. So create strate uh strategy.
407:07
Speaker A
We're going to go ahead 90 minute TCISD model. Boom. Okay. You don't need to put anything there for the description. So create strategy. Um and now what we're going to be doing is actually adding rules u confluences to the strategy.
407:20
Speaker A
Okay. So add rule. This is essentially adding a confluence. So, SMT, I mean, this kind of goes without saying like we need to see a SMT plus a TT anyway, but you know, why not? Let's just do it anyway. Um, and then we'll do
407:36
Speaker A
um let's add let's add a rule here. So, we'll go before 9:30 open and we'll do um after 9:30 open. Obviously, you guys know that we can't be trading before 9:00 or after 10:30 anyway. But what we can do is add these two different
407:52
Speaker A
specific confluences and sort of see basically utilize AI feature to see which one is more profitable essentially cuz this is what you guys can do. You can add different tags as well which I'll show you guys soon as well. Um and
408:05
Speaker A
yeah, so here's our influencers as you guys know super super simple literally a two-step model uh within a specific time window. Okay, so what we're going to do is manage the rating. So, our A+ trade um is going to be hold up. Oh, no. Okay,
408:21
Speaker A
actually we'll we'll leave that as it is. We'll go configure rating. This is what we do here. A+ grade is going to be all of the concepts aligning. We'll do we'll do after 9:30 open I feel like would be more A+ in my opinion cuz then
408:32
Speaker A
we can see if the manipulation's already played out. Um entering before 9:30 can be a little bit more sketchy. Uh but it's okay. the configure rating and we'll just say a grade is just before um 930 open. But obviously you guys can
408:47
Speaker A
really really customize this, add more confluence, confluences and whatnot. But just for the sake of this video, we're going to keep it nice and simple. Okay?
408:54
Speaker A
And then that's it. You know, we'll hover over the journal, add new trade, and then we'll go ahead and journal each trade as we go along. Okay? So, let's go ahead now and jump into the chart. So, five minute time frame. All we're going
409:06
Speaker A
to be doing is looking for a 90-minute sequential SMT plus a TCISD. We're going to enter at the retest of the TCSD and we're going to go for a 1 to2 RR fix.
409:14
Speaker A
Okay. And then if it runs one to one RR, then we'll go break even and then we'll move to break uh we well yeah we'll move to break even basically. Okay. So before we get started, let me quickly hydrate.
409:27
Speaker A
Okay, we've got the lowfi music on so we are all set to go. Um so yeah, let's get started then guys. We are looking indices here as well. See, let's lock in. So 9 boom boom boom boom boom. Also for this as well, it can be a
409:43
Speaker A
Q2 Q3 90minut SMT with a TCSD inside of Q3 or it can be a Q1 Q2 SMT Q2 TCSD and then enter the retest during Q3 of the Q2 TCSD essentially. Um so yeah, what day is it today? We got Monday. So let's
410:00
Speaker A
go ahead and see. Also, the indicators being used are all my indicators as well. the sequential SMT one which is inside of the Oracle insights QT toolkit and then the TCD one makes it super easy marks everything out for me so I'm not
410:12
Speaker A
wasting any of my own time link below in the description as well okay so yeah let's go ahead and get started so here you can see we've got a hidden sequential SMT between Q2 and Q3 with YM I believe um yep as you can see drag
410:28
Speaker A
this over here NQ did not close below the lowest closure of Q2 and uh YM did. So, which candle was this formed off? Let's go ahead and do that.
410:40
Speaker A
Um the TCI is picking up this one here at 940. So, let's see why. Um just always want to double check as well. So, we w below there at 9:30 and we hadn't w below there on ENQ, but
410:54
Speaker A
we actually closed below here at 940. So, that's when the hidden sequential subd took place. So, this is indeed correct. TCD there at 940.
411:02
Speaker A
And then we would take our entry at the retest uh which would be right here. Stop goes on the SMT low. And then like I said, we'll target that fix to RR. So it looks like our first W already literally
411:17
Speaker A
within this week here. There we go. So yep, there we go. There's our first W.
411:23
Speaker A
So let's go ahead and now take a screenshot of that for the journal. Keep in mind I'm going to be placing all the trades on ENQ every single time as well, okay? just for the sake of this video.
411:32
Speaker A
So that's trade number one. So oops, what we need to actually do is I forgot to mention add account back testing.
411:41
Speaker A
Back testing. Let's say it's just I don't know, let's just say it's a $50,000 account and we'll risk 1% every time basically. Okay. Um so let's go to journal. So let's go to journal, new trade, back testing account. Net P&L.
411:56
Speaker A
This would be if we're risking 1% be $1,000. We're going for that 2 RR 1% 2R entry time. Let's go ahead and see what time we entered at. So this would be at 10:15. So just within our window 10:15
412:12
Speaker A
exit time was indeed at Also keep in mind for this model guys um you know as long as you enter within the time window you can hold through it basically. You know you don't need to close out as soon
412:23
Speaker A
as the time window ends. You basically just want to be entering within the time window essentially. Uh so 1340 this was uh yesterday I believe right? What day was yesterday? 27th of October 27th. There we go. And then we copy and
412:38
Speaker A
pasted the screenshot. So press Ctrl +V. Boom. Straight in. Right. Also we're not going to be doing anything to do with psychology cuz obviously this is just you know this is literally just um back testing. So no psychology included
412:50
Speaker A
within that. Also the rating I would say the rating of this one was probably fourst star. It was after 9:30, but I'm not really too much of a fan of the hidden SMTs. And also, it did look pretty choppy. So, I'd say a fourst
413:02
Speaker A
star. Uh, we're not going to do the notes as well, but just remember, I'm showcasing the journal here as well within this video. Uh, kind of like a two two in one, basically. I want to show you guys how powerful it really is.
413:12
Speaker A
You can also use your voice if you can't be bothered to type. Uh, but we're not going to do any of that. Tags and attributes. Again, we're not going to do any of these either. Um, but again, the
413:22
Speaker A
more tags that you guys add, the more beneficial it's going to be for the AI feature because it's really going to recognize the patterns within your trading, basically. Also, let me put my phone somewhere that's not going to be Leave
413:35
Speaker A
it up there. That'll do. Just I don't want you guys to keep hearing the vibration if if you can already. Uh, so that's a win. And yeah, that is basically it. So, let's choose our 90-minute TCIC model. SMT TCIC after
413:47
Speaker A
9:30 open. And there you So it's given an A+ setup right there. So save trade and then here we go. Boom. There. All journals dashboard will also update of course as you can see. Super super clean. And if we go to journal as well.
414:02
Speaker A
Um you can also click on the playbook and look how clean that is as well. You sort trades on here as well. Back testing accounts you know live accounts whatnot. Super super nice. So now let's jump back onto the charts and let's
414:14
Speaker A
continue to the next day. So, this was Friday 9:00 a.m. As you guys can see here, this was the I think was it CPI day? I believe so. Right, we had a 90-minute SSMT. TCIC confirmed there at 8:30, but you can see we just never
414:30
Speaker A
retested it. So, that wouldn't have been an entry. So, no entry there within um Thursday.
414:37
Speaker A
Let's continue to now the next day. Oh, that was Friday, sorry. So, let's go to Thursday now. No entry here. No Q2 Q3 SSMT.
414:46
Speaker A
So nothing there on Thursday. Let's go to Wednesday. There we go. Looks like we got something here. Would this have been a win or a loss? So let's take a look.
414:54
Speaker A
So we had um Q1 Q2 sequential SMT confirmed uh after this candle closure. And then if you would have entered off the retest of this one, this one would have been a loss right there. Stop on that high.
415:10
Speaker A
Would it have been a loss? Yeah, it would have been a loss. to RR. So that would have been a loss there, but then the one after would have been a win. So we'll journal that one as well. I
415:18
Speaker A
believe it would have been a win anyway. Well, we'll have a look in just a moment. Let's just journal this one, though.
415:25
Speaker A
Boom. Copy image. New trade P&L minus 500 loss 1% 1 RR 2us one. I think it's just one. Yeah, it's just one RR. That's what you type.
415:40
Speaker A
And then the date is 22nd of October. When do we enter at? When do we get out at? We would have entered there at 9:05 and exited at 910.
415:54
Speaker A
So 0905 0910. Boom. Paste the screenshot in. There we go. That's all good. Back testing.
416:06
Speaker A
SMT TCST. This was before 9:30 open. So remember we may spot may be able to spot a pattern here. I say again fourst star you know it could have been a little bit cleaner but overall it was just the
416:17
Speaker A
model you know the star ratings are more or less for when you're trading live. I guess back testing doesn't really affect it too much. So now we got uh we got another one here. So we had a Q2 Q3 SMT course by this candle
416:32
Speaker A
and let's see. So it got confirmed here at 9:30. Entry there would have been at 940. stock would have went on the SMT high. So again, actually unfortunately this would have been another loss here, which is completely fine. I believe so,
416:46
Speaker A
right? Yeah, unless it ran like 1 RR. Oh, it did. Wait, did it? Yeah. Yeah, it did. It did. So, this would have been break even. Actually, I completely forgot about that actually. Would this trade here have been uh a break even or
416:57
Speaker A
no? No, no, this one definitely wouldn't have been. But this one would have been here actually. Um, so 1:1 RR move stops to break even. So this would have been a break even there. Just unfortunate that we um confirmed it and
417:11
Speaker A
then you know we went back into it then we disrespected it at the TCSD. We closed over it. So you know the TCIC is no longer valid but the SMT still remained there and then we closed back down below the TCISD. So if you really
417:24
Speaker A
wanted like you could have taken it off here and that would have been a nice W, right? But in this case let's just say two trades per day uh maximum. Okay, let's just go ahead and say two two
417:32
Speaker A
trades max. Um, so one to one RR right there. Then let's go ahead and journal this one as a break even. So that's good. Then it wasn't, you know, at least it wasn't a loss. Um, my browser is glitching out. Okay, there
417:47
Speaker A
we go. So let's paste a screenshot in there. Already we got $0 risk 1% 0R.
417:56
Speaker A
Entry time here would have been at 9:40 and we would have got stop to break even at 950.
418:04
Speaker A
So 940 950 boom and yep that's it pre- trade checklist TT this one was after 9:30 let's stick on fourstar as well and then we will save the trade here little hydration break okay so so far we're all $500 from three
418:32
Speaker A
trades $500 from three trades. That's not a by a lot ratio to start off with.
418:38
Speaker A
Excuse me. All right. So, now let's go to the next day, which is Tuesday.
418:44
Speaker A
Um, I wasn't really a fan of this week here to be honest. I don't know what you guys thought. Let me know what your thoughts were in the comments of of last week's price action. Uh, but I wasn't
418:52
Speaker A
really a fan to be honest. So, Q2, Q3. Unfortunately, no retest of the GTI there, but we did get a bullish one here. Q1, Q2.
419:02
Speaker A
Oh, wait. No, I'm I'm tripping out. I'm completely at the wrong time here now.
419:05
Speaker A
Yeah, I am. Okay, my bad. So, it looks like we would have got an actual nice W here. So, we had a Q1, Q2, SSMT. Um, let's see. TCSD would have been this one here. And yep, this one would have been
419:19
Speaker A
a very very nice W. So, confirmed here at 8:30 and then entry just basically, you know, anywhere within that 9 to 10:30 window. Stops goes on the SSMT high. And the reason why you can enter a retest of like a Q2 GTISD guys is
419:33
Speaker A
because if Q1 Q2 SMT takes place, then usually Q3 will be the distribution, right? So we're just looking for that entry basically within the distribution quarter. Um that's the the sort of reasoning behind that one pretty much.
419:47
Speaker A
All right, so there we go. Let's go ahead and take a screenshot of this one now. So beautiful. So now we're up $1,500 on this account in just under two weeks. Insane stuff. So, we got $1,000 risk 1%.
420:02
Speaker A
Copy paste this. Entry time was indeed at um what was it at I mean, yeah, it doesn't really matter.
420:12
Speaker A
Just it would have been before 9:30. Let's just say we entered at just immediately 9:05 basically and then we hit TP at 9:30. So, 9:05. 0905.
420:24
Speaker A
Yeah, a couple opportunities there if you missed the first one at 9:05. Anyway, um so I'd say this was a pretty fivestar trade cuz you can see that we displaced a decent amount away from this SMT high as well, respecting gaps, disrespecting
420:37
Speaker A
bearish ones. So I would genuinely say that's a fivestar trade. Obviously can't really rank it proper uh probably um while you're back testing, but yeah.
420:47
Speaker A
So there we go. So $1,500 on the accounts. Now let's hop into the next trade. So we got Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday Monday
420:59
Speaker A
Monday I should do this first. So no entry here within Monday as you can see the indicator just doesn't mark any TCISD out. So that's how you know no sequential took place or one may have taken place but just got canceled out
421:11
Speaker A
basically but we need that TCID to enter anyway. So genuinely would have been no entry. Um looks like a nice one there.
421:18
Speaker A
Q3 Q4 but that wouldn't have been within our window. Q1 Q2 nothing. Uh Q2 Q3 again nothing here either I don't believe no SMT to place on that high right no SMT on that high.
421:34
Speaker A
Um no we got nothing there. So now we go back to Thursday. Oh this looks very messy. Wow. Um so we got a we got a bearish one which looks like it would have been a W. Let me take a look. So,
421:49
Speaker A
we've got confirmed there. The TCSD at 9:00. Entry would have been inside the TCSD. Stop on the SSMT high. And I think this would have given to no when did it run stops out right there. Would have been a 1.9 out. But it really just
422:06
Speaker A
depend on like where you got the entry at. Let's say we got it around here, you know? Let's say we got that better entry. That would have been a 2.18R um right there, I believe. Yeah. but really really messy. It would have been,
422:20
Speaker A
you know, either a win or a break even realistically anyway. Um, it doesn't really matter, but let's just mark it down as a win. Um, so this would have been another $1,000 win. Also, if you know, I said we can take up to two
422:34
Speaker A
trades per day. If we take a W to first trade, then we're not we, you know, we're not going to be looking for another trade. Basically, it's if we lose the first one, then we can go in with the second one uh with with half
422:44
Speaker A
risk basically. Um, so what time would we've got in at? 9:15 and we would have got out at around 9:30. Cool.
422:53
Speaker A
9:15 9:30 um I would say definitely a three star in my opinion actually just looking at that price action DC before 9:30 open trade bar. Perfect.
423:10
Speaker A
All right. Cool. Cool. Let's keep it up. Let's keep it up, guys. We want to get to uh maybe around like 10 12 trades something like that and then we'll I'll show you guys how to utilize the AI
423:21
Speaker A
feature basically. Uh so the 15th this like a really nice SMT actually. Let's see what we got though. Q1 Q2 gave a nice entry and then Q Q2 Q3 um this is we got a bullish one. Let's take a look. So yeah, we did get a
423:37
Speaker A
bullish one. So the SMT there took place at 95. Then we did close the ball. So this one would have been a loss. This one here would have been a loss entry there. Stop on the SMT low, which would have been like
423:50
Speaker A
right there. But then this second one, the second one wouldn't have given an entry, unfortunately. Anyway, um, wait, hold up. Unless I'm tripping.
423:59
Speaker A
Hold up. Is this the uh QTQ3 and 35? Bearish. Bearish. Bearish. So this bullish one. Yeah. Know this bullish one is is definitely a loss. Yeah.
424:13
Speaker A
Um, so it would have been something like this. Stop on the lows. Boom. And then yeah, just instant stop out basically, which is completely fine. Not every day is going to be a clean day, of course.
424:29
Speaker A
So this would been minus 500 loss 1% 1 RR copy paste. Boom, boom, boom. entry would have been at literally 9:20 and you would have been stopped within the same candle. So that would have been a pretty fast day 920 920 but before 9:30
424:48
Speaker A
entry though before 9:30 entry some sometimes it seems to be working well sometimes it don't. So this is what I mean guys now we've got all this data collected whack it in the AI and it will really be able to help us out. All right
425:02
Speaker A
so it's saying that we got a bearish one here but the bearish SMT is not marked out so that must mean it was canceled out. Um, so yeah, that would have been no entry there anyway. So now let's go
425:11
Speaker A
to Tuesday. See what we got here. So we got a Q1. See what we got here. So we got Q1 Q2.
425:18
Speaker A
Um, we've got an entry there. Let's see the Q1 Q2 hold. Yep. Q1 Q2.
425:29
Speaker A
This was formed here at 8:35. Confirmed at 9:00. Trade back in um here. stop on the SMT low. This did not run one R. So that would not have been a break even. So that would have been a loss right there
425:44
Speaker A
as well. Let's copy paste this into the journal. See, we're getting we're getting a lot quicker at this now. So you guys can just get this down. Just spam them all out really quick. 1% risk one 1 to1 RR.
425:58
Speaker A
Copy paste. Would this have been a quick stopout or a slow one? to 9:15 stopped out at 9:35 again before 9:30. So, you know, once we spot this pattern that we take most losses before 9:30, what what we then
426:13
Speaker A
going to do, guys? Also, I forgot to do something. Wow, I've been forgetting to change the date. That is my bad. You can also click this here as well. Actually, 14th. Was it 14th October?
426:27
Speaker A
Yeah, it was. Okay, that's annoying. So maybe the stats the the stats going to be messed up a little bit. Well, not the stats, but like the AI won't be able to tell us like which day of the week we
426:35
Speaker A
take most our loss on and whatnot. But we'll begin doing it now. So, you know, it will we'll still catch up eventually.
426:42
Speaker A
All right. So, that's that trade journaled. Um, zoom back out. Then we go to Monday. Let's see what Monday's got in store for us here.
426:52
Speaker A
Um, oh, again it looks like a pretty nice entry there, but unfortunately no retest. And then it did give another entry there within Q4, but that's without, you know, outside of our window. So, no trade there. Friday, the
427:06
Speaker A
following week. See what we got here. I can see a bearish TTISD, but let's see if it would have been a valid entry or not. Um, Q2 highs ran out right there.
427:18
Speaker A
So, at 9:30 on ENQ, but I believe why I must have run them out beforehand.
427:25
Speaker A
Oops. Oops. Oops. Oops. Oops. There we go. Let's take a look. So, we run out the high at 9:15. Hence why our TCSD is marked there of that 910 bullish candle because remember for a bearish TCSD, no bearish scenario, it must be a bullish
427:40
Speaker A
candle as the TCSD. So, confirmed there at 9:15. Uh, but this this would have been an entry anyway. this would not have been an entry because you can see this candle literally just went boom just straight through it. I like to wait for at least
427:53
Speaker A
a small rejection. This one would have been Yeah, you just wouldn't have taken this one realistically because there would have been no reaction. It just would have been a straight bullish candle higher, higher, higher, higher.
428:03
Speaker A
You want to at least wait for a small wick to form basically. So, this one definitely was very very avoidable. Um, so I'm going to class that as a no trade just cuz I know myself like I do like to wait for that small
428:15
Speaker A
rejection. Um, but it depends how mechanical you do it because there is a pot, you know, a bit of discretion within my actual trader myself. Um, so here we go. We got a Q2 Q3 SMT.
428:29
Speaker A
Um, yeah, what else do we have here? We got a Q1 Q2 one here as well. Um, so let's see if this would have been a valid trade potentially.
428:39
Speaker A
8 a.m. cause the SMT or TCI's here closure above. This was all within Q2 though. And then when did we close back above it? Closed back above it there at 8:25. So let's go ahead and mark out the
428:52
Speaker A
whole box just to see if we are respecting it. Um so 930 comes along there and stop would have gone you know entry inside of the TTSD stop on the SSMT low targeting that 2R right there. It depends where you would
429:08
Speaker A
have got your entry. If you would have entered a little bit lower down it would have given 2 R. If not would have been a break even. So either way, a win or a loss would have been something like
429:15
Speaker A
that. So we'll mark this one down as a W. And even if you miss this one anyway, it looks like we got a really nice setup here of this bearish one here. So either way, it would have been a W day right
429:27
Speaker A
there. So let's copy this one. Also, what what day and time? Let's see if we can try and remember that all at the same time. So 9th of October, entry at um 9:10, exit at 9:25. I'm not going to
429:41
Speaker A
be able to remember all that. I think I've already forgot it. Paste that in $1,000 to R1.
429:50
Speaker A
Yeah, I've already forgot everything, guys. No, 9th of October and then entry at 9:10. Exit at 9:25.
429:57
Speaker A
9th of October. Forgot it already. Oh my god. Useless. 910. 9:35. That's what it was, right?
430:08
Speaker A
Yeah. 910 935 fourstar. Yep, I think that's everything. Save trade. There we go. So, let's see how many trades we've got journaled now.
430:20
Speaker A
We've got 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8. Okay, cool. We can get a few more in. We can definitely get a few more in. How long are we in? We 25 minutes in. So, we definitely got definitely got some time
430:32
Speaker A
here. Um, so let's see. Wednesday. Also, if you guys are enjoying the style of video, do let me know in the comments down below if you'd want like a part two or like more sessions of this. Maybe we
430:43
Speaker A
can make it like a weekly thing where we just back test like a full month every video or something like that. Also, one thing to note is, you know, if you want access to anything, the journal indicators all linked below in the
430:54
Speaker A
description as well as I'm hosting a live free master class on the 6th of November at 1:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. If you do want to sign up to that, um I'll basically explain my whole entire model and breaking it down as
431:07
Speaker A
well a lot deeper. The link to apply for that and register to get your spot because they are very limited spots will be in the description down below. Okay, so make sure to do apply to that and I
431:18
Speaker A
look forward to seeing you all inside of the masterass. Uh but anyway, back to the video. Looks like we got a few potential setups here. So, we got uh we got a Q1 Q2 SMT confirmed there at 8:45
431:32
Speaker A
trade back in um where's it at trade back in here at 9:00 stop on the SSMT low. So, this would have been an absolute banger of a trade right here, guys. 2 right there.
431:45
Speaker A
Insane. And then we even got another 90 there. Super clean. Super clean. The bearish one came after the bullish one.
431:51
Speaker A
So, we'll just take the bullish one. Um, so yeah, we'll take the one that appears first basically. That appears first basically. Let's see if we can try and remember it. So 9:00 exit 9:30. Simple. 8th of October.
432:05
Speaker A
That's the main part. 9 9:30 8th of October. Paste that in 2000. I'm going to be able to remember it. I know I am. Then 2 8th of October.
432:18
Speaker A
Right. 8th of October. 9 super simple. And then 9:30. Boom. Oh, so I've been forgetting to do this. I'm useless at this, aren't I, guys? I'm only just getting used to it myself as well because we have only just
432:31
Speaker A
released it. We have indeed only just released it. So, yeah. I mean, I'm I'm really happy with the the final product basically. I mean, we're always going to be updating it to make it better, adding new features and stuff. So, yeah. Like I
432:43
Speaker A
said, cheap, literally cheapest AI trading journal out there on the market. Um, and you can also test it for free as well to see if you guys actually want to pick it up. Um, so yeah, that is that
432:53
Speaker A
trade. It just makes journaling so much fun as well and back testing as well because you're actually getting like a huge reward out of it. You're getting those AI insights that you wouldn't normally get of like a regular like
433:03
Speaker A
notion journal or writing it down on paper or something like that, you know. You're actually getting a very valuable insights and saving you from a lot of time as well. So let's see what we got here. We got a Q2 Q3 SSMT. This was
433:15
Speaker A
formed here at 10:00 and then we confirmed it at 10:05. Entry would have been inside of the GTSD stop on the low. Would we have got a break even or would this have been a loss? Let's take a look. Believe a loss.
433:34
Speaker A
Yes, cuz we opened high anyway. So, yeah, that definitely would have been a loss. Definitely would have been a loss.
433:40
Speaker A
But I'd say we're due for a loss. So after after quite a few few little winning streak right there. So what time is this at? So this is 7th of October.
433:50
Speaker A
Entry at 10:10. Exit at 10:25. Cool. I think I've already forgot all of that, but it's fine. 1010. Wait, let's see it.
434:00
Speaker A
10 10 Oops. 10 10:25 7th of October. There we go. We got it. We got it. risk RR 500 loss fourstar um TCIC model TCIC after 9:30 um boom save trade there we go how many trades do we have now 10 out of 10 tell
434:27
Speaker A
you what we'll do we'll do two more okay do two more trades right here and then I really want to you know really looking forward to showing you guys the actual use of the AI features as well cuz
434:37
Speaker A
realistically like that is the main You know, the main the main thing about the journal is obviously it looks super super clean and I would genuinely love it without the AI feature, but the AI feature just cherry on top right there. Let's see
434:50
Speaker A
what we got here. We got quite a lot of stuff going on. We got a Q2 Q3 SMT bearish. Which one took place first though? And did the bullish one even hold? Because it looks like it may have
435:02
Speaker A
been gone. Like it may have been gone. Yeah. So, let's see. We ran out the low instantly. So that was at 9:00. Okay. So this may have actually been a win actually. Even even this bullish one that I thought may have
435:15
Speaker A
been a loss. So entry would have been inside the TTIC stop on the SMT low. And yeah, this would have been a win actually. So this is what I mean about the TCI model as well, guys. Like even if you're on the
435:28
Speaker A
wrong side of the markets, TRR is insanely insanely achievable with the TCI model. Literally. And especially if you got the one uh one RR um break even thing as well. Like truly truly truly is special. So let's go
435:45
Speaker A
ahead and see. We end would have entered there at 920 and exited at 9:25 uh 6th of October.
435:54
Speaker A
So this would have been a pretty decent week. Uh 920 925 2R risk 1% $1,000 profit. I may have made a few mistakes as well in terms of when I've been inputting data. So, do keep that in mind, guys. Um, fourstar
436:11
Speaker A
trade. Save trade. Perfect. Perfect. And now, let's jump back into the charts and let's do the final trade of the video.
436:21
Speaker A
But remember, like I said guys, if you do want to see more of this, we basically back tested the whole of October. So, we can easily get through one month every video. So, if you guys want to see, you know, like I said,
436:31
Speaker A
maybe make this a weekly series where we back one month together using the journal and if we get like through the whole entire year, imagine the AI insights that we're going to be able to get from that from the model. It's going
436:41
Speaker A
to be actually mind-blowing. But yeah, anyway, so here we got a Q2Q3 SMT. Um, let's take a look. So, this would have been confirmed here at 9:45. We also got a bullish one. Did we get the bullish one first?
436:58
Speaker A
No, unless we wait, hold up. I think we may have done actually. No. ES. Oh, wait. Maybe YM gave it 9:15. Yeah. Yeah, we did. Yeah. Yeah.
437:09
Speaker A
So, 9:15. So, the 915 candle created it, which in this case goes bullish for ENQ.
437:14
Speaker A
So, we look to our left, use the most recent bearish one, closure above at 920.
437:19
Speaker A
Um, entry just wicked into the TTIC stop on the SMT low, which would have been right there. And then as you can see two hour was literally delivered and was it a singular candle. So you guys wonder how I get my one one or two candle TPS
437:33
Speaker A
on like the one minute time frame. This is how right here the TCIC model.
437:39
Speaker A
Um so uh 3rd of October entry was at 9:25 X 9:30. So let's see if we can remember all that. It's 3rd of October. Quick quick quick quick. Third of October 920.
437:54
Speaker A
Was it 9:20? 920 I'm going to have to go back and check cuz I'm stupid. 925 930 Okay, that's it.
438:05
Speaker A
9:25 930 star TTSD. Copy paste. Boom. Boom. Boom. SMT GTSD before 930 open. Uh $1,000 1% riskr.
438:20
Speaker A
And that is it saved. Boom. All right. So now, now, now, now the part that you guys have probably been waiting for, the grand reveal. So, let's go to the dashboard first and see what the stats are going to be. Remember, we started at
438:33
Speaker A
50K on the account, just literally risking 1% for a 2R every single trade. This was basically this was basically for the whole entire month of October.
438:42
Speaker A
Let's see what your account balance would have been at after that. There we go. 55K. So that's a 5k profit increase for the just the month of October. Keep in mind, I personally don't think October's been the cleanest
438:57
Speaker A
of months ever. You know, we've been at alltime highs. We've had the shutdown. No news, anything like that. So for that type of month, I would say this is pretty insane to be honest, guys. I would genuinely say this is pretty
439:08
Speaker A
insane. So overall, 64% win rate, which by the way, you know, is very solid for a 1 to2 RR. I think to be profitable with a 1 to2 RR. I mean, I don't even know what it is. I think it's like 40
439:20
Speaker A
40% something like that. So, we're 25% over the average. And also just this is just for one month, which like I said, in my opinion, is a pretty bad month as well. So, I would say this is very very
439:30
Speaker A
solid for a 2R. You know, you're going to be winning more trades than you're not. So, it's going to be great for your psychology as well. Total uh 12 trades, 58.3% win rate. Um profit factor 3.5, sharp ratio 9.4, for average win
439:45
Speaker A
obviously $1,000. Average loss $500, max draw down $1,000. So here's the calendar as well. So you can see first week was green, second week was green, third week was a loss, fourth week was a loss, and then the final week was a 2.5k win right
439:59
Speaker A
there as you can see. So overall for the month 2.5KUS 400 uh sorry minus,000 would have been 4K, but then we got a,000 here which doesn't update there within week one. So yeah, very very good stats. Let's check
440:16
Speaker A
out one last thing. As you can see, you can scroll through like this or you can put in playbook, see all of your trades there. You remember the trades that you're going to be taking, you want them to be looking the exact same every
440:25
Speaker A
single time. So scroll through here and you can really see the ones that you know appeal to your eye and they're the ones you just want to be looking for every single day. So now the AI coach, the best part, let me
440:38
Speaker A
just showcase this as well. As you can see, there's some predefined questions which you can just click and it'll just give you a response or you can ask it yourself. Reflection, you can choose trades to reflect upon. Ask it to give
440:48
Speaker A
you insights. You can ask it to generate a summary of each trading week. And you can also set your own custom goals. So, I mean, come on, guys. Insane stuff, right? Insane stuff. So, let's go ahead and say, I don't know, um, do most of my
441:06
Speaker A
losses occur before 9:30 or after 9:30. I believe in this case it was probably after 9:30, but we don't really have the biggest sample size of trades um ever.
441:19
Speaker A
So, let's see what it says here. I would have thought the win rate would have been higher after 9:30. Um but yeah, we'll see. So, losses concentrated in early hour trading. Three out of five losing trades. 60% occur before 930.
441:31
Speaker A
These trades resulted in a combined P&L of -500. The single losing trade after 930 is a $500 loss and that was only 20% of total losses. So in summary, your early morning trading before 9:30 is a significant source of losses. Okay, so
441:47
Speaker A
it was before 9:30. Okay, interesting. Interesting. So the market volatility and potentially less developed price action, which is correct. That usually is, you know, what happens sometimes during this period are costing you.
441:58
Speaker A
You're losing 60% of your total losses during this time, indicating a clear pattern of poor poor per poor performance. Stop trading before 9:30 entirely for the next week and analyze the results. Like my head is blown, bro.
442:11
Speaker A
Like this is insane. This is an AI telling you this, bro. Are we for real right now?
442:17
Speaker A
Are we for real right now? Um, insane. What other question should we ask you?
442:21
Speaker A
Let's let's clear chat and we'll ask you a predefined one. Um, so look, you can even do like psych psychology psychology ones. I can't speak. It's been too long.
442:31
Speaker A
It's been 37 minutes. Okay. Um, how consistent is my risk management? In this case, it should literally be perfect. It should tell me it's perfect. All my losses are the same. All my wins are the same. We got
442:42
Speaker A
the break even. Inconsistent risk-to-reward ratio. That's five out of 12 trades from 1% risk and two R. Three trades show a one hour risk-to-reward.
442:51
Speaker A
One trade shows a zero risk to reward. So that'll be the break even one tro of 1.8 R. Okay. So I may have mis uh typed in some of the some of the stats here.
443:01
Speaker A
Uh but you can see here stated risk percent is consistently 1% which is good. However, your riskreward ratio is highly inconsistent. Your explicit target at 2 R and six trades but five trades were either 1 R, ZR, or 1.8 R. So
443:13
Speaker A
I may have actually made a mistake there. When entering the losing trade, I potentially should have put minus one R potentially. I think that's that's what it is cuz the the journal here is picking up that I typed in been typing
443:24
Speaker A
two RR and then one RR so it's a little bit different right I think that is why personally um but I mean it's just so quick and the responses are just so clear as well I mean let's reflect upon a trade here as
443:38
Speaker A
well let's just literally generate prompts and see what it says about this trade but remember the way that I was back testing was super simple it's just literally fourstar screenshot I didn't give it any any sort of anything you
443:50
Speaker A
know basically. Oh, this is the generate prompts. Let me do the insights actually. Sorry. Let's do a summary actually for this month here. Actually, we'll do it do it for we'll do it for this month here. Generate summary. And what this
444:03
Speaker A
will do is break down the whole entire training week for you essentially. Literally insane.
444:09
Speaker A
And you can export this data as well. You know, do whatever do whatever you want with it.
444:18
Speaker A
Let's see. Okay, it's generating now. There we go. So, based on four trades, the weekly trading performance overall.
444:25
Speaker A
Uh, winning trades, three losing trades, one 2.5K P&L. Uh, best trade October 6th, $1,000. I may have accidentally t one in the end. That's why. A user rating four risk 1% no additional notes.
444:38
Speaker A
So, you can see you can't go too in depth until you actually basically pump information essentially. So, whenever you journal in trades, give it as much information. Write down the pre-trade checklist, add the tags, etc., etc. Uh, but in this case, like I said, it was
444:52
Speaker A
very basic. So, I'm basically just showcasing what you can do with this AI here. And if you pump in more information, it's going to give you very, very specific descriptions of your trades as well. Okay, so yeah, with that
445:06
Speaker A
being said, that's probably going to wrap it up here, guys. Um, if you do want to go ahead and pick up the Oracle X all-in-one AI trading journal will be linked below in the description down below. Remember, you can test it
445:16
Speaker A
completely for free and also the pricing is the cheapest out there on the market.
445:20
Speaker A
We out there on the market. We are unbeaten in the pricing. So, if you want to go ahead and pick one up and just think of it as an investment in yourself, right? You want to invest within your trading. You want to be
445:31
Speaker A
getting the best statistics possible, the help of the AI to help spot patterns within your trading. And it's just really is there there's no downside to it. It's only positives, you know, and also you're creating a good healthy
445:43
Speaker A
habit, which is uh journaling every single trade. And also, if you can't be bothered to back test, you can see that session that we did was actually pretty fun. So, you may be more inclined to do that. Okay. So, yeah, if you do want to
445:55
Speaker A
pick up the the purchase one, just click here. It'll say upgrade. Go ahead and click that and then choose whichever option you want. The yearly one's cheaper than the monthly one, but the monthly one is still super super
446:04
Speaker A
affordable. Okay. Also, if you guys don't like the purple mode, you can choose dark mode or light mode.
446:11
Speaker A
Flashbang right there, which I actually quite like the light mode. Uh, but I would definitely need to have some sort of light on in my room to actually be able to see cuz that's flashbang me. Um, um, so yeah, if you do want to pick it
446:22
Speaker A
up, link below in the descript, the very first episode of the brand new quarterly gem series. I'm going to drop in one of these videos every single week for you guys. And inside of each video, there's going to be three completely
446:41
Speaker A
different quarterly theory gems each episode. And trust me, when I tell you guys I know bull when it comes to quarterly theory gems, I do. That's kind of how I built my following originally on Twitter/X. I used to post one
446:54
Speaker A
quarterly theory gem every single day for probably around about a year straight. So, I do know what I'm talking about when it comes to the gems. I know so many more small intricate gems that you guys probably have never heard of
447:05
Speaker A
before. But without wasting any more time, let's go ahead and just jump straight into it. But quickly before we do get started, I just want to say using these gems I'm going to be teaching you on this whole entire series. It allowed
447:16
Speaker A
me to buy a car like this, a brand new Porsche at the age of 21. So shout out quartly theory and let's jump straight into it. So the first gem that we have here for today's episode is into market
447:26
Speaker A
relations. Okay, essentially quick breakdown is whenever the forex market is expanding, we can anticipate the indices market to be consolidating.
447:35
Speaker A
Okay, so whenever we see one market consolidating, we can anticipate the other market to be expanding. So the other way around, let's say for example, FX is consolidating, we would then expect indices to be expanding, right?
447:47
Speaker A
And knowing this information here, how can it be valuable? How can it be of use to us? Well, what we can do is if we can clearly see on the daily time frame, for example, the forex market has been
447:56
Speaker A
inside of a consolidation for quite some time now, we would then focus on the indices market because they are likely having an expansion. So, we can catch some more cleaner moves intraday as the price action, the daily candles are
448:07
Speaker A
actually expanding towards targets and vice versa. When we see indices consolidating, we can then look to trade the forex market, Euro USD, GPUd, etc., etc. because they are likely to give that cleaner price action daytoday as those markets are likely to be more
448:21
Speaker A
clean and expanding to those higher time frame targets. So let's quickly jump onto the charts and go over an example of the one that we've just had recently right here. All right, so let's take a look at the consolidation versus
448:31
Speaker A
expansion times across the indices market and also the forex market. Okay, so if you guys trade indices, you would have known we've been going through some absolutely crazy consolidation recently.
448:42
Speaker A
So let's you know let's kind of mark out the starting candle when the consolidation began roughly. You know obviously this isn't to the tea completely but a general you know 2 3 weeks of consolidation on indices equals 2 or 3 weeks of expansion on forex. So
448:56
Speaker A
let's say the consolidation began let's be nice let's say the 10th of February. Okay so we'll draw out a box here and let's say it ended around the 19th of March. Okay cuz you can see from then we've kind of been getting some decent
449:09
Speaker A
moves over the past couple weeks. you know a nice clean move lower breaking below the consolidation low um and then also a nice you know reversal back higher here respecting the gaps and delivering to actual targets okay whereas this terrible so this began more
449:23
Speaker A
or less on the 10th of February and lasted to let's say the 20th of March okay so now if we go over to forex and we'll have a take a look at the 10th of February right which if we go ahead and
449:35
Speaker A
mark out again a box from the 10th of February which is here till the 20th of March it was uh which is roughly around about there. Okay, so as you can see indices consolidating like crazy whereas forex expanding very very nicely. Okay,
449:51
Speaker A
there's no consolidation here. You know, maybe for a couple days here and there, that's just normal, right? We don't expect every single candle to be a large expansion, but more or less nice, clean, clear movement to the downside, right?
450:02
Speaker A
And then, as you can see, literally like the past week or so, you know, probably starting from when the expansion ended around the 20th of March. So, from the 19th up until the 3rd of April, we can then mark out the same as well. the 19th
450:17
Speaker A
um of March which is here until the 3rd of April which is just recently right there. You can see we experienced not necessarily expansion but clean price like clean clear price action. You know we clearly delivered down to the
450:29
Speaker A
consolidation lows. Uh you know we put in a low and then we began trading back higher. Right? So you can see we're getting clean price action now within indices and then choppy price action within forex. Okay. And we can again go
450:41
Speaker A
back in time and take a look at this again. So let's find another consolidation phase here within indices.
450:47
Speaker A
So around this period here from around about the 2nd of January, let's say up until um where was this high put? The 28th of January. So the 2nd up until the 28th. Okay, consolidation. Let's see how Forex was looking from the 2nd of
451:03
Speaker A
January up until uh the 20th I believe it was. So here we go. 2nd of January up until the 20th round about there. clean clear price action again you know not expanding like insanely aggressively but still delivering to the lows and then
451:19
Speaker A
putting in a low and then reversing back higher. Okay, so as you guys can see there's a pattern here, right? This generally happens quite a lot. So currently uh Forex is here with inside of this range. So until it breaks out of this
451:31
Speaker A
range, which you know would be the high or the low, we can expect Forex to continue consolidating and this means we can be focused more or less on the indices market and look for those nice clean expansion moves. Right now looking
451:44
Speaker A
towards the upside, but I would say until we inverses gap, it's not 100% clear. But if we can close above this gap, then I would not be surprised if we continue expanding up towards these highs here, for example. Okay, so yeah,
451:56
Speaker A
hopefully guys, you know, made sense with that. Let's jump back now into the second gem. And now for the second gem of the episode, we have the first presented fair value gap after SS SMT.
452:06
Speaker A
So the first presentation gap after sequential SMT. Now the first gap that is formed after a SSMT is very important gap to pay attention to. If an SMT fill is then formed inside of it, you have a two-stage cracking correlation. Pair
452:21
Speaker A
this with the higher time frame order flow and it rarely fails. So essentially all this is is we need to wait for a sequential SMT to occur. It can be on absolutely any cycle. It can be the micro, the daily, the 90, it doesn't
452:32
Speaker A
matter. And then we're looking for that very first fair value gap to form on the exact same time frame that the sequential SMT took place on. So say we had a bullish 90-minute cycle sequential SMT. We would then wait for that very
452:44
Speaker A
first 5minute gap to form immediately after the sequential SMT. Doesn't need to be right away. Ideally, a little bit less. You know, the quicker it forms, the better, but as long as it's not too too far away and as long as price hasn't
452:55
Speaker A
expanded higher just yet. So, what we can then do after that is use that gap as a reference point and look to take our entry inside of it. And if an SMT fill or a PSP or potentially a lower
453:05
Speaker A
time frame sequential SMT then occurred inside of that gap, we have a multi-stage cracking correlation entry and that is very very high probability.
453:13
Speaker A
So let's go over an example on the charts of this happening right now. All right. So now we're on to our second example on the So now we're on to our second example on the charts here of the
453:23
Speaker A
first presentation gap after a sequential SMT. And funnily enough, we actually coded this into our quarterly theory toolkit indicator, which essentially shows you all the quarterly theory concepts you could possibly ever need. Link below in the description underneath the indicators um section.
453:38
Speaker A
And yeah, all you need to do turn on first fairway gap after sequential some T. And also first inversion gap is another little gem, but we'll save that for a different day. First fair gap after sequential some T. Turn that on
453:50
Speaker A
and all it'll do is it'll mark out the candles for you, right? That form after a sequential some T. So, as you can see, literally looking at the previous day's price action. In this case, this is Friday. Today's Sunday, so a couple days
454:02
Speaker A
ago, uh bear in mind, the market closed early here as well at 9:00 a.m. So, like terrible price action, but still we had a hidden cycle hidden daily cycle. No, sorry. At the time it was a regular um
454:14
Speaker A
cycle sequential some right there. Right, first presented gap. So, if we turn on replay just so you guys can kind of understand this a little bit better here as well. Right, look at that first presentation fair value gap right there.
454:26
Speaker A
Um, playing out beautifully clean right there within ENQ. And if you play out one more candle, it does go a lot higher as well. Um, is a wick. But as you can see, if you entered off that gap, you
454:36
Speaker A
could have uh, you know, rode that whole move all the way up to the highs, right?
454:39
Speaker A
And then obviously this was NFP, so you wouldn't really be trading NFP anyway. But if you was to stay in, it would have, you know, gave a very, very nice move higher. And that's just the first example. No hindsight, nothing like
454:50
Speaker A
that. And again, we can keep scrolling, right? So, right now we're on the 15minute. So, this is the daily cycle.
454:54
Speaker A
Look at this one right here. Okay, nice little daily cycle on the highs. Um, and then we form that first presentation gap after the daily cycle. Um, let's see if we had some sort of SMT fill inside of
455:04
Speaker A
it. So, if we hover over that gap, the specific gap that we're looking at there, no gap there on YM. Um, and it is a little gap there on ES, but unfortunately, no tag of that gap. Now, you don't need to enter inside of the
455:15
Speaker A
gap. the gap can just be like like a confirmation tool almost of this sequential subt being a little bit higher probability but obviously it's a nice entry model as well right so there's no entry off that one specifically um no daily cycles formed
455:28
Speaker A
here we go here's our next daily cycle as you can see here we have two back to back right and they both work they both work right so initially we had a hidden here uh what is my charts doing oh I
455:39
Speaker A
think it's cuz I'm in replay either way hidden daily cycle sequential some te first presentation gap right there mark out very very small but it's still there right and if I can drag this out a little bit there we go very small to see
455:51
Speaker A
but you know a couple weeks into it and then a very very nice move lower and this is you know quite a big move lower at 450 ticks is no joke and then again you know why did we go back higher we
456:02
Speaker A
got another daily cycle SMT on the lows what is trading view doing strange um and then again you know daily cycle first presentation gap mark out that gap right there or you can just you know use the indicator just marks the gap for
456:15
Speaker A
entry inside of it and then again very very nice move higher. Okay, so as you guys can see this is a great way to not only kind of confirm a sequential as well um you know usually by the time a
456:26
Speaker A
gap forms the TCIC is also there as well so it's like even higher probability TCI and a gap but then you can also use it as a reference point for an actual entry as well. Now, you can just enter off the
456:37
Speaker A
same time frame immediately, you know, stop on the SMT low, or you can drop to a lower time frame once we're inside of that higher time frame gap. Select the one minute, the five minute, for example, and find, you know, refine your
456:47
Speaker A
entry, get a bit better, bit of a better RR if you would like to do so. But yeah, either way, both work great. And yeah, hopefully you guys find this useful.
456:56
Speaker A
Let's jump now into the final and third gem of today's episode. And now, finally, we have our third and last quarterly theory gem of today's episode.
457:04
Speaker A
And this is going to be the six-hour PSP. Now, this has actually gained a little bit of popularity recently. I tweeted this out probably about a year ago, maybe even over a year ago today.
457:16
Speaker A
Um, so I was one of the first to speak about this in the space and it can be very, very powerful. Okay, so if you guys don't know what a PSP is, it essentially helps us to identify reversals and continuations. And
457:28
Speaker A
basically what it is is we're looking at closely correlated assets and then we're waiting for a swing point to form and the candle that forms a swing point must be a different closure amongst the assets. So a bullish swing point forms
457:41
Speaker A
let's say at midnight we're then looking for that midnight candle to close bullish on one asset for example NQ and then that midnight candle must close bearish on another closely correlated asset for example ES. Okay. So, the six-hour time frame condenses each daily
457:56
Speaker A
cycle quarter into a singular candle. Since PSPs help us identify reversals and continuations, spotting one lets us anticipate the next 6-hour candles move, revealing where the next daily session quarter is likely to go. So, as we know, PSPs, you know, are usually there before
458:12
Speaker A
reversals or at least continuation moves higher or lower. If we spot a PSP on that 6-hour time frame, it shows us that that session is likely the start of a reversal. So, say for example, the midnight candle on the 6-hour time frame
458:26
Speaker A
forms as a PSP. We can then expect that London session to be our manipulation for the day and then we can trade that third candle, candle number three expansion away from the PSP and that would be the AM session. And that way we
458:39
Speaker A
can gain information that we'd expect the AM session to begin expanding higher if we have a bullish PSP formed during the London session candle. And now let's jump into an example of this on the charts and see how powerful it really
458:51
Speaker A
is. All right, guys. So, we're now into the final and third example of our gem from today, and this is going to be the six-hour PSP. Okay, on the charts, showing you guys how powerful it really is. So, again, indicator marks out
459:03
Speaker A
precision swing points. Turn it on, go to the 6 hour time frame. Um, I believe you can only view the 6 hour if you have a certain plan for um premium on Trading View or something like that. But, you
459:15
Speaker A
know, if you can't view it, it's fine. It's not the end of the world, but it can be very helpful. So, let's actually remove the first presentation gap as well. We don't need both here. Uh that's the one from last example. Now we've got
459:25
Speaker A
our PSPs on. Okay. Now let's take a look. 6 hour. So the dot uh marks the PSP essentially. That's the PSP candle.
459:32
Speaker A
Green is bullish. Red is bearish. So as you can see literally a couple days ago, Monday 30th of March, 6 a.m. PSP. And then as you guys can see that 12:00 p.m.
459:40
Speaker A
that PM session delivered to the downside. Now the thing is with this gem here, the main target you want to be having is that PSP low. So say a bearish PSP formed, a bearish swing point formed during an AM session, your target 4 PM
459:53
Speaker A
is AM lows. That's essentially AM session telling you, okay, the high of the day is likely in, you can now target my lows, basically. Okay, so keep that in mind and you'll see with and you'll see within most of these
460:06
Speaker A
examples that will be the case. Okay, bullish PSP here at 6 a.m. So AM session, PM delivered up to the high and also hit the highs above it as well, but the main target is that PSP high. Okay,
460:18
Speaker A
bearish one here drawing PM. So, um, Asia hit the lows of the PM, uh, PM lows essentially. Another bearish one here, and we just about hit the lows of the A.M. session right there during the PM.
460:32
Speaker A
So, it did what it was supposed to do. Not the best of candles. You know, you wouldn't necessarily expect it to instantly reverse after hitting the lows, but in this case, it did. Okay, the main thing is that previous u the
460:42
Speaker A
PSP low or the PSP high sorry PS bearish PSP here join PM hence Asia delivering to the downside right bearish one here bullish one here 6 a.m. PM delivered just about up to the high. Another bullish one here, P.M. and then AM
460:58
Speaker A
delivered um Asia, sorry, delivered up to PM's highs. And then this one here actually did fail because it was a bearish PSP. So, we would have coming in to this candle here, the um Asia candle, anticipating PM lows, but it did just
461:13
Speaker A
fail there. But again, we've gone through about eight examples, and that's the first time it's failed, right? So, you guys can see this clearly works very, very well. Um again a bullish one here during Asia. London delivered up to
461:24
Speaker A
Asia highs. Bearish one here during AM. PM delivered down to the lows. Bearish one here during um Asia session. London delivered down to the lows. Bullish one here didn't quite hit the um highs out of the PM session. So probably around
461:38
Speaker A
about two out of 13ish times or something like that. This has failed. So it's got an 80 plus% chance of playing out. So yeah, you guys can definitely incorporate this into, you know, finding the narrative, kind of understanding
461:51
Speaker A
what the bias and the direction of the specific daily cycle quarter that you're trading based on if we get a six hour PSP or not. Right? So they're not super common, right? But when they do occur, you guys can see how powerful it really
462:03
Speaker A
is. Okay. Now, another little gem as well is to think if this works on the 6-h hour PSPs, daily cycle quarters, what other quarters do we have? the 90-minute cycle, 90 minute candles.
462:14
Speaker A
We've got the micro cycle, which is around about 22 minutes. We've got the 22minute candles. Okay, so something to think about there, but we'll save that for a different day. Um, but yeah. Yo, what's going on, guys? Welcome back to
462:25
Speaker A
the second episode of the brand new second episode of the brand new quarterly theory gem series. You guys absolutely love the first episode, so cannot wait to continue doing this series. This episode today is going to be an absolute banger as well. And
462:37
Speaker A
before we do get started, I do want to show you guys what is possible by trading these gems that we're going through in this series. I managed to pull 1.6K from one singular trading day this week while getting four wins, one
462:48
Speaker A
loss on the week. And also, another student of mine, Connor, managed to pull over $50,000 in profits during the month of March. Absolutely insane. So, let's go ahead and jump into the gems that allow us to do things like this. So, the
462:59
Speaker A
first gem of today is SMT MSS. So, this means SMT market structure shift. Essentially, all this is is any lower time frame sequential SMT that opposes the higher time frame will be used as a way for price to drop into a
463:12
Speaker A
premium/disount or a PDA that was formed via the higher time frame sequential SMT before realigning with the higher time frame direction and using the lower time frame sequential SMT as a draw on liquidity.
463:25
Speaker A
So, as you guys can see in this example here on the 4hour, we have a monthly cycle sequential SMT between Q1 and Q2.
463:32
Speaker A
And then just imagine this 15inut the daily cycle sequential SMT occurred on the day or the day after of this monthly cycle SMT occurring. So like around about here for example. And because the higher time frame had already been set
463:43
Speaker A
in play by the bullish monthly cycle sequential SMT. This daily cycle that opposes the higher time frame sequential SMT. So a daily cycle going against the monthly cycle. Which one do you guys think is more powerful? Obviously the
463:56
Speaker A
higher time frame, the monthly cycle. So this bearish daily cycle that occurs here will essentially allow for the 4hour to retrace lower into a 4hour PDA.
464:06
Speaker A
So a 4hour gap inside of this leg higher right here. Or for example, it could be pushed into a discount of this leg here as well. And once this retracement has then finished, we can then go ahead and
464:15
Speaker A
look for a long position in line with this bullish monthly cycle. And we can go ahead and target the initial bearish daily cycle sequential SMT highs. Okay.
464:23
Speaker A
So as you guys can see, a bearish daily cycle occurred here. price then drops lower towards this 15-minute gap and also into this 4hour one. This is then when we're hunting for longs because we know not to trust this bearish daily
464:35
Speaker A
cycle because the higher time frame is bullish and then once we get into our long position, we can go ahead and target those initial bearish daily cycle sequential SMT highs. So now let's quickly jump into the charts and give
464:46
Speaker A
you guys an example of this occurring in real time. All right, so we're now inside of the charts going over an example of the SMT market structure shift. Okay, so in this scenario, as you guys can see, we're looking at the 1
464:56
Speaker A
hour time frame for the weekly cycle. We have a nice clean clearcut bullish weekly cycle sequential to occur. This is literally on the week that we have just had. Okay, so Q1, Q2, total soup there in Q2, failure swing there for ES.
465:12
Speaker A
Okay, clearly bullish weekly confirmed by a 1 hour TC as well. Now once this has formed using the exact methodology that we just went over, every single sequential CMT that opposes this bullish weekly cycle should fail on the lower time frame.
465:29
Speaker A
Okay? So we form a bearish opposing weekly that could outpower this one and allow us to drop back lower. But the daily cycle, the 90 and the micro, if they form bearish, they should all technically fail. Obviously, this won't
465:42
Speaker A
work 100% of the time, but generally this this is, you know, what you can use to help you identify if it's a real move or an S& market structure shift. So, if we now go to the daily, the 90 or the
465:53
Speaker A
micro, and look for anything bearish that formed literally since 7th of April, 3 p.m., we can see that it most likely failed. As you can see, price just clearly ran higher. So, we can already see it failed. But, let's go to
466:06
Speaker A
the 5m minute, for example. Look at the 90-minut cycle. Okay. Um, let's go ahead and take a look. Boom, boom, boom. So, this is when it formed down here on Tuesday. Price just ran higher and let's see what we had. So, I can already see
466:19
Speaker A
two inversion TCSDs here. Both bullish and inversion TCID is essentially a failed bearish regular TCSD. So, if we put this on replay, you guys can see here at one point in time after this bullish weekly had been set, we ended up
466:34
Speaker A
forming a bearish 90-minute. Okay, so as you guys can see, we had it here between Q1 and Q2 right there. Q1, Q2 indicator marking this out for me. Link below to the indicators used here. You can go ahead and grab those as well. Free
466:49
Speaker A
trial. Everyone can test it out for free. Okay, so bearish 90minute. Then as you can see, this is our TCIC candle.
466:56
Speaker A
Price closed below it and then immediately inverse it on ENQ. This is why I love inversion TCISD so much because using what we just went over, we know we have a bullish weekly and play on the lows. So, all I'm doing is
467:08
Speaker A
looking for any bullish regular TCSD or any regular inversion bullish TCISD to form in line with that bullish weekly and I can take a long and again as you guys can see this one failed and then another bullish inversion DCD form right
467:21
Speaker A
after over here. And basically all these bullish inversion DCSDs can be entries. You can look for regular bullish TCSDs as entries as well. This is why I always always always emphasize if you can try trade in line with that higher time
467:33
Speaker A
frame order flow. Okay? And that order flow is set by these higher time frame cycle sequential SMTs. Right? This is why I always always always tell my students because it's so so important.
467:43
Speaker A
And also speaking of students, I've actually just launched a bigger and better program called the Oracle Circle.
467:49
Speaker A
This is going to be a one-to-one mentoring group. I'm only taking in a maximum of 10 people. So if you do want to apply to the weight list link below in the description the weight list applications will be reached out to and
468:00
Speaker A
let known if they are accepted on the 21st of April. Okay. So go ahead apply link below in the description. But either way yeah as you can see try trade in line with whatever is the highest of time frame cycle sequential that has
468:13
Speaker A
formed. Okay. Anything else against that is an SMT market shift bearish 90 retrace bearish 90 initially here as well. small retrace inversion TCSD back higher. Okay, so now let's jump into the second gem of the episode. All right
468:28
Speaker A
guys, so our next quarterly theory gem of today's episode is the revolving true open, the RTO. Now essentially this is a super super simple concept to understand. The revolving true open is the opening price of a quarter where a
468:41
Speaker A
sequential SMT has formed. Once there is an RTO, you can treat it like a regular true open looking for shorts when price is above and longs when price is below.
468:51
Speaker A
Okay, so looking at this example here, you can see we have a bullish daily cycle sequential SMT between Q2 and Q3.
468:59
Speaker A
Now you guys know the true open of every single cycle is the opening price of Q2.
469:04
Speaker A
Okay, so actually our normal true open would be around about here where my cursor is. And now an RTO is the quarter open when a sequential SMT occurs.
469:16
Speaker A
Sequential SMT occurs. So as you can see as bullish daily cycle sequential SMT occurs during key3 the green box. So then what we can do is once we see that has formed we can mark out the very first candle of Q3. Mark out the opening
469:31
Speaker A
price draw it out in real time and we can treat it like a regular true open.
469:36
Speaker A
So once that bullish daily cycle sequential SMT has occurred, we can then look for longs anywhere below the RTO of that quarter and even better if we form a second stage below the revolving true open of that 15minut daily cycle like in
469:51
Speaker A
this example right here a nice bullish microcycle sequential SMT and also it looks like we have an SMT fill also and then we can look for the highest probability long positions right there.
470:00
Speaker A
So instead of waiting for the bullish daily cycle to occur and price just to rip higher and deliver higher, then get a late entry, you can use this essentially as a way to identify, okay, we have a bullish daily cycle. We're
470:11
Speaker A
still at a discount in terms of this bullish daily cycle. This is where I want to be looking for my long position below the RTO. And then you can essentially position yourself and bottom tick that move to ride the expansion all
470:22
Speaker A
the way higher. And also, you can treat the RTO as a nice target as well. If for example you enter below it, you can then target the RTO because once price comes above it, that's essentially price now at a premium of that current quarter. So
470:35
Speaker A
that's a good way to be taking profits to be moving to break even because if you are wrong about this bullish daily cycle SMT holding, it's likely going to trade above the revolving true open and then just drop back lower if you are
470:46
Speaker A
wrong about the higher direction. So let's jump into the chart and go over an example of this in real time. All right, guys. So, we're now going to go over an example of the revolving true open right here inside of the charts. And as you
470:57
Speaker A
guys know, for the first example, we literally did an example of the week that just happened. Same here for the revolving true open. It just goes to show I don't need to cherrypick examples from years and years ago and stick it in
471:10
Speaker A
replay mode, whatever. Okay? Like, every single time a sequential there is there, it works like right here. Um, literally right here on the highs as well. Like here on the highs is always there. here on the lowest is always there. Okay, so
471:23
Speaker A
no need to cherry pick any examples. But what I am going to do in terms of showing you guys an example is find the cleanest one. Obviously that is ideal.
471:31
Speaker A
Okay, so we got one right here to mark the very very low down here. A bullish 90minut cycle literally just occurred on Friday. So this is just the cleanest ones one. Um so let's go ahead and go over this one here. Okay, so let's stick
471:44
Speaker A
this in replay mode just so we can walk you through the step-by-step process of finding an entry using the revolving true open. Right, so step number one, obviously wait for a sequential SMT to occur. Okay, now this one here during
471:59
Speaker A
Q3, this one occurred right towards the end of the quarter. Ideally, when you're looking for a sequential SMT, you want to see it form fairly fast towards the start of a quarter like this bearish one. This is a great entry here, okay?
472:11
Speaker A
because sequential some is manipulation and we want to see manipulation occur as fast as possible not late on towards the quarter as fast as possible. So like right here Q3 Q4 in this uh scenario right here as you can see ES ran below
472:25
Speaker A
Q3's low YM also and Q fail. So we have now a bullish 90minute cycle sequentialism T. Step number two we mark our first candle of Q4 because this is the quarter in which the sequentialism T occurred. So in the scenario a bullish
472:40
Speaker A
candle mark at the open. This is now our RTO. Okay, revolving true open. Right now you don't just want to press buy immediately once you're below the RTO of the quarter obviously. Okay, you don't want to do that. You would still want to
472:54
Speaker A
wait on confirmation, but you wait on confirmation to occur below the RTO in order to get yourself the best entry of this quarter. Okay, so what you can do is drop to a lower time frame. So in this case, the 5 minute down to the 1
473:06
Speaker A
minute. And then we need to see some sort of bullish signature indicating higher some sort of bullish reversal signature. So it can be an inversion. It can be another lower time frame sequential some T. In this case we don't
473:17
Speaker A
have anything here between Q1 and what has now just opened up Q2. Um and then also we can mark out this low. So we know that you know as long as price doesn't trade below this low the 90-minut cycle is still there and any
473:29
Speaker A
entry um above here uh below the RTO but around this area is valid. Okay. So, what could be our first entry technique here? Can be a lower time frame inversion. So, do we have any gaps resting here? Not really. No, we don't
473:43
Speaker A
really have any gaps here to be honest. Probably not the best of examples. We do have one here though on ES. So, let's mark this one out. Once ES inverses this gap, we could look for an entry on ENQ.
473:53
Speaker A
Okay, as long as we have solid displacement. So, let's see if ES inverses it. There we go. As you can see, ES does inverse it. And also, we form a nice bullish one minute gap. So that again could be another entry
474:04
Speaker A
technique that you guys enter from. Maybe we get some sort of SMT fill here.
474:07
Speaker A
I don't know if we come all the way back down to it or not. And doesn't doesn't look like we do um in this scenario here. Let's see if we form, you know, maybe another gap. Okay, no, we do come
474:17
Speaker A
back into it. Okay, cool. So, as you can see, price is now inside of it. Maybe wait for the next candle to print because this is a pretty bearish closure inside of the gap. We didn't disrespect it and we do have an SMT fill. So, this
474:27
Speaker A
is a valid entry, but let's wait for one more candle to play out. Okay, well, we got it here anyway.
474:32
Speaker A
So yeah, basically we would have waited for the next candle to print. Um, and as you guys can see, it would have actually closed above the gap. So you could have taken your entry there with your stop down on this low right on the sequential
474:44
Speaker A
low. Always the invalidation stop if possible and then ride it higher. As you can see though, if you would have waited a little bit longer, did get inversed.
474:50
Speaker A
So what would you have done in that scenario? Just wait for it to get closed back above. As long as that 90-minut is still there. As long as our entry is below the revolving true open, which you can see is retested multiple times again
475:00
Speaker A
as well before pushing higher. Great reference point for price. Great entry point, great stop loss and then target opposing highs, RR, you know, whatever you want. Okay. And as you guys can see, it played out very, very nicely right
475:13
Speaker A
there. Okay, so super clean stuff. It's almost always there. So do do look for it. And yeah, with that being said, let's jump now into the third and final gem of today's episode. And now for our third and final gem of today's episode
475:26
Speaker A
is how to anticipate a PSP, a precision swing point soup. Okay, so a PSP essentially, if you guys don't know, is a swing point that forms across correlated assets where the swing point candle itself, candle number two, closes
475:41
Speaker A
bullish on one asset and bearish on another. It's basically a crack and correlation occurring based on the color of the candle closure. Okay? And it has to be a swing point also. Now a soup is essentially a liquidity sweep. So it's
475:53
Speaker A
price taking out that swing high candle running above it or running below it. Okay. So so how do we actually anticipate when this will happen? Because a lot of people enter from the PSP candle and then just get stopped out and they just
476:08
Speaker A
don't know why. Okay. Now the two ways I like to look at it is the open of candle three and the higher time frame order flow. So when candle 3 opens, so candle 2, that PSP candle has printed, you're
476:21
Speaker A
trying to enter off candle 3, anticipating the swing point to hold. But what you need to be looking at is once candle 3 opens, look for it to head towards the PSP or displace away from it. If it looks like it's heading
476:33
Speaker A
towards, for example, if it's a swing low and price opens up candle 3 and instantly drops towards the PSP low, you don't want to enter. You want to wait for it to displace away from the PSP candle. Come higher away from it. Okay.
476:46
Speaker A
Now, this is how to identify if it's going to get souped based on the order flow is if the higher time frame is bearish. For example, bearish candles are less likely to be souped. So, if you form a bearish swing high and the candle
476:59
Speaker A
that creates a swing, closes bearish. On ENQ, for example, forms a swing high and like in this example right here, ENQ forms that bearish swing point. So, it's bearish, but the candle that created the swing initially for ENQ was bullish.
477:13
Speaker A
What does that tell us? It shows us that, okay, we've got a swing high, but ENQ is the stronger asset compared to ES because it's failing to print bearish candles. So, once that bullish candle has printed, it's a lot more likely to
477:25
Speaker A
get ran above because ENQ is the stronger asset in this example. and the asset that prints a bearish candle in a bearish scenario, a bearish swing high.
477:33
Speaker A
This is price obviously showing us, okay, ES is the weaker asset because it's actually forming bearish candles as opposed to ENQ still forming bullish ones. Okay, so if it forms a bullish swing high as a PSP, that asset is a lot
477:46
Speaker A
more likely to get run above and ideally you want to enter either on the bearish one, so like for example ES, or wait for price to create the soup of the PSP high and then you can look to trade after
477:57
Speaker A
that. Okay. And and for the open of candle three scenario, as you can see here, price opens up. You wouldn't enter immediately. You would wait and then once it drops back to the open and comes close to this candle's low, then you can
478:08
Speaker A
enter shorts. Okay? For example, if you did the same scenario in ENQ, you would see it literally only opened up high, higher, higher, higher. You wouldn't enter. You would wait for the soup. Then when it comes back to the open, then you
478:18
Speaker A
can enter. Okay? And also once price creates a soup on that PSP high, it then also likely forms, depending on the time frame, a sequential SMT. So if it's a daily time frame PSP, anticipate which asset is more likely to get souped. Then
478:32
Speaker A
once you get souped, look for if it's a daily time frame soup, it would be a weekly cycle sequential SMT. As you can see, NQ forms one here between Q2 and Q3. ES creates the failure swing. And then you have yourselves a very very
478:45
Speaker A
high probability setup. You have cracking correlation number one being the PSP, cracking correlation number two being a PSP soup. only one asset takes out the high and cracking correlation number three being the sequential SMT and in this example cracking correlation
478:59
Speaker A
number four being then an SMT fill for a very very nice entry. So this is actually one of the highest probability setups that can actually ever form. So let's go ahead and jump into the charts and go over an example of this exact
479:12
Speaker A
setup. All right guys, so we're now inside of our third and final example of today's episode which is going to be the PSP soup. Okay. So, what I'm going to do is again using our quality theory toolkit indicator is turn on the PSP
479:26
Speaker A
um setting on the toolkit. Okay. So, what this is going to do is mark out the PSP candles for me and then we can look at the examples super super easily went back uh for when back test and whatnot.
479:36
Speaker A
Okay. So, as you can see the bullish ones are green, bearish ones are red.
479:39
Speaker A
So, we have a bullish swing point again literally just formed in this last previous week that we just had. Okay.
479:44
Speaker A
Tuesday 7th of April, right? Why would this have been a good long position based on the um open of the candle? So like I said, wait for the candle to open. Wait for it to come back to the um you know actual
479:57
Speaker A
open of the candle. So initially um right here open low with this wick price then trades higher back to the open.
480:04
Speaker A
Where's our clear draws, right? We've got this high, you know, we've got this high. So then we can look to lock long towards it. Okay. In this example, no PSP soup occurred. um because as you can see even the bearish candle, the one
480:16
Speaker A
that printed the bearish candle, the technical weaker asset did still give a nice rejection there. Okay, so there's that one. We got another one here on Thursday. Again, the bearish one didn't get souped because it was such a large
480:29
Speaker A
rejection. Um this was a pretty bad day anyway inside candle. This was actually a half day that we had actually on Friday bank holiday. Hence why I didn't really go too far. Uh but I did actually want longs if this day was a normal day
480:40
Speaker A
up towards these highs and they did indeed deliver um off Monday basically. Okay, so yeah, there's that. Uh let's try to find an example where a soup actually occurred. Um so we got another um bearish PSP here. Um um again, it
480:54
Speaker A
almost souped it, but this is what I was talking about. Look at the open. Look how the candle opens. Super aggressive towards the upside. At this point, you wouldn't be looking to short because it's so close to the high. Once it uh
481:05
Speaker A
begins rejecting lower back to like I said the open then you can look to take a short. Didn't quite deliver in the same day but the following day did deliver um you know overall down to these lows later on in the week. Okay.
481:17
Speaker A
So there's that. I do actually really want to find a PSP suit though. All right. Let's let's try to drop down to the hourly for example and see if we got any occurring on here. So we got a
481:28
Speaker A
bullish one here. Did this PS uh bearish PSP get souped? Uh yeah, okay, this one did. So, as you guys can see in this example right here, we have a one hour precision swing point. This is a bullish
481:41
Speaker A
one. This uh ENQ print the bullish candle, hence why we wouldn't have expected it to get souped. Drop lower, come back to the open long position.
481:49
Speaker A
Okay, wait for that open. Don't enter immediately. Um and then within ES uh Y, I'm sorry, the one that printed the bearish candle. As you can see here, 7 p.m. again, look at the open as well.
481:59
Speaker A
Opens up, aggressively, drops lower, soups out the low, then gives the move higher. Okay. And like I said, you can look for, you know, sequential some TE's occurring off the PSP suit. So, this was between 7 to 8. Uh, this was at Asia
482:10
Speaker A
session anyway, so you wouldn't really have been trading during this time, but we can see if there was something there or not. Uh, we can definitely take a look. Um, no, I don't think there was anything there in this example here. No.
482:21
Speaker A
So, as you can see, no assets did uh run below Q1 right there. Um, again, you know, it won't always happen, but it's just that extra layer of confirmation.
482:29
Speaker A
Um, and then you can actually enter from that PSP soup and be confident that okay, the PSP's been souped. We have a sequential some T. Now price could trade higher from here, for example. Okay. Um, but yeah, hopefully you guys did find
482:40
Speaker A
these examples um useful right here. Again, it should useful right here. Again, it's just, you know, these little small gems, these little tips that you can always keep in the back of your mind um you know, and always be actively thinking of when
482:52
Speaker A
you're inside of the charts just so you don't blindly trade these concepts. Like everyone knows what a PSP is or if you don't then super simple you know we went over it earlier u but not everyone knows these small intricate details when to
483:04
Speaker A
enter you know when not to enter how to expect a soup all these types of things so this is why these episodes are super super valuable but with that being said yo what's going on guys welcome back to
483:14
Speaker A
the third episode of the quarterly third episode of the quarterly theory gem series today we have a special edition episode we're going to be covering three separate quarterly theory models that you guys have probably never seen for that are very very powerful. Also, using
483:28
Speaker A
these type of models allowed me to pull another $1,200 payout in just a couple of trading days this week alone. Let's jump straight into the first model of today's episode, the PSP soup entry model. So, the precision swing point
483:40
Speaker A
soup entry model. Precision swing point is when we have a swing point form on one asset that closes bullish and another asset that closes bearish and a soup is when price drops below that PSP, takes it on one asset and not on another
483:53
Speaker A
asset. Okay, so the way that a PSP soup entry order works and yes this is of course fractal. You firstly want to see a lower time frame sequential SMT form right after a higher time frame precision swing point has been souped.
484:08
Speaker A
Okay, so when one asset drops below the precision swing point candle, you want to see a lower time frame sequential SMT form. Okay, in this example, the 2 a.m.
484:17
Speaker A
candle was suited by the 6 a.m. candle forming a daily cycle sequential SMT. So there are of course specific times in which you need to be looking out for this because each time frame doesn't specifically cover a sequential cycle.
484:32
Speaker A
Okay? So if you're looking at the 4hour time frame, a 4hour candle doesn't necessarily encapsulate the whole entire daily cycle quarter. However, if you look at it from the 2 a.m. candle and the 6 a.m. candle, generally that 2 a.m.
484:43
Speaker A
candle covers 4 hours of London session and the 10 p.m. candle has 2 hours. But usually the low or the high of the London session will form inside of that 2 am candle. So like in this example right here, the final two hours of this
484:55
Speaker A
10 p.m. candle were technically London and the whole entire rest of this 4hour candle here at 2 a.m. was the remaining of the London session. Okay? And as you can see in this example, this created a precision swing point right here as NQ
485:06
Speaker A
closed bearish, ES closed bullish. So this swing point that has formed holds the daily cycle London session low. So once we can then see the 6 a.m. 4hour candle open up soup out this PSP low and remember what we spoke about in the last
485:20
Speaker A
episode which asset out of these two would we expect to create the soup? Well when bullish the asset that prints a bullish candle as the PSP is less likely to get ram below the asset that prints a bearish one is more likely. So, we could
485:32
Speaker A
have anticipated the 6 a.m. candle to open up low, sweep out the PSP low, form a daily cycle bullish sequential SMT from London to New York AM session, which is this is how it looks on the 15-minute time frame. And then you can
485:45
Speaker A
go ahead and find your entry technique after that. So, you can do the same with 1 hour candles. You can look for a 90-minute cycle sequential some teeth to form on the high or low after a 1 hour
485:53
Speaker A
PSP has been souped. You can do the same with 15-minute candles to look for a microcycle. And of course the daily time frame is a perfect encapsulation of the weekly cycle quarter. So once you see a precision swing point form on the daily
486:04
Speaker A
time frame and then price soups it that is a weekly cycle sequential SMT as long as another asset hasn't souped its PSP as well. So essentially this is a very high probability entry model because you have multiple correcting correlation
486:16
Speaker A
precision swing point one asset sweeping the precision swing point and a daily cycle or any cycle sequential SMT forming on the low of that PSP. And of course you can use the specific candles for quarterly theories. So a 6-hour PSP
486:31
Speaker A
souped that is a daily cycle. 90-minute candle souped that is a 90-minute cycle. You can use the daily ones which is the weekly cycle like we mentioned. Weekly time frame ones is for the monthly cycle. So on and so forth. But let's go
486:43
Speaker A
ahead and jump into the charts and break down an example of this happening on the charts. All right guys so we're now inside of the charts taking a look at NQS and YM. And we're going to be looking at the exact same sequence as
486:54
Speaker A
the one that we just went through. to the 4hour PSP forming at 2 a.m. the 6 a.m. candle sweeping it out with the daily cycle and then the move occurs.
487:01
Speaker A
Okay, so we scroll back a couple weeks back. Um, this setup isn't, you know, super common because obviously there's only one singular 2 a.m. candle every single day. So, it has to close as a PSP and then it has to be souped, which
487:13
Speaker A
doesn't happen all the time. You can maybe expect maybe once per week, maybe two or three times every couple of weeks or so. Okay, but in this example, this was from a couple weeks ago, we have that 2 a.m. 4hour PSP, right? And in
487:26
Speaker A
this scenario, it formed as a bearish swing point. So, this is the bearish scenario, right? So, look at the candle closure on NQ. It closed bearish, right?
487:34
Speaker A
So, if you take a look at the candle closure on YM right here, a little bit choppy, but we'll zoom in for you guys right there. Um 2 a.m. closed bullish.
487:42
Speaker A
Okay. So, in a bearish scenario, which candle is more likely to get souped out?
487:46
Speaker A
the one that closed bullish because that is showing us, okay, this asset is failing to close bearish. It's now more stronger. So, that next candle is more likely to open up, create the stop run, create the soup, and then give that move
487:58
Speaker A
lower. Okay. And as you can see, ENQ never ended up getting run out with that 6 a.m. candle, whereas YM did. So, now all we do once we see this, we drop to the 15 minute and confirm there was
488:09
Speaker A
definitely a daily cycle sequential SMT there. If there is, then we can look for our entry technique. So, this was on the 4th of February. Um, let's go ahead and take a look. Okay, 4th of February.
488:22
Speaker A
Let's go all the way down here. As you guys can see, we can mark out that PSP high and we can see right there clearly from our indicator. YM did run it out and that ran out occurred at 645 and
488:35
Speaker A
look how clean this entry technique was, guys. We had the 645 candle created. So, this is our TCID candle. So, you mark out the open, wait for price to close below it, which occurs simultaneously at 7:00 a.m. 7:15 then trades back into the
488:49
Speaker A
TCIC, which is where your entry would then be, or my personal entry technique would be. Um, so we can mark out the body, enter the retest. Stop would go on that PSP high or on the sequential SMT high, whichever one you would have
489:02
Speaker A
preferred. In this case, let's place it on the sequential SMT high and then we can go ahead and target a post on liquidity or a set R for even lower.
489:09
Speaker A
Okay. But as you guys can see, look how clean that sequence is right there. And the specific times you want to be using this. So for example, that 2 a.m. 4 hour candle. And you can also use this for
489:19
Speaker A
example like on the hourly. But remember, like I said, an hourly candle doesn't encapsulate a whole 90-minute cycle quarter. But sometimes when that PSP forms, it can be the high of the previous 90-minute quarter, high or low, for example. Okay. So once you see the
489:33
Speaker A
PSP form on the Audi once it then gets souped out which you can see on one asset or two assets then drop to the five minute and confirm okay there is now a 90-minute cycle sequential SMT here then you look for your entry
489:45
Speaker A
technique which can be for example a TCSD and then you can be super confident that trade is likely to play out. It's the perfect sequence precision swing point PSP soup uh sequential some T and then entry model. Okay. And again, you
489:59
Speaker A
know, it's not going to be a super common entry model, but when it forms, it is going to be very, very hype.
490:05
Speaker A
It is going to be very, very high probability. Okay, so with that being said, let's go ahead and jump into our second model of this episode. All right, so now for our second model of the series, we have the OS, the OSO, or the
490:16
Speaker A
oneot one kill model. Have you ever wondered how to catch the high or low of any cycle? This is one of the models that allows you to do exactly this. This is a two-stage sequential SMT model. If the higher time frame sequential SMT is
490:29
Speaker A
a turtle soup, you must see a failure swing on the immediate time frame lower.
490:33
Speaker A
So the immediate time frame lower creates a sequential SMT and it must be a failure swing. And then vice versa for the opposite. Okay? So say the higher time frame creates a failure swing with the sequential SMT. You then want to see
490:45
Speaker A
the immediate cycle lower, create a sequential SMT, but be the turtle soup. Okay? So like in this example right here, we have Q1 and Q2 of the weekly cycle. Let's just imagine, right? So this is Monday and Tuesday. So ENQ on
490:57
Speaker A
Tuesday runs above Monday's high creating a turtle soup for the weekly cycle sequential SMT. ES on the other hand creates a failure swing right there for this weekly cycle sequential SMT.
491:08
Speaker A
And then what's our immediate time frame lower than the weekly cycle? It would be the daily cycle. So then we'd expect the opposite thing to happen on the daily cycle that occurred on the weekly. So if ENQ was a turtle soup on the weekly
491:19
Speaker A
cycle, we would want to see a failure swing with the daily cycle, which is what happens here between London and New York AM session. Failure swing right there. Okay, so weekly cycle turtle soup followed by a daily cycle failure swing
491:32
Speaker A
right after. And then ES is the opposite. Failure swing on the higher time frame followed by a turtle soup right after. And this is what's called the one shot one kill model. And this can happen on any cycles. Okay, so let's
491:43
Speaker A
say for example, you're trying to catch the high of the day. You'd want to see a daily cycle followed by a 90-minute cycle. Total soup on the daily followed by a failure swing on the 90. Or opposite way round, fill your swing on
491:53
Speaker A
the daily followed by total soup on the 90. If you're trying to catch the high or low of the week, this is the model that you would use here. The weekly cycle followed by the daily cycle.
492:00
Speaker A
Trying to catch the high or low of the session, that would be a 90-minute cycle followed by a microcycle. Just keep in mind they must be the specific order.
492:07
Speaker A
So, turtle soup followed by fellow swing or failure swing followed by turtle soup. It can't be turtle soup, turtle soup or failure swing, failure swing.
492:15
Speaker A
Well, it can, but that won't be as high probability. Okay, super simple model, literally so easily followable, right?
492:22
Speaker A
This is like the common theme with all of these models that we're going to be going through. They are super powerful, but super easy to follow as well. Okay.
492:28
Speaker A
Okay. So, let's jump into the charts now and go over an example of this happening in real time. All right, guys. So, we're now on the charts going over an example of the oneshot, one kill model. So like
492:37
Speaker A
I said previously there are specific sequences that mark the high and low of specific cycles. Okay. So starting on the weekly cycle followed by a daily that marks our high and low of the week most of the time. Okay. So as you can
492:50
Speaker A
see here we have a weekly cycle bullish sequential SMT. ENQ and ES both ran out their Q1 lows. So this is Monday's low ran out there on ES also ran out here on AQ. However, if we take a look at wire,
493:03
Speaker A
you can see a nice clear fill swing right there. Okay, so this is number one. Step number one, identify the sequential some T. Identify is it a total soup? Is it a failure swing? In this case, NQ was the turtle soup. And
493:16
Speaker A
let's let's just look specifically between ENQ and YM for this example. Turtle soup failure swing. Okay. So now when we're looking for that one immediate time frame, that cycle lower the daily cycle, we must see ENQ be the
493:28
Speaker A
value swing and we must see YM be the turtles soup. Okay. So let's drop to the 15 minute. And this occurred during Asia session. So as long as we get a daily cycle between Asia and London or London,
493:39
Speaker A
New York, New York AM, New York PM, that's fine. Generally, you know, it doesn't need to occur immediately as this weekly cycle is taking place. But say this expands, then the second leg down like the retracement, it can occur
493:50
Speaker A
there. Okay, so let's go to the 15 minute and this was on the 30th of March and we're looking for ENQ to give us that failure swing. Okay, 30th of So 30th of 30th of March and we're looking for that fur swing right
494:05
Speaker A
there from ENQ. So we're on the 15 minute right now. Uh so let's take a look. So remember I said between Asia and London or London and New York A.M.
494:12
Speaker A
right? So this is where the weekly cycle took place. This is essentially a weekly cycle right there on that one hour the higher time frame. Boom. total soup failure swing and then the second leg the second stage of sequential tea right
494:27
Speaker A
here between London and the New York AM session as you can see is a failure swing right there for ENQ boom perfect that's what we want however on YM it is that turtle suit which again is what we
494:39
Speaker A
want right there okay so yeah that's essentially it guys and then after this takes place you can then use any entry technique that you would like in my scenario in my case I would use my entry technique which would be the TCIDC. So
494:52
Speaker A
we mark out our TCIC candle and I would enter right there at the retest of that TCID right there. Stop would go on the sequential some T low and then you can go ahead and target a pose on liquidity
495:03
Speaker A
or you can go ahead and target a set R whatever that may be that you do like to do. Okay. And as you guys can see this was our low of the cycle formed via the oneot one kill model and from there we
495:16
Speaker A
just continued expanding and expanding expanding higher. Okay. So, yeah, hopefully you guys found this useful.
495:22
Speaker A
Now, let's jump into our third and final model of today's episode. All right, and now for our final and third model of today's episode, we have the 90minut cycle 930 model. Now, this is one of my favorite models. As you guys know, I do
495:34
Speaker A
trade the TCI model. The video is already out on YouTube. Go ahead and check that out if you haven't already.
495:39
Speaker A
But I essentially use this logic as well inside of this model because I trade from 9 to 10:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. Okay. Now this model during the 9:30 NY open if no manipulation has occurred prior. So to me manipulation
495:52
Speaker A
would be if no sequential SMT has occurred prior and confirm itself by a TCSD you can anticipate a sequential SMT in this case a 90-minut cycle manipulation to form. Okay so if we can see we clearly have no manipulation
496:06
Speaker A
prior to the 9:30 open we would anticipate a 90-minut cycle sequential SMT to form at that 9:30 open. Doesn't need to be immediately, but it can be, you know, maybe 5 to 10 minutes after.
496:18
Speaker A
If you can see 930's gone higher and it's trending higher, higher, higher, boom, bearish 90-minute forms, then after this has happened, you have two chances to look for an entry. Either a 5minute precision swing point entry or a
496:31
Speaker A
5minute SMT fill entry. As you guys know, my main personal model will be a five-minute TCSD entry. But these two here also work very, very well. So, in this example, as you guys can see, we have Q2 and Q3, of course, right? And at
496:44
Speaker A
9:30 or around that 9:30 window, ES runs up the wind window. ES runs above Q2's high, forming a bearish 90-minute cycle sequential SMT. And it doesn't need to be the exact candle that creates a sequential SMT. It can be, you know, two to three candles
496:59
Speaker A
after on the 5minute, but you want to see that precision swing point form. In this case, it does form off the very candle that creates a sequential SMT.
497:07
Speaker A
That can be your first entry. And if you miss that one or you want to wait for a little bit more higher probability entry, you can wait for a gap to form and then you can look for an SMT fill
497:17
Speaker A
inside of this gap like happens exactly right there. ES tags into the gap. ENQ does not and then we begin that expansion move towards the downside. So now let's jump into the charts and look at an example of this occurring in real
497:29
Speaker A
time. All right guys, so we're now on to our final model of today's episode inside of the charts right here, the 930 model. Okay, what we're going to do is, like I said, it's a PSP or an SMT fill
497:39
Speaker A
entry model. So, let's for this example, turn off the TTSD. Go into our toolkit right here and we can turn on PSPs. And then we also have an SMT fill indicator.
497:49
Speaker A
So, we can turn that on as well. Remember, if you guys want any of these indicators, they are linked below in the description. Okay, some are free, some have free trials. Um, super super affordable tools to help you with your
498:01
Speaker A
trading. Okay. And because we've got the SMT fill on, let's turn the maximum gaps up to let's say 50. So that way it will show a lot lot more gaps here. Okay. So when we're back testing, it should be a
498:13
Speaker A
lot lot easier. Right. So 5m minute time frame. We're looking for that 90 minute cycle sequential some T form either at 9:30 directly or 5 to 15 to 20 minutes after. Okay. So let's see what we've got. What we can do is click this as
498:29
Speaker A
well. We can type this into 9:30 right there and then we can easily back test this model. Right, here we go. It's picked a random day and we have an example right here. So this Wednesday the 14th of January as you guys can see
498:42
Speaker A
some tea here on the 90-minut cycle. This occurred at 9:30 directly. So the 9:30 candle on YM ran above QT's highs of the 90-minut cycle. Okay. Now the candle itself when it closed didn't form anything. There was no entry model
498:55
Speaker A
there. However, the following candle did. So 9:35 created a PSP. So bullish candle closure there down by bearish for ENQ. So what we could have done is entered immediately off the open of candle number three when it opened up.
499:08
Speaker A
Would have been better if it traded higher. This is a pretty bad RR to be honest. But you guys can still still see it did work out very nicely. And remember if you're too worried to take this entry here or you want a little bit
499:19
Speaker A
more confirmation, wait on a gap to fall. We got one here at 940. It was only a gap there on ENQ though. So no SMT filled there. However, then our next gap that formed um that we had an SMT
499:30
Speaker A
fill inside of was this one here at 10:25. Okay. So, you can enter immediately off the SMT fill, stop on the recent swing high before the gap, and go ahead and target the lows, right?
499:41
Speaker A
Or what you could have done is, you know, waited for this candle to close away from the gap, entered off the following candle, stop on the uh swing high formed inside the gap, and as you can see, you could have caught a nice R
499:52
Speaker A
rod there and most likely even more as well if it continues to drop. I don't know if it does. Let's find out. Yeah, there you go. So, overall could have caught a little bit more RR there. I don't know how much further it goes, but
500:04
Speaker A
either way, I would have entered off the SMT fill after seeing a small rejection.
500:08
Speaker A
So, maybe somewhere around here. So, a little bit lower of an RR, but you can still see it did play out very, very nicely. Okay, so with that being said, was trading the ENQ live in front of my
500:27
Speaker A
whole entire Discord. This is exactly how I did it. First of all, there is the proof. As you guys can see, fresh 200k account. Bear in mind, it is an evaluation. Okay, but either way, we're over halfway past to locking in another
500:40
Speaker A
$200,000 in for the capital. Uh so yeah, let's just dive into it. Show you guys what I took on the charts. As you can see, the magnet did indeed help out.
500:50
Speaker A
Okay, magnet always works. I'm joking now. Okay, so let's dive into it. So, first of all, this is the trade. Our original stop loss was up there. Okay, so so about 5 hour roughly. Uh we entered at uh around 9:43. So, a little
501:06
Speaker A
bit after the open. Okay, why did I even take shorts? Let me break everything down. First of all, let's start with the weekly candle. Okay, what is my direction for the week? What am I expecting this weekly candle to do?
501:18
Speaker A
Because everything is important. Everything ties into each other. It's Tuesday. It's the second day of the week generally will form, you know, the high or low of the week depending on if we're bearish. The high of the week should be
501:26
Speaker A
in on Monday/ Tuesday. Okay. So, if I'm bearish, I'm looking for that high week to being to have been put in already.
501:33
Speaker A
And I'll show you guys what I use to confirm that in a second. Okay. Weekly bias is bearish. As you can see, the previous week's close was an inside candle, but we have have so much liquidity below. We have, first of all,
501:45
Speaker A
we open up fairly close to the previous week low anyway, right? Um and also we have the previous previous week's low this low here as well. And if we go to the monthly time frame, we just start the new monthly candle which is what did
501:57
Speaker A
the previous uh month close as? A bearish reversal. Okay. And it's what it's a PSP. YM closed bullish ANQ closed bearish. Okay. Now, which is the stronger asset out the three? YM.
502:08
Speaker A
Therefore, what it souped out PSP high. Okay. Also, two unfilled gaps below. So, I'm just like super bearish at least down to previous month low here.
502:16
Speaker A
Essentially, it souped out the high, which in turn has formed what a bearish yearly cycle, which by the way hasn't been confirmed by the TC yet. We need to wait on this closure. But it also formed a quarterly cycle, which is essentially
502:29
Speaker A
a yearly cycle quarter um dividing into four. Okay. And we just started the new yearly cycle quarter. So we also just entered the um Q1 of the quarterly cycle. So essentially it happened simultaneously.
502:42
Speaker A
Uh, and it happened off this candle here, July the 26th, which is this candle here. As you can see, we closed bearish on NQ. Therefore, we can't use that candle as our TCSD. So, we use our most recent bearish one, uh, most recent
502:54
Speaker A
bullish ones, I'm sorry, which is here, 30th of June automatically got closed below. So, looking for that new week to deliver lower generally based off what I just said. So, I want to see this TTIC here on the daily time frame be
503:05
Speaker A
respected. And is it being respected? Yes, of course, it is. Okay, Monday traded into it. Looking for Tuesday now to trade lower. Now what has confirmed that the high of the week is likely in for me? Weekly cycle or every single day
503:17
Speaker A
of the week. Daily candle closure and weekly call. Okay, as you can see the daily candle closure was an inside candle rejected away from the TCIC though which is quite bearish anyway.
503:26
Speaker A
And then also at the start of today we formed a bearish weekly cycle. Right. So both failed to run out Monday's high. Um YM did. Okay. Okay, this formed at 6 p.m. So, literally immediately DCISD again just confirmed immediately that
503:39
Speaker A
most recent bullish one there at 2 p.m. Since then, looking for price to just deliver towards our draw liquidity.
503:46
Speaker A
Okay, expecting high of the week to be in now. So, enter my time window 9 to 10:30 a.m. All I'm looking for is shorts because this framework here is so bearish. We have a clear draw liquidity which is, you know, this daily low down
503:58
Speaker A
here. Previous day low had already been taken, which was my main target for the day. uh but then we didn't show any reversal signatures and only showed continuation ones indicating that we keep delivering down towards the lower targets. Okay, so simply 9 to 1030 you
504:12
Speaker A
look for shorts down to this daily low. Let's see what we've got. Okay, we had bearish daily cycle which the TCI got reconfirmed. So this daily cycle was formed um immediately 6 a.m. with ESNQ failed to run out London highs. ES did.
504:28
Speaker A
So 6 p.m. candle is our TCSD if it closed correctly. Um it didn't. So we use our most recent bullish one which is here 5:45 mark at the open. Price closed had closed below it immediately. Then we inversed it. Then we closed back down
504:41
Speaker A
below it. Then we inverted it again and then come into my window by 8:45. So within my 9 to 10:30 window the TTCI essentially had been reconfirmed to the downside. Formed a 15-minute gap overlapping with it as well. Price then
504:55
Speaker A
trades into the gap. We have the daily cycle supporting the potentially higher the days in there as well from that intra tracking correlation 5m minute time frame. Let's just check what we've got here. I believe we had a 90 minute.
505:06
Speaker A
Yeah. Yeah. 90m minute bearish too formed at 9:30 with ES as well which is great. Just classic 9:30 manipulation.
505:12
Speaker A
Um you know TCI confirmed all that good stuff. ENQ respecting it. Swapped out this liquidity lower still held the 90.
505:20
Speaker A
Go to the 1 minute and we can look for you know entry here. Essentially, you could have entered from anything though.
505:26
Speaker A
You know, you could have entered off the 15-minute TCSD retest again there at 9:30. You could have entered off this uh 9:30 wait once it traded into the TCSD and, you know, began rejecting away from it. But you could have entered anywhere.
505:38
Speaker A
I personally enter off the 1 minute time frame. So, I waited for a signature on the 1 minute to show me that now price is ready to go lower here on the 1 minute. And the fact that it's aligning
505:47
Speaker A
with the 15, the five, the daily, weekly, literally everything aligned here. It's like a multi-stage uh sequential T, which I don't need personally for my model. Just at least one with a clear draw is fine. But we had it, you know, we had it high uh
505:59
Speaker A
higher probability. We'll take it. Okay, we held a hidden bearish micro there at 9:30. As you can see, 930 took out the uh Q1's high, but we did not close above the highest closure there of Q1. Okay, within NQ. So, we're still holding that
506:15
Speaker A
bearish micro crack and correlation. So, we quite literally have a micro, a 90, a daily, a weekly. Also, we have a monthly cycle. I forgot to show you guys that.
506:23
Speaker A
Let me quickly show you guys. 4 hour y took out previous month high uh previous week high. Sorry. ENQ did not. And we confirmed our 4hour TCIC today. So, so many draws below. Like, it's just so obvious, guys. Come on, man. Bear in
506:36
Speaker A
mind, we're on a seven win streak right now. This is actually crazy. Past three weeks, seven trades, seven wins. All taken live in front of the Discord as well. If you guys do want to join, link in the description. I've also just added
506:46
Speaker A
a book AI bot. You can ask bot questions 24/7. Get a response in literal seconds and it's trained from everything I know.
506:54
Speaker A
It'll give you an answer in seconds. You got a question about sequential SMT, PSP, whatever it is, it'll answer immediately. Go check that out. There's a free day free trial as well for the premium. If you click on the link, trade
507:04
Speaker A
live with me in the description, you can test it all out. Okay. Um, so the actual entry itself, like I said, held this hidden micro. Uh we then displaced this was our first presented gap after the hidden presented gap after the hidden
507:17
Speaker A
micro TCSD there inversion TCISD potentially entry then from this gap um I'll wait for price to trade into it and reject lower which it did there at 941 originally respecting the gap. That was the main game plan. Um but I wasn't
507:30
Speaker A
really worried once price um traded back above it. By the way, originally our stop was up here actually. Sorry, that's my bad. It wasn't there. It was it was just here. Okay. Um, but then as you can see, we did inverse the gap, but then
507:42
Speaker A
immediately closed back down below it. The reason why I wasn't worried as well is because the TCIC candle was so large.
507:47
Speaker A
It was a big thick TCIC candle acting like an order block supporting price to go lower. So, if the gap failed, it wasn't the end of the world. It did immediately get reconfirmed, which was great. And then once we broke down below
507:57
Speaker A
this low here, that's then when I did trail my stop down to here. Um, and then like after this one, we essentially just went break even slightly before 10:00 a.m. Yeah, like around about here. just to account for any potential wick higher
508:10
Speaker A
at 10 a.m. just to like give us an unnecessary loss at that point because if we come break even we'd likely sweep out this high etc etc. So we could have just re-entered. Um either way break even just to secure our position and
508:21
Speaker A
then we genuinely just sat and just rode it all the way down to the daily time frame low. We put the magnet there, let the magnet do all the hard work and that was it basically guys. So yeah, so so
508:32
Speaker A
many guys inside the Discord as well did catch W's. Um, you guys can check inside the profits channel inside the Discord community which is free as well. You can join the free Discord community in the description. Scroll through it. Elderly
508:44
Speaker A
15 people posting wins, people pass accounts getting payouts. Um, insane. Okay, so yeah, if if you guys decided today's video, I'm going to be showing you guys exactly how I trade for just 90 minutes maximum per day. So I have the
508:58
Speaker A
the rest of my day to do whatever I would like. And just trading that 90-minute window this week has allowed me to request $1,200 in funded payouts.
509:07
Speaker A
I also made another $2,000 on an account. I just need a couple more winning days to request that next week.
509:12
Speaker A
And I also passed three accounts this week. Also, two 50k accounts and one 25k account. And all of that was done for just trading 90 minutes maximum per day.
509:21
Speaker A
I actually ended up taking a trade every single day. This week, we had two quite big wins, two very small losses, and one break even. So, let's go ahead and jump into the charts so I can show you guys
509:30
Speaker A
my exact model I use to get these results this week. Also, before we jump into the charts, here's a few results from my one-to-one mentorship students this week alone. So, first of all, before we dive into the trades we took
509:40
Speaker A
on each day, I'm going to showcase my exact thought process and narrative reading for the week and how I identified what I would expect each day to do. If you guys don't care for that and just want to see the trades I took,
509:51
Speaker A
skip to this time right here that I put down below on the screen and that will dive straight into my trade recaps. Now inside of the charts, single trade that I took this week was taken on ENQ. And
510:00
Speaker A
first of all, let's start on the weekly chart. Okay, so weekly chart, what do I want to see on the week? You know, why was I bearish at the start of the week and maybe more bullish towards the end
510:08
Speaker A
of the week, right? So, first of all, my narrative coming into this week here.
510:12
Speaker A
So, this is the weekly candle that has just closed. This is the week that we just traded, right? Looking back upon the previous weekly candle closure, what was it? This is a bearish reversal candle signature to where? To the
510:23
Speaker A
downside, right? So the main target whenever we have a candle closure like this indicating lower is the previous week low. Right? So my almost guaranteed target that I wanted to see get hit this week was previous week low which
510:37
Speaker A
coincides with a nice bullish weekly gap that hadn't been tagged into prior to this week. Okay. Now also if we go ahead and pull up the three charts to look at the triad you guys can see if we look at
510:50
Speaker A
the candle closure specifically ES closed bullish last week ANQ closed bearish right so what is this this is now also a precision swing point candle so again this indicates a reversal lower so it just gave me that little bit more
511:03
Speaker A
confidence to look for shorts coming into the start of the week right now my main target being previous week low what does that mean it means I'm looking for shorts all the way down to that low then once the low has been taken
511:15
Speaker A
I could then begin to frame longs. Why? If we form a bullish cracking correlation inside of this higher time frame weekly gap. Okay. And did we form a cracking correlation inside of it?
511:26
Speaker A
Yes, we did. So, we tagged the gap on both ES and NQ. So, unfortunately, no SMT fill. That would have been nice, but not needed. So, then if we drop to the 4our, we can go ahead and see if number
511:36
Speaker A
one, did we form any monthly cycle sequential SMT inside the gap? The answer is no because all assets actually took out the previous week low. Okay. So what's now our next best thing? What's our next higher time frame cycle we can
511:48
Speaker A
use to gauge if we're going to get a move back higher or not would be one cycle lower which would be the weekly cycle. Okay. So 1 hour for the weekly cycle. Now what would we need to see on
511:59
Speaker A
the weekly cycle to indicate a move higher to indicate our low the week is in that would be a bullish weekly cycle sequential SMT. Okay. Now, initially we had one here with Monday's low. ES and both ENQ took out Monday's low on
512:12
Speaker A
Tuesday, whereas YM on Tuesday failed to take out Monday's low. Okay, so that alone was enough for me to then say, okay, now the following day, I'm looking for longs. Okay, so both Monday and Tuesday were the days I actually took
512:26
Speaker A
both my wins on. Why? Because they were such easy shorts because my main target for the week was previous week low. I literally just purely look for shorts for the most part. I think I may have taken one long here, which we'll dive
512:36
Speaker A
into shortly, and I'll tell you guys why. Um, but for the most part, we're looking for shorts down to that gap.
512:41
Speaker A
Now, the gap's hit. Now, we've got a weekly cycle sequential SMT. What now confirms this sequential SMT would be a TCISD. Okay, so where's our TCISD candle? So, if you mark out the Monday low, which is the very first candle of
512:54
Speaker A
Tuesday that took out that low, right? It was this one here at 9:00 a.m. on ENQ and on ES. Okay. Now, can we use this 9 a.m. candle as our TCISC candle? No.
513:08
Speaker A
Why? Because this is a bullish SMT scenario. So, we can't have a bullish candle as our TCIDC candle. So, if it was bearish, this would be our candle.
513:16
Speaker A
But, it's bullish. So, what do we do? We look to our left and we look for the most recent bearish closure before this candle here. So, it's not the 8 a.m.
513:23
Speaker A
candle. It's a 7 a.m. candle right there. Okay. So, we go ahead and mark out the open of this candle and then we wait for price to close above it. And this actually occurred off the 9:00 a.m.
513:32
Speaker A
candle itself. So this candle created the sequential SMT initially and closed above what would be our TCIC candle immediately. Okay. So seeing this obviously very very bullish now. Okay.
513:43
Speaker A
However, we did end up dropping back down below this low again which you know sometimes can happen. It won't hold 100% of the time but that's fine as long as the sequential SMT remains intact which it did. And then we get back above our
513:54
Speaker A
TCISD which was this candle here and we close back above it there at 12 uh 12 a.m. Okay. What we can do as well is mark out this whole body of this TCIC candle. And as you can see, once it got
514:06
Speaker A
closed back above, not 12:00 a.m., sorry, at 12 p.m. price then came back into it multiple multiple times towards the end end of Tuesday and start of Wednesday, right? And as you can see, all the bodies were respecting the TCIC
514:18
Speaker A
candle. So seeing this obviously is very bullish and we're looking for price to trade away from it to the upside. Okay, and that's exactly what price did right there. So then obviously nice and easy longs on Wednesday and then because
514:29
Speaker A
Wednesday also formed another sequential some T because YM actually took out Tuesday's low whereas ENQ didn't. This could be you know another manipulation day but more or less for me Tuesday manipulation Monday continuation accumulation whatever you want to call
514:41
Speaker A
it doesn't matter. Sequential SMT is the main thing we're paying attention to. Sequential SMT is our manipulation. Once it occurs, distribution follows, right?
514:50
Speaker A
And then a potential continuation if higher time frame draw has not yet been met, which what was my higher time frame draw? Previous week high. So therefore, I anticipated continuations on Thursday and also on Friday because why Friday,
515:03
Speaker A
you know, still hadn't have taken my previous higher time frame draw. Okay, so that's more or less the whole entire week right there. Kind of how I saw each and every single day. And obviously once I identified what I wanted in each day,
515:13
Speaker A
I then looked for my model in line with that essentially. So now let's dive into each day specifically and go over the exact model I used and the trade I took on each of the days. All right, so here
515:22
Speaker A
we are on Monday. Now Monday I actually took a long, right? And there's one very specific reason for taking a long even though I want to shorts down towards that previous week low. Okay, now most of the time and I always preach to try
515:35
Speaker A
and trade always in line with that drawn liquidity the narrative etc etc the narrative etc etc. Now, the only time I will go against that is if we have a huge expansion in line with that direction that I'm expecting price to go. So, if
515:51
Speaker A
I'm bearish, if we have a huge bearish expansion to the downside, I don't mind then taking a long because price has to retrace. Okay, it doesn't have to, but like there's a 90% chance it will retrace before continuing that move
516:03
Speaker A
towards your target. Okay, now I was obviously bearish on Monday. We had a nice clean setup here. So, we had a bearish, you know, sequential some T. We had one here between Q4 and Q1. This was actually a hidden one. Uh because as you
516:16
Speaker A
can see on ES, we never closed above the highest closure of Q4. Uh whereas on ENQ, we did of that very very first candle um of the quarter right there at 9:00 a.m. So there's our TTIC candle.
516:28
Speaker A
And there was obviously quite a nice entry around here generally. Okay. Obviously, I didn't quite catch this one. This was only 8 minutes into my trading window. If you guys don't know, I only trade from 9 to 10:30 a.m. Okay.
516:40
Speaker A
Now my actual model itself is I require at least a daily, a 90 or a micro plus a true change in the state of delivery on that specific time frame ideally in line with my drawn liquidity unless I'm
516:50
Speaker A
taking a retracement trade like this and then I'll take that trade. Okay, so I missed a short here. Unfortunately, it was just too quick like it just formed like 8 minutes into my window. I hadn't even done my analysis by that time or
517:01
Speaker A
anything like that or I was in the process of doing it. Okay. Then as you can see because we had manipulation prior to 930, what did 930 do? It just delivered to the downside. Okay. And that's generally what 930 will do if
517:14
Speaker A
price manipulates prior. So obviously now I'm seeing this huge expansion to the downside. I'm thinking, okay, we're going to obviously want to pull back into this leg here, retrace, and then continue lower. So what do I now need to
517:26
Speaker A
see in order to take a long based on what I just told you guys? What's my model? A sequential SMT plus TCID. And what do we have on the one minute time frame? We have a microcycle sequential SMT. So Q2 lows were taken off the very
517:39
Speaker A
first candle of Q uh Q3 on both ENQ and ES right there. Okay. However, on YM, as you guys can see, YM never took out Q2 lows right there. Okay. So what do I now need to wait for? That would be a true
517:54
Speaker A
chain in the safe delivery. So where is our TTIC candle? Well, 945 took out the low form the sequential SMT. So, it would usually be this candle, but why isn't it? Because it closed bullish.
518:04
Speaker A
Can't have a bullish TCIC candle in a bullish scenario. So, we use our most recent bearish one, which would be 944.
518:11
Speaker A
So, we mark out the open, right? And we wait for price to close above it. Now, here's a little tip about the TCSD that you guys might not know, but my mentorship students already know this and have known this for a while now, but
518:22
Speaker A
you guys can get this one as well. A little gem. If between the two most correlated assets out the triad, if one of those confirms its TCISD before the other, you can take a trade on the other asset that hasn't quite confirmed it
518:35
Speaker A
yet. So ENQ didn't quite confirm it, right? It hadn't confirmed it, you know, at this time 9:47, but ES did. Okay, so I can now confidently take a long on ENQ right here because I can see that ES has
518:47
Speaker A
confirmed it TCISD already in anticipation that ENQ will also. Okay, so we dropped this down to 1x. My entry was I'm just waiting for like a couple more candles to play out. Um and then I more or less wanted to enter a trade,
518:59
Speaker A
place my stop on that recent swing low. So I believe it was off this candle here. Yeah. So I entered off this candle as it was trading lower. Right. So around here stop went on the again still on the invalidation the sequential SMT
519:10
Speaker A
low and I just target a simple 2R roughly. Okay. Now right there. Okay. Now as you can see unfortunately the candle that I entered from did confirm a bearish TCSD because we had a bearish micro from WA. So, that isn't the
519:23
Speaker A
greatest thing to see ever. And to be honest, if I hadn't have entered off this candle directly, I probably would have waited for the next candle to like, you know, invert this TCIT or something like that. Okay. But I'd already entered
519:33
Speaker A
my stop wasn't the invalidation. I trusted my setup. And then if we go ahead and let this play out right here, you guys can now see we had a beautiful candle straight after like this is what I love to see. It just started ripping
519:44
Speaker A
to the upside. After we got this candle closure, I was very confident that we'd hit my TP. And as you guys can see, we did indeed do so in just like two or three minutes. Okay. And off that
519:54
Speaker A
candle, we got the inversion TCSD, all that good stuff. Right now, like I said, I was bearish the first couple days of the week down to that weekly gap. So, every single move against that bearish scenario should just be a retrace. And
520:06
Speaker A
as you guys can see, what do we go ahead and do right after we begin dropping back lower in line with our draw liquidity? Because every single move higher is just a retrace. That's when you can look for that bearish sequential
520:17
Speaker A
SMT plus TCIC combo. And as you guys can see, it works out very cleanly. Nice short entry there. Another nice short entry there because they're all in line with the drawn liquidity. Now, if you guys wondering, you know, how are these
520:28
Speaker A
marking out for me? I have my indicator suite, the toolkit, SMT fill, statistical bias, TCISD, all linked down below at oracleindicators.com.
520:37
Speaker A
You guys can pick them up. We have a few free indicators and some within our premium suite. So, go ahead and check those out. Link down below in the description. So now let's go ahead and jump into Tuesday's trade. All right
520:47
Speaker A
guys, so we're now on to Tuesday and we're going to go ahead and cover the second trade that I took here of this week. So Monday was a win. This was also another winning trade right here. So Monday, Tuesday both wins. Um so let's
520:58
Speaker A
go ahead and cover this trade right here. Okay, so obviously general basis is I'm expecting Monday, Tuesday to create the open low into the weekly gap and then obviously I'd reassess the situation once the gap's been hit. But
521:08
Speaker A
overall I want to see shorts into that gap. So what do we form intraday as well? So rather than the trade that we had on Monday, that was just a little retracement. We actually had some nice framework intraday here. So we had a
521:19
Speaker A
bearish uh this was a hidden weekly cycle sequential SMT. So as you can see, no assets actually took out Monday's high, right? But if we can see closely, ENQ did not close above the highest closure of Monday on Tuesday. Neither
521:34
Speaker A
did ES. But YM the highest closure was here and we actually closed above it off that very first candle of Tuesday. Okay, so 6 p.m. right there, obviously on Monday, but technically that is obviously the first candle of Tuesday.
521:48
Speaker A
Okay, so as you can see, we closed above the highest closure there. So that is our TCIC candle. So that is the 6 p.m.
521:55
Speaker A
candle of Monday. So we can go ahead and mark that one out on Q right here as well and use it as our TCIC candle.
522:01
Speaker A
Price closed below it at 8:00 p.m. And then obviously ever since then, it remained valid, intact. It never got disrespected. So, obviously now I'm coming into my trading window looking for shorts as this is in play and it's
522:12
Speaker A
in line with my narrative. Right now, I entered obviously around that 9:00 a.m. candle, right? And as you guys can see, we more or less trade into this gap here. Now, I think we actually ended up respecting this gap.
522:25
Speaker A
Ended up respecting this gap. Um, I don't think this is the full candle closure here. So, let me go ahead and show you guys. So, obviously, we got a bullish weekly as well, but that doesn't fase me. I don't care about opposing
522:36
Speaker A
sequential some T's once I've established my narrative. I'm only looking for trades in line with that.
522:40
Speaker A
Okay. So, I didn't care for this. I just saw this as a way for a retrace higher into this gap. Now, I'm looking for any reason to get into a short. So, 15 minute. Did we have anything on the
522:49
Speaker A
15-minut, you know, kind of frame a trade-off as well? Yes, we did. So, we had a Q1 Q2 daily cycle sequential some T. Obviously, YM took out London uh Asia high. Sorry. That was our TCSD again.
523:02
Speaker A
and we traded back into you know that first percent gap below the TCISD or just about I think we did hit it when I show you guys the actual trade that I took and obviously Q2 manipulated Q3 I'm
523:12
Speaker A
looking for that distribution to where in line with my draw okay so there's the 15 we had another bearish scenario did have that bullish daily on the lows but again like I said I don't care about that right now we also had a bearish 90
523:25
Speaker A
and what is this a huge expansion to the upside so what was the trade on Monday based off price expanding and then retracing back Now, this one was an expansion and the trade that I'm looking for is actually in line with my drawn
523:36
Speaker A
liquidity. So, I was very, very confident in this one because there's two outcomes. Either likely retraces to go lower and I catch a W anyway or it continues fully in line with my whole draw lower and I just catch the actual
523:49
Speaker A
move. Right? So, I like these type of trades that I like that one. Okay? So, bearish 92. Obviously, no TCID cuz price was so far above it. Then because we had a daily and 90 the weekly weekly uh 1
524:00
Speaker A
hour TCSD I then dropped down to the 15 second. Now we also had a micro but the one minute TCSD would have been so far away. It was actually this candle that created the sequential SMT. So it was at
524:11
Speaker A
9:30. I wasn't wanting to wait for price to get all the way down here. So what's the next best thing? 15 seconds and this is then when I look for a bearish nano cycle sequential SMT. So we go ahead and
524:24
Speaker A
put this in 1x right there. You guys can see I think it's the next quarter that forms it. We hit into that 15-minute gap up there as well that I got marked out.
524:31
Speaker A
And you guys can see the new quarter opens up shortly. I think it was ES that took out the high. There we go. ES now took out uh Q3 of the Nanocycles high.
524:41
Speaker A
First candle of Q4. So where's our TCSD? It actually confirmed immediately because we can't use that bearish candle in the bearish scenario. So we use this most recent bullish one. 939 15 seconds.
524:53
Speaker A
Mark out the open. Price obviously closed below it immediately. So now indicator should mark this one out too.
524:59
Speaker A
There we go. So all I did was wait for price to trade back into it. Entered after a little rejection stopped where on the sequential T high and just to my two RR which aligned roughly with this low right there. Okay. And as you guys
525:12
Speaker A
can see this trade hit in about three candles and these are all 15C candles.
525:16
Speaker A
Okay. In one candle nevertheless. Okay. Um, so literally around about a 15 30 secondond TP and look how clean that framework, that entry, the model is right there. Okay, so that was another very, very W day. That was, you know, a
525:30
Speaker A
nice confidence boost to start off the week with those two backto-back wins. So now let's jump into the couple losing trades that I took and also the break even trade that I took on Friday, which would have been a win, but I'll show you
525:41
Speaker A
guys why it wasn't. So let's go ahead and now jump into Wednesday's price action. All right, guys. So we're now taking a look at Wednesday's price action. So this was our first losing trade of the week and I would happily
525:51
Speaker A
take this losing trade a million times over. Why? Because it was my model. It line with what I wanted to see with the overall narrative. So why would I not take it? Okay, so it's absolutely fine loss. It was also a very very small loss
526:04
Speaker A
as well. I'll show you guys why I did scale my stop loss up and also I risk a little bit less on this one anyway. The way that I like to do it is if I take a trade before 9:30 open, I will reduce my
526:14
Speaker A
risk to half essentially because then that will allow me to have two bullets for the day. So I have a set amount of risk for the day. I take half trade before 9:30. If it stops me out like due
526:23
Speaker A
to a wick or something, but then my idea gets reconfirmed after 9:30, then I'll take the second trade essentially. Okay, in this case on Wednesday I did only take that one small half uh risk trade which ended up even being less risk
526:35
Speaker A
because I moved my stop up because I didn't get what I wanted to see after 9:30 anyway. Okay, so initially coming into the day obviously we'd hit now that weekly gap down here on the lowest.
526:46
Speaker A
Okay, we also formed obviously the weekly cycle between Q1 and Q2 and we had another one here between Q2 and Q3 on the weekly cycle. All the TCI's confirmed all that good stuff. Equal highs built up here. So, all I'm looking
526:58
Speaker A
for uh 9 a.m. to do now is just initially trade low, form some sort of 90 daily or micro TCISD on the same time frame and then look to take a long.
527:06
Speaker A
Okay. Now, also as well before we hop into the actual trade itself, I forgot to tell you guys or I have told you guys before, but I'm sure most of you guys don't know, I actually run my own
527:16
Speaker A
premium Discord server in which you guys can trade live with me every single day.
527:20
Speaker A
Take trades like this with me every single day. You also get access to a lot of things as well included in that membership which is all the indicators completely for free. 8 trading guide, 10 premium quarterly theory lectures, daily
527:31
Speaker A
analysis, daily trade recaps, daily forecasts, daily absolutely everything, okay? A premium community with obviously like-minded quarterly theory traders like yourselves. Okay?
527:44
Speaker A
And we and we have many many people getting, you know, lots of payouts, passing lots of accounts, reaching profitability, etc. inside of that group. So, feel free to check it out in the description. It's the Trade Live with me line in the description with the
527:57
Speaker A
premium membership. It does have a 3-day free trial as well, so you can test it out completely for free and see if you guys like it. If you do, feel free to stick around and be in that community with me. I answer everyone's
528:08
Speaker A
questions, trade live every single day, repric action together, etc., etc. Okay, but in terms of this trade now, we went over as to why I was looking for a long.
528:17
Speaker A
So all I need now is either a daily, a 90 or a micro. Now if we look at the 15minute, we saw that all assets had also taken out London highs. Okay, so we had no bearish daily cycle sequential
528:27
Speaker A
SMT, which is a good thing because we now don't have any opposing sequential SMT to our trade. Okay, so we knew we couldn't really get a daily cycle. I wouldn't want to see price all the way down here if I'm truly bullish. So
528:39
Speaker A
what's our next best option? The 90-minut cycle sequential SMT. Okay. And what I saw coming into this window key3, so the candle hasn't printed yet, but I'll show you guys in just a moment. I saw that all assets had already formed,
528:53
Speaker A
not all assets. I saw that all uh the trade as a whole, sorry, formed a 90-minute cycle sequential between Q1 and Q2. We formed our TCSD and we also got an inversion TCSD. So price essentially opened up inside of like,
529:06
Speaker A
you know, this more in inside of like, you know, this more or less like inversion TCSD um sort of candle around here. um you know came close to this TCS down here as well and actually hit it on
529:18
Speaker A
ES. Okay. So Q2 form sequential SMT that's manipulation to me. So now I want Q3 to initially open low a little bit and then trade higher. Okay. Now because the 5m minute traded into the inversion TCSD that formed in the previous quarter. Um
529:34
Speaker A
so if we go to the now the 1 minute um I don't like entering directly off an older TCID in the previous quarter directly. So I want to look for a lower time frame cracking correlation. Okay.
529:45
Speaker A
And essentially what we got was right towards the end of the literally like the first couple of candles of Q4 of the micro cycle we had formed a bullish microcycle sequential SMT between ENQ and ES. Okay. Now it was formed off this
529:58
Speaker A
candle here at 858. So as soon as price closed above this candle I'm now satisfied and ready to take a long up towards the highs. Okay. So as you guys just saw we had like the double micros form off the bat. the TCISD like I was
530:11
Speaker A
so confident in this trade I then dropped to an even lower time frame being the nano. I don't usually do this, but like I said, we had the 90-minute cycle inside the fiveminute TCISD, we had the micro, we had like technically
530:22
Speaker A
double micros. So then I dropped down to the nano, then waited for a sequential SMT here. As you can see, all assets took out Q4's low of that first candle of Q1. So I would have wanted to see a
530:31
Speaker A
hidden. So if we let the next candle play out, you guys can see uh not sorry, YM ended up closing below the lowest closure there of Q4 of the 9 a.m.
530:41
Speaker A
15-second candle. Okay, so now this is our TCIC candle. So we mark it out. We wait for price to close above it, which happens shortly after. Boom. There's our TCIC. So all I did was simply wait for price to It didn't quite hit the TCID
530:56
Speaker A
cuz it was like quite low down. This candle was quite above. So I think I entered roughly around about here. Stop went down on the low. So this was, you know, around about 40 ticks. Hence why I was pretty confident taking this. It was
531:06
Speaker A
just like such a such a smallish trade. We ended up getting tagged in. Also, the target would have been like around two RR roughly. We end up getting tagged in off the next candle, I believe.
531:16
Speaker A
Um, let's see which one, which one, which one? This one here. So, we would have entered off this one here, the first percent gap after the TTISD. So, right there. And then once price hit up to these highs, I then move my stop to
531:29
Speaker A
the recent low that got put in, I believe it was. Um, Oops. Let's play out.
531:35
Speaker A
Playing out. Playing out. Playing out. Boom. Boom. Boom. Speed this up a little bit.
531:41
Speaker A
Boom, boom, boom, boom. Coming higher. Coming higher. Boom. Okay. And then it hit these highs here. So then I move my stop loss to um I think it was more or less like this this low there. No, these
531:54
Speaker A
lows here. Sorry. Cuz we formed another uh nano plus a TCSD right there. So this was more or less a stop. Oops. This was more or less a stop around here.
532:04
Speaker A
And then obviously full target being up there. Then, as you guys can see, price ended up coming and hit my stop loss.
532:09
Speaker A
So, that was just in general anyway a harish trade plus I essentially half my stop loss as well. So, it's like 25% of my normal risk on the day. So, very very small loss right there. I did then want
532:19
Speaker A
to see obviously continued higher prices. But, um, if we, you know, hop out of replay here, let's go to back to Wednesday, go to the 5m minute. We I wanted to see like a bullish 90-minute cycle sequential some T be like really
532:35
Speaker A
really confident in our long positions which was round about here. Well, I didn't initially want to see one. I wanted to, you know, see this TTSD over here hold like we mentioned at the start. Okay. But then all assets ended
532:49
Speaker A
up taking out uh Q2's low. But as you can see, if we mark out the closure, ENQ never closed below it there at 9:25. And then 9:30 kind of confirmed what would have been the TCISD. Okay? Because as
533:01
Speaker A
you can see, ES did close below that lowest closure at 925 as well. ENQ closed above it. As you can see, it turned into an inversion TCSD cuz it confirmed it. Then it closed directly down below it. And on that candle
533:13
Speaker A
closure that closed back down below it for the second time, it then essentially cancels out this hidden 90. We no longer had this original 90 and no longer any hidden 90 here. So then obviously I did want to see lower for the most part. But
533:27
Speaker A
if we go to the 1 minute, you can see we cancel out the hidden 90 and we actually formed a let's go to 9:15. We ended up forming a micro on the very lows. So I actually called this long down here. This is
533:40
Speaker A
actually fairly clean. Uh where was it at? Where was it at? I think it was a micro. Was it a micro?
533:47
Speaker A
uh Q2. No, maybe it wasn't a micro then. No. So, I don't think we I generally just don't think that we formed anything.
533:55
Speaker A
Hence why I didn't take that second bullet because I wanted longs, but the 90 failed and then we just didn't get anything else down here on the lows.
534:01
Speaker A
Right. So, yeah, I more or less just didn't take anything. Price then ended up, you know, just running. I think we had like a little nano down here, I believe, is what it was. I do remember calling some sort of long down here and
534:11
Speaker A
then price just ran essentially. Okay, so that was Wednesday's losing trade. Now, let's go ahead and jump into Thursday's one and then finally Friday's break even trade, which would have been so close to being such a banger. So,
534:24
Speaker A
stay tuned for that one towards the end. All right, guys. So, we're now looking at Thursday's price action. And again, this was another little small loss. Um, this was again an entry prior to 9:30.
534:32
Speaker A
So, you know, half risk on the day. Didn't end up taking another trade after as well. I'll show you guys why. It was pretty much like deja vu the previous day. I think we had a 90 hidden, then it
534:42
Speaker A
failed, etc., etc., then we went higher. Okay. So, again, literally coming into Thursday, like we said at the beginning of the uh video, looking for that continuation because Wednesday distributed, we still hadn't hit the previous week high. So, anything that
534:55
Speaker A
isn't towards the previous week high, I see is a retrace lower to then look for that real move in line with that draw, which is higher. Okay. So, I saw on the day as well, all assets had taken out
535:04
Speaker A
the previous day high, which is good by the way, because we had no bearish weekly cycle sequential SMT up here. So, no bearish cracking correlation. So again, any move lower should just be that retrace. Okay, 15minute.
535:17
Speaker A
I don't remember what we had in the 15-minute. Uh let's see, did we have like any daily or anything like that? We didn't. So all assets had taken out London low. Uh we did actually have a bearish daily cycle as well within Q3.
535:28
Speaker A
And we did, you know, kind of deliver quite far from it. So again, we was quite overextended to the downside. I overall wanted to see higher anyway, so I wouldn't necessarily care about this too much. So again, I just keep scaling
535:39
Speaker A
my way down the cycles. I'm looking for that 90 daily or micro plus the TCSD.
535:44
Speaker A
Okay, so we go to the fivem minute. I believe we had a 90 here. So yes, we did Q1, Q2, 90 minute cycle two, 90-minut cycle, sequential SMT. Okay. Uh we did initially confirm the TCSD uh because I think we formed a hidden
536:00
Speaker A
initially. Yes, we did. So why formed a hidden at the 820 candle and then as you can see we closed above that TCISD. Then we did close back down below it. So that's already not quite a good sign for
536:10
Speaker A
long to be honest. But this happened before my trading window anyway. But then we formed it with wicks. Okay. So we had it initially with hidden. It then did fail. Then we formed it with wicks.
536:19
Speaker A
Okay. Now which candle create the SMT with wicks? It was this one here 855.
536:23
Speaker A
Right. So all we doing is waiting for price to close above here. I'm pretty sure we formed another 90minute cycle sequential SMT. Anyway, yes we did.
536:31
Speaker A
Okay. So put this back in 1x. So, we did actually end up confirming the the original one and then we formed another 90-minute cycle sequential with the first candle of uh Q3. We ran out Q2's lows on ES and YM. So, again, where's
536:46
Speaker A
our TCIC candle here? It was actually the exact same candle. So, the previous SMT was this TCIC candle and the TCIC was here because 9:00 a.m. formed it, but we closed bullish. We can't use a bullish candle. So, we use a 855 candle.
536:58
Speaker A
Price obviously immediately closed above it. Then the following candle 905 traded right back into that TCISD. So then I dropped to the one minute time frame and framed my entry from that five minute TCISD. Um I think we may have even got a
537:12
Speaker A
micro. Yeah, we got a micro as well. We hit this TCID here. Overall this was very clean. Like this is literally exactly what I wanted. I went for a little retrace away from it. I don't know if I entered there directly but it
537:23
Speaker A
was somewhere roughly around here anyway. Stop obviously on that sequential SMT low and then you know targeting around about 2 RR. Okay. Um, so if we let this one play out here, you guys can see I think it did just run
537:35
Speaker A
straight to stop loss. Um, boom. Yeah. So, we ended up hitting our stop loss. We then formed another micro here between Q1 and Q2. Then we got the TTISD. Now, I remember calling this one as again a pretty good entry cuz it's,
537:49
Speaker A
you know, a sequential from T price 930 in line with my draw. But because I'd already taken that first trade of the day pretty early on into the session, I then didn't want to hop into another one quickly after. I wanted to save my
538:00
Speaker A
second bullet for after 9:30, but this one would have actually played out. I do remember this one actually. So, it's just unfortunate like it was my model.
538:07
Speaker A
It was in line with the draw, but this is what I said earlier. Sometimes it'll just fail and then, you know, it may form another one, then that one may work. But if you can remain disciplined and you know, obviously not take like
538:17
Speaker A
100 trades. So, yeah, you can see it actually ended up it end up wicking below where the stop. Yeah, it ended up wicking below again a little bit at 928.
538:25
Speaker A
We then did close back above the TCSD at 929 and then we did end up pushing higher. So my, you know, draw would have been around here. I think it was even slightly below it for that 2R. So it
538:35
Speaker A
would have ended up hitting. Um, but had we entered off that second TCIC, we would have got wicked out anyway. So it's a good job we didn't take it. Then we formed obviously this bearish micro up here. Um, and then I think we got a
538:46
Speaker A
bit of a lower uh move lower and then we just ended up ripping higher. Yeah. So we came into this inversion TCISD I think from here. Then we just started ripping. Yeah. then we ripped um and then yeah overall price just obviously
538:59
Speaker A
continued higher for the day. Okay, so yeah, that was pretty much the trade recap right there. Like I said, it was like literally deja vu of the previous day. If we go to the 5 minute, I think we ended up canceling out the hit at 90
539:11
Speaker A
as well. Um yeah, so we did have a hit at 90 initially at um was it a 90? Yeah, I think it was cuz the TTIC was there. Yeah, it was with ES. So ES never closed below um the
539:27
Speaker A
lowest closure there of Q2. Um, ENQ did close below it at 920. Then we closed above it there at 925. So, that coincided with the micro as well. So, this was actually a pretty decent long.
539:39
Speaker A
It's a shame it wicked out again, though. That was that would have been quite annoying had we have taken that second entry. Luckily, we didn't though.
539:45
Speaker A
Uh, but then overall, the idea did end up playing out. We cancelled out the hidden 90 though at 9:35, but that micro was still there on the lows and then I believe um okay, we ran out the lows. I
539:55
Speaker A
think we got a Q3, Q4, then we ripped higher for the rest of the day.
539:59
Speaker A
Yeah. And then I assume I think it did just rip in PM session. Yeah, there we go. So because that hidden 90 had failed and it was just a micro on the low really a micro cycle isn't enough just
540:09
Speaker A
alone to you know push price all the way higher to like previous week high or whatever intraday. Hence why we came back down that second time to form the actual 90 because a 90 minute cycle or daily cycle is ideally what you want to
540:21
Speaker A
confirm your low or high of the day. Okay. So as you can see in this scenario um I think low of the day just got put in immediately technically there on Thursday during Asia session but like the technical like second low of the day
540:33
Speaker A
whatever you want to call it lower the session there at least was put in via that 90-minut cycle which will usually be there like most of the time okay so that's what happened there that's what kind of played out and they were the
540:42
Speaker A
they were the two small losses that we took on the week and then on Friday we end up taking a break even so let me go ahead and show you guys that trade right now and now last but not least we have
540:51
Speaker A
Friday our fifth and final trade of the week would have been a great way to end off the week with another little W there, but it was break even, so not the end of the world. Okay, so Friday,
541:02
Speaker A
Friday, like I said, you know, still wanted to see previous week high on the week. We never ended up hitting it, but obviously, you know, we don't have to hit it. We can still have that as our draw and just trade in line with it
541:12
Speaker A
essentially. Okay, so when I came to Friday 9:00 a.m., obviously 8 9:00 a.m. like around about here. Okay, I saw that all assets had already taken out the previous day high. So, I didn't expect a end of week reversal back into the
541:25
Speaker A
range. Also, why would I have not really expected one? Because initially we opened up low, traded away from this gap. Price will only reverse back into the range if it's quite expanded to one side. Okay, at the time it was, you
541:37
Speaker A
know, around about here. That's not really expanded to the upside very much at all. Like, what does it need to return back to? You know, it's not going to return back to the open. And well, it can, but it's not likely. Whereas if we
541:48
Speaker A
so overexpanded like this for example on YM I would have expected Friday you know if it had already looked like this coming into Friday I would have expected to obviously pull back into the range but ENQ and ES they hadn't really
542:00
Speaker A
expanded you know to the upside in that direction so if it's not expanded in the direction then obviously I'd just expected to trade in line with where the draw was which for me was that previous week high okay now also what would have
542:12
Speaker A
made me thought that we may have had a reversal on Friday was if we would have formed a bearish weekly cycle sequential SMT. Why? Because our weekly cycles uh sequential SMTs put our highs and lows of the weeks in quite a lot of the
542:23
Speaker A
times. Low of the week right there, weekly cycle. We never had a weekly cycle on the highs. Hence why we never had like a defined high of the week.
542:30
Speaker A
Okay. So, obviously coming to that conclusion, looking for a long that conclusion looking for a long on Friday. I think the 9:00 a.m. candle. Yeah, right there.
542:40
Speaker A
9:00 a.m. was there. This is the hourly candle that we traded. Let's see what we had. I know the exact entry because it was literally yesterday. Today, Saturday for me. So, it's literally yesterday. No daily cycle. All assets to taking out
542:52
Speaker A
London lows. Did we get a 90? I don't even think we did. I think it was just purely micro if I'm not mistaken. Uh yeah, no assets took out Q2's low. I didn't want them to because it was so
543:02
Speaker A
far away as well. I remember saying that inside the live session. Um at the time, I didn't trade at 10. It was at the time like around here. So, I didn't want to see price come all the way down here if
543:12
Speaker A
I was truly bullish. Okay, it was more closer to just trading towards the highs and that's what we did. But you guys can probably imagine what happened here looking at the wick there on that 9:30 candle. You guys can probably see what's
543:23
Speaker A
coming here. Okay, so 1 minute obviously, you know, micro 90 or daily plus TCSD. In this case, it was a micro plus 1 minute TCISD and this was our entry. Keep in mind, we would not have got stopped out if you
543:36
Speaker A
kept our stop on the original stop-loss placement. Okay, so we had a micro. So, let me quickly just show you guys this micro so you guys can Let's put it in replay actually easier for you guys.
543:46
Speaker A
That's what we've been doing the whole video. Anyway, so took out the previous um let's put this back on previous uh micro session quarter low which was Q1's low immediately first candle of Q2. So, there's our TCIC candle. Wait for price
544:03
Speaker A
to close above it. Then our entry is confirmed which happens straight after. Yep. And now because price had such a small body on this TCISD, I didn't necessarily expect it to come all the way back down to the TCISD. So I just
544:16
Speaker A
more or less entered off this following candle's open low around here. Maybe it was the next candle that opened up low.
544:21
Speaker A
I think it I think it did come into this gap if I'm not mistaken or around yeah near it, I believe. Okay, maybe it wasn't. No, I definitely got in before this candle here cuz that's when I move
544:31
Speaker A
my stop to break even. So I must have Yeah, like roughly entered around about there. You don't need to enter off the TC directly. Main thing is you can enter a little bit above it or below it if you
544:41
Speaker A
get the good RR obviously as long as it's not too large of an RR and also if it's not too much risk. So on the day it was only a 50 tick stop loss which is barely anything. Usually my uh stop loss
544:52
Speaker A
in ticks is around about 80 to maybe 100 like maximum. So 50 for me is quite low.
544:58
Speaker A
So I was happy taking this one a little bit above the TCISD. Also ES did trade into the TCSD but that was before uh that was after I entered anyway. So yeah, we was targeting two RR. Actually, no, we was targeting these highs
545:11
Speaker A
actually in this trade because I I just pretty certain on higher higher prices. We was targeting these highs on this trade. Then I saw this candle here at 928 come back down to roughly our break even area. Okay. So after this candle
545:24
Speaker A
had closed and obviously price what I said in the stream was wait for price to take out these highs again off this candle here. Then I moved to break even and it did. So we moved to break even.
545:34
Speaker A
Then you guys can probably guess what happened next. 3, two, one, boom. Okay, so that was pretty annoying, but I am okay with that. Okay, because in my head, a break even is always going to be a losing day
545:48
Speaker A
every every single day of the week. And also, that's what separates a good from a bad trader, okay? If you can accept the break evens for what they are and just move on. All I did here, guys, after taking this is I just chilled out,
546:00
Speaker A
just spoke to Chap for a while, answered some questions and just kind of watched price and, you know, just, you know, kind of reflected on the trade and that was it. And we just chilled out and that's it. Okay. I wasn't thinking, oh
546:11
Speaker A
no, I'm I'm missing out here. I'm going to f my way in. Like price is running towards my target. Like, yeah, it was, but I wasn't interested in taking a trade. Price just continued higher and higher and higher for the most part as
546:19
Speaker A
well. So like I wasn't really interested in taking anything here. There was no like my intimal wasn't there. There was nothing for me to take anyway. You know, I did call this first percent gap being a good entry cuz once we tagged into
546:30
Speaker A
these gaps, we hadn't hit the main draw for the day, which I think was I don't know what this high was. I think it might have been is it London high? Yeah, London high. London high. That was it.
546:40
Speaker A
So, you can see we came into this gap before hitting London high, which was our main target. I did call this for being a good entry. Way too large of a stop loss for me though. And again, it
546:47
Speaker A
wasn't really my entry model there. The TTS was there fair, but like no, no, it was way too large of a stop. Then it did end up hitting that London high. Um, and then I think we had a bit of a retrace
546:57
Speaker A
lower and then we ended up just continuing back higher straight after that I believe. Uh, let's see. Put it in 10x. I think for the most part in the day, like we did end up running above these highs again, but it was just like
547:08
Speaker A
later on in the day basically. Yeah, as you guys can see right there. Okay, so that pretty much wraps up today's uh video. Hopefully you guys did find it useful. kind of a little insight as to why I expected,
547:22
Speaker A
you know, what happened on each day, how I managed to execute the trades, my model as well, all in one video, and kind of the results that yielded me from taking the five setups, two wins, two small losses, and one break even. Still
547:36
Speaker A
end of the week very profitable and also gain some extra funded capital as well for, you know, the upcoming next few weeks as well. So now I can get even larger payouts across more firms, etc., etc. So it just goes to show you know
547:48
Speaker A
you don't need to win every single trade. You just need to follow your model have strict risk management plan and just execute. Okay? And if you do that then you will see results like this as well. And like I showed you guys at
547:58
Speaker A
the start like the results my students have seen as well from taking the same trades as me you know trading live with me and kind of just learning the model as well and just being able to execute and do that themselves. That's what it's
548:08
Speaker A
all about. Okay. So if you guys So today I made $1,792 day trading the NASDAQ in around about 10 minutes. Copy traded on my on my four Lucid accounts. As you can see this was the trade that I took here. So you know
548:24
Speaker A
obviously within the 9 to 1030 window um sequential some on the micro cycle 1 minute TCSD entry at the TCSD stop on the low target the high. It's my simple repeatable model. Okay. But let's go ahead and break down, you know, the
548:37
Speaker A
reason why I even took along in the first place, okay? Because it's okay having the model there, but we don't want to be trading it uh mechanically necessarily all the time. We still need to build the narrative behind the trade
548:48
Speaker A
idea. Okay? So, looking at the trade as a whole and looking at the previous day's candle closure, why did I anticipate higher prices today? I actually call this in my Discord literally so perfectly. It played out perfect. Okay, so looking at Monday's
549:02
Speaker A
closure, as you can see, it was technically a continuation candle closure to the downside on ENQ. The same also with ES. Okay, so don't, you know, don't get fooled by this candle closure here. There was an MOG there. It looks
549:15
Speaker A
weird, but we didn't close above Friday's high, okay? Uh Friday's low, sorry. We didn't close inside Friday's range. We closed below it. So, this is still a continuation candle to the downside. And YM, however, closed as a bullish candle reversal signature to the
549:29
Speaker A
upside. Okay, so Monday took out uh Friday's low, but we didn't close below Friday's low on Yam, right? So, we take a look at ENQ. If I turn my indicators on so you guys can see as well, this is
549:41
Speaker A
ENQ in the middle here. Uh we did end up taking U closing below, sorry, Friday's low. So, how does that give us information on what to expect today?
549:49
Speaker A
Well, we know that NQ and ES were the weaker assets because they gave the bearish continuation candles to the downside. So, where's our main target for Tuesday, which is today? it would be Monday's low right now. How did Monday
550:01
Speaker A
close as well? It closed as a PSP. So, as you can see, EN uh ENQ closed bearish, YM closed bullish and also ES closed bullish. Right? So, looking at the actual closures of the candles themselves with the PSP, which candle is
550:16
Speaker A
more likely to run out its previous candle low, its PSP low basically the one that closed bearish. Okay? Because that is obviously the weaker asset as it's closing bearish. So, not only did it give a bearish continuation candle to
550:27
Speaker A
the downside, also a bearish closure, and it's a PSP, right? So, ENQ was very likely to take the low, ES didn't need to because it did close bullish as well as the PSP, but it was a continuation candle to the downside. So, it was a lot
550:40
Speaker A
more likely to take the low rather than, for example, Y. So, I literally said this on Discord yesterday, I expect ENQ to take the low, potentially ES and YM to fail. And what happens when one asset fails to take previous day low and one
550:54
Speaker A
asset takes it? That's a bullish weekly cycle sequential SMT. So I wanted to see a bullish weekly cycle sequential SMT form and then once that formed TCISD and then trades up to this daily gap. Okay.
551:06
Speaker A
So if we go to the 1 hour and look at the weekly cycle, right, as you can see, we mark it out here. Well, the indicator marks it out for us. As you can see right there, um, YM, excuse me, YM, uh,
551:18
Speaker A
failed to take out Monday's low as we just went over Monday's low all the way down there. YM nowhere near it. ENQ kind of opened up, you know, first few hours of the day, took it out as it closed,
551:27
Speaker A
relatively, you know, close to the closure of Monday. Uh, it opened up, sorry, relatively close to Monday's uh, close. So, it kind of ran below it straight away. And then, which candle ran below the low, which was the very
551:38
Speaker A
first candle? Was it this big bullish one? No. If we zoom in and have a really close look, as you can see, this bearish one just barely wick below it. So, what does that mean? This is then our TCID
551:48
Speaker A
candle. So, we mark out the open of that candle, right? And then once price closes above it, which it did here again, my indicator marking all out for me. Literally don't need to draw anything. Um, once this closes above,
552:00
Speaker A
this is now kind of confirming, okay, the bullish manipulation is now over. Longs have now been set in place. Now, what you can do is look for your entry model on the lower time frame in line with that bullish scenario until at
552:11
Speaker A
least a draw has been hit for the day, which for me was the daily gap and the previous day high. Oops. So, we can mark that out. And coming into my window, I trade at 9 to 10:30 a.m. Eastern
552:21
Speaker A
Standard Time. As you can see, the 9:00 a.m. candle open up low and then delivered to the highs. So, I essentially look for my entry model um a bullish in the bullish scenario inside this 9:00 a.m. candle looking to ride it
552:32
Speaker A
up to the highs. And that's literally all I did. Okay. So, what we had as well, we did have a few more extra cracks. We had a daily cycle, right? We had a few sequential SMTs actually. We had this daily cycle here. So, between
552:44
Speaker A
London and New York AM um as you can see why I'm ran it out there at 6:30. Uh we could put this in replay as well, just so we don't get confused by the new candles. This is more or less my window
552:54
Speaker A
here, what I traded. Um bullish daily cycle on the lows. Um as you can see down there, YM uh no, sorry, ENQ and ES failing to take out London lows whereas YM did right there. Okay, again, which candle created it? It was this one here,
553:08
Speaker A
630 candle for YM. So, we use that same candle for ENQ. Mark out the open, wait for price to close above it, and it does. And then it again activates longs here. And we got a beautiful, beautiful retest of the TTISD right there at 8:15
553:22
Speaker A
while also tagging into this 50 uh 15-minute gap. Beautiful entry there. So, if you guys traded potentially 8 am around that time, this would have been a great entry for you guys. But obviously I didn't get on the charts until 9:00
553:33
Speaker A
a.m. So I'm just looking for my entry model again from 9:00 a.m. basically. So we had a daily cycle, we had a weekly cycle, we also ended up forming a 90-minute cycle as well. Um right there as you can see uh YM again creating the
553:47
Speaker A
total suit quite clearly being the weaker asset out of three here um on the day at least because it took out London lows and also create the 90minute low um 9m minute cycle SMT. So that formed at 9:30. So our 9:30 candle is there.
554:01
Speaker A
Obviously, this one closed bullish on EQ. So we can't actually use this one as our TTIC candle because in a bullish scenario, the candle, the TCIC candle has to be bearish. So if it closes bearish, cool. You can use that one. If
554:12
Speaker A
it doesn't, use the most recent candle to the left. So in this case, 925 mark at the open. And as you can see, it kind of closed above it immediately anyway after the 9:30 candle closed. So then we
554:24
Speaker A
can look for our long positions anywhere inside of the TCIC or slightly above it.
554:28
Speaker A
As you can see, we just barely missed it, but more or less my entry was, you know, around about here. Stop, you know, below the TCID and then just target the highs for like a 2.5. But I did scale to
554:38
Speaker A
the 1 minute because I don't enter immediately at the TCIC if it's not on the 1 minute, right? What I do is wait for a reaction. So, we had this gap here at 9:30, right? And what I said when
554:50
Speaker A
inside my Discord is I want to see price close above this gap here cuz initially we formed it at 9:30, we went higher.
554:57
Speaker A
Cool. Then we came lower. We inversed it. So in order for me to be confident So in order for me to be confident that we're going to go back higher, I want to see price closed back above this gap
555:07
Speaker A
here. Okay? And it did. It uh closed back above at 933, right? We also formed a micro U right here. So this micro was actually formed from YM quite a while ago. So it formed at 9:32. Hence why
555:21
Speaker A
this is our TCIC candle here. The same candle 932. So we can go ahead, you know, and use this as even more confluence. We had a fiveminute TCSD inside of a one minute or a one minute one inside of a fiveminute one, should I
555:32
Speaker A
say. Um, if we make this one red so you guys can kind of see it a bit better.
555:36
Speaker A
This general area here is where I wanted to enter. It over overlapped with the inversion as well. That 9:30 inversion.
555:42
Speaker A
So basically all I did guys was wait for price to come into the inversion, wait for price to form a wick, entered roughly around about here when it started pulling up. Stop on the uh, you know, low below the gap, below the TTIC
555:52
Speaker A
and whatnot. Oops. see if I can actually do it. There we go. Uh, and then more or less, you know, target like a 2.4 or something. I was going to I wanted to hold I did want to hold longer, but
556:03
Speaker A
because uh a couple of the Lucid accounts that were copy trading have a consistency rule, I didn't, you know, want to go making like 700 and or 800, something like that. More or less, just, you know, 400, 500 is enough for the
556:14
Speaker A
consistency rule on the 50ks. And that's that's all I did. So, yeah, just closed out around about, you know, 2.4R roughly. Um, literally the world's uh easiest model, guys. You just all you've got to do is work on the ability to
556:28
Speaker A
frame the narrative and the draw. Once you know where price is going, you guys can see how easy it is. You know, we had the weekly at the start of the day with a TTSD. So, it's like all I'm doing now
556:37
Speaker A
is waiting for my specific 90-minute window. Waiting for my TCSD model to form. Once it forms, enter, stop on the low, target the highs. That's as simple as it gets. Okay, guys. Um, so yeah, that's pretty much the trade breakdown
556:52
Speaker A
from today. So hopefully you guys did find this useful. Also, as well, one thing to quickly know is currently in the space, there's a lot a lot of prop firm deals going on. So if you check out the properio.com website, link below in
557:04
Speaker A
the description. Um, it's in the description. It says like best prop firm deals. Click on that link. This is very dark right now. Um, but yeah, either way, as you can see, Apex 90% off, Lucid 50% off, and also Tradeify 40% off.
557:17
Speaker A
Those are like the three main firms I would recommend right now. Tradeify just dropped a new update. Tradify 3.0. Lucid are insane. I mean, these are the accounts I copy trade with trade today on Tradec affordable pricing. It's like 70ish
557:31
Speaker A
$60ish dollars, no activation fee for a 50k account. Insane. Um, and then Apex, you know, obviously the OG's 90% off.
557:40
Speaker A
Can't go wrong. 20 accounts. Okay. So, yeah, hopefully I hundreds of thousands of dollars of prop firm evaluations and also generated thousands and thousands of dollars of prop firm payouts all while using one very simple entry model. And inside of
558:02
Speaker A
this video, I'm going to be showing you guys that exact entry model as well as my playbook of how to pass evaluations and also generate prop firm payouts consistently. The problem that most traders have is they don't actually
558:13
Speaker A
understand how prop firms work. A prop firm is essentially a way for you to leverage very low capital. So you can be trading with hundreds and hundreds of thousands of dollars of funded capital and you only have to pay a very small
558:25
Speaker A
price for that capital. So, for example, if you are trading futures prop firms, you can pay $70 and you get given $50,000 of fun capital to trade with.
558:36
Speaker A
Now, you're probably wondering, you know, how does that make sense? How is that profitable for that company? First of all, in order to actually get payouts on that $50,000, you need to pass what's called the evaluation phase. And all you
558:47
Speaker A
need to do is make a certain percentage on that $50,000 balance. And for futures, mainly it's 6%. So, if you can make $3,000 of profit on that 50k account, you then pass what's called the evaluation phase and then you get given
559:00
Speaker A
another fresh 50k account and any percentage, any profit you make on that account, you can then request and get that money right into your bank account.
559:08
Speaker A
And also, I forgot to mention as well, it's not an actual real $50,000. It's all demo money. But the reason why propanies can even do this is based purely on the statistic that 95% of traders fail and only 5% can actually
559:21
Speaker A
make it. So, if you think about it, you've got 100 traders. 95 of those traders are consistently buying these prop firm evaluation accounts. And those 95 people are constantly blowing these accounts and giving this prop firm money in evaluation fees. That's how they can
559:34
Speaker A
then get their money and pay out the five out of the 100 traders that can actually prove they can pull money from the markets. And now you're probably wondering, you know, which prop firm account is best for you because there
559:44
Speaker A
are both forex and futures prop firms. So, if you're a futures prop firm, these are the ones I would recommend right here. Apex Trader Funding, My Fund of Futures Alpha Traderify Lucid and Take Profit Trader. And if you're a
559:56
Speaker A
Forex trader, these are the ones I would recommend here. FTMO, Alpha Capital Group, Funding Pips, the 5enters, and also Blue Guardian. And what you can do is you can use this website right here called prop firmio.com. Link below in
560:09
Speaker A
the description. It allows you to compare all the prop firms to each other and also find the best discounts at the time. So, as you can see right now, PEX Funding is running an 85% off sale. So, this makes the account, if you go to the
560:19
Speaker A
details section and come down here, select Trader Vape, select a 50K account. This makes this account just $24. So, you can get funded with $50,000 for just $24 right here. And you do have to pay an activation fee on futures
560:32
Speaker A
accounts, which is around about $80. So, around about $100 all in and you can be trading with $50,000 of capital. And once you pass that evaluation phase, anything you make on top of that 50k balance you get given is yours. Okay?
560:44
Speaker A
You can withdraw it straight into your bank account. you can go ahead and spend it, do whatever you want with it. Okay, but yeah, this website here is really helpful. You can see there's a compare section. So, you can go ahead and see,
560:54
Speaker A
you know, the profit split, the daily loss limit, draw down type, all these intricate details and also you can go ahead and click on the detail section and you can see all the pros and the cons of each of the prop firms. So,
561:05
Speaker A
yeah, again, if you do want to check it out, find the best proper for you link below in the description, propio.com.
561:10
Speaker A
One quick thing as well, if you do purchase any account off this site, if you go to the giveaway, go ahead and type in the information here. You are entered into a draw every single month to potentially win a free funed account.
561:20
Speaker A
And also you can submit each purchase for points as well as you can see right here. And then you can go ahead and spend the points on the rewards down here at the bottom. So discount codes, free accounts, and also merch. Now the
561:31
Speaker A
main issue that I see with people that trade prop firm accounts is number one, they lack a clear strategy, something that they can follow on a day-to-day basis, something that they can really, really trust, have so much confidence
561:41
Speaker A
within. And also this ties into the constantly switching and strategy hopping that some people do. One day they'll be trading ICT concepts and then they'll switch to trend lines, support resistance. And the second thing is the lack of good psychology. Now a lot of
561:54
Speaker A
traders, they may have the model down, they may have the strategy down, but if they can't control themselves in the live markets while they're trading these prop firm accounts, they're going to go ahead and find out very quickly. They're
562:05
Speaker A
going to blow accounts consistently and you're going to have no clear direction in your prop firm journey. Now, these prop firm accounts are there for you to abuse. They're there for you to stack up, get multiple multiple funded
562:15
Speaker A
accounts, request bigger payouts on. So, if you lack either two of those things right there, you know, psychology, overtrading, emotional trading, FOMO, and constantly switching strategies, then you're not going to be able to maximize the prop firms. But don't
562:28
Speaker A
worry, I used to be in that exact same position as well when I first started trading and first started out with prop firms. I lack clear direction. I had bad psychology. But the one thing that changed everything for me is make
562:39
Speaker A
everything simple. Okay? Have one specific model, one specific strategy that you can confidently follow every single day. Have an exact time window in which you look for that model. So just 90 minutes per day or around 1 to two
562:50
Speaker A
hours maximum. Make sure you have actual trust in that one model as well backed up by data, back tested stats, whatever it may be. You need to have a model that you can confidently trust and execute upon the same time every single day. And
563:03
Speaker A
and once you have that down, the emotional, the psychology side of things literally completely disappears, right?
563:08
Speaker A
You may have one or two bad habits, but you can always work on those after the fact. But you'll have no more FOMO because you'll know exactly what you're looking for. No emotions will creep in whether you take a win or a loss because
563:18
Speaker A
you'll know it's part of the system. You know that you should lose this percentage of time, and you know that you should win this percentage of time.
563:24
Speaker A
So, just focus on one model at one specific time window, 90 minutes for me, 9 to 10:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time.
563:30
Speaker A
and only take setups that align with the high time frame bias and narrative. If you are trading against a higher time frame, most of your trades will likely fail. And those are the changes that I made to go from inconsistency to a 70%
563:43
Speaker A
plus win rate. So, just understand that within trading, less is more. A simple entry and strict filters equals consistency. Don't just take it from me and my results, but this is also how many of my students, including Irwin,
563:54
Speaker A
managed to gain over $500,000 in funded prop firm capital. So, when trading an evaluation, which is the challenge phase before you actually get funded, I personally like to take things a little bit more aggressive. So, I'll risk considerably more on those evaluation
564:08
Speaker A
phases. But you only really want to be doing this when you have that one confident model that you can follow each and every single day. If you don't have trust in your model, then just take it slow. I'm talking around about 1% is
564:18
Speaker A
what you ideally want to be risking. So, let's say you're trading a futures prop firm account. There's 4% draw down.
564:22
Speaker A
Usually, that would mean that you would have to lose four trades in a row before you lose that account. However, if you are trading a Forex prop firm account, they usually have around about 10% and thousands of dollars of prop firm
564:32
Speaker A
payouts all while using one very simple entry model. And inside of this video, I'm going to be showing you guys that exact entry model as well as my playbook of how to pass evaluations and also generate prop firm payouts consistently.
564:44
Speaker A
The problem that most traders have is they don't actually understand how prop firms work. A prop firm is essentially a way for you to leverage very low capital. So you can be trading with hundreds and hundreds of thousands of
564:55
Speaker A
dollars of fun capital and you only have to pay a very small price for that capital. So for example, if you are trading futures prop firms, you can pay $70 and you get given $50,000 of funded capital to trade with. Now you're
565:10
Speaker A
probably wondering, you know, how does that make sense? How is that profitable for that company? First of all, in order to actually get payouts on that $50,000, you need to pass what's called the evaluation phase. And all you need to do
565:21
Speaker A
is make a certain percentage on that $50,000 balance. And for futures, mainly it's 6%. So if you can make $3,000 of profit on that 50k account, you then pass what's called the evaluation phase.
565:32
Speaker A
And then you get given another fresh 50k account. And any percentage, any profit you make on that account, you can then request and get that money right into your bank account. And also forgot to mention as well, it's not an actual real
565:45
Speaker A
$50,000. It's all demo money. But the reason why prop companies can even do this is based purely on the statistic that 95% of traders fail and only 5% can actually make it. So if you think about it, you've got a 100 traders, 95 of
565:58
Speaker A
those traders are consistently buying these prop firm evaluation accounts. And those 95 people are constantly blowing these accounts and giving this prop firm money in evaluation fees. That's how they can then get their money and pay out the five out of the 100 traders that
566:12
Speaker A
can actually prove they can pull money from the markets. And now you're probably wondering, you know, which prop firm account is best for you because there are both forex and futures prop firms. So if you're a futures prop firm,
566:21
Speaker A
these are the ones I would recommend right here. Apex trader funding, my fund of futures, alpha, tradeify, lucid, and take profit trader. And if you're a forex trader, these are the ones I would recommend here. FTMO, Alpha Capital
566:33
Speaker A
Group, Funding Pips, the 5enters, and also Blue Guardian. And what you can do is you can use this website right here called prop firmio.com link below in the description. allows you to compare all the prop firms to each other and also
566:46
Speaker A
find the best discounts at the time. So, as you can see right now, Pex Funding is running an 85% off sale. So, this makes the account, if you go to the detail section and come down here, select Trader Vape, select a 50k account. This
566:57
Speaker A
makes this account just $24. So, you can get funded with $50,000 for just $24 right here. And you do have to pay an activation fee on futures accounts, which is around about $80. So, around about $100 all in and you can be trading
567:10
Speaker A
with $50,000 of capital. And once you pass that evaluation phase, anything you make on top of that 50k balance that you get given is yours. Okay? You can withdraw it straight into your bank account, you can go ahead and spend it.
567:21
Speaker A
Do whatever you want with it. Okay? But yeah, this website here is really helpful. You can see there's a compare section. So you can go ahead and see, you know, the profit split, the daily loss limit, draw down type, all these
567:30
Speaker A
intricate details. And also you can go ahead and click on the detail section and you can see all the pros and the cons of each of the prop firms. So yeah, again, if you do want to check it out,
567:40
Speaker A
find the best product for view link below in the description, prop firmio.com. One quick thing as well, if you do purchase any account off this site, if you go to the giveaway, go ahead and type in the information here,
567:49
Speaker A
you are entered into a draw every single month to potentially win a free funded account. And also, you can submit each purchase for points as well, as you can see right here. And then you can go ahead and spend the points on the
567:59
Speaker A
rewards down here at the bottom. So discount codes, free accounts, and also merch. Now, the main issue that I see with people that trade prop firm accounts is number one, they lack a clear strategy, something that they can
568:10
Speaker A
follow on a day-to-day basis, something that they can really, really trust, have so much confidence within. And also, this ties into the constantly switching and strategy hopping that some people do and one day they'll be trading ICT concepts and then they'll switch to
568:23
Speaker A
trend lines, support resistance. And the second thing is the lack of good psychology. Now, a lot of traders, they may have the model down, they may have the strategy down, but if they can't control themselves in the live markets
568:33
Speaker A
while they're trading these prop firm accounts, they're going to go ahead and find out very quickly. They're going to blow accounts consistently, and you're going to have no clear direction in your prop firm journey. Now, these prop firm
568:44
Speaker A
accounts are there for you to abuse. They're there for you to stack up, get multiple multiple fund accounts, and request bigger payouts on. So, if you lack either two of those things right there, you know, the psychology, overtrading, emotional trading, FOMO,
568:57
Speaker A
and constantly switching strategies, then you're not going to be able to maximize the prop firms. But don't worry, I used to be in that exact same position as well when I first started trading and first started out with prop
569:06
Speaker A
firms. I lack clear direction. I had bad psychology. But the one thing that changed everything for me is make everything simple. Okay? Have one specific model, one specific strategy that you can confidently follow every single day. Have an exact time window in
569:19
Speaker A
which you look for that model. So just 90 minutes per day or around one to two hours maximum. Make sure you have actual trust in that one model as well backed up by data back tested stats whatever it
569:30
Speaker A
may be. You need to have a model that you can confidently trust and execute upon the same time every single day. And and once you have that down the emotional the psychology side of things literally completely disappears. Right?
569:42
Speaker A
You may have one or two bad habits but you can always work on those after the fact. But you'll have no more FOMO because you'll know exactly what you're looking for. No emotions will creep in whether you take a win or a loss because
569:52
Speaker A
you'll know it's part of the system. You know that you should lose this percentage of time and you know that you should win this percentage of time. So just focus on one model at one specific time window, 90 minutes for me, 9 to
570:02
Speaker A
10:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. And only take setups that align with the high time frame bias and narrative. If you are trading against a higher time frame, most of your trades will likely fail. And those are the changes that I
570:13
Speaker A
made to go from inconsistency to a 70% plus win rate. So just understand that within trading, less is more. A simple entry and strict filters equals consistency. Don't just take it from me and my results, but this is also how
570:26
Speaker A
many of my students including Irwin managed to gain over $500,000 in funded prop firm capital. So when trading an evaluation, which is the challenge phase before you actually get funded, I personally like to take things a little bit more aggressive. So I'll risk
570:39
Speaker A
considerably more on those evaluation phases. But you only really want to be doing this when you have that one confident model that you can follow each and every single day. If you don't have trust in your model, then just take it
570:49
Speaker A
slow. I'm talking around about 1% is what you ideally want to be risking. So let's say you're trading a futures prop firm account, there's 4% draw down.
570:56
Speaker A
Usually that would mean that you would have to lose four trades in a row before you lose that account. However, if you are trading a forex prop firm account, they usually have around about 10% of draw down. So that would mean you would
571:05
Speaker A
have to lose 10 trades in a row. Now if you are trading a futures prop firm account you guys may know or if you don't you can use either minis or m can use either minis or micros. Okay so
571:16
Speaker A
essentially one mini is 10 micro contracts and those are what you use to enter the trade. So you can enter with one mini two mini 10 micros 20 micros and I would personally say one mini or just a few micros under. So around about
571:28
Speaker A
seven or eight micros is generally enough for a futures prop firm account on the evaluation phase. However, if you are trading a forex one, they're based on lot sizes. So, you would need to use a lot size calculator on Google to
571:39
Speaker A
determine how much risk that stop-loss is that you're using. And now, when you actually pass that evaluation challenge and you get funded and you get to trade with that capital, this is then when you really, really want to tone down on the
571:51
Speaker A
risk. So, let's say you was risking 1% on the challenge phase, I would completely cut that in half and potentially even more. So, you want to be risking around about 0.3 0.6% per trade. So that way you would have to
572:02
Speaker A
lose around about seven or eight trades in a row on the futures prop firm and around about 20 to 22 trades in a row on a forex prop firm. So statistically you shouldn't actually ever blow those accounts unless you go on a really
572:14
Speaker A
really bad losing streak but this is the thing that happens right many traders can't control their emotions their psychology. They may have a good model right and they may be able to take 10 12 trades in a row without losing the
572:25
Speaker A
account but what they may do is lose one trade go till and then blow it all. So this is why having a combination of a good model and good psychology is the perfect recipe for trading these prop firm accounts. Now the maximum amount of
572:36
Speaker A
trades that I would recommend taking per day is one to two. Okay, one if possible. So if you win that first trade, you're off off the chart straight away. Don't even consider giving the profits back to the market. However, if
572:47
Speaker A
your first trade is a losing one and as long as you haven't risked that full amount for the day, you can go ahead and take one more. But once you're two losses down on the day, call it quits.
572:56
Speaker A
Okay? Please, please, please call it quits. Don't give any more of that funded account draw down back to the markets. So, just one to two highquality setups per day. That's only as well if your model even presents on the day. So,
573:08
Speaker A
for me personally, I take around about one to three trades on average per week because not every single day will my model be there and not every single day will my model be there and very high probability. Okay? I focus on very very
573:19
Speaker A
high quality setups. If it's not high quality, I just won't take it. And finally, the time window that I execute within is 9 to 10:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. Just 90 minutes per day maximum. Most of the time, I'll take a
573:31
Speaker A
trade at 20 to 30 minutes in and I'll be done for the day. Now, let me show you guys my exact model, my system that got me funded in just two days, two trading days, one trade on Wednesday, one trade
573:40
Speaker A
on Thursday. Both wins back to back. Let me go ahead and break down the exact model that I used to take these trades, pass an account, get funded with $25,000 in just the two days. Okay, so we're on
573:51
Speaker A
the charts right now here. Essentially, my system requires me to look at three closely correlated assets. So, in this case, ES, NQ, and YM. These are all future assets. Basically, all I did was use a higher time frame structure. So,
574:03
Speaker A
on Wednesday, this is the trade that I took right here. As you can see, um, if we go ahead and look at the daily chart, right, we're looking at ENQ here. So, Tuesday's candle traded below Wednesday's low, but it failed to close
574:13
Speaker A
below it. So, it went below it, but failed to close below it. That to me is an indication that price is ready to reverse higher. So the daily candle closure showed me that we want to see higher prices. So all I did on Wednesday
574:23
Speaker A
was scale to a lower time frame and look for a long entry. So I already got my bias down just from the candle closure.
574:30
Speaker A
And then if we go ahead and drop down to the 5m minute and we go all the way over to Wednesday. Um also as well the indicators use for my model will be linked below in the description if you
574:39
Speaker A
want to pick them up, test them out for yourself. But let's go ahead and go all the way to uh Wednesday. So this is Thursday over here. Okay, this is the Wednesday trade, right? So, all that happened here was I waited for my
574:50
Speaker A
specific 90-minute window. In this case, 9 to 10:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time. As you can see, indicator marking out that Q3 quarter right there. And all I did was looked at the closely correlated assets. I waited for one asset to drop
575:03
Speaker A
below Q2's low, right? And as you can see, YM was the one to do so here. So, we mark out Q2's lowest low. YM runs below it. What time does it run below it? At 9:40. Okay. at 940 what was ENQ
575:17
Speaker A
and ES doing right so you can see here 940 we closed as a bearish fiveminute candle but we didn't take out Q2's low right so YM did ENQ and ES both failed so this is what's called a sequential
575:30
Speaker A
SMT it's an SMT divergence between two consecutive quarters and then my entry model itself is a true change in the state of delivery TCISD and all that is is we look at the candle that ran below that previous quarter
575:44
Speaker A
below. So the 940 candle, we go ahead and mark out the open of that candle after the candle closes and then we wait for price to close above the open of that candle. So as you can see, the 945
575:56
Speaker A
candle closes above the 940 candle and then all I do is go ahead and take my entry once price drops back down into that true chain in the safe delivery candle. So the 940 candle here. So as you can see 950 does it right there. I
576:09
Speaker A
go ahead and take my entry at the retest of that candle. stop goes on the sequential SMT low and then I go ahead and target the most recent five minute swing high or two to three RR or potentially leave a runner to a higher
576:22
Speaker A
time frame target sometimes. Okay, in this case though I did drop to 1 minute.
576:27
Speaker A
So we go to the 1 minute. What I did was scale my entry. So I actually ended up a little bit higher, waited for the rejection from the TCSD, but then I was able to place my stop on this recent
576:35
Speaker A
swing low down here, right? And then I could maximize my RR from this trade getting around about a 2.8 8 R instead of around about a 1.7 on that 5m minute time frame and this trade alone got me
576:47
Speaker A
around about 8%. Now on forex prop firms they require two phases most of the time 8% on the first one. Once you pass that then you need 5% on the next one. So this one got me around about 8% because
576:58
Speaker A
I took it quite aggressive. I risk around about 2 3% to hit for a three RR.
577:03
Speaker A
So that got me roughly around about 8%. So then all I needed coming to the next day was just a 5% trade. So let me go ahead and break that one down for you guys right now. But essentially all my
577:11
Speaker A
model is look at the daily candle closure. That's my bias for the day most of the time. A weekly and a monthly cycle sequential SMT can also alter that potentially but give me more confluence.
577:22
Speaker A
In this case here we didn't have one. So I just look purely at the candle closure. And then I waited for my specific 90-minute window. Then I waited for at least a daily a 90 or a micro sequential SMT. In this case a 90 and a
577:34
Speaker A
micro and then enter at the true chain in the state of delivery. So now let's go ahead and break down Thursday's trade, which will look the exact same because all of my trades do. So now the second trade was Thursday, the following
577:44
Speaker A
day. And if we're looking at the candle closure, as you can see, see, we're looking at Wednesday's candle. It closed above Tuesday's high, right? So instead of wicking below, we closed above it.
577:53
Speaker A
That's what's called a bullish continuation candle. Bullish continuation candle signature to the upside. So my bias for the day is looking for longs. And that's what I talk on Thursday. Okay, we ended up closing out bearish on the day, but that
578:05
Speaker A
doesn't matter. We don't need to be right about the whole entire day, just within our specific time window. So again, we drop down to the 15, the five to look for that daily cycle or 90 minute cycle sequential SMT. In this
578:17
Speaker A
case here, we had what's called a hidden daily cycle sequential SMT. So instead of looking for a divergence between the wicks, we use the bodies if or last week below the previous quarter low. Okay, so we mark out the lowest closure here,
578:29
Speaker A
right? So this is London session. Q2 to Q3 still consecutive quarters. And as you can see, we just barely failed to close below the lowest closure there of London session during this candle here at 9:15.
578:41
Speaker A
Whereas if we take a look at ES and we mark out the lowest closure of London session, you can see we did actually ended up closing below it at 8:45. So now this is what's called a hidden bullish daily cycle sequential SMT. And
578:53
Speaker A
then all I did from here was drop two 1 minute time frame because there was nothing on the 5minut. So, let's go ahead and go to Thursday around about 9:00 a.m. And as you can see, this blue line that I'm marking out is price
579:04
Speaker A
heading back above it, giving us that hidden daily cycle while simultaneously giving us a microcycle sequential SMT.
579:11
Speaker A
So, if we go ahead again between two consecutive quarters, Q1 and Q2. As you can see here, the first candle of Q2 literally ran below Q1's low. So, what time was this at? 9:23. So, again, what do we do? Go ahead and mark out that
579:24
Speaker A
same candle open here on ENQ. We wait for price to close above it, which happens right there at 9:25. And then where do we enter guys? You may know now. We mark out the TCSD candle. You can mark out the body, not the weight,
579:36
Speaker A
the body. All we're doing is looking for price to drop back into that candle. We take our entry once price drops into it.
579:42
Speaker A
Stop goes on the sequential S& about 3 RR getting that final 5% to pass phase two. And as you can see, it delivered very nicely in just a few minutes as well. So this is what I'm saying, guys. My system usually delivers
579:57
Speaker A
a trades in around about 30 40 minutes into the trading day. So it's 90 minutes maximum that my model can form within but usually around about 30 40 minutes.
580:05
Speaker A
And yet essentially that is again the same model daily candle closure specific 90-minute window sequential SMT one TCIST entry at the TCIST retest stop on the SMT low and go ahead and target around about 2 to 3 RR. So now you guys
580:20
Speaker A
have a very good insight on how I actually trade. So firstly I wasn't on the charts all day long. didn't take 10 trades per day. Just one clean setup within that specific 90-minute window.
580:30
Speaker A
And that's all I need. Align with the bias like I showed you guys on the daily chart. And this is what's called real consistency. Now, if you guys want a more in detailed breakdown of my exact model, my exact system that I use to
580:41
Speaker A
consistently pass proper accounts and consistently get payouts on, then go ahead and watch this video right here as this will give you the exact blueprint that you need to consistently pass these accounts and get payouts. The final segment about this video is how to scale
580:54
Speaker A
funder capital. So what I would always recommend to every single trader out there first getting into prop firms is focus on passing your first few accounts, focus on getting funded at least two to four times and focus on
581:06
Speaker A
getting at least two to three payouts. Once you can do that with one singular account, this is then when you want to implement the scaling. All this means is purchasing more prop firm accounts. So instead of trading with one 50k account,
581:18
Speaker A
you can add another 50k account. So then you've got $100,000 in fun capital and you just keep repeating this process.
581:24
Speaker A
You can actually get millions of dollars in fun capital. So now just imagine you make 1% per week on a 50k account. It's only $500, right? But if you're doing the same with a million dollars of fun capital, that is then $10,000 per week,
581:38
Speaker A
which I'm sure is enough for a lot of you guys. But if it isn't, keep going bigger. You know, maybe you get 2 3% per week. Maybe you can get $2 million in funded capital. And also, if you're
581:46
Speaker A
wondering, you know, how can you trade multiple prop firm accounts all at once if you do go to the prop firm of your account, you can look at the deals, click on trade copier, and there's two trade copies right here. You can
581:56
Speaker A
simultaneously link all of your prop firm accounts together and trade them all just with one click of a button. And now the final part that I need to tell you guys, please, please, please formulate a plan. Find a model that
582:08
Speaker A
works best for you. Find a risk management plan that works best for you. Once you can do this, religiously stick to it. one single mistake can lead to you spiraling out of control and blowing all of the funded accounts you worked
582:19
Speaker A
hard for and also paid out of your own money for. So while yes, you can get access to hundreds of thousands of capital for just a few hundred, you still need to treat it like it is real money and trade professionally by
582:31
Speaker A
sticking to your rules. with inside of my trading journey. I've generated thousands and thousands generated thousands and thousands of dollars in verified prop firm payouts passed many many accounts and also gotten a lot of my students profitable and they've
582:44
Speaker A
gotten large payouts as as well. Inside this video, I'm going to be showing you the five indicators that I use on a daily basis to generate thousands of dollars per week and sometimes even per day in in prof
583:04
Speaker A
payouts. Okay, by the end of this video, you will know how to get the indicators, how to set them up on your chart, and how to use them in the most efficient way possible. So, before we do get
583:14
Speaker A
started, all indicators featured in today's video are available at oracleindicators.com. Some of the indicators are completely free and are more premium or premium tools come with a free trial so you can test everything before committing. They are also priced to be accessible so the
583:29
Speaker A
cost is never a barrier. A quick disclaimer, these indicators are strictly educational tools designed to help you read price action. They do not constitute financial advice. So with that being said, let's go ahead and jump into the into the first indicator that I
583:42
Speaker A
use and that is going to be the quarterly theory cycles oracle. So every single indicator that you guys see that has Oracle without a plus on the end, that is a completely free indicator.
583:52
Speaker A
Okay? So this first one here is completely free. You guys can search it up right on Trading View or you can go to oracleindicators.com and come and claim free access to this one. Okay?
584:02
Speaker A
Essentially what this does, the features of it, it allows you to have quarter color customization. Essentially what this indicator does is display the quarterly theory quarters on your chart for you. So you guys can clearly trade quarterly theory and see price divided
584:16
Speaker A
into four. Okay. So the feature So the features of this indicator is quarter color customization. So you can customize the colors of the quarters.
584:24
Speaker A
You know maybe you don't want them the classic gray, red, green, blue. You can have whatever color you want. You can show up to six cycles at once. So you know it'll display the quarters either at the top or bottom of your chart. And
584:35
Speaker A
you can have it show the cycle the cycle that you're looking at. So the micro, then the 90, then the daily, then the weekly, then the monthly if you really wanted to. Okay, I personally just use two, but we'll jump into that shortly.
584:46
Speaker A
You can have it show up to six cycles at once. So, like we just mentioned, quarters below and above charts. So, if you prefer to have it above, which I personally do, you can. Or you can or you can have it show below. Okay. And
584:58
Speaker A
there's also an option for the quarter dividers. So, if you want to see the quarters displayed at the top while also having dividers come down onto your chart, so you can also see it within the candles, you can also have the option
585:08
Speaker A
for that. Okay. So, it's an all-in-one indicator. So there's less indicators to manage. Very custom, very customizable, fast loading times and good performance options for quarters above and below and show up to six cycles simultaneously.
585:22
Speaker A
And if you want to grab access to this one, quarterly theory cycles, Oracle on Trading View. So now let's jump into the charts and show you guys how to grab it and how I personally have mine set up.
585:33
Speaker A
All right guys, so inside the charts, this is of course the quarterly theory cycles indicator. Do want access to it?
585:38
Speaker A
go to the search bar, search quarterly series cycles oracle like that and then it will show up here. Okay, so make sure to favorite it and then also drop a boost and a comment if you guys do if
585:51
Speaker A
you guys do enjoy it. Okay, now these are my current settings I am running for the indicator. So I have layers to show all of these ticked on show on chart cycles and only. Now if you want it to
586:01
Speaker A
show below, you untick both of these two here. Uh sorry, you untick this one and then this one here. Okay, so in that specific order and as you can see it will then go to the bottom on my chart
586:09
Speaker A
on my chart. I personally prefer it up top. I think it's just cleaner. It's like more out the way, you know, it doesn't overlap with the candles at the bottom. So you just click on here on here and then it will go to the top. If
586:20
Speaker A
you want it to show on both the top and bottom, then you just turn only off.
586:24
Speaker A
Okay. Now, if you want to change the colors of the actual quarters, as you can see all here, all here, click on it and just choose a color that you want.
586:31
Speaker A
Now Q0 is for Friday or a joke week. Okay. So, as you guys know, the weekly cycle, Friday technically isn't a quarter, so it will be colored as this color here. Okay? And then same for a joker week. This will be the color of
586:43
Speaker A
the joker week right there. Now, the text itself on the quarters on the quarters, you can change the color of that as well. If you want it to black, as you can see there, black looks actually pretty clean. Um, I think maybe
586:53
Speaker A
I'll go for like a grayish color. Yeah, you know, nice and subtle right there.
586:56
Speaker A
Okay. Dividers, if you don't want them on, just turn the opacity to zero and it will remove them. Okay. I personally prefer them, so I'll leave them on for now. Okay. So, those are my settings.
587:05
Speaker A
For your settings, feel free to play around with it. Nothing too crazy for this one. Click okay. And then, as you guys can see, it will show right there.
587:12
Speaker A
Okay. If you do want more cycles, then just change this number. So, three cycles. It will show. Currently, I am on the 15. So, it's showing the current, which is daily cycle, one above weekly cycle, and then here's and then here is
587:25
Speaker A
the monthly cycle. Okay. Now, if I go back down, turn this to two, it will then show me the daily cycle at the bottom, and then one above, which is the weekly cycle. Okay. So, as you guys can
587:34
Speaker A
see, it's just a nice way to view the quarters. You know, we're on the 15th.
587:37
Speaker A
So, we know this is Asia, London, New York A.M., New York PM. You know, this is all of Wednesday. This is all of Thursday Tuesday Tuesday Monday etc., etc. Okay, so that is exactly how I have my quarter one set up. And you
587:49
Speaker A
guys can copy that or customize it to your liking. If you do want to remove the bottom bit as well, so once you've got it all added, what you can do, click on this. As you can see, there's like a
587:58
Speaker A
little like box there. If you find that annoying, click up top right. Right. And there you go. It removes it. Okay. And if you want to change the settings again, click down here, click on the box and it will pop up down there and you
588:09
Speaker A
can customize it there. Okay. So yeah, that's how I have that one set up. And if you want to access oracleindicators.com or search it on Trading View. Okay. So this one is a part of the premium tools. However,
588:19
Speaker A
there is however there is a free trial that you guys can get and test out before committing. Okay. Now the quarterly theory toolkit is essentially an all-in-one quarterly theory indicator. It will show you all of your quarterly theory concepts. It will show
588:33
Speaker A
you your PSPs, sequential SMTS, quarter dividers, defining range, tropens, precision candles, high poly gaps, whatever it is, it's inside of here. Okay. So, you can have it also show alerts. So, you can set alerts for those specific concepts. So, for
588:50
Speaker A
example, a weekly cycle sequential some once it occurs in price, you will then be alerted. Okay. Again, it's an allin-one. It's an all-in-one indicator.
588:58
Speaker A
Less indicators to manage, very customizable, fast loading times with good performance, auto mode for multiple asset classes. So you can have it go on auto triad. So whenever you pull up NQ, it will automatically compare the indices triad NQ. Okay. And you can also
589:15
Speaker A
customize customize the triad that you are viewing. So you can have it set to potentially an intermarket triad, NQ, DXY, and one of the, you know, stock bonds, whatever work inside of it. So now let's jump into the second indicator
589:28
Speaker A
that I use. So now for the quarterly theory toolkit Oracle plus indicator you can go ahead go to indicators search it here quarterly theory toolkit Oracle plus and it will show up here if you spell it if you spell it correctly like
589:42
Speaker A
that right and it will have a lock next to it. Just click on it and it'll bring you to the actual page or you can click on my name boco trades right there and it will then pull up access to grab the
589:52
Speaker A
indicator. Click on it like this right here and it will show my scripts here.
589:56
Speaker A
Click on scripts and it is the quarterly theory tool kit theory toolkit one here.
590:01
Speaker A
Click on it and then you can get access at oracleindicators.com or you can just search right now oracleindicators.com and grab access from there. Okay, so that's how you get access to this one here. There is a 3-day free trial. If
590:14
Speaker A
you don't like it, just don't use it. Okay, for me this is probably my favorite indicator out of the five the five because this does most things for me. Okay, click on it. Look at the customizations, guys. We've got color
590:24
Speaker A
blind mode if you're color blind. Text color. This is just in general for all the text colors. So, if we change this one to like yellow, as you can see here, it will change to yellow right there uh
590:33
Speaker A
when it updates. Just give it a few seconds. So, we have firstly color blind mode. So, this is mode. So, this is for when it shows sequential SMTs at the bottom. So, we go to the 5m minute for
590:40
Speaker A
example. Hopefully, we have a sequential SMT here. Let's see. Yep, we do. So if you click on color blind in the bottom right where it shows the sequential some T for text, it will change to an icon of
590:52
Speaker A
a chart going up rather than just a green dot. Okay, so that's for all of my color blind people out there. Don't worry, we got you guys. Um auto triad.
591:01
Speaker A
So this is just how it, you know, connects to the triad that you're viewing based on the asset that you've got open. You can untick this and just customize the assets if you prefer. I leave it on. Sequential SMT, lower time
591:11
Speaker A
frame text, mid time frame text. Now, lower time frame is the time frame that you're on. That you're on the one that you're currently viewing, the cycle that you're viewing. Mid time frame is one directly above. Okay? So, lower time
591:20
Speaker A
frame text if we're on the 5m minute, it shows me the 90-minut cycle down there.
591:24
Speaker A
And also, if you have this mid time frame, it will show one cycle above. So, if there's any daily cycle, which there isn't right now, or it would show it there. It will show it right next to it
591:32
Speaker A
as well. Okay. Well, okay. Position. This is just where it shows it. Now, you don't need to have the text one done if you don't want to. But, move this to the side. You can see we have lines marking
591:40
Speaker A
out sequential some T's as well. Okay, the high and then the low right there, the low down there. Okay, it says the asset that created the sequential SMT.
591:48
Speaker A
So if you can see the asset that you're looking at NQ ran out the low and it says it says ES here, that means ES was the failure swing. Okay, now low time frame asset, you can also have it show
591:57
Speaker A
mid-time frame asset and mid- time frame lines. So this will again show the 90-minut cycle and also the daily cycle.
592:03
Speaker A
Okay, now as you can see, the daily cycle is more of like a dash line. You can change it down here, customize it.
592:08
Speaker A
So if you wanted to show it one cycle above, you can have both. You can have that one like green for example. So you know this is one cycle above sequential.
592:15
Speaker A
I personally don't have it show just because I don't want too many lines on my chart. You know I just want to keep it nice and simple. Just you know the cycle that I'm viewing. I know that I've
592:24
Speaker A
got you know the sequential SMT there essentially. Okay. So these all on the five minutes of these all 90 minute all 90minut cycle sequential SMTs. Now a great filter is delete failed sequential SMTS. I have this on. If we turn it off,
592:36
Speaker A
as you guys can see, it will look a lot messier. Okay, give it a few seconds to load up. Maybe it won't look too messy here. Yeah. So, you can see a few more lines got added. Essentially, what this
592:45
Speaker A
does is it will show all the sequential the sequential SMT's even if they failed. Okay. So, obviously failed means, you know, ran below, ran above, whatever. I'd keep it on again just to clear up my chart and just have it show
592:55
Speaker A
me sequential SMTs that I should only care about, not the ones that have failed. To view the ones that have failed is good for back testing. I'm not back testing currently, so I have that turned on. lower time frame SMT start
593:05
Speaker A
mid time mid time frame SMT start. This just puts a little diamond sort of symbol above the candle where the sequential SMT was first formed. Okay, as you guys can see right there. Now, this is what I used to use before we
593:17
Speaker A
coded the TCIDC indicator to identify the TCIC candle, but I no longer use that anymore. Okay, so I turn that off.
593:23
Speaker A
Dividers and labels self-explan self-explanatory. It just, you know, marks out the dividers for you. You can change the colors of those, you know, dotted, dash, whatever, whatever. True opens, again, pretty self-explanatory.
593:32
Speaker A
It shows low time frame which is the cycle that you're viewing. Mid time frame is one directly above. So I keep them both on so I can see stacked opens.
593:39
Speaker A
So true session is above the true day. I know that we have bearish stacked opens right there. Okay, there. Okay, let's keep it going. Change the color of those dollar dash etc etc. Previous cycle range lines and you can delete those as
593:50
Speaker A
well. I personally just have those on it. It'll just mark the previous cycles high and low and equilibrium. I personally don't use it. Defining range pretty solid. Again, I just don't use it though. Turn it on and show you guys
593:58
Speaker A
kind of how it looks. It does look pretty clean to be fair. Defining range is range is Q1's split into three and then the final two/3s it will mark the defining range from essentially. Okay.
594:08
Speaker A
So as you guys can see Q1 here split into thirds ignore the first third and then pull a fib from the high to the low and it anchors it for you. So then all you need to do now is pull out your fib
594:18
Speaker A
tool. All right fib retracement pull it from the high to the low obviously the low obviously. Make sure you have the fib settings on uh which I do not have currently and they are standard deviations high to the low. And there we
594:28
Speaker A
go. But as you can see, just easily like that plotted my defining range. Okay, so pretty cool. You guys use the defining range. I personally don't, so I do not have that on. Um, so I can turn this
594:37
Speaker A
off. Standard deviations. Uh, so this uses the previous cycle, previous quarter I believe is I'm not too sure. I don't use this one either. And it essentially plots the standard deviation for you on that previous quarter or the
594:49
Speaker A
cycle. Now, high probability gaps is something that more or less I discovered myself. So this is not specifically quarterly theory but they involve gaps that form with quarterly theory concepts. Okay. The ones that I used to use is gap after PSP gap over
595:02
Speaker A
overlapping with true open. Okay. This is gap plus precision swing point and gap plus precision candle. Now if we turn this on you guys can see it does mark some very powerful gaps. So as you can see red is bearish right and also
595:12
Speaker A
green is obviously bullish. Okay there isn't actually any bullish ones I can see. Hasn't really hasn't been any for a while it seems like. Right. But you guys can see how powerful these gaps are. You know these are essentially high
595:22
Speaker A
probability gaps. Go for entry points, go for like reversals, etc., etc. And if they get inverse, they then become quite high probability inversion gaps. Okay, you can see this one held up top. This one more or less held as well. This one
595:33
Speaker A
not as clean. It got inversed, traversed, closed back down below. But then, as you guys can see, once we did eventually get back above it, look how nicely it held off that retest right there. Okay, so there's that. You guys
595:43
Speaker A
can experiment with that if you would like to. Uh, like I said, I personally don't use that anymore, though, more or less just because I don't want too much on my chart. I like to keep it nice and
595:51
Speaker A
simple because obviously I'm live trading every single trading every single day to my Discord, you know, creating content for you guys. So, I don't want too much clutter on my chart.
595:58
Speaker A
If I weren't doing all that, I probably would still use them to be honest. They are very powerful. Precision candles, as you guys can see, just, you know, marks out the precision candles um on the chart for you. So, if it loads up a
596:08
Speaker A
second. Oh, wait. I need to hold up because we need to You can actually have it just show like just the border for example, just the wick. So, if we turn this on uh turn border off, turn this
596:18
Speaker A
one off too, it will it will just mark out the wicks as purple essentially.
596:21
Speaker A
Okay. So, when that loads up, give it a second. As you guys can see, very subtle, but the wicks are actually purple. So, yeah, you can just have it kind of, you know, show the wicks. It's very subtle right there, but as you can
596:30
Speaker A
see, purple wicks right there. If you wanted it a bit more obvious, you could make them red or something like that.
596:34
Speaker A
Right there. Okay. Again, pretty cool. I just don't use I just don't use precision candles personally. Now, precision swing points. You can turn this on, fill it by tropen, fill it by uh sequential some T DPD and show
596:46
Speaker A
unfiltered precision swing points. Okay, so this unfiltered one is if you use filters, it will show them as the colors you have selected here. So green and red for example and if you have filters have filters, green and red will be the ones
596:58
Speaker A
that follow the filters. If you want it to show unfiltered ones, turn this on and then these are the unfiltered ones here. Okay, so these are the ones that don't follow the filters you have selected, right? So click okay. So green
597:09
Speaker A
and red ones follow the filters. So red, as you can see, pretty much marks so many highs. Like PSPs are really powerful, really powerful, super super clean. Obviously, the green ones as well just mark the bullish ones. And then
597:18
Speaker A
like the cyan blue color is a PSP that doesn't follow a filter. And you can see these ones are a lot more prone to failing right there. Whereas if you filter them out correctly, they will hold a lot more. Okay, so there's the
597:29
Speaker A
PSPs. Again, I don't use them personally cuz PSP isn't a part of my model bottle, but they are great for people that do use PSPs. Now first fair value gap after sequential SMT very powerful turn this on customize the colors right there and
597:42
Speaker A
essentially what this will do is after sequential some T has taken place it will then mark out the first gap that forms and the first inversion gap so inversions are marked via the lines and normal gaps are marked via the marked
597:52
Speaker A
via the candle like whole pay color and look how clean it is guys like I've spoke on this in a YouTube video before the first presented gap after a sequential te is a very powerful entry point so as you guys can see holding
598:03
Speaker A
just very cleanly all the way down the lows one didn't really work too much there. Bullish one here. Super clean.
598:09
Speaker A
Bearish one there at the bearish one there at the top. Very, very clean stuff. Okay, so yeah, I would recommend this one. Again, I just don't use it just cuz it is cluttering my chart a little bit. But if you guys don't mind
598:20
Speaker A
it as much, it is very, very powerful. Okay. And then last but not least, we have the watermark, which is in the top right here. Shows the asset, the tribe that you're looking at, the time frame, and then Q and then QT toolkit. You can
598:30
Speaker A
have it show what you want as well. So, if you put hello, um, it will change it to that as well. Okay. And if we click on custom phrase, give it a second. See if it loads up here. Custom phrase on.
598:43
Speaker A
And it should show it here when it loads. Give it a second. Yep. There you go. Yep. There you go. So, you guys can have that if you want to have, you know, maybe your username or your social media
598:54
Speaker A
handle, whatever it may be. Okay. You can have it show where you want. You can make it larger. You can make it huge. As you can see, we can have a massive, massive watermark. I personally just have mine on small, I think it is, or
599:04
Speaker A
normal. I'm not too sure. Let's give it a sec. Let's give it a second. I think it might be the small one. Oh, no. I think I think it's normal, but I do like it on small, actually. We'll keep on
599:11
Speaker A
small for now. So, yeah, that's essentially the quart Theory toolkit. Oracle Plus at oracleindicators.com. You can grab access to it. This is probably the best indicator out of the suite.
599:20
Speaker A
Okay. And now, the third indicator that I use is the TCISD Oracle Plus. Oracle Plus. Again, this is part of the premium suite. This one is what I use for my entry technique. So, a lot of you guys
599:31
Speaker A
may know that I use a true chain in the state of delivery to enter my trades from and this indicator right here essentially marks it out on my chart for me. So, I don't need to do any of the
599:40
Speaker A
hard work. Okay, so it shows true change in the true change in the state of deliveries. It shows inverse true change in the state of deliveries, sequential SMT and also quarter dividers. Okay, and with the TCISD indicator too, you can
599:52
Speaker A
set filters. So you can have it show one stage sequential some T must occur before a TCSD appears. Two stage premium discount and true open. So for so for example if you're below a true open a bullish TCSD will only show when you're
600:06
Speaker A
below that true open. Okay. Now again you can identify both TCSDs and ITC's very customizable fast loading times with good performance auto mode for multiple asset classes. So the auto triad feature and alerts for presets for preset conditions. So you can have it
600:23
Speaker A
alert you when for example a bullish TCISD below the true open in a discount occurs. So let's jump into the chart now and I'll show you guys exactly how I have mine set up. So now guys we have
600:33
Speaker A
our third indicator here on the charts which is the true change in the save delivery the TCISD. So now this is my entry my entry technique. This is my entry model. So this indicator is a mustave for me. Again if you want access
600:46
Speaker A
go to indicators TCISD Oracle plus like that. Click on my name and you can see the script on there or you can go to oracleindicators.com and grab access on there. Free day, free day, free trial. If you don't like it,
601:00
Speaker A
you don't need to buy it. Is very cheap. I think this one's around $15 per month.
601:04
Speaker A
So, very, very affordable. Okay, so what are my settings? Okay, these are my settings. Text color. Now, if you have the Quarterly theory toolkit, you want to make the text color white and opacity zero. Okay, because what this ind what
601:17
Speaker A
this indicator does, it requires you to have the show sequential some T and text box turned on to see the TCITs. If you turn it off, you'll see the TC's will go. The reason behind this is obviously the TC must form if a sequential SMT
601:30
Speaker A
takes place. So this has to be on. Now if you have the text color turned on, it will on it will show it in the bottom right exactly as the QT toolkit does.
601:39
Speaker A
Okay, so if you have it shown the QT toolkit and you also have the TCISD indicator, best case scenario is that you just turn the opacity to zero.
601:47
Speaker A
Therefore, it won't show and overlap in the bottom right. Okay. If you don't have the tool kit one, then that's fine.
601:52
Speaker A
You can have it show if you would like to. Okay. So, so yeah, that's all all those settings there. Dividers and labels. Again, if you've got the tool kit or you've got, you know, the quarterly theory cycles, you don't need
602:00
Speaker A
the dividers again. But if you've only got the TCSD, feel free to turn them on.
602:03
Speaker A
It's an option. You can use them if you guys want. Okay. True CISD. These are the main filters now. So, obviously, show true CISD. Show the label. So this, you know, actually says TCIC right next to it. Show them through it. Show and
602:13
Speaker A
filter TC's is if you guys use the filters and you want it to, you know, the one that follow the filters will be the colors here, green and red for me.
602:20
Speaker A
And then unfiltered will be whatever color you select. So it will show TCIC's that don't align with the filters right there that you have selected. Me personally, I don't use any filters with it. Okay. So I have this turned off. I
602:30
Speaker A
could turn it on. It doesn't really matter on. It doesn't really matter. Every single TCD for me essentially is technically unfiltered. So that doesn't matter for me. Delete inverse TCIDs. So this is deleting TCIC's that have failed. And then you want to have show
602:42
Speaker A
inverse true CI/CD on if you guys want to see the inversion TCDs too. If you don't like inversion ones, that's fine.
602:48
Speaker A
Just have this turned off and that off. And that way it will just show only regular TCSDs. So as you can see updates, removes that one there. Okay.
602:56
Speaker A
But I like to use both. So I have both. Okay. Now these are the filters. So you can have it show only TCISDs that occur after two stages of quantity or one stage filter by tropen. And it can be
603:07
Speaker A
stacked to opens as well and filter by premium and discount. Okay, this also has a watermark so you can turn it on.
603:12
Speaker A
Again, if you've already got like the tool kit one, for example, for example, then you know, you don't need two at once. So, you can just turn one off on one of the indicators. Okay, so those are my exact settings. Again, very
603:22
Speaker A
customizable. You guys can play around with those and fit those exactly to your liking. Okay, and now obviously if you go back in the charts, you guys can see sort of how powerful the TCIist concept really is. Really is marked by the
603:34
Speaker A
indicator. Okay, in motion TCIC's for those continuations, DCIC's to mark, you know, the highs and the lows. Okay, generally if you can get yourself in line with the direction of price, if you get good at reading price action, every
603:45
Speaker A
single TCIC that forms in line with that direction is probably going to work. I mean entry entry entry entry entry short entry, stop pending, then we get a bullish one, then we get a quick little short one, and then again a few more
603:57
Speaker A
short ones here, a bullish one there. like you guys can see truly when indicators are displayed on your chart.
604:02
Speaker A
How powerful the concepts I speak about really are honestly and it's great to have them for you. So you don't have to do anything. You know, you can just sit back just just trade your time window.
604:12
Speaker A
Oh, there's a TCIT. I'm bullish on the day. Let me take a long, you know, it's as simple as that. And now the fourth indicator of today's video is going to be the SMT fill Oracle. So this is part
604:22
Speaker A
of our free suite. So you guys can search this right up on Trading View and get access to this one immediately. Now an SMT fill will essentially will essentially show you a divergence across closely correlated asset classes between
604:34
Speaker A
gaps. Okay, one asset trades into a gap, one asset fails to trade into a gap. Now this SMT fill indicator has all the SMT fill variants. So variant 1 2 3 one asset trades into a gap, one doesn't.
604:45
Speaker A
One asset trades below 50% of a gap of a gap, one doesn't. One asset fills a gap completely and the other asset doesn't.
604:52
Speaker A
It will alert you of all of the three variants. It also shows you live SMT fill detections. So as the SMT fills are occurring in real time, it will mark those out on your chart directly. You can preview past SMT fills as well. So
605:04
Speaker A
you can look back upon, you know, what did the previous four the previous 4 hour do? Oh, we got an SMT fil. Cool. I can frame an entry off that customizable watermark as well. So you can have it
605:13
Speaker A
show the asset, the time frame, and also the SMT fill oracle. So with that being said, let's go ahead and jump into the charts again, and I'll show you guys how to grab this indicator and exactly how I
605:22
Speaker A
have mine set up. Now, let's move on to our fourth indicator of indicator of today's video. another completely free one. So, let's jump into that right now.
605:29
Speaker A
So, here is the SMT fill indicator on the charts. Already you guys can see how powerful SMTs You guys can see already how powerful SMT fills really are. Look at this beautiful long. Beautiful long.
605:39
Speaker A
Beautiful short. Beautiful short from there as well. Okay. How do you get access? This one's This one's completely free. Completely completely free. Okay.
605:46
Speaker A
SMT fill Oracle. Boom. Get access book trades. You guys can view it there or you can kind of favorite it and add it to your indicators from this page here.
605:56
Speaker A
Okay, so super simple. Then settings. How do I have mine set up or try it turned on? You guys can customize it.
606:02
Speaker A
Customize it. Maximum gaps. This is how many gaps it will show previously. Okay, so if you only want it to show the last three, that's fine. If we turn this on, you guys can see if we click okay, give
606:11
Speaker A
it time to update here, then it will remove a couple of these here and it'll show just that one there. we go to like the one minute for example, you'll see it'll only show sort of three sort of
606:21
Speaker A
three SMT fills here. Come back to it. So you guys can have it show just three, you know, five, whatever it may be, 10, 15, whatever it whatever you guys prefer. Okay, you may only want to see, you know, the past two or three. Then
606:33
Speaker A
just click three. Okay, we'll keep it on 50 for now. Bullish gaps, bearish gaps, color customization, color customization, pretty self-explanatory, pretty clean. Gap borders. So this is, you know, if you want it to essentially show a board around the gap. So right
606:46
Speaker A
now you can see there's no outline in it. If you guys do want an outline sort of around it, then you guys can turn that on just like that. Okay, I have that turned off. I think it's clean
606:54
Speaker A
without, but you guys can have the choice for that. SMT fill divergence or divergence line. So this shows you what type of variant it is. Okay, you can have it dotted, dashed, straight, whatever you want. Okay, so as you can
607:06
Speaker A
see, there's a uh, you know, dotted line here right at the very start of the gap.
607:09
Speaker A
So this means the SMT fill was from one asset filling the gap completely and one asset didn't even trade into the gap at all. Okay, as you can as you can see down here, there's a dotted line in the
607:18
Speaker A
middle. So this means one asset in this case ENQ, yeah, did not trade below 50, whereas ES did trade below 50. Okay, so it kind of shows you what bearing it is just from the dash line. It's pretty
607:29
Speaker A
clean. Labels and text self-explanatory. This is just, you know, the name of it, etc., etc. Only show active gaps. active gaps. So you can only have it show gaps that are kind of forming in real time if you guys would prefer to have that show.
607:40
Speaker A
Again, another nice little watermark right there which you guys can, you know, have it show in the top right if for example this is the only indicator of ours that you use. You can have it show the SMT fill custom phrase in the
607:50
Speaker A
top right. So if you give it a second uh we actually got this we actually got this one set to the center right now.
607:56
Speaker A
You can have it, you know, wherever you want, but as you guys can see it shows right there. If you turn the text color and opacity to 100 then it will show the triad the time frame and also the asset
608:05
Speaker A
that we are viewing currently. Okay. So again another completely free indicator SMT fill. You can use SMT fills to fills to you know build that higher time frame bias. You can use them for entries. It's a very nice sort of concept to use and
608:18
Speaker A
incorporate into your trading. Literally no downside no negative effect to it at all. It's just an extra confluence.
608:24
Speaker A
Okay. And now finally, last but not least, we have the statistical bias oracle indicator. Again, this is another completely completely free indicator.
608:32
Speaker A
And this is one that I use to gauge my daily bias. Okay. Can I show you the 4 hour bias, the 1 hour, 15, 5 minute? I mean, hell, even the one minute. This essentially uses the candle closure
608:42
Speaker A
methodology that I speak on. Not saying that I invented it, but I use it and I spoke on it before on my channel. So, essentially what it does is looks back upon the upon the previous candle closure depending on the time frame that
608:52
Speaker A
you set it on. So if you set on the daily, look back up on the previous day's close and depending on how that candle close across the triad, it will give you a percentage of how likely that bias is to play out. So the features of
609:04
Speaker A
this indicator is a bias time frame, the draws on liquidity, you can have it mark, you can have it mark the draw for you, the previous candle, high or low, bias table mode, so you can have different kind of modes to show the
609:14
Speaker A
table, smaller or more of advanced bigger one. Asset bias validation, auto triad, and also custom triads. Okay? And again, it's an all-in-one indicator.
609:23
Speaker A
Less indicators to manage. Very customizable. Fast fast loading times with good performance. Auto mode for multiple asset classes and alerts for preset conditions. So now for the last time of this video, let's go ahead and jump into the charts and break down
609:36
Speaker A
exactly how to grab this indicator and how I have mine set up. So now with that being said, let's go ahead and jump into our fifth and final indicator of Oracle.
609:45
Speaker A
Again, another completely free one. How do we grab it? indicators. Statistical bias oracle oracle. Boom. Favorite it there. If it shows up, click on my name, whatever. Whatever. Drop a boost. Drop a comment. Help support the indicators.
610:00
Speaker A
Okay. So, how do I have mine set up and what the settings actually look like?
610:05
Speaker A
So, auto triad, turn that on. I don't know why mine's not turned on. I've already got the assets set, I guess, anyway, so it doesn't really matter matter, but you guys can turn that on.
610:12
Speaker A
Again, it just detects the triad that you're looking at based on the asset bias time frame. So custom bias time frame turn that on and you guys can see that you can then customize the bias candle. You guys can then see that you
610:24
Speaker A
can customize the exact bias for the candle that you want here. So if you want to see the 4hour candle closure and the bias built a bias built upon the triad, click on 4hour. And what it'll do here in the table is it will show the
610:34
Speaker A
time frame that you selected and also one above. So the 4 hour to the daily.
610:38
Speaker A
So you can see NQS and YM gave a bullish candle closure to the upside on the 4 hour on NQSYM. Also the daily candle closure was a bullish one. NQ S YM says YM. So the overall rating for the triad
610:50
Speaker A
is bullish buyers. Okay. Then you can have it show the draw liquidity. So you can see here it's actually marking out the previous 4hour candle high. So what you can do on the lower time frame you can have that mark for you. So right now
611:01
Speaker A
on the 5m minute you can see it's showing the sort of draw liquidity right there for the 4hour candle 4hour candle closure on the 5m minute. So you guys can look for a fiveminute entry technique and trade it up towards a
611:11
Speaker A
4hour candle closure. uh essentially drawn liquidity. Okay, so super clean stuff. Asset bias validation. So it can be you know lower time frame plus higher time frame with the overall rating or it can be lower time frame plus higher time
611:23
Speaker A
frame and also tri bias red bias rule. You can have it all three majority or the uh current asset. Okay, the current asset it just you know shows you the bias based on the current asset and key that you're on. Or you can have it show
611:35
Speaker A
majority, you know, the overall bias based on if there's maybe four bullish closures for the overall trade and maybe three bearish ones, the overall bias will bias will be bullish. All three is it'll take into account all the assets
611:47
Speaker A
you're viewing and generate a bias based on the average of the candle closure. Bullish or bearish. Okay. Bullish color, bearish color. So this is just, you know, if it's bearish, it'll say bare and it'll be in red. Bullish, it'll say
611:58
Speaker A
bull and being in green. Okay. Draw liquidity line. You can change the colors of these. Draw liquidity. Draw liquidity text. again, change the color of it, whatever you guys want to do.
612:06
Speaker A
Okay. Now, a cool feature as well is any time frame, you know, if you got the draw liquidity marked, it will show it for you. So, I can go to the 1 minute and it'll still show me the drawn
612:13
Speaker A
liquidity for the 4 hour on the 1 minute. Super clean, super cool. We look for a one minute entry up to the 4 hour high, for example. But the but the time frame that we selected, which is the 4
612:23
Speaker A
hour, is that main one. If we go actually to the 4 hour, it will then give us a percentage based on the candle closure. It's a bit different now because so as you can see we're in replay mode. It's obviously a little bit
612:34
Speaker A
glitchy here but this candle is printing currently. It's got 1 hour 4 minutes left. How did the previous c previous candle to this one close? Okay, this was a bearish continuation candle signature.
612:44
Speaker A
So as you can see the 4 hour is bearish on ENQ ES and YM. However, the daily is bullish on NQ and YM. So what it does is calculates an overall percentage of historical data. By the way, this is way
612:58
Speaker A
this is going back and it's collecting all the historical data. So there's a chance that the bias if you guys come back into settings here collected here asset bias validation low time frame only. So we've got the 4 hour. This will
613:09
Speaker A
show us the 4hour overall bias. Okay. So it's bearish on ENQ ES and YM. So statistically when NQ and YM all print all print a bearish 4hour candle closure you have a 64 almost 65% chance that the following 4hour candle will print as
613:24
Speaker A
bearish and at least hit that previous 4hour low. Okay, so you got the percentage if you go to the specific time frame. If you go to the 1 hour, all right, and you know, we go to the 1 hour
613:34
Speaker A
time frame in here, it will then show us the percentage 66.72% chance that the whole triad is bearish and we'll trade towards that previous 1 hour low based on this candle closure when the new candle opens up. Okay,
613:49
Speaker A
actually to be fair, I think it may have been based off this candle closure over here. Um, as you can see, as you can see, it was a bearish reversal one, and this one did indeed trade down to that
613:59
Speaker A
previous 1 hour low. So, it did play out perfectly. Okay, so with that being said, guys, that's going to go ahead and wrap up today's video. If you guys did enjoy, I'd appreciate a like, subscription, comment down below. Any
614:10
Speaker A
questions you've got about the indicators at all at all. If you guys are facing any problems, spot any bugs with them, any updates you want to see, drop them all in the comments down below. We're always continuously working
614:21
Speaker A
hard on our indicators and we have a lot more planned coming for the future as well. Okay, so if you guys do want any of the indicators we spoke about in today's video, go to oracleindicators.com.
614:30
Speaker A
You guys can see all the see all of the indicators we've got. You can bundle them up together so you can get access to all the indicators for a reduced price. So if you guys do want that, oracleindicators.com or if you just want
614:41
Speaker A
like the free ones, you can just search them directly up on Trading View. Okay?
614:44
Speaker A
Drop a boost, drop a comment on the indicators. that shows support to us and shows me that you guys want me to continue continue dropping more indicators. Okay, again, like I said, I've used these indicators to generate thousands of dollars in profits and also
614:57
Speaker A
my students as well, thousands of thousands of dollars in verified profits. It's 3:00 a.m. out here in town right now. I'm just going to be 100% raw, 100% real, 100% myself, authentic.
615:08
Speaker A
I just want to have to have a chat with you guys, okay? No course, nothing like that. Just a onetoone talk about this one thing that changed my trade, right?
615:16
Speaker A
And this is not going to be any act or anything like that. Like speaking honest truth right here, okay? And I'm sure that you're all going to want to hear this. U it changed my trading completely. U it allow me to live this
615:26
Speaker A
lifestyle that I've always dreamed of having. Um and I'm not here to like try and sell you guys on anything, but just listen up. Okay, so the one thing is understanding that within trading less is more, right? You may have heard that,
615:40
Speaker A
you know, thrown around quite a lot in the trading space. Have like a simple model, all that type of stuff. But it is true but only to a certain extent. Okay.
615:48
Speaker A
Um there are things that I would specifically focus on inside the charts um in terms of going into more detail and making things a little bit more intricate. Where the simplicity needs to come in is through the entry model in my
616:00
Speaker A
opinion. Right? For the entry model, you know, two to three concepts maximum. That's all you need to get yourself into a trade. I mean, hell, you don't even need a singular concept to get yourself into a trade, right? Um, and this brings
616:13
Speaker A
me into my point of the intricate things that you should be studying, the things that you should be going into detail within and spending most of your time within is um, the ability to read price action. Okay? The ability to know where
616:26
Speaker A
the next candle is likely to go. The ability to know where the day that you're trading is likely to go. The ability to know even where the session that you're trading, even the next five, the 15, the hourly candle, where is that
616:38
Speaker A
likely to go? Okay, that's what you should be putting all of your time, your energy, and focus into because once you know where price is going in that certain amount of time, you can enter off anything, right? You you can just
616:50
Speaker A
enter straight away. As long as you know where price is going, you can get into a trade. Okay? Obviously, it's not as easy as that, right? Unless you was to just sort of, you know, enter with like pretty minimal risk, have a large
617:01
Speaker A
stop-loss target like negative 1 to1 RR and whatnot, right? But yeah, I would put all of my focus, you know, if I was to start again into the ability of reading price action, right? Obviously, I trade, you know,
617:14
Speaker A
quarterly theory like goes hand in hand with ICT. So, if you're an ICT quarter theory trader, um, I would say probably got it a little bit better than other traders. But again, like I'm not here to discriminate. You know, other sort of
617:26
Speaker A
strategies and stuff could give you that same analysis as well. But yeah, honestly, you know, once you know where price is going, that's the easy part, right? and then collect data on that you know have the data backing it up which
617:39
Speaker A
days are going to be bullish which not you know etc etc right then this is where the simplicity comes into play this is then when you want to find a simple model that resonates with you okay and how how do you do that well
617:51
Speaker A
first of all I would recommend to you study the ICT concepts right uh the main specific ones would be S&T fair value gaps obviously order blocks and just like liquidity sweeps basically that that realistically is all you need.
618:06
Speaker A
Inversion gaps as well, to be fair, they're also pretty good. Um, and just pick, you know, one to two or just pick one and just have that as your entry model, right? Just have that as your entry model. So, you enter from a fair
618:18
Speaker A
value gap, you enter from an order block, you enter after a low quidity sweep after like, you know, a rejection after the high has been taken, for example. Okay.
618:26
Speaker A
Um once you found that, you could apply two as well, like a sweep and then a gap or a sweep then an order block or if you really wanted like a fairway gap overlapping with an order block, right?
618:36
Speaker A
Once you found what resonates with you, you know, open up your charts, just see what what do your eyes glued to? Like what what do you get magnetized to, right? Like can you spot gaps easily?
618:46
Speaker A
Can you spot order blocks easily? Just zoom out. What do you see price rejecting from most of the time? And once you figured that out, once you've found that one concept that really resonates with you, for me it was S&T.
618:59
Speaker A
Uh obviously more specifically sequential SMT, time based SMT, uh which is obviously quarterly theory. Okay. Um yeah, once you found that concept, really study it, right? Put all your time, your effort into studying that one specific concept. Uh back test it,
619:14
Speaker A
collect data on it. Uh you know, what what does price do once once it trades into the PDA that you're studying? Um, how can you get an entry after price tags into it? For example, are you gonna wait for a rejection? Are you going to
619:25
Speaker A
drop to a lower time frame? Wait for, you know, a nice candle rejecting away from it or something like that. Okay, find that. Right, find that. Make that your entry model. And that's the simple part. That's the easy part within
619:37
Speaker A
trading. Right now, that leads me on to what the intricate the hard part should be. And like I said earlier, it's the ability to read price action. Okay? Just put all your time, your effort into the ability of reading price action. Now,
619:49
Speaker A
how can you study this? How can you back test it? How can you build on your ability to repric action? For me, um it's just going through the markets, right? Open up all the assets. Open up every single marketplace. Um and sort of
620:03
Speaker A
just see what happens, right? What happens when a daily candle closes above the previous day's high, okay? Uh what happens once we violate or close above a higher time frame fair value? What happens once we tie into a higher time
620:15
Speaker A
frame order block, for example? Okay. Um, and once you've got that figured out, um, for me, I'll give you a little bit of source here. For me, the way that I like to read the narrative and the higher time frame sort of direction, uh,
620:29
Speaker A
price action is a sequential SMT. So, if you guys are new around here, just like an SMT essentially, okay, an ICT SM SMT concept. Um, once that happens on the higher time frame, there is usually a shift in momentum, right? like price if
620:44
Speaker A
it forms a bullish S&P it will shift obviously back to the upside. Okay. And then once you've done that I like to use candle closures. Uh so like a continuation candle is where a daily candle would close above the previous
620:55
Speaker A
day's high. Um or a reversal candle would be where for example it takes previous day low. Uh but it fails to close below it. It closes back up into that previous day's range. Um so it takes it out the low but it doesn't
621:06
Speaker A
close below it specifically. Um that's like an indication of a reversal essentially. Uh so once you found those things that allow you to read that higher time frame uh price action like I said for me so go and ch candle
621:17
Speaker A
closures. Okay once you've got that down then you have the ability to know what the next daily candle is going to do or likely to do. Obviously nothing's 100% within trading. But once you know what that next daily candle's likely to do,
621:30
Speaker A
all you're doing then is again coming down to that simplicity uh topic is you'll then find a specific window um each day that you're going to be on the charts. Okay? So keep it simple, right?
621:42
Speaker A
Don't be, you know, going to bed super late, waking up early one day, and then waking up late one day and just open up the charts and just seeing, oh, this looks good. I'mma take it. This looks good. I'm good. I'mma take it. This
621:53
Speaker A
looks good. I'm uh, you know, take it again. Like what? Whatever. Right. Okay. whatever. Um, so find a window that works for you. Obviously, again, less is more, right? Less is more. The simplicity, just being on the charts for
622:04
Speaker A
just an hour to like 90 minutes, 2 hours maximum per day is all you really need for me. 90 minutes per day maximum. So that's 1 hour 30 on the charts. Okay.
622:13
Speaker A
Really not a long uh really not a long time at all compared to like a regular 9 to5 workday, right? You know, you're looking at seven, eight hours per day of work. For me, just 90 minutes. And I
622:25
Speaker A
don't really even see it as work for me. I really enjoy what I do. I enjoy opening the charts every single day. Not in like an emotional uh perspective, but just more or less like feeling blessed that I'm able to do this, right? As like
622:37
Speaker A
a full-time job essentially. Um but don't get me wrong, you know, it wasn't easy to get to this position by any means. You know, it's three years of my life gone that I'll never get back of just just pure study hard work, but I am
622:49
Speaker A
obviously grateful that I now get to, you know, reap the rewards of my hard work. Um, but yeah, that brings me back anyway to the point. Find a specific window. Um, so what what's your schedule looking like? Okay, do you I don't know,
623:01
Speaker A
let's say you're in New York time. Let's say you finish work at 10:00 a.m. Okay, 10:00 a.m. So you can then be on the charts from 11 till 1:00 p.m. Right?
623:12
Speaker A
Once you know that, once you know your schedule, once you found that two hours maximum window, ideally 90 minutes is is what I like to do. you can find 90 minutes window um based on your schedule as well. Once you found that out, just
623:25
Speaker A
stick to it. Okay? Don't even open up the charts a minute before. Don't open up the charts a minute after. If you're inside of a trade within the window and it keeps running, then fair enough. You know, you can obviously manage that
623:34
Speaker A
trade, but just make it a rule where you don't execute before and you don't execute after. Right? So, now you've got the ability to read price action.
623:43
Speaker A
Ignore the car. You've got the ability ability to read price action. Damn, can you guys hear that? Uh but yeah, anyway, you've got the ability three price action. You've got a super simple uh like one to two concept entry
623:55
Speaker A
model and you've got a time window right now. All of that combined is very simple. Okay, very very simple. You open up the charts at specific time every single day. You do your high time frame analysis. Are you bullish on the day?
624:08
Speaker A
Are you bearish on the day? You're trading within that small little window and you're looking for your singular entry model, the concept. Okay. And if once they all align, you take the trade and whatever the result is, so be it,
624:21
Speaker A
right? So be it. Win, call, loss, call, who cares, right? And that's it. That's how simple trading should be. There's no need to over complicate it. There's no need to be on the charts at different times every single day. Different
624:34
Speaker A
concepts as entry models every single day. Uh you know, different sort of methodologies to read that higher time frame price action every single day.
624:42
Speaker A
Like don't switch it up. Keep it the same. Keep it simple. And trust me, you'll find the best results. And also a thing to note as well is a lot of people when I stream my um training sessions to my discord,
624:54
Speaker A
they'll say to me, right, so I'll be I don't know, let's say I've established a bearish bias on the day I'm looking for a short. Okay, I'm waiting for my entry model to the downside. Price will then start going higher and higher and higher
625:04
Speaker A
and higher and it will present it will present sorry my entry model to the upside in the bullish scenario, right?
625:10
Speaker A
And they're asking me, why aren't you taking this trades? Why aren't you in this position right now? You said it was going to go higher. Why aren't you taking it? Okay, this, in my opinion, is what separates a
625:22
Speaker A
good trader or a bad trader from like a very very good trader, like a very high level trader is their ability to remain patient and disciplined not to take a trade even though it's their model, but it doesn't it just doesn't align with
625:37
Speaker A
what they're expecting like where they're expecting price to go in the bigger picture, like on the higher time frame, right? that to me separates a good trader from like a very very good trader because yes, don't get me wrong,
625:47
Speaker A
you can still take these trades that oppose your bias on the day. Um, can they still play out? Yes, absolutely.
625:53
Speaker A
It's happened to me loads, but I just watch them go by. That's all I do. Just watch them go by and I'm just purely waiting for my entry model in line with that bias that formulated on the day.
626:04
Speaker A
And until it happens, I don't do anything. So, for example, today I was streaming to my Discord. Um, I had a bearish bias, right? I've got my entry model. Everyone knows what my entry model is inside my Discord, right? Um,
626:16
Speaker A
and all I was doing specific window 9 to 10:30 a.m. I was just literally sat there waiting. 20 30 minutes gone by.
626:23
Speaker A
We're just going higher and higher and higher, right? And then we form my entry model to the upside there. Like, you know, Booker, why aren't you taking this? Why aren't you taking this? You said it's going to go up. You've got an
626:33
Speaker A
entry model. Why aren't you taking it? Right? But like, why would I, you know, why would I? If I think we're going to go lower on the day, but price is trading higher. What does that mean that price is doing? That would be a retrace,
626:46
Speaker A
right? In the bigger picture, like in the bigger picture, we going lower, but like lower time frame, we're going higher. So, all that is is just a uh lower time frame reversal to the upside, but it all it is is a higher time frame
626:58
Speaker A
uh retracement. Okay? So, why am I going to opt to trade the retracement compared to the actual real move that I think will happen? Because a retracement might be like that, but then the real move is going to be like that. Okay? So, why
627:11
Speaker A
would I not try and get myself in line with that bigger move? Not that I need to catch the whole entire move, but the bigger moves, bigger move is more likely to play out because it aligns with my
627:21
Speaker A
direction. Okay. So, I'm bearish. Price is going higher. Cool. Right. Cool. Entry model might be there. I'm not going to take it. So, but not only that as well. Yes, it might play out. Yes, it might give a retrace. you could have
627:34
Speaker A
caught, I don't know, a little a little long move, let's say, for example. But if I'm bearish, even if you see price going higher a little bit, that could just be very shortlived. It could just last like, you know, it could go up for
627:44
Speaker A
like 5 minutes and then just drop lower. So, you might look to take that retrace move higher, uh, you know, a little long position if your model's there, but it could just be a quick little spike up, little wick higher, and then straight
627:55
Speaker A
back lower. So, it might not even be a retrace. So that way you're just kind of trading based off pure emotion, based off FOMO, based off, you know, you're trying to hit a trade on the day, you're trying to make some money on the day,
628:06
Speaker A
your model's there, or just take it, right? Because if I did that, I would be in hundreds of trades every single day.
628:12
Speaker A
Okay? I'm a one minute trader. My entry model is super simple. It's based on a true training in the state of delivery, uh, which is like formulated from like a quarterly theory concept basically that I found myself. Um, and there's hundreds
628:24
Speaker A
of them on the one minute chart every single single day. And there's probably about about five or six every single day within the my 90-minute window as well.
628:32
Speaker A
But do you think I take every single one of those trades? I take every single one of those trades. No, I filter them out.
628:38
Speaker A
Say I'm bearish, you know, going back to early, say I'm bearish on the day. Um, and let's say there's two bearish entry models uh that appear within my window.
628:46
Speaker A
And the four that aren't bearish, they're all bullish, right? But those bullish ones, those could be very short two minute uh lived moves. Just like one candle higher and then it drops back lower. Okay? Whereas if I was to was to
628:59
Speaker A
wait for the bearish ones um and you know just take those ones. It's almost like you're trying to chase that dopamine. You're trying to get that spike of dopamine. You want to enter a trade because the model's there. It
629:08
Speaker A
looks like it's going to go higher. But just don't, man. Just don't. Just remain patient. Just wait for it to align with your bias, right? And again, it comes down to the simplistic uh simplicity thing that we mentioned earlier. Just
629:21
Speaker A
make it easy on yourself. Don't try and trade every single model that appears within your time window. Just wait for the one that aligns with your bias and take it, right? Like just take it. Like it happened to me today. Price was
629:33
Speaker A
trading higher. My entry models there. It gave a nice move higher. Like it was a good long move higher. But then once that long move had happened, the retrace was over. My bearish model appeared and the move lower was so much better. I'd
629:45
Speaker A
hit TP in literally 2 minutes. Um as opposed to if I would have taken the long, yeah, it might have played out, but I would have been in the trade like 20 30 minutes, right? Whereas I want to
629:54
Speaker A
be in the cleanest possible trades and the clearest trades are going to appear the ones that align with the order flow, right? The retracement trades, they're okay, but why would you choose to trade a retracement compared to a huge
630:04
Speaker A
expansion to the downside, you know? Um so just make it easy. Just make it easy.
630:08
Speaker A
Just wait. Practice patience. Practice discipline. Practice waiting for your model that aligns with your bias. And that's where real simplicity, real trading, real confidence comes into play. And it just gives you that peace of mind, you know? It just gives you
630:21
Speaker A
that peace of mind like you're not thinking the back of your head, oh, I missed out on this trade here. I missed out on this trade here. No, you didn't miss out on the trade because it didn't align with what you expect on the day,
630:29
Speaker A
you know? Are you trying to follow your model religiously and so you can consistently bring in money every month, every week? Um, or are you just trying to chase like quick dopamine hits, just quick trades, up higher, down, lower,
630:41
Speaker A
down, lower. You know what I mean? like just wait for the real move, bro. Just wait for the real move. Um, and yeah, that's kind of all I've got for you guys for the charts. But then simplicity in
630:51
Speaker A
real life as well is create a routine, guys. Like, create an actual routine, a simple routine that you can follow every single day. It's going to help keep you accountable. It's going to help keep you disciplined, staying locked in the whole
631:03
Speaker A
entire time. It's like on the charts as well. The more things that you know, the more things that you do, the more room for error there is, right? Same with real life. You know, the more things you're doing in your day, the more messy
631:14
Speaker A
it's going to be. You're not going to be on time for things. You're going to be stressed out. Cord cord levels are going to be high. We don't want them high. We need them low. Um that guy bragging his car about probably
631:25
Speaker A
got um pretty pretty low cord. But yeah, either way, just, you know, keep your life as well simple like on the charts.
631:32
Speaker A
You know, two to three concepts for for that entry model. Same thing in real life. just you know three to four things that you do in your everyday life whether that's you know one thing could be going for a walk doing some sort of
631:42
Speaker A
exercise like hitting the gym um eating your meals at like a specific times eating well waking up at specific time as well just super simple you know have a wake up time make sure you're awake a good few hours before your actual
631:54
Speaker A
training window get some good food down you go for a walk um hit the charts up do your job on the charts hop off the charts and then just kind of re you know relax down a bit towards the evening
632:06
Speaker A
time. And that's a simple life. That's the life that you guys should be striving for. Uh the one that you want to be working towards, you know, because obviously if you guys are still in jobs, which I'm sure a lot of you guys are
632:16
Speaker A
still working 9 to fives as well while trying to make trading work on the side, obviously it can be a lot harder. You know, you're still working for like seven, eight hours a day and then you're hopping on the charts. It can be a lot
632:26
Speaker A
harder. Um it just means you've got to lock it in the charts a lot more. But once you get to that point of profitability, um, then that life of simplicity does come a lot easier, you know, because you
632:39
Speaker A
don't have an alarm. You don't have a time that you need to wake up for, which kind of contradicts what I just said, but obviously you do, you know, but it's not like super strict. You don't need to
632:47
Speaker A
be up at 7:00 a.m. on the dot. You don't need to be out the door by 8:00 a.m. go to your job, whatever, eat at this time, blah blah blah, you know. You can kind of be a bit more chill about it. Just
632:55
Speaker A
relax and um, just take it a lot more easier and stress free, you know. And then and then I guess one final thing as well is your trading environment, your setup, your room matters as well.
633:06
Speaker A
Obviously, this doesn't really tie to simplicity, but it's more or less about keeping everything clean. That that should be what the main focus is here.
633:13
Speaker A
Keeping everything clean. Keep keep the setups clean, keep the model clean, uh the ability to read price action clean, your day nice and clean, not rush, not stressed out, none of this stuff. Um, but yeah, your training setup, uh,
633:25
Speaker A
whether that's, you know, your bedroom, your training setup is in your PC, make sure it's nice and clean. Your monitors, give the screen a wipe. Um, your sort of desk space as well, don't have it all cluttered. Just keep it nice and clean.
633:37
Speaker A
Uh, so if that's you right now, after this video, go and sort that out. Trust me, having a clean setup makes a world of difference. like when you've got stuff cluttered all over the place, your bed's not made, uh you know, your whole
633:49
Speaker A
desk space is messy, you can barely even move your mouse around, it does it does affect you. You might not think it does, uh but it it really does. You know, imagine walking into a clean, nice room, your setup's there, you know, you're
633:59
Speaker A
sitting down, you're locking in on the chart time, and everything everything's just clean. You know, you've got that peace of mind. That's that's more or less what everything's about. The peace of mind, like the simple model, the simple ability to do price action, the
634:09
Speaker A
simple life that you're living, you know, the simple setup, nice and clean. Everything just needs to be clean, okay?
634:15
Speaker A
It doesn't need to be perfect, just clean, okay? You don't need to have the best setup ever, just make sure you tidy it up, right? And and now and now with a combination of everything I just mentioned inside of this video, there's
634:25
Speaker A
no way that you guys don't see results. Like genuinely, just you you obviously have to put in the work as well, okay?
634:31
Speaker A
So before you get to the stage where you can just be on the charts that 90 minutes per day and then live your life, you know, following the routine, obviously to put in hours and hours and hours and hours and probably endless,
634:41
Speaker A
you know, uh what's it called? Uh late nights, you know, not much sleep. Get to the point where you've got a model that you can trust. Uh you've got the data for it. But once you're at that point,
634:51
Speaker A
you then don't need to be back testing every single day, all that type of stuff. You know, you've got your journal ready, you got your back tested data, you know your model, you know how to do price action. All you're doing now is
635:00
Speaker A
waiting for your window and executing, right? And that's it. Obviously, a lot easier said than done, but that that is genuinely it. And that's how my life looks right now. And that's how my life's looked for the past
635:12
Speaker A
just over a year now, completely full-time trading. It's just time. It's just timings. Everything Everything is timing. I wake up at a specific time. I hit the gym at a specific time. I eat the same foods every day. I'm on the
635:26
Speaker A
charts for a specific time. I journal straight after, you know, I look for the model in line with the bias I've got on the day. Like nothing stressfree at all.
635:33
Speaker A
It's just nice, nice and easy, just following the system. Following the system dayto-day, following the system on the charts, and that is ultimately how you're going to get to that position of being that full-time profitable trader you've always aspired to be and
635:45
Speaker A
that you're working towards right now. Okay? But yeah, right now, as you can see, 3:00 a.m. right now, I'm out here in Thailand, and I've been out here for like three or four weeks now. I'm out here for like another four weeks as
635:55
Speaker A
well. But this is this is this is what can happen if you lock in genuinely.
636:00
Speaker A
Just make sure the next month, 3 months, 6 months, you're applying the things that I spoke about in this video. And this could be you in a year's time from now, you know? And again, like I said, I'm not here to sell a lifestyle or flex
636:11
Speaker A
or anything because I I don't I don't care about flexing, right? I've just got this nice place in Thailand. I've got a pool. Uh it's got a gym and that's all I'm doing. I'm not going out partying every single day. I'm not drinking. I'm
636:22
Speaker A
not smoking. I'm not doing any of that. I'm just relaxing, just enjoying the views, enjoying my time here, doing what I need to do on the charts and making money. Like what I've realized as well is, you know, about the about the whole
636:34
Speaker A
environment stuff trading that I just mentioned before. Like I'm trading to such a high ability right now and it's so simple. It's so simple. I'm on the charts 90 minutes a day. I take my model once a day and that's me done. And I
636:47
Speaker A
think while I've been out here for now like three coming up four weeks, I think I've gotten about four or five payouts in that time span. And all of that money has covered this trip away this lifestyle that I'm living right now and
636:57
Speaker A
more on top obviously, right? And I I just couldn't be more grateful. And it just goes to show what can really happen if you just lock in. Like I said, it took me around about a year and eight
637:08
Speaker A
months of just pure hard work. And then obviously all the time after that as well, still putting in the work, but it just slows down a bit. you know, your training slows down a bit once you get to that specific point of profitability
637:18
Speaker A
or almost cracking profitability, uh, you know, getting consistent and whatnot. So, please, please, please, if you take anything away from this video, simple model, ability to read price action, you can study that quite hard, specific time window, live, you know,
637:32
Speaker A
the simple lifestyle, just hit the gym, open up the charts, rewind towards the end of the day, get some exercise in, hit the gym up, and that is genuinely the key to profitability, guys. But yeah, with that being said,
637:43
Speaker A
yo, what's good, guys? Hope that you're all doing well. Welcome back to Well, welcome back to a new video. Today's video is going to be a more personal video. Again, I asked people on my Instagram story just a few days ago to
637:55
Speaker A
send in some questions, more personal questions, psychology type of questions and just things about my journey that you guys want to know basically and you guys can actually learn from someone that is a profitable trader, the journey that I have been through, the things
638:08
Speaker A
that I had to conquer, etc., etc. So the first question here from Enrique was what was the breaking point in which you became a profitable trader. So I would say the thing that really separate me from a nonprofitable trader from turn
638:21
Speaker A
actually into a profitable trader is understanding market narrative right it's one thing knowing an entry model and knowing loads of concepts but if you don't actually know when and why to apply those then it's just going to be
638:33
Speaker A
useless you know so understanding that market narrative and also a big game changer for me was incorporating the time element within my trading because if you go back into your charts you'll find out that during a certain time of
638:45
Speaker A
day certain day of the week, certain time of the month, certain things will happen. For example, I trade 9 to 10:30 a.m. And pretty much within that time window, there's almost at least one setup every single day within that
638:58
Speaker A
window. So that already separates my trading window from, you know, just a random window with an Asia session, for example. There's not always going to be a setup every single day. So finding that specific time window that works
639:08
Speaker A
best for you and also just incorporating time in general. So timebased liquidity, timebased SMTS and then applying that with actual market narrative and a good understanding of the bias and the draws on liquidity. So the next question here
639:21
Speaker A
from Shankar was what were you learning before QT which is quarterly theory? What's your view on QT and how QT changed your trading? So the first one, what was I learning before QT? I was basically just learning basic ICT
639:34
Speaker A
concepts essentially. U first of all I started with TJR TJR's boot camp. I'm sure that a lot of you guys know who TJR is. Pretty big name inside of the trading industry and I think it's how a lot of people started that sort of came
639:47
Speaker A
into trading in like the past 3 years or so. So, another thing about me is I've only been trading for around 2 and 1/2 years yet. So, still definitely a solid amount of experience. But yeah, I'm really looking forward to the upcoming
639:59
Speaker A
few years and really how much I can grow in that space as well. So, yeah, TJ's boot camp, I watched all of that. That way I got a basic understanding of liquidity, order blocks, fair value gaps, etc. And then from there I went to
640:11
Speaker A
the ICT 2022 mentorship. I learned you know I watched that whole entire mentorship took notes etc. Just basically learning more in depth of what I already knew just expanding on top of that and then that's when a friend of
640:24
Speaker A
mine told me about trader day. I watched his you know YouTube video the quarterly theory one understood about the time um the time windows you know AMDX etc. And then that's when I saw he released his mentorship. So I signed up and thought
640:38
Speaker A
that I'd just give it a try because I'd never tried anything new. I just watched a few YouTube videos. Wasn't really getting anywhere with it. And then what's my view on QT? Which again is quarterly theory for anyone that doesn't
640:49
Speaker A
know. That is the strategy that I do trade. My view on QT is I mean I've got nothing bad to say about it, right? It's what transformed my trading from becoming unprofitable to a profitable trader.
641:00
Speaker A
Again, like I said, incorporating that time element within my trading. Um, yeah, I mean, I don't use all of the concepts from quarterly theory. The main one that I do use is sequential SMT though, which as you guys know is a part
641:12
Speaker A
of my 90-minute TCISD model. I require one sequential SMT followed by my TCISD concept and then I take a trade essentially. So, I learned everything that there is to know about QT. But then understanding that you really just need
641:26
Speaker A
to simplify trading is one of the main things, right? like you can know thousands, well not thousands but you know 10 20 concepts but realistically if you're going to try and apply them into every single trade that you take the
641:37
Speaker A
trades that you're going to get are very going to be very limited and you're going to be waiting a very very long time. Uh but I do like to use PSPs and SMT fills for more or less my higher
641:46
Speaker A
time frame bias and understanding the narrative and whatnot. you know, if we get like a a daily or a weekly SMT fail or a daily PSP, I know what the third day is going to do from that, but I
641:57
Speaker A
don't specifically enter off the PSP itself, you know. Um, so yeah, QT amazing. I obviously would recommend it to anyone, you know, if one of my friends came up to me, I would tell them to to watch ICT concepts and whatnot and
642:10
Speaker A
then go straight to quarterly theory from there. And then finally, the the third one that you asked was how QT changed your trading. again kind of mentioned that within the first question that we did have just really incorporating that time element and the
642:23
Speaker A
main you know the game changer for me from what I learned from quarterly theory was sequential SMT so yeah I mean with we all know well if you don't know like go back in charts it's always going to be an SMT there before pretty much
642:36
Speaker A
every single price movement so if you incorporate that time element with that SMT which is the sequential SMT um it's just going to be so much higher probability so yeah that's the questions answered from Shankar. Now, let's jump
642:48
Speaker A
into the next question from 4D 3D. Probably said that wrong, but yeah. So, he said, "How long did it take you to become profitable?" So, like I mentioned at the start of the video, I have only been trading for around about 2 and a
643:02
Speaker A
half years now. Um, and I joined Dave's mentorship. It was the start of 2024, like January, February time. And it wasn't until around about six or seven months into that mentorship when I really started to see consistency. So I
643:18
Speaker A
mean what's that? Let's say I joined in February, add six months on top of that.
643:23
Speaker A
March April May June July August. So around August 2024. So it's coming up in around about a year now, but obviously August 2024, I wasn't like this insanely hugely profitable trader.
643:36
Speaker A
But by that time I was, you know, consistently passing accounts and getting the more smaller payouts. And then from there, it's just basically been scaling up and up and up. And then, yeah, I'm really looking forward to next
643:46
Speaker A
year to be honest. I'm going to really that's that's my main focus now within trading. It's just scaling basically.
643:52
Speaker A
Uh, you know, getting more capital and whatnot. Um, so yeah, that is that question answered. Another one from the same guy 4D 3D. He said, "What's your winning rate?" My win rate is not really like static because my model is more
644:07
Speaker A
discretionary in terms of like it's not it's not mechanical to the point where I can back test and see okay 90minut sequential SMT 5 minute TCIST I enter because it's not always going to be a 90-minute sequential SMT it's going to
644:20
Speaker A
be any sequential SMT right so it can be a micro and 90 or a daily as you guys know if you watched my TCSD model video that is my own personal trading model um but yeah I mean I wouldn't say that I
644:33
Speaker A
yeah I mean I wouldn't say that I lose very often to be honest you know inside of my discord where I'm trading live every single day everyone in there knows that I don't particularly go on losing streaks necessarily maybe I'll take you
644:44
Speaker A
know one or two losses per week uh but it's very rare that I close out the week red to be honest you know obviously it's not always hugely green um but for the most part it's at least you know break
644:55
Speaker A
even on the week or a little bit green or big green basically or just like a small loss whenever I do take a losing week Um but yeah to answer the question around about like 60 70%ish um is what I would say for sure. We got
645:08
Speaker A
another question here from David Robin B b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
645:11
Speaker A
basically just asking about the win rate of my TCID model, the one that I trade.
645:15
Speaker A
Again, like I said, it's not purely uh mechanical to the point where everyone's going to have the same entries every single day and the same win rate. It it's more based upon the trader, you know, how they can handle themselves
645:26
Speaker A
after taking losses, how many trades are actually going to take with inside of the window. I just take one singular trade between 9 to 10:30 window. Um, so yeah, the win rate is going to vary for everyone, but I could say I personally
645:39
Speaker A
target 1 to three RR most of the time. And like I said with that 60 70% win rate. So I'd say if you're starting out with it, um, you know, go for like a 1 to two RR and I reckon you could easily
645:50
Speaker A
achieve like the 60 70% win rate that I get as well, but just slightly lower RR.
645:55
Speaker A
But once you get more comfortable with it and you back test it more and you get better at reading price action and whatnot, then you can you can hold the trades for as long as you want, you know. Uh but I'd say 60 70% is is
646:06
Speaker A
definitely very very achievable with the model. And then again another question from Robin. The first part that he asked was how QT has change your change your trading journey which I kind of already answered earlier on but then he said
646:18
Speaker A
before that have you tried any other models? So I'll answer that one specifically uh which I did kind of touch on earlier as well. But yeah, I was basically just trading like simple ICT concepts, mainly just a 2022 model.
646:30
Speaker A
So it' be like a liquidity sweep, a breaker structure, and then just like a regular fair value up entry from there.
646:36
Speaker A
But yeah, that was essentially just the model that I was using, you know, incorporating inverse fair value and whatnot as well. Um, but yeah, wasn't anything complicated then and my model isn't complicated now. So if you take anything away from this video then that
646:52
Speaker A
it should be that the the model that you train should be very very simple right definitely don't want to make it confusing need it to be simple easy and repeatable. So we got a different question here from pano.c1
647:03
Speaker A
he said can you talk about what props you use slashrecommend and how to make money in the business. So this is a more unique question. I like this one a lot.
647:12
Speaker A
So, the prop firms that I use and recommend, will always recommend to everyone, and I still do recommend to everyone inside of my discord and whatnot, is always going to be Topstep.
647:22
Speaker A
Topep to me has never really failed me. Never denied any payouts, never any issues with them guys at all. And also, they've been in the game for one of the longest in terms of futures trading, right? So, realistically, if anything
647:36
Speaker A
bad happens to those guys, the the whole futures industry is just going to go down with them as well, you know? So, I feel like they're a solid one that you can trust. Um, and I really actually like the Topstep X feature that they
647:47
Speaker A
have, which is the platform in which you can select when you check out. Uh, because what I do is I copy trade on there as well. So, for example, you can buy three 50k accounts all on the top X
647:58
Speaker A
platform and then you can connect them very simply on their dashboard and then whenever you take a trade on one account, it will copy it on all three accounts basically, which is essentially what I'm doing at the moment. Uh, but I
648:09
Speaker A
did touch earlier that I do want to focus on scaling myself as well. So, I'm going to be branching out and maybe trying other prop firms as well. I have tried others. My foot and futures is also a pretty good recommendation from
648:20
Speaker A
me as well. I haven't actually used Apex. I know that Apex is obviously killer for people that are really looking to scale. For me, I've just see people using it and a few complaints and and the rules to me just I don't know. I
648:34
Speaker A
don't like the rules personally that the the intraday trading draw down. Although it probably wouldn't be a problem for me because I'm usually in and out of trades very quickly and I also take like one trade a day anyway. Uh but yeah, I just
648:45
Speaker A
I just don't really like the sound of it but something that I could maybe experiment with in the future. And then in terms of forex as well, I am with Alpha Capital Group at the moment as well. Requested a few payouts on that
648:56
Speaker A
account that I've got with those guys as well. So I would recommend Alpha Capital as well. Obviously, you know, FTMO is going to be one of the main ones for Forex as well. And then how to actually make money using prop firms. Pretty
649:08
Speaker A
simple. You know, you want to if you can afford to just buy as many challenges as possible and aim to try and get them passed as fast as possible as well.
649:17
Speaker A
Don't want to be wasting time on the evaluation phases. And then once you've actually got those accounts passed, remember, you don't need to go for home runs on those accounts, you know, large payouts. just very very small.
649:29
Speaker A
Accumulate the accounts, you know, $500 win, $500 win, $500 win, and then before you know it, you'll hit your trading days and you'll have, you know, 2 3k balance in the account. And if you've got one account, let's say you request
649:42
Speaker A
$1,000, right? Thous,000. Sure, you know, it might last you a couple weeks or something like that, but you're not going to be able to actually live on it. And the question here is actually how to make actual money in
649:54
Speaker A
this business, right? So, the goal should be to get as many accounts as possible, copy trading, and then the payouts that you get, you can still go for small base hits, but it's going to add up a lot more, right? So, a $1,000
650:05
Speaker A
payout on one account can potentially equate to a $10,000 account if you've got 10 accounts, right? So, that's why it's so important to actually focus on getting more capital within this game instead of just trying to get insanely
650:18
Speaker A
high payouts just on small size accounts, right? So yeah, the the ultimate answer would be try to get the evaluations passed as fast as possible, then pull back on the risk when you're actually funded and just focus on
650:29
Speaker A
stacking up those funded accounts as well. Um, so yeah, hopefully that answers your question. And then we've got another question here from W_.Aria, if that's correct, I do apologize if it's not. Um, he said, "What the habits both personally and marketwise did you
650:44
Speaker A
change or would change for consistency?" So I'll get into some of my personal habits. Um, before when I was starting out trading, I didn't really do too much outside of the charts. I was basically just like locked inside my room, just
650:57
Speaker A
study, study, study, study, which I do think that everyone needs to go through that phase when they're actually first starting out. But once you've got past that point, you've got all the data you need, you're confident in your model and
651:07
Speaker A
whatnot, then I do think that you need to focus on your personal life a lot more as well. So, you know, building those healthy habits outside of the charts. So, habits outside of the charts. So, I'd recommend, you know,
651:17
Speaker A
getting into a sport, make sure you're going to the gym, make sure you're walking, you know, using your actual body how it's supposed to be used, being active and whatnot. Um, another another good one as well is sleep. Like the the
651:28
Speaker A
sleep quality and the amount of sleep that you get is very very important. You don't want to be coming to the markets feeling groggy every single day. Uh, but yeah, in terms of of anything else, like, you know, you might heard you need
651:39
Speaker A
to like meditate and get cold showers, ice baths every single day and whatnot. I mean, I've done it before, but did it turn me into a profitable trader? No, not not really. Um, what actually turned me into it is just sort of thinking like
651:53
Speaker A
one, right? You need to put yourself in the shoes of a profitable trader. And when you come onto the charts, you just need to make sure you're just really locked in and focused, right? Which obviously the things outside that you do
652:03
Speaker A
in your personal life will equate to how locked in you are actually on the charts as well. So yeah, th those are like the the personal habits that I did outside of the markets. And then the ones that I
652:14
Speaker A
did actually on the markets was I mean like I said, you know, I only take one trade per day, unless there are certain times when I'll take a trade with half my usual risk, which is right before 9:30 open and also on Mondays and
652:28
Speaker A
Fridays. So if I go into a trade with half risk and I get stopped out, but my idea is still valid, I can then go back in with the remaining half risk to take up the full risk for the day, that will
652:39
Speaker A
be the only time when I ever take more than one trade per day, and that'll be two. But most of the time on average is just one trade per day. So that's one one of the habits that I create for
652:48
Speaker A
myself. Also having a specific trading window. For me, that 90 minute window, 9 to 10:30 a.m. The less time that you're on the charts, the less time you have to actually make mistakes and and slip up and whatnot. And then of course, as
653:02
Speaker A
well, make sure you have that model that you can rely on, the one that you trust and have full confidence within. And then from there, that is essentially all the framework that you need. Obviously, be good at reading price action as well.
653:13
Speaker A
Pair that with a solid entry model. You don't need to top tick and bot tick every single move. as long as you can capture a piece of the move once you've got that bias that is all that matters.
653:23
Speaker A
And then one trade per day within that specific 90minute trading window. And then the same guy as well uh Warrior actually asked which books have you read or would you recommend? I actually haven't read particularly a complete trading book. I do have Trade in the
653:39
Speaker A
Zone and another one I believe uh the one that's similar to that one, but I didn't actually get end up getting through it all. Uh, but I've read some of it, like 20 30% of the book, but again, yeah, it can maybe change your
653:52
Speaker A
perspective on things. I mean, I personally don't know because I haven't really spent much time reading trading books and whatnot. Uh, so they could be a help to you, but for me personally, it doesn't really change much. Like, I
654:03
Speaker A
already know what I need to be doing. Um, so potentially reading the books could push you over the edge and get you in that mindset as well. But for me personally, you know, like I said, I don't really read any books and haven't
654:15
Speaker A
really read any books at all to be honest. But yeah, I think uh trading the zone is is definitely a solid one uh for most traders. I know that's what most traders do recommend as well. And then again, we got another question from
654:28
Speaker A
Warrior. And this is going to be the final question of the video as well.
654:31
Speaker A
Don't want it to be too long, but if you guys did enjoy this video, then I will definitely do a part two. So, do let me know in the comments down below. Uh but yeah, he said, "Did you go to college or
654:40
Speaker A
university? And if so, how did you manage trading?" So, this is also another great question as well. Um so, for me, I did go to college. It's a little bit different in the UK, England, which is where I'm from, if you guys
654:51
Speaker A
couldn't tell by the accent. Um I went to college, but while I was in college, you actually finish when you turn 18 or like yeah, like 18ish, I believe. Um so, I wasn't even training in college, actually. It was a little bit after
655:07
Speaker A
college when I actually started. So, I started when I was around 18. I'm like 21 now. So, uh yeah. So, I didn't actually have to deal with trading side of college and I didn't go to university either, which is the thing that you go
655:19
Speaker A
to if you want extra education for an extra 3 years after college. For me, I just got a part-time job. So, I guess you could tie this into the question.
655:29
Speaker A
didn't specifically go to college, but I was working a part-time job while trying to juggle trading at the same time as well. Uh, but for me, it was fine. I actually had very very early shifts.
655:40
Speaker A
Started at 3:00 in the morning. So, that actually aligned perfectly with me trading the A.M. session, that 9 to 10:30 window cuz I'd hop on the charts.
655:48
Speaker A
It'd be 2:00 p.m. 9:00 Eastern Standard Time is when I start trading. So 2:00 p.m. for me in UK time and I'd finish work around half 10 in the morning and then from there I'd go straight to the
656:01
Speaker A
gym, come home, make my food and then by the time I'd done all that it was sort of around that 2 p.m. mark anyway. So it all kind of aligned perfect for me. So not really any complaints there. But I
656:13
Speaker A
mean I guess having that job kind of motivated me to just go even harder with trading basically cuz I knew that that's not what I wanted to do for the rest of my life at all. And that wasn't the goal
656:22
Speaker A
anyway. Like I only got that job to build up the initial capital. Uh I worked there for around about two years.
656:29
Speaker A
And during that whole entire two years I was still trading as well. Not the whole entire time. Um but for most of it I was you know trying to juggle trading. And then yeah after that two years I just
656:39
Speaker A
basically quit once I saw consistent payouts and being able to pass accounts easily and whatnot. Then that's kind of when I was like okay I've got enough money saved up now. Let me just try go full-time with this. And you know,
656:50
Speaker A
little did I know that would be the the best decision I'd ever make in my life.
656:54
Speaker A
So yeah, I hope that answers your question. Um, for anyone else is in college or university, same thing. You know, you just got to do it. Get out the way the college and university work and then focus on training. But that's why
657:06
Speaker A
it's so important having that specific training window as well because again, it's only 90 minutes per day that I'm on the chart. So I could easily do anything else. I could work a job right now if I wanted to. I could go to college,
657:17
Speaker A
university, wouldn't really affect anything. Maybe it'd be a little bit weird with the the time window for me, it' be 2 p.m. So, if I had class or something, then then it could maybe intervene with it. But again, you know,
657:29
Speaker A
you can find another 90-minute window. The one that I trade is the highest probability one though, so potentially that may affect my trading. Um, but yeah, I do not think so. Um, so yeah, that is guys, welcome back to another
657:41
Speaker A
case study video, to another case study video. Today I'm here with Connor. Nice to meet you, Connor. Well, not nice to meet you, but you but nice to, you know, finally have you here uh kind of over video. Um, how long have you been in my
657:53
Speaker A
Discord for now, if you don't don't mind? Around about like a year or so, right? Just over a year.
657:58
Speaker A
Uh, yeah, actually I think uh yesterday literally hit my one year marked. Perfect, man. Perfect. And the reason why I wanted to get Connor on the video today is because I've seen Connor, you know, a lot inside of the Discord. Super
658:11
Speaker A
active. joined the live sessions, always typing in chat, etc. And he's recently hit a very huge milestone in his trading journey. Um, so he's actually being moved to a live account on Apex. So, he's roughly pulled in around about
658:25
Speaker A
$30,000 with Apex alone as a prop firm. Um, and obviously once you hit a certain milestone with Apex, they do move you to a live account. Um, and that, you know, is an achievement that Connor has recently just reached. So, first of all,
658:37
Speaker A
congratulations for hitting that milestone. Um, you know, super super impressive. Of course, man. So, what we're going to do is ask you a couple questions here today. Uh, just kind of get a bit, you know, a bit more about
658:47
Speaker A
your story, kind of how you got to the position, where you're at now, and how the people watching at home can, you know, get to that position as well, basically. Okay.
658:55
Speaker A
Yeah, of course, man. Let's go. All right. Sounds good, bro. So, first of all, like take me back to like where this all started. Like, how long have you been trading for yourself? Um, you know, how did you come across my
659:05
Speaker A
Discord? Like quarterly theory. Um, how did that all come about, bro? Yeah, of course, man. Um, you know, I think I like early got into trading kind of around around COVID time. Um, just kind of had a buddy that was doing some
659:18
Speaker A
Forex trading. Kind of got me into it. Um, you know, met some people through him who eventually introduced me into like ICT concepts. Um, you know, really kind of went down the rabbit hole as kind of we all do with ICT for a while.
659:30
Speaker A
Um, but with your with your concepts, with your Discord group, um, you know, like we said to start, you know, I've been member for a little over a year.
659:38
Speaker A
Um, and it's just been like a phenomenal journey ever since. Nice. Nice, man. So, obviously I I obviously personally trade Quarty Theory. Did you come across Quarty Theory through my Discord itself or like did you find me on YouTube or like a
659:51
Speaker A
different like social media platform beforehand or like one of your friends told you about it or was it join the Discord? Oh, I've never like seen Quarty theory before. Now, let me learn it all from the Discord basically. Like how was
660:01
Speaker A
that for you? Yeah, for sure. So, uh I originally started with uh with Dave's mentorship.
660:07
Speaker A
I did his for a few months. Um, I really could see like kind of the the gems and the, you know, kind of the truth behind quarterly theory like really breaking down time like as granularly as he does.
660:19
Speaker A
Um, I personally just wasn't a huge fan of just the one or two videos a week.
660:23
Speaker A
Um, definitely wanted something that was a little bit more more hands-on, a little bit more of like a coachable environment. Wanted a little bit more of like a a community so to speak. Um, I think I found you honestly like through
660:34
Speaker A
like Instagram or YouTube algorithm, whatever it might have been. Um, and I saw how hands-on you were with your students. Saw you were trading live Monday through Friday. Um, and I was just like, this is the perfect this is
660:45
Speaker A
exactly what I'm looking for. Um, you know, want like that live support and pretty much immediately joined.
660:51
Speaker A
Yeah. Beautiful, man. Beautiful, bro. I appreciate that. I appreciate that. And obviously in terms of like the discord itself, what would you say like the main things that helped you learn quality theory and like craft this system of
661:00
Speaker A
yours that you trade, you know, dayto-day now? Like was it through the lectures, the live trading, um, you know, any sort of one-to-one calls that we had, like what would you say were the main things were for that?
661:11
Speaker A
Yeah, I think it's definitely a combination of all those aspects you just mentioned. Um, I think the biggest thing with like us traders, I think, especially like with ICT, we know he rambles and his videos are hours and
661:22
Speaker A
hours long. is really, you know, it's really hard to like consistently kind of keep in focus when those videos are, you know, an hour, a half plus, two hours plus. Um, you know, you're putting out content every single day. Um, it's very
661:34
Speaker A
digestible. Like, you're very much just straight to the point. You're not rambling about nonsense. You're very much like this is what our trading was today. This is what I see coming up tomorrow. Um, and it's just very easy to
661:45
Speaker A
follow along and it's very it's easy to stay consistent with the content that you put out. Um, because again, like you're just straight to the point.
661:51
Speaker A
Yeah. Beautiful man. Beautiful. Yeah. And I appreciate that, bro. And I'm that's what I try to focus on as well is, you know, dot because a lot of people out in the space try to be cryptic with it and, you know, let you
662:01
Speaker A
try and like figure things out, which I think is good to an extent. Like obviously, you know, give someone a concept, let them kind of go into the charts. And that's what I'd always tell everyone. You know, I'll give them the
662:09
Speaker A
concept, but obviously they've got to do a bit of digging. You know, they've got to put in some work, back test, you know, see it working with their own eyes. And obviously that's what you've done. But, you know, I'll straight up
662:18
Speaker A
tell you guys how the concept works, how I use it, and then if you just go back in your chart and see it happening with your own eyes, you're going to build that confidence and, you know, ultimately be able to trade that
662:27
Speaker A
yourself, you know. Uh, so yeah, that's great, bro. And in terms of like your trading journey, obviously ICT to quarterly theory, what do you think like the one shift was that, you know, turn you from unprofitable to this profitable
662:40
Speaker A
trader now? Like was it like the timing element? Would you say was it like a certain concept within quarterly theory itself? like what were the main things for you?
662:48
Speaker A
Yeah, there definitely a couple factors involved. I think the biggest one um really was just dialing back to risk. Um I think like the moment that I cut back risk um you know I immediately started seeing some some different results.
663:01
Speaker A
Um and just the idea of not feeling that I need to be integrated into the market every single day. Yeah. Um you know there's going to be opportunities all the time. You don't have to be glued to the screen every single day um in order
663:12
Speaker A
to be successful. It's really just kind of filtering out um the noise from the model that we build and that you've kind of helped us build um and just being able to kind of hone in on just you know
663:21
Speaker A
higher quality setups. Um that certainly helps immensely. And then I think again like to your point like just really developing that that model and making it as uh mechanical as possible and making it very much just you know step one, step two, step three.
663:36
Speaker A
These are the things you're looking for. If they're not present just don't engage, don't entertain. Yeah.
663:41
Speaker A
Um and really keeping yourself out of days where it's just low probability conditions. Yeah. Yeah. Beautiful, bro. 100%, man.
663:47
Speaker A
And your like system itself as well is like you've you've made it your own system, right? You don't trade like one of my systems to the tea. You'll take some concepts, you know, like sequential SMT, uh you know, maybe PSPs, SMT, FL,
664:00
Speaker A
etc. But I know that you've added a few of your own concepts to it as well. I see you mentioning like the first percent gap quite a lot as well. Um so that's that's the beauty of like quart
664:08
Speaker A
theory. like you said you can have that element of uh mechanicalness you know so it's like the sequential SMT there's only one way it can happen it's either there or it's not there you know what I mean and then like the entry technique
664:19
Speaker A
itself you know for you whatever it may be it could be it could be like the first percent gap after 9:30 um etc etc but you found what works for you and added the elements of the you know
664:28
Speaker A
mechanicalness from quart mechanicalness from quartley theory combine it into one and now you've got that system that's either there or it's not there you a specific time window. You're on the charts a specific time every single day.
664:42
Speaker A
If your model's there, you're going to take it. If it's not, then you don't, you know, and if it's there, you're now managing that risk really, really well to the point that if you take a loss, it's like, you know, whatever, like
664:52
Speaker A
$100, $200 loss, whereas the win can be, you know, on the bigger end, it can be, you know, $700, $800 win. And ob obviously yourself, you've got a lot of accounts. So those smaller like $600, $700, uh, $800 wins, if you're trading
665:06
Speaker A
with three accounts, four accounts, five accounts, they're obviously going to add up pretty quick. And like I said, the loss, you know, you barely even see it if it's only a couple hundred or so. So yeah, that's really great, bro. That's
665:16
Speaker A
really, really great. Um now the second question uh not second the third question here sorry is how did your relationship with money kind of change from you know being this unprofitable to profitable trader now like making these thousands of dollars through prop firms
665:32
Speaker A
you know potentially making thousands of dollars in a single day you know these five figure months like how did that affect your relationship with money itself? Would you say you've still been the same? You say like you go out and
665:42
Speaker A
spend money more now like like how is that for you? Yeah, it's a great question, man. Um, I think it's ironic, you know, finally like pulling in some more money from trading. Um, I'm definitely more meticulous, more responsible with kind
665:55
Speaker A
of the outputs, per se. Um, I think the biggest kind of like mental shift for me was once I stopped uh overly depending on the success of trading, um, and once I stopped depending on like needing to fund this account, needing to pass this
666:09
Speaker A
account, this that the other thing, that's when success started flowing in. Um, and it's the idea of, you know, not rushing this. Um, and that's I can guarantee it's plenty of other people out there, they're struggling with this.
666:20
Speaker A
They want to, you know, they see CPI news and they want to pass all these accounts and make all this money.
666:26
Speaker A
There's no there's no rush to it. Yeah. Uh because the thing is, you know, and I've had plenty of times too where I've built up 10, 12, 14 accounts and blew it all in one day and then starting from
666:36
Speaker A
scratch all the way that far forward, it takes you that much longer to build it back up. M so it's really just taking base hits and you don't need to pass an account in a day or two days. You know it might take
666:48
Speaker A
me three to four weeks to pass an account and that's totally fine because I've got other funed accounts already in the background that are bringing me money on the side. So it's the idea of just you know focusing on
666:57
Speaker A
one account work it you know be very strategic and manage your risk about it. Pass your one and then the one turns into two.
667:06
Speaker A
You take profits the two then turn to four and then you stack them up that way. Yeah.
667:10
Speaker A
Um but the biggest thing really to your question is just like cutting that rush back and just taking your time on it. Um literally night and day difference in my trading.
667:19
Speaker A
Yeah. 100% man. 100%. Yeah. And that's a that's a thing with a lot of traders as well. They'll come into you know trading as a whole like under capitalized like you need to have some sort of other income coming in as you're beginning
667:32
Speaker A
trading you know because I'll have people message me saying like hey Boco can you send me $20 so I can buy a funded account. Can you do this so I can buy a funed account? My answer's always no. It's always the same because I was
667:41
Speaker A
in that position once. You know, I was this 18year-old just starting out. I was working like a part-time job or whatever. And that's what you've got to do to get the money to then fund these, you know, funded accounts. Like if you
667:52
Speaker A
have no money to your name whatsoever and you're starting out trading and you buy your funded account, like that funded account is everything to you, you know? So that way you're so much more emotionally like attached to the
668:03
Speaker A
account. You're so much more emotionally attached to like the outcome. Like you've got to win every single trade.
668:07
Speaker A
you've got to get that payout. And if that's your mindset trading these accounts, like it's it's it's never going to end well, you know, realistically. Like maybe you can pass it, maybe you can get lucky, maybe you can get a payout, but realistically like
668:18
Speaker A
how long can you keep that up for, you know? So to begin with, you've always got to have that income coming in in the background. But once you get to that stage where you can pass that one account and then like you said, get two
668:27
Speaker A
and then four, then six, then eight, and you know, so on and so forth. And you've got these payouts coming in, you know, every single month. And because you've got so many accounts, the payouts could potentially be, you know, a few months
668:38
Speaker A
wage, for example. You know, if it's a 5 10k payout. And if you can get that 510k payout payout, then, you know, you can afford to, you know, lose these accounts. You can afford to blow through more accounts. You're not going to be
668:48
Speaker A
emotionally attached to the accounts. Like you said, you can take your time with it. You don't need to rush. You don't need to force a trade every single day thinking, "Oh, I've got a bill that I've got to pay next next week or
668:57
Speaker A
whatever it may be." Like, you take your time. And you know, when the payout comes, it comes. the more accounts you've got, the bigger it's going to be, you know. So, yeah, that's beautiful, bro. I really like um the way that you
669:07
Speaker A
describe that, bro. Um so, yeah, great stuff. Um now, we got the fourth question here, and that is um what do you understand about how prop firms work now that you didn't before? Like, have you ever like struggled with prop firms?
669:22
Speaker A
I mean, I guess you kind of just touched on that now from what we just said.
669:25
Speaker A
Obviously, you know, he was at a point before where he was like rushing these accounts and trying to pass them fast.
669:30
Speaker A
Um, but what was it that like created that shift for you? You went from like rushing the accounts to then slowing down and taking your time with the accounts and just not being as attached to them. Like what was that um sort of
669:41
Speaker A
thing for you? Yeah. Yeah. So I guess like starting out um you know my trading starting out was definitely more on like forex meaning like foreign exchange um before I started trading futures. Um what happened was like for me being a US
669:54
Speaker A
client like a lot of the forex firms that were supported from M4 M5 um they eventually like shut off support for US clients.
670:03
Speaker A
So that issue for me unfortunately was uh poorly timed at a point where like I was finally starting to see some success trading all of those forex firms. Um and unfortunately they like went dark overnight. You know, a couple
670:17
Speaker A
of those firms, you know, I probably had a couple of between 15 to $20,000 in payouts that I was expecting to get and they just shut off their close the door, shut their business, nothing I could do about it.
670:29
Speaker A
And for me, like finally getting to that point of, okay, like, you know, this is enough where I can make this a full-time living. Um, and then just basically being denied it overnight and there's something I can do about it. Um, that
670:42
Speaker A
hurt my my mental and my psychology more than I can describe. Honestly, I can remember.
670:48
Speaker A
It me it took me a really long time to kind of climb back and kind of like regain confidence that okay, like you know this isn't maybe you know the entire industry like isn't as much of a scam. Like there are quality companies
670:59
Speaker A
out there. There are quality firms out there that like actually do pay their traders out um that do you know hold themselves to a to a higher standard. Uh I really think just like within teachers like there's just a higher standard.
671:11
Speaker A
a little bit more uh you know uh you know discrepancies kind of in the background per se.
671:18
Speaker A
Um but I think like once I started trading futures the trades can be became like a lot cleaner. Um really just sticking a NASDAQ like we always do. Um and just not having to worry about you know three, four, five different pairs and
671:30
Speaker A
bounce between different charts and having different trades going on at the same time. Like it's just a lot of you're just cutting out a lot of noise.
671:36
Speaker A
Yeah. Um you know focusing just on the one pair. um cutting out the distractions, cutting out the noise, like not having social media up while you're trading and seeing other people making this or making that, like just staying in your own lane. Yeah. Um
671:49
Speaker A
that's where that's where the growth happens. It really is. Yeah. Yeah. 100%. Yeah. I like that part that you mentioned as well about like not checking like social media because it's so easy nowadays to just like open up social media and scroll like, "Oh,
672:00
Speaker A
this is how I made 10K. This is how I made 12K today, you know, blah blah blah." Um but I mean, realistically, most of it's fake. you know, you can't trust everything that you see online.
672:08
Speaker A
Like, you don't know how much money those guys spent. Someone that made a 10k payout or, you know, past 20 accounts in one day. They they might have blown through 40 accounts in that one day alone, but you like you'll never
672:18
Speaker A
see that, you know? So, that's why you can't really trust everything you see online. And like even if you see online, you just need to understand that everyone's got a different timeline, you know? Like some people are going to be
672:27
Speaker A
ahead of you. Some people are going to begin when you began trading but still be ahead of you. Like some people just faster learners. Um, I'm sure some of it comes down to luck as well, you know, like depending on like which prop firm
672:38
Speaker A
they've chose to begin with, you know, how lucky they've been in terms of like the scaling, etc. Um, so yeah, like truly you don't need to, you know, believe everything you see online. And even if it is true, just, you know, like
672:49
Speaker A
I said, understand that everyone's in their own lane and you'll get to the goal that you've set ultimately by following your rules. You know, if you've got a system in play, you've got the rules in play, the risk management
672:59
Speaker A
down, you have just got to laser focus in on that and just stick to that like 100% of the time, no matter if someone else has taken L. And that happens a lot. Like you said, I live stream every
673:09
Speaker A
single day inside the Discord of my actual trading. And there'll be days where you take a win and I take a loss.
673:15
Speaker A
And there'll be days where I take a win, you take a loss, you know, because our systems are slightly different. We're not always going to be taking the same trades. But that's completely fine. You know, I'll see you taking a win and I'll
673:23
Speaker A
take a loss and I'll be like, damn. like at least someone else took a one win today. Like that that in my opin in my opinion like that's a W for me, you know, seeing other people in the
673:31
Speaker A
community like hitting W's and stuff. Exactly. Um yeah, you just got to see it in a good way as well, you know. Um Exactly.
673:38
Speaker A
But yeah, that's just how it goes. Um and then we got a fifth question here and then we got one more right after this. Uh what does a normal trading day look like for you now from start to
673:48
Speaker A
finish? So like how long you on the charts for? um is it just one system that you are following and like what assets you trade in?
673:56
Speaker A
Yeah, absolutely. So, kind of like I said earlier, it's really just trading NASDAQ. Um obviously keeping like the the triad up and just kind of keep taking a look at the other assets and seeing how everything is moving in tandem with one
674:07
Speaker A
another. Um but I think like really it's you know we hop on at 9 uh 9:00 a.m.
674:12
Speaker A
Eastern time. There's some days where I'm done at 9:32 and I'm like done for the day. I'll close my charts down. And I won't even like entertain myself like looking at it again because that was the big thing that I had to overcome
674:24
Speaker A
for a while was just the overtrading was the idea of like I might have had like a winning day and then five minutes later I you know I thought oh I know where the price is going to go now and I enter
674:33
Speaker A
again lost everything I just made. Yeah. So it's really just like it's just being content and being satisfied with you know whatever you won for the day or whatever you know your managed loss for the day and it's just shut down. It's
674:45
Speaker A
just go outside. it's just, you know, step away from the charts and just to not even tempt yourself with that advice by any means. Um, but I mean, like, you know, at the absolute most, like we, like we just said, like I'm probably not
674:56
Speaker A
on the charts past like 10:30 in the morning. Um, again, anything kind of beyond that is outside of uh my personal model, the model you've kind of helped to to show us and, you know, that I' I've helped to build as
675:06
Speaker A
well. Um, you know, it's like really nothing more than an hour and a half.
675:10
Speaker A
Like I said, there's some days where like 9:40, 9:45, like I've made my profit, I made my money on the day. um very content like shut everything down and then you know get myself outside take the dog for a walk like whatever it
675:22
Speaker A
might be get my day going that's the point of trading we want to trade our time for freedom and that's all it is so there's no point of me like if I've made good money on the day why do I need to
675:31
Speaker A
be on this chart for another 30 45 minutes like that's the point is to have my freedom yeah 100% yeah that's beautiful bro that's beautiful and that's what I always try to preach as well 90 minutes you know 9 to 10 30 90
675:42
Speaker A
minutes per day people will hear that and they like literally won't believe it, you know, because not a lot of people are on the charts for that little amount of time per day. And for us, that's like maximum. You know, that's
675:51
Speaker A
very rare that we're on the charts for that 90 minutes. If anything, most of the time it's less. Like you said, sometimes we can be done like 30 minutes, you know, into our window. Like 9:30 just opened up, boom, we've just
676:00
Speaker A
hit our TP, now we're off, you know. Uh so yeah, that's amazing. And that's what will help a lot of people. I know that for a fact is less is more within trading. You know, the less time you're
676:10
Speaker A
on the charts, the less time you have to make errors, less time you have to overtrade, over risk. You know, if you sat on the charts all day, you're going to be s thinking like, "Oh, this is a
676:18
Speaker A
decent setup. This doesn't look bad." And you're just going to be taking setup after setup. Whereas, if you're on the um uh what's it called? On the charts for a specific amount of time. You know what you're looking for. You know if
676:28
Speaker A
it's high quality or not, and you take it, and once you've taken it, you're done. And what you said as well about taking the loss or taking the win and just being content with it, that is an absolute game changer as well. In my
676:39
Speaker A
opinion, a lot of people will come to me and they'll be like, "Oh, I've taken like three losses today or I've taken a W, but like does this trade look good?" And I'm like, "Why are you even looking
676:48
Speaker A
to take another trade when you've just made money at the markets?" You know, like the statistic like what like 95% of traders fail and the fact that you've been able to pull money from the markets on this specific day, why would you even
676:59
Speaker A
try and potentially give that money back? you know that you've got your winning day, you've made your money on the day, whatever it may be, just get off, bro, and come back the next day because, you know, why would you even
677:08
Speaker A
risk those profits? It makes no sense to me. So, I'm glad that you incorporate that in your trading as well. And I'm sure that you've noticed like a huge difference as well, like you said, like a night and day difference between doing
677:18
Speaker A
that%, you know. Yeah. So, like, you know, being on the charts for as little time as possible, just taking that one potentially two trades per day. Once if it's a win, then that's you done. You know, log off the charts and like you
677:29
Speaker A
said, get on with your day. That's what we've got. That's why we trade for this freedom. If we're on the charts from London session to Asia AM, PM, you know, whatever it is, like we might as well be
677:40
Speaker A
working a 9 to5 job at that point. You know what I mean? So, yeah, that's beautiful, bro. That's beautiful, man.
677:45
Speaker A
Um, and then final question here, uh, to wrap things up is is what would you tell somebody who's exactly where you were 6 to 12 months ago? So imagine someone in your position one year, you know, one one year, you know, one year back in the
678:00
Speaker A
past and they wanted they want to now get to that position where you're at, you know, the consistent payouts, multiple five figure payouts, moving to live accounts, prop firms as well. Like what was the biggest change that you
678:12
Speaker A
made or what would you tell this person if they want to get to that position that you're in now? I guess we kind of touched on most things, but like just quick summary like what the main points would you say?
678:21
Speaker A
Yeah, I think the the biggest thing is is keep working. Like just keep working towards your goals. I promise you like if you quit, you're never going to hit those goals and you're going to live with regret the rest of your life. I
678:34
Speaker A
know again for us as traders like when we start we first started getting into trading, it's every single night you're dreaming of, you know, what's the new car I'm going to buy? What's the new house I'm going to buy? And like once
678:44
Speaker A
you move on from those externals and like you really hone in on, you know, like with my story of, you know, like I really want to retire my my dad who's doing, you know, 70 years old and still
678:54
Speaker A
doing drywall work, like getting my mother into a better living situation, like being able to, you know, help my family get in better situations. Um, you know, those like intrinsic values like that's the driver that keeps me consistent and keeps me like focusing on
679:08
Speaker A
this work day in and day out. Um, you know, and even myself and yourself as well, like we to your point, we have negative dates. We have losing days.
679:16
Speaker A
Don't let losing days turn into losing weeks, turn into losing months. Yeah. And then just like retracting all of that progress that you've made.
679:23
Speaker A
It's just take everything day by day. But the point is work every single day.
679:27
Speaker A
Work towards your goals. Like, you know, mark up your charts every single day. Just whatever content you need to, you know, either continue to digest or whatever content you need to get out of your head. Like I said, maybe cut some
679:38
Speaker A
social media out for a little bit if you're getting distracted. You find you're following stories of again the guys that claim that they're making 10, 15, 20 grand a day, whatever. Like, cut that noise out. Cut the distractions
679:50
Speaker A
out. Just stay in your lane. Focus on what you're doing. I promise you, if you stay diligent enough long enough for this, you're going to accomplish everything that you've been dreaming of for however long you've been been trading for.
680:04
Speaker A
Promise you. And I'm I'm still working on my goals. Y, you know, I'm nowhere near the point of where I want to be.
680:10
Speaker A
I'm definitely to your point, I'm definitely a lot further than what I was 6 to 12 months ago.
680:14
Speaker A
I'm just getting started. Yep. That's it. Same here, bro. Same here, bro. And that that that's Yeah. A beautiful story, bro. Honestly, like, you know, wanting to retire like your family and just help your family out.
680:23
Speaker A
And that's what it's all about realistically, you know, like if you come into the trading and your only goal is, oh, I want a Lamborghini. I want a mansion. I want a blah blah blah. Like, you've got it all wrong, bro. you can
680:33
Speaker A
get to that point and you know obviously but that's not why you should be starting bro like you should be starting to help out the people around you you know help out your family buy them nice things um you know whether they're at
680:43
Speaker A
jobs working stressed out whatever like do what you can to help them out and like there's no way there's no way you can fail by doing that you know if you've got those goals that you want to help people around you if you truly care
680:54
Speaker A
about them that much like you won't break your rules you know you're going to stick to the plan whatever it is stick to the goals and just like you said every single day relentlessly just working towards it. Just know that less
681:03
Speaker A
is more. You know, spend it back testing. I don't mean just sit on the charts all day long and just place a load of trades. But, you know, consume that information. Like you said, cut out the social media, formulate a plan,
681:14
Speaker A
collect data on the, you know, the system that you're trading, whatever it may be. Journal, and you, you know, like you said, you will get to that point, you know, like where we're at right now, for example. But even me and you right
681:24
Speaker A
now, like we're not content, you know, because we know that we can do better.
681:27
Speaker A
We know that we can scale more. We know we can get more accounts. And that's the goal, you know, obviously moving forward, like we still have these goals that we need to set and, you know, follow and reach. Um, and that's what
681:37
Speaker A
we're working towards, bro. So, yeah, that's absolutely uh beautiful, bro. I do appreciate you hopping on. Um, you know, last few words before we do wrap it up here in terms of anyone that's kind of like on the fence of joining the
681:48
Speaker A
Discord or the mentorship, whatever it may be. Like, what would you say to those guys that are like, "Oh, I don't know if I trust Booker or I don't know if it's going to be valuable to me, etc., etc." Like, what would you say?
681:58
Speaker A
like truthfully speaking, you know, no like BS or anything like that. Like how do you think the Discord can actually help them out um to potentially become this profitable trader, you know, pass the first account, get the first payout,
682:08
Speaker A
reach consistency, like whatever it may be truthfully, what do you think, you know, how I can help them?
682:12
Speaker A
Yeah. Yeah. No, of course, man. Um you know, I highly recommend your, you know, your Discord group mentorship really to anyone. Um, it's not even it's not the amount of money that you can make in a day or in a week, but it's the going
682:25
Speaker A
back to like the repetition of hearing your point of view and hearing what you're seeing and hearing what you're analyzing every single day. I learned so much about the markets and how they move and the time elements involved as well.
682:40
Speaker A
I learned so much more than I ever thought that I would just by hearing your like live thoughts every single day. Yeah. um you know even on like lower probability condition days like your the way that you analyze the way
682:54
Speaker A
that you explain on a daily basis and again like live versus just sending out a text to Discord. Yeah.
683:01
Speaker A
Um it truly makes more of a difference than people might think. Yeah. Um you know I was when again like when I first got into trading I definitely was one of those suckers who would sign up for signal chat here, signal group here.
683:12
Speaker A
Yeah. Um, but like being able to be live with you the 9 to 10:30, being able to, you know, converse and have conversations with you, with the other community members live, seeing like what we're seeing, analyzing it live,
683:26
Speaker A
you learn so much more and so much faster than people think. Yeah. So, having that just live support from you, um, is really incredibly valuable.
683:37
Speaker A
And again, I'll hone in on like I highly recommend mentorship. highly recommend the Discord group.
683:43
Speaker A
Yeah, thank anyone who debating it. Of course, bro. Of course. Thank you, bro. Actual live training itself, like Yeah, 100%, bro. Like, it's gonna help you out so much. Um because anyone can go off and watch content, they can watch YouTube videos, they can
683:55
Speaker A
learn a concept, but it's about how and when to apply it. Like someone can learn sequential SMT. And I'm sure so many people would just purely trade it like a pattern, you know, whereas in the live sessions, I may see a sequential SMT,
684:08
Speaker A
but there's always some sort of scenario that I'm thinking of as to why I'm not going to take it or why I'm going to stay away or why potentially I am going to take it if X, Y, and Z happens. You
684:18
Speaker A
know what I mean? And you don't learn that from a video unless the video is like 10 hours long of just going over like example example example example of that concept, which there isn't much of that out there on the internet. You know
684:27
Speaker A
what I mean? So, you can learn the concept. Great. And one way to go about go about it is just put in like countless hours of just pure back testing and learning it yourself and in real markets. Or you can for example
684:38
Speaker A
come to someone that's come to someone that's put in that work. You know I've been training quarterly theory for over two years now. So I know what works. I know what doesn't works. I know when a specific concept should work etc etc.
684:51
Speaker A
And seeing that live um is is just going to be you know night and day difference compared to like learning cuz like you said I learned from day as well. I was in Day's mentorship and it was amazing.
685:01
Speaker A
Obviously, I would not be where I am without Day. So, obviously, shout out to Day like hugely.
685:06
Speaker A
But I learned the concepts and I did put in countless and countless hours of work. You know, like I said, I've been studying this content now for like well, not studying that content specifically, but when I first learned it for like a
685:16
Speaker A
year straight, like sleepless nights, whatever it may be. So, why would you not want to speed up your process from joining someone that's put in those sleepless nights, all those hours, and now know what works well and what work
685:28
Speaker A
doesn't work as well and has a system around it and see how they put it to work live in action on the charts, you know. Um, exactly.
685:36
Speaker A
So, yeah, I appreciate that massively, bro. Um, thank you for hopping on. Uh, any any last words before before we call it there? Have you got any like social medias that you're trying to grow at the moment or that you want to like shout
685:46
Speaker A
out or you just kind of kind of sticking to your own lane? tag me. Yeah, if you want to tag me on Instagram, you can.
685:52
Speaker A
Like, it's I'm not I'm not really much on on social media that much. But, um, you know, I've always thought about, you know, again, like once I get to a certain point kind of success-wise with this, like I would, you know, I'd love
686:02
Speaker A
to be able to help out as many people as I can as well, just getational content, stuff like that going on as well.
686:08
Speaker A
Yeah, we need to get you Yeah, we need to get you inside the Discord, bro, as like a a mentor or like a coach or something like that cuz that's definely something that I've thought of, you know, like the students
686:17
Speaker A
that I've taught in the past. like I've got a lot of students that have done very very well for themselves. I'd say you're one of the best ones as well. So, who knows potentially in the future we can get you on as a coach and uh you
686:27
Speaker A
know help out other people as well because we trade you know very similar. So that could be definitely something that we can do in the future. But either way I'll drop your Instagram handle in the description. So if anyone wants to check
686:36
Speaker A
out Conor's Instagram um you know he doesn't post too much at the moment about like training stuff but who knows in the future you might be able to do it. You can drop in maybe a few questions about his journey and stuff like that.
686:46
Speaker A
Uh but yeah, aside from that, bro, I appreciate you massively for hopping on uh and for everyone that's watching at home, uh don't forget to drop a like, subscribe, comment, you know, all the rest. Uh if you do want to join the
686:56
Speaker A
Discord or the mentorship links to apply for that will be in the description. Yo, what's good guys? Welcome back to a new video. Today we got to a new video.
687:03
Speaker A
Today we got another case study with another mentorship student of mine. It's called Vinnie. Um how how old are you again Vinnie?
687:10
Speaker A
Uh 24. 24 from the UK as well, right? Same as me. Same accent if you guys couldn't tell. Uh but yeah, basically what we're going to be doing is I'm going to be asking Vinnie a few questions about his
687:19
Speaker A
experience inside of the mentorship and sort of his journey. Um you've been inside for around about like two to three months now, right?
687:25
Speaker A
Two months today. Two months today. Perfect. Perfect. Um and yeah, before Vinnie joined, he obviously going to speak on his situation himself, but quick little breakdown. Um I don't think you got a single payout before joining, right?
687:37
Speaker A
Never got a payout before. Uh passed a few accounts, but never actually got payout.
687:42
Speaker A
Okay. So past a few accounts, never got a payout. struggling, you know, with that consistency, getting the payout.
687:46
Speaker A
Um, and just in two months, he's now passed his fifth Topstep account today. Um, so that's 250K in foot of capital and managed to um get three payouts as well. Okay, so yeah, obviously huge congrats before we get started. It's,
687:59
Speaker A
you know, obviously a great achievement. Uh, so now I'm going to go ahead and ask you a few questions about your experience. Just answer truthfully and we'll go from there. Okay, so first of all, um, first question is, where were
688:11
Speaker A
you in your trading journey before joining? So obviously, you know, no payouts, all that type of stuff. What was she struggling with? Uh and yeah, um I'll say my main struggle was probably my psychology.
688:24
Speaker A
Okay. Uh and then maybe like a decent entry model. Mhm. Okay. Uh in terms of trading, like I had a decent like grasp on trading in general, but I feel like when it come to the markets, I probably got a bit ahead of myself
688:38
Speaker A
sometimes or let emotions take over sort of thing. Mh. Um, I don't know. Some people say it's a quick get like get rich quick quit scheme if you know what I'm saying.
688:47
Speaker A
So then I feel like once I've done two or three, maybe I just chase it then and then that's why I end up like failing. But yeah, since joining I've I've learned to like take a step back and
688:59
Speaker A
assess and just look at the markets more sort of thing and know when to stay out.
689:03
Speaker A
I feel like that was my biggest problem. Not knowing when to not take a trade, you know what I mean?
689:07
Speaker A
Yeah. Yeah. 100% man. 100%. It's like the the things that you do between the model appearing and not appearing just like learning to stay still and remain patient. And obviously as well since joining you've now got a solid entry
689:18
Speaker A
model that you sort of trade every single day that you can trust. So that sort of feeling of wanting to enter just based on intuition or chase trades is kind of gone because you've now got a solid foundation to follow every single
689:29
Speaker A
day right? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So that's that's obviously amazing. Um, next question is, had you joined any mentorships prior to joining my one and what was the experience like if you did?
689:39
Speaker A
No, I've not joined any mentorships. I mean I've I followed people and like obviously done some sort of boot camps and stuff like TJs and what, but I never I've never joined any mentorships.
689:50
Speaker A
Okay. No. Okay. No problem. No problem. That's all good. Um and then again what was your biggest hesitation before joining the program if you even had any or was it just you saw me sort of mention it and
690:02
Speaker A
did you think in your head straight away okay I want to join this mentorship right now or was there any hesitations before like pulling the trigger and you know making that investment in yourself basically.
690:11
Speaker A
Yeah. Um I'd say there was hesitation. And I'll be lying if I said there wasn't because obviously you're invested in you really like it's so that that was like um probably like my main worry but I obviously watched
690:25
Speaker A
your previous video with Irwin and um that kind of gave me a nudge and as well I just don't I don't I don't think you flex the way other traders do like material in like Rolexing cars and stuff like
690:38
Speaker A
I followed you for a while and I the proofs in the pudding you showed results and stuff like that and also So you you you flex well not flex but like you show like financial freedom and just like do your 90 minutes and then do
690:50
Speaker A
something else. So I feel like Yeah. Exactly man. After like the three years I've been trading and I look at people.
690:56
Speaker A
Mhm. I don't know. I just trusted that I'd do well with you. Yeah. Yeah. I mean you can kind of tell like you can differentiate who's really telling the truth and who's lying. Like if you see someone that's
691:06
Speaker A
classing themselves as a trader but every single video they post on social media is them driving a sports car or taking trips here there and everywhere rather than the content I post itself is just like 90 99% of purely trading right
691:20
Speaker A
just executions student results results for myself as well like yeah so 100% man um so I guess yeah the first like the only hesitation you really had was kind of like if it would work for you um but
691:31
Speaker A
it wasn't like a huge huge hesitation because you saw prior to like the videos that I posted that you know I was pretty trustworthy obviously judging from the videos alone without joining before. Um so yeah fire um so now um more or less
691:45
Speaker A
the experience. So what was your experience like in the first few weeks after joining? So I know that Irwin u was more or less like learning like studying the content first or did you do that and jump straight into executing or
691:57
Speaker A
how was that for you? Yeah I mean the first first week or two I was learning.
692:02
Speaker A
Mhm. And then obviously I passed an account and then I I told you like the first day I took a win then the next day I blew the account and then I said to you I blown the account and then
692:13
Speaker A
that's when you held me accountable and said look you shouldn't be you shouldn't be blowing your account like that anyway. So like after the first two weeks of learning I feel like the learning process for me was just
692:24
Speaker A
taking it steady and like obviously one foot in front of the other sort of thing.
692:28
Speaker A
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. 100% man. I like I like that a lot. Um, so yeah, I guess maybe you tried to, you know, rush in a little bit too quick, try to like hit that home run, get that big payout like
692:36
Speaker A
straight away. But once you then slow down a little bit, you know, one step in front of the other like you said, then, you know, stacking accounts, get one account and then maybe focus on getting another account and then just building
692:46
Speaker A
up those small winning days and at the end of the day, it all adds up all all adds up, right? So, uh, yeah, you know, you definitely took the right approach, which is amazing. So, that's great. Um, and now, what part of the program itself
692:57
Speaker A
helped you the most and why? So obviously we've got many different features, you know, we've got the group calls, we've got the oneto ones, we got the live trading, just the education, like what would you say help the most?
693:06
Speaker A
And also why? Uh I would say the live calls. Mhm. They help me the most. And just also having like you to message and just get hold of it sort of thing. Just you know what I mean? Having you there. Obviously
693:21
Speaker A
excuses sounds good to the person that's made them. I feel like a lot of my trading journey I've been making excuses and whatnot. So then when I've had to come and tell you if I've done something Yeah.
693:30
Speaker A
and then you wrong then then that's like do you know what I mean? Yeah.
693:34
Speaker A
Kind of feel like I've invested in this now and I can't be letting you down and myself down in a sense. So yeah the live calls and just have having you there to just get hold of sort of thing.
693:44
Speaker A
Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. 100% man 100%. Yeah. Because obviously that that's what a lot of people lack as well is just having as well is just having someone to help keep them accountable, right? Because trading can be, you know, lonely. You can make these
693:58
Speaker A
impulses and when you're on your own, you're more likely to do it rather than having someone there side by side essentially telling you like look like why why have you just done this? Like this shouldn't be happening, right? uh
694:08
Speaker A
whereas you could have blown that account that you you know blew at the start and if nobody told you about it you could have just gone back in the same day tried to pass it and try to hit
694:14
Speaker A
that big payout again and just repeat the cycle over and over and over right um and then obviously the live trading you know I don't just teach you the model and the concepts you get to see me execute it live and sort the thought
694:25
Speaker A
process that goes behind it as well right because it's one thing watching videos and learning the concepts but it's another thing actually applying it in real time right like you don't learn that from a YouTube video or anything
694:34
Speaker A
um so yeah man um Next question is uh was anything different oh sorry was there anything different uh than what you expected coming into the mentorship itself like did you think you get anything different or would you say
694:48
Speaker A
maybe it's a little bit better than what you expected? Well yeah I'm I'm pleased with considering I've only been in there two months and I've been trading for three years like the step I took is a massive massive step. So
695:00
Speaker A
yeah, I can't can't say I'm not pleased with it but I don't know. I wouldn't say it's like different or anything. Like it's a good community and y sounds so Yeah. Yeah. It's kind of kind of what you expected. You know, we obviously
695:14
Speaker A
went through what you'd get uh in our first call that we had together before getting started with the mentorship and yeah, everything you know that I said we would do, we did basically. And you've you know, hitting these goals step by
695:24
Speaker A
step, day by day basically. So yeah, that's perfect, man. Uh, now we just got around about like three or so more questions left. Nothing crazy. Um, so now um I want to ask obviously this could be a little bit personal, but what
695:37
Speaker A
is the biggest win that you've had so far? And it doesn't need to be in terms of a number amount, but maybe it could be, you know, hitting that first payout or getting max allocation on the top step. Like what what would you say is
695:49
Speaker A
the biggest win? Something that you're proud of the most that you've done so far?
695:53
Speaker A
Yeah, obviously everyone's first payout was is is a lovely thing, but I think like the match allegation thing Yeah.
696:01
Speaker A
came around fast. I didn't even have time to prepare for it. I mean, I'm I'm in a good situation now. So, I feel like that's probably like my biggest goal.
696:07
Speaker A
Yep. Yep. Yep. Fire, man. Fire. And that Yeah, that should definitely be a goal for everyone because that's more longterm as well, right? you know, getting that first payout obviously, like you said, is great, but now you've kind of set yourself up for like the
696:18
Speaker A
next few, you know, few weeks, few months or something like that to repeat these payouts over and over and over, right, with having more of that um capital. And also having more capital just helps with everything in general,
696:27
Speaker A
right? Like the losses can be a lot smaller, the wins can be a lot bigger.
696:30
Speaker A
Um, so that is something that, you know, most people should definitely focus on for sure. Um, so yeah, I mean, amazing stuff. Congrats again, bro. Definitely been killing it. Um, and now, how long did it take you to get to that win? Um,
696:43
Speaker A
so how long did it take to get max allocation? I think you hit it today, right? You passed out final account.
696:47
Speaker A
Yeah. And you said two months, right? Two months I've been in the uh mentorship.
696:52
Speaker A
Mhm. And then yeah, I've hit some allocation today. Fire, bro. And when did you get that first payout as well? I think that was pretty pretty early on, like a month or so, right in something like that.
697:01
Speaker A
Yeah, it must have been just past a month, I think. Okay. Fire, bro. Fire. That's uh really really good. Um and now uh how does trading actually feel um now compared to before you actually joined? What would the the main differences be?
697:14
Speaker A
Um, it feels more mechanical if you know what I mean. Uh, yeah. Yeah. Or I was in my head a bit and just, do you know what I mean? You see it go up and then you want to buy, we see it
697:26
Speaker A
go down. But now I've got my bias, I've got my setup like my entry model and if it's there, it's there. If it's not, it's not. So there you go. Yeah. There we go, man.
697:36
Speaker A
That's that's great, man. So just overall just like would you say like a lot more confident and just you know Yeah.
697:42
Speaker A
Yeah. A lot more confident. A lot more like laidback sort of thing. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Fire man. Fire. That's that's obviously the goal within training, right? It shouldn't be this complicated thing. Like you shouldn't be second guessing the trades you're taking
697:53
Speaker A
every day. Like it should just be open up the chart certain time, execute the model. If it's there, you take it. If it's not, you don't. You know, simple as that basically. Um so yeah, that's great man. Um so yeah, last couple questions
698:04
Speaker A
now. Um, do you feel that you could have achieved what you've achieved now without my guidance? And also, let's just say like within sort of like the uh same time span because I'm sure with enough years in the game, you know, you
698:16
Speaker A
could have got to this position, but within the time frame that you did it within, do you think that could have been achievable u without the mentorship or what would you say?
698:24
Speaker A
Uh, probably not. I mean, I'd say I did need your guidance in a sense. I mean the thing that I done in the first two weeks I mean like pass account and then blow it within the first two days is
698:36
Speaker A
something that I had done for a long period of time. So Mhm. the fact that I had to bring that up to you and you called me out on it.
698:42
Speaker A
Mhm. Obviously with me investing in it and then you telling me that I should change then I I realized I had to change. So yeah yeah I say I needed need guidance.
698:53
Speaker A
Fire man. Fire 100% bro. All right cool. And then we got um like literally last two questions here. Um, and this is just straight up. Would you say that the investment that you made for the mentorship was worth it for you? Would
699:04
Speaker A
you say it was worth it? Yeah, I'd definitely say it was worth it. I mean, it won't it won't be long until I make that investment back. You know what I mean?
699:13
Speaker A
Yeah. True, man. True. Literally. And that's that's what I say to a lot of people that are kind of on the fence as well. Like, you need to think of this as an investment within your future, right?
699:21
Speaker A
And you could potentially make this investment back within, you know, a few months, maybe three to four months. And then from there, it's just about building, you know, anything you make on top of that is just pure profit. And
699:31
Speaker A
yeah, so that's that's amazing, bro. Um, and then literally the final question here is, what would you say to someone that's on the fence, uh, potentially like you were at the start that's maybe hesitating a little bit? Uh, what would
699:41
Speaker A
you say to them and sort of highlight the the mentorship would help them, you know, reach their goals that they've been trying to hit for a while now?
699:49
Speaker A
I'd say if you're a millinarian, then I I'd do it. Yeah, I was an RN and I I don't I don't regret at all. I mean, this is probably the best decision I have made in terms of trading.
699:59
Speaker A
Yeah. Yeah. I like that, bro. I like that. And yeah, obviously that's that's pretty much everything. So, yeah, I guess I appreciate you for, you know, hopping on and doing this little call as well. Um, and obviously a big congrats to you as
700:09
Speaker A
well for achieving what you've achieved. Obviously, you know, this is very, very good results you've seen in a short amount of time. But it's not only from my help, but it's down to you as well, you know, because I can tell you
700:20
Speaker A
everything in the world, but if you can't bring yourself to follow the, you know, follow the model, follow the rules, then, you know, you know, there's not really too much I can do. So, the fact that you've listened to what I've
700:28
Speaker A
said, you know, taking it on board and you're sticking to the rules and it's working out and you've seen these results, it just goes to show these results, it just goes to show like what you can achieve by, you know, having the
700:39
Speaker A
right guidance and following the right path and whatnot. Okay. Um yeah, so yeah, again, you know, huge congrats and I appreciate you hopping on uh for and there we have it guys. That is going to be a wrap of the full 10 plus hour
700:54
Speaker A
complete a guide on quarterly theory. You are now completely equipped to make money from these markets and become a full-time consistent trader. If you guys did enjoy the video and appreciate the work that I put into it, took me
701:09
Speaker A
absolute weeks to make this video for you guys, and I'm assuming so many profitable traders are going to come from it. To show your appreciation, I'd appreciate a like. Comment down below if you have any questions at all. Also,
701:21
Speaker A
comment down below the words locked in if you made it this far to the end so I know which of you guys are completely locked in and are going to change your lives. Also, don't forget to subscribe.
701:31
Speaker A
Check out all my links in the description down below. Specifically, if you need more help, you can apply to work with me and be mentor with me onetoone. You can join the live trader sessions every single day inside of the
701:42
Speaker A
premium membership link. You can also find the best deals and discounts at prop firms using code boco at properio.com.
701:49
Speaker A
Grab access to all the indicators that I use. We have now a library of over six plus indicators. Join the free Discord community down below of over 8,000 traders, primarily quarterly series like you guys, looking to grow, help each
702:02
Speaker A
other out, post analysis, and all of that good stuff. Check out all my other social medias as well. Booker Trades on Twitter, Instagram, and Tik Tok. And with that being said, I'll see you guys in the next video. Go.
Topics: Quarterly Theory Trading Strategy Market Cycles Time Cycles ICT Trading Liquidity Sweeps Sequential SMT Trading Psychology Prop Firms Advanced Trading

Get More with the SozAI App

Transcribe recordings, audio files, and YouTube videos — with AI summaries and speaker detection. 30 minutes free.

App Store Google Play
Or transcribe another YouTube video here →

Free tools: TXT to SRT · SRT Validator · Merge SRT · Subtitle to Text · All tools

Related Transcripts

View All
Princess for a Day | COMEDY, ROMANCE | Full Movie in English — Transcript 1:58:29
Princess for a Day | COMEDY, ROMANCE | Full Movie in English — Transcript
Boxoffice | FAMILY | Full Movies
11,571 1 English
[YTP] Pragerworld — Transcript 2:37
[YTP] Pragerworld — Transcript
very tall bart
406 1 English
Witnesses to Genocide – Episode 1: US surgeon recounts horrors in Gaza — Transcript 4:46
Witnesses to Genocide – Episode 1: US surgeon recounts horrors in Gaza — Transcript
TRT World
1,354 1 English
1,000 Hours of Studying The Most Profitable Apps in 17 Minutes — Transcript 17:02
1,000 Hours of Studying The Most Profitable Apps in 17 Minutes — Transcript
Superwall
4,229 3 English
Everyone Has A Window On Their Back — Transcript 1:32
Everyone Has A Window On Their Back — Transcript
GreenBroRants
214 1 English
कातिल इश्क की दास्तान | Crime Patrol 2026 Ep 13 — Transcript 44:01
कातिल इश्क की दास्तान | Crime Patrol 2026 Ep 13 — Transcript
SET India
2,791 1 English
In This Corner of the World – A Heartfelt Anime Masterpiece dubbed in english. — Transcript 2:09:08
In This Corner of the World – A Heartfelt Anime Masterpiece dubbed in english. — Transcript
Yours
6,148 1 English
We Tried Foods from the Midwest | Taste Test | Food Network — Transcript 5:57
We Tried Foods from the Midwest | Taste Test | Food Network — Transcript
Food Network
782 1 English
Zombie Outbreak: 14 Days Trapped On A Drifting Zombie Cruise Ship — Transcript 9:12
Zombie Outbreak: 14 Days Trapped On A Drifting Zombie Cruise Ship — Transcript
Kit vs The End
1,183 1 English
Angel Dust opens up to Husk | Hazbin Hotel | Prime Video — Transcript 0:51
Angel Dust opens up to Husk | Hazbin Hotel | Prime Video — Transcript
Prime Video
126 1 English
[Warhammer40k] The last church; Graham McNeill. Stream-reading. — Transcript 2:16:54
[Warhammer40k] The last church; Graham McNeill. Stream-reading. — Transcript
Alexandr Gromov
14,542 1 English
Types of Speeches: Informative, Entertaining, Persuasive, and Demonstrative — Transcript 6:36
Types of Speeches: Informative, Entertaining, Persuasive, and Demonstrative — Transcript
Danish Dhamani
1,125 1 English